Document YDGq6NEz89J9mBzZaEDYd800N
Interoffice Communication
to Recipients of OSHA Standards 1910
Prom C. H. Klunick - Safety - Houston
Oate July 13, 1979
Subject OSHA 1910 - "General Industry Standards" Change 7
Attached is change 7 for your Volume I, OSHA General Industry Standards. Please follow change instructions. The change that was sent to you previously was incorrect. Please discard the incorrect copy and replace with this second copy.
If you have any questions, please call the Safety Division in Houston, extension 2338.
C. H. Klunick Manager of Safety
ad
Attachment
/6
ll Kf')
Pf. ?7- ^0
MOD 000011094
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH SUBSCRIPTION SERVICE
VOLUME I- GENERAL INDUSTRY STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
CHANGE 7--NOVEMBER 13, 1978
OSHA 2077
INTRODUCTION
This change incorporates the following changes published in the Federal Re gister:
1. Revises 29 CFR 1910 by revoking selected general and special industry safety and health standards. (See 43 F.R. 49725, 10/24/78.) 2. Corrects certain errors in the published revision of 29 CFR 1910 dated 10/24/78. (See 43 F.R. 51759, 11/7/78.)
INSTRUCTIONS
l. Substitute or add the attached pages as indicated in the following table:
REMOVE EXISTING PAGE
Title/A 31/32 35 thru 40 41 thru 54 55/56 99/100 109 t hru 114
INSERT CHANGE PAGE
Title/A thru C 31/32 35 thru 40 Deleted 55/56 99/100 109 thru 114
'v
REMOVE EXISTING PAGE
131/132 145/146 151 thru 154 163/164 169 thru 172 177 thru 180 181/182 185/186 189/190 195 thru 202 205/206 209/210 213/214 217/218 235 thru 246 249 thru 252 255 thru 262 271/272 275/276 283/284 291/292 297 thru 300 305/306 311 thru 314 317 thru 324 337/338 343 thru 346 349 thru 354 355 thru 362 369 thru 372 375 thru 380 399/400 409/410 437/438 485/486 493/494 495/496 501/502 511/512 517 thru 520 525 thru 532 533/534 535/536 539/540 543 thru 546 561 thru 672 576/676 579 thru 582 593/594 603/604 615 thru 626 627 thru 640 645/646
INSERT CHANGE PAGE
131/132 145/146 151 thru 154 163/164 169 thru 172 177 thru 180 Deleted 185/186 189/190 195 thru 202 205/206 209/210 213/214 217/218 235 thru 246 249 thru 252 255 thru 262 271/272 275/276 283/284 291/292 297 thru 300 305/306 311 thru 314 317 thru 324 337/338 343 thru 346 349 thru 354 Deleted 369 thru 372 375 thru 380 399/400 409/410 437/438 485/486 493/494
Deleted
501/502 511/512 517 thru 520 525 thru 532 Deleted 535/536 439/540 543 thru 546 561 thru 572 575/576 579 thru 582 593/594 603/604 615 thru 626 Deleted 645/646
MCD 000011096
661 thru 666 669 thru 672 689/690 709/710
715/716 721/722 727/728 733/734 739/740 745/746 751/752
757/758
761/762 767/768 773/774 779/780
785/786 789/790
661 thru 666 669 thru 672 689/690 709/710 715/716 721/722 727/728 733/734 739/740 745/746 751/752
757/758 761/762 767'768 773/774 77S/780 78f>/786 789/790
2. Enter a record of this change on page i. 3. Retain this cover sheet as a record of the contents of this change.
MCD OOOO11G97
NOTICE TO SUBSCRIBERS
Volume I -- General Industry Standards Change 7
DATE
PART
CHANGE
TITLE
11/14/78 29CFR1910.1025 12/8/78 29CFR1910.1000
1/26/79 4/6/79
29CFRI910.1925 29CFR1910.1Q25
Added
Occupational Exposure to Lead
Amended Air Contaminant* Tables,
Corrections
Corrections Occupational Exposure to Lead
Corrections Occupational Exposure to Lead
Change 8 incorporating the above will be issued st s later date.
MOD 000011098
General Industry Standards and Interpretations
July, 1977 Change 7--November 13, 1978 U.S. Department of Labor Ray Marshall, Secretary Occupational Safety and Health Administration ula Bingham, Assistant Secretary Volume 1 OSHA2077
MOD 000011099
For sale bf tb SipirlaUndrat of Docusate, D.L OtfinMU piutU| OSc* WMhlactoa. D.C 30403
STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
UST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES
Page \'o.
'Title *A thru C
i thru ii iii iv thru viii 1 2 thru 4 5 6 thru 12 13 14 thru 16 17 18 thru 20 21 thru 31 32 33 thru 34 *35 thru 40 *41 thru 54 *55 56 thru 98 *99 thru 100 101 thru 108 *109 110 thru 111 *112 thru 113 114 thru 131 *132 133 thru 145 *146 147 thru 151 *152 thru 154 155 thru 162 *163 164 thru 168 *169 170 thru 171 *172 173 thru 177 "178 thru 180 *181 thru 182 183 thru 184 *185 thru 186 187 thru 189 *190
TOTAL NUMBER OF PAGES IS 1070 AS FOLLOWS:
Issue
Change 7 Change 7 Original Change 6 Original Change 6 Original Change 6 Original Change 6 Original Change 2 Change 6 Original Change 7 Original Change 7 Deleted Change 7 Original
Change 7 Original
Change 7 Original Change 7 Original Change 7 Original Change 7 Original Change 7 Original Change 7 Original Change 7 Original Change 7 Original Change 7 Deleted Original Change 7 Original Change 7
Page No. 191 thru 195 * 196 thru 197 198 *199 200 *201 202 thru 204 *205 206 thru 208 *209 210 thru 213 *214 215 thru 217 *218 219 thru 234 *235 thru 238 239 *240 thru 246 247 thru 248 *249 thru 250 251 *252
253 thru 254 *255 thru 256 257 *258 259 *260 261 *262 263 thru 270 *271 thru 272 273 thru 275 *276 277 thru 282 *283 thru 284
285 thru 290 *291 thru 292 293 thru 296 *297 thru 299 300 thru 305 *306 307 thru 310 *311
Issue Original Change 7 Original Change 7 Original Change 7 Original Change 7 Original
Change 7 Original Change 7 Original Change 7 Original Change 7 Original Change 7 Original Change 7 Original Change 7 Original Change 7 Original Change 7 Original Change 7 Original Change 7 Original Change 7 Original Change 7 Original Change 7 Original Change 7 Original Change 7 Original Change 7 Original Change 7
* Indicate pages changed, added, or deleted by the current change. A
Change 7
ooooiuoo MCD
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
Page So.
312 *313
314 thru 317 *318 thru 319
320 *321
322 thru 323 *324
325 thru 336 *337 338 thru 342 *343 thru 345
346 thru 349 *350 thru 354 *355 thru 362 363 thru 369 *370 thru 371 372 thru 374
*375 thru 379 380 thru 399 *400 401 thru 408 *409 410 thru 436 *437 438 thru 485 *486 487 thru 493 *494 *495 thru 496 497 thru 500
*501 502 thru 510 *511 512 thru 516 *517 518 thru 519 *520 521 thru 525 *526 thru 528 529 *530 thru 532 *533 thru 534 *535 536 thru 539 *540 541 thru 543 *544 thru 546 547 thru 560
*561 562 thru 563
*564 thru 565
Is.sue
Original Change 7 Original Change 7 Original Change 7 Original Change 7
Original Change 7 Original Change 7 Original Change 7 Deleted Original Change 7 Original
Change 7 Original Change 7 Original Change 7 Original Change 7 Original Change 7 Original Change 7 Deleted Original Change 7 Original Change 7 Original Change 7 Original Change 7 Original Change 7 Original Change 7 Deleted Change 7 Original Change 7 Original Change 7 Original
Change 7 Original Change 7
Change 7
STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
Page No.
566 thru 567
*568 569 *570 thru 572 573 thru 574 *575 thru 576 577 thru 579 *580 thru 582 583 thru 592 *593
594 thru 602 *603 604 thru 614 *615 thru 626 *627 thru 640 641 thru 645 *646 647 thru 661
*662 thru 663 664 *665 666 thru 669 *670 thru 671 672 thru 689 *690
691k thru 694 694.1 thru 694.18 695 thru 696 697 698 699
700 701 thru 706 707
708 thru 709
*710 711thru 715 *716 717 thru 721
*722 723 thru 727
*728
729 thru 732 *733
734 thru 738 *739 740 thru 744 *745
746 thru 750
*751 752 thru 756 *757
Issue
Original Changoe 7 Original
Change 7 Original Change 7 Original Change 7 Original Change 7
Original Change 7 Original Change 7 Deleted
Original Change 7 Original Change 7 Original Change 7 Original Change 7 Original Change 7 Original Change 1 Change 6 Change 5 Change 4 Original
Change 5 Original Change 6
Original
Change 7 Original
Change 7 Original Change 7 Original Change 7 Original Change 7 Original Change 7 Original
Change 7 Original
Ctange 7 Original
Change 7
B mcd oono
STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
Page No.
758 thru 761
*762 763 thru 767 *768 769 thru 773
*774 775 thru 779
*780 781 thru 784
*785 786 thru 790 790.0.1 thru 790.0.2 790.0.3 790.0.4 thru 790.0.6 790.0.7 790.0.8 thru 790.0.12 790.0.13 790.0.14 thru 790.0.15 790.0.16 790.1 thru 790.2 790.2.1 thru 790.2.2 790.3 thru 790.6 790.7 thru 790.8 790.9 thru 790.14 791 thru 806 806.0.1 thru 806.0.32 806.1 thru 806.14 806.14.1 thru 806.14.22 806.15 thru 806.40 807 thru 808 809 thru 810 811 thru 834 834.1 thru 834.26
835 836 837 838 thru 840 841 842 843 thru 856 857 858 thru 930
Issue
Original Change 7 Original Change 7 Original Change 7 Original
Change 7 Original Change 7 Original Change 6 Change 4 Change 6 Change 4 Change 6 Change 4 Change 6 Change 4 Change 5 Change 5 Change 3 Change 5 Change 3 Original Change 5 Change 3 Change 6 Change 5 Original Change 6
Original Change 6 Change 6 Change 4 Change 2 Original Change 6 Change 3 Original Change 4 Original
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
Page No.
Issue
c Chance 7
MOD 000011102
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
mo.zubxixii) STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
(ii) Extension platform unto which materi als can be hoisted for handling, and which shall have side rails or equivalent guards of standard specifications.
(2) Every chute wall opening from which there is a drop of more than 4 feet shall be guarded by one or more of the barriers specified in subparagraph (1) of this para graph, or as required by the conditions.
(3) Every window wall openingat a stairway landing, floor, platform, or balcony, from which there is a drop of more than 4 feet, and where the bottom of the opening is less than 3 feet above the platform or landing, shall be guarded bv standard slats, stand ard grill work (as specified in paragraph (eX 11) of this section), or standard railing.
Where the window opening is below the landing, or platform, a standard toeboard shall be provided.
(4) Every temporary wall opening shall have adequate guards but these need not he of standard construction.
(5) Where there is a hazard of materials fall ing through a wall hole, and the lower edge of the near side of the hole is less than 4 inches above the floor, and the far side of the hole more than 5 feet above the next lower level, the hole shall be protected by a standard toeboard, or an enclosing screen either of solid construction, or as specified in paragraph <e)(11) of this section.
(c) Protection of open-sided floors, platforms, and runways.
(1| Every open-sided floor or platform 4 feet or more above adjacent floorer ground level shall be guarded by a standard railing (or the equivalent as specified in paragraph (e)(3) of this section) on all open sides, except where there is entrance to a ramp, stairway, or fixed ladder. The railing shall be provided with a toeboard wherever, beneath the open sides.
(i) Persons can pass.
(ii) There is moving machinery, or
(iii) There is equipment with which falling materials could create a hazard.
(2) Every runway shall be guarded by a standard railing (or the equivalent as specified in paragraph (eX3) of this section) on all open sides 4 feet or more above floor or ground level. Wherever tools, machine parts, or materials are likely to be used on the runway, a toeboard shall also be pro vided on each exposed side.
Runways used exclusively for special pur poses (such as oiling, shafting, or filling tank cars) may have the railing on one side omitted where operating conditions neces sitate such omission, providing the falling hazard is minimized by using a runway of not less than 18 inches wide. Where persons entering upon runways become thereby exposed to machinery, electrical equipment, or other danger not a falling hazard, addi tional guarding than is here specified may be essential for protection.
{3) Regardless of height, open-sided floors, walkways, platforms, or runways above or adjacent to dangerous equipment, pickling or galvanizingtanks. degreasing units, and similar hazards shall he guarded with a standard railing and toe board.
(d) Stairway railings and guards.
(1) Every flight of stairs having four or more risers shall be equipped with standard stair railings or standard handrails as specified in subdivisions (i) through (v) of this subparagraph. the width of the stair to be measured clear of all obstructions except handrails:
() On stairways less than 44 inches wide having both sides enclosed, at least one handrail, preferably on the right side descending.
(ii) On stairways less than 44 inches wide having one side open, at least one stair railing on open side.
(iii) On stairways less than 44 inches wide having both sides open, one stair railing on each side.
31 lftluJSUXlMiU)
MCD OOOOUlOa
m<U3(dKLHiv)
STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
(iv) On stairways more than 44 inches wide hut less than 88 inches wide, one handrail on each enclosed side and one stair railing on each open side.
(v) On stairways 88 or more inches wide, one handrail on each enclosed side, one stair railing on each open side, and one intermediate stair railing located approx imately midway of the width.
(2) Winding stairs shall be equipped with a handrail offset to prevent walking on all portions of the treads having width less than 0 inches.
(e) Railing, toeboards, and cover specifica tions.
(1) A standard railing shall consist of top rail, intermediate rail, and posts, and shall have a vertical height of 42 inches nominal from upper surface of top rail to floor, plat form, runway, or ramp level. The top rail shall be smooth-surfaced throughout the length of the railing. The intermediate rail shall be approximately halfway between the top rail and the floor, platform, runway, or ramp. The ends of the rails shall not over hang ine terminal posts except where such overhang does not constitute a projection hazard.
(2) A stair railing shall be of construction similar to a standard railing but the vertical height shall be not more than 34 inches nor less than 30 inches from upper surface of top rail to surface of tread in line with face of riser at forward edge of tread.
(3) Revoked
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
(i) For wood railings, the posts shall he of at least 2-inch by 4-inch stock spaced not to exceed 0 feet; the top and inter mediate rails shall be of at least 2-inch by 4-inch stock. If top r ail is made of two right-angle pieces of 1-inch by 4-inch stock, posts may be spaced on 8*foot centers, with 2-inch by 4-inch inter mediate rail.
(ii) For pipe railings, posts and top and intermediate railings shall be at least 1Vi inches nominal diameter with posts spaced not more than 8 feet on centers.
(iii) For structural steel railings, posts and top and intermediate rails shall be of 2inch by 2-inch by ;Vfe-inch angles or other metal shapes of equivalent bending strength with posts spaced not more than 8 feet on centers.
(iv) The anchoring of posts and framing of members for railings of all types shall be of such construction that the com pleted structure shall be capable of with standing a load of at least 200 pounds applied in any direction at any point on the top rail.
(v) Other types, sizes, and arrangements of railingconstruction are acceptable pro vided they meet the following conditions:
(a) A smooth-surfaced top rail at a height above floor, platform, runway, or ramp level of 42 inches nominal;
(b) A strength to withstand at least the minimum requirement of 200 pounds top rail pressure;
(c) Protection between top rail and floor, platform, runway, ramp, or stair treads, equivalent at least to that afforded by a standard intermediate rail;
(d) Revoked
1910J3(eK3KvK4)
32
oooon^04
Change 7
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
1910.24(c)
STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
Table D-l
Angle to horizontal
Rise (in inches)
Tread run (in Inches)
30*35'....................................... m 11
32*08'....................................... 6*4 10*4
33*41'.......................................
7
low
35*16'....................................... 36*52'.......................................
7M 10tf 7M 10
38*29'....................................... 40*08'......... .............................
7*4 8
9*4 9)4
41*44'.......................................
8H
43*22'.......................................
45*00'....................................... 46*38'............................ ...........
m 9
9 8*4
8H
48*16'....................................... 9K 8H
49*54'.......................................
8
(f) Stair treads.
Each tread and the top landing: of a stairway, where risers are used, should have a nose which extends one-half inch to 1 inch beyond the face of the lower riser. Noses should have an even leading edge. All treads shall be reasonably slip-resistant and the nos ings shall be of nonslip finish. Welded bar grat ing treads without nosings are acceptable pro viding the leading edge can be readily iden tified by personnel descending the stairway and provided the tread is serrated or is of definite nonslip design. Rise height and tread width shall be uniform throughout any flight of stairs including any foundation structure used as one or more treads of the stairs.
(g) length of stairways.
Long flights of stairs, unbroken by landings or intermediate platforms, should be avoided. Consideration should be given to providing intermediate platforms where practical and where such stairways are in frequent use. Stairway platforms shall be no less than the width of a stairway and a minimum of 30 inches in length measured in the direction of travel.
(h) Railings and handrails.
Standard railings shall be provided on the open sides of all exposed stairways and stair platforms. Handrails shall be provided on at least one side of closed stairways, preferably on the right side descending. Stair railings and handrails shall be installed in accordance withthe provisions of 8 1910.23.
(i) Vertical clearance.
Vertical clearance above any stair tread to an overhead obstruction shall be at least 7 feet measured from the leading edge of the tread.
(|) Open risers.
Stairs having treads of less than 9-inch width should have open risers.
(k) General.
Revoked
1910.25--PORTABLE WOOD LADDERS
(a) Application of requirements.
This section is intended to prescribe rules and establish minimum requirements for the construction, care, and use of the common types of portable wood ladders, in order to insure safety under normal conditions of usage. Other types of special ladders, fruitpicker's ladders, combination step and exten sion ladders, stockroom step ladders, aisle-
way step ladders, shelf ladders, and library Iladders are not specifically covered bv th is sec 1tion'.
(b) Materials.
(1) Requirement* applicable to all wood parti.
(I) All wood parts shall be free from sharp edges and splinters; sound and free by ac-
chance 7
35' 19I0J5(bMlKI)
MC.D <'>00011.105
1910.25<bKlXl) STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
cepted visual inspection from shake, wane, compression failures, decay, or other ir regularities. Low-density wood shall not be used.
(2) Permissible irregularities in side rails and back fail*- Revoked
(3) Permissible irregularities in fiat steps, rungs, and cleats. Revoked
(4) Classification of species of wood. Revoked
(5) Metal parts. Revoked
(c) Construction requirements.
(1) Basis of requirements. Revoked
(2) Portable stepladders. Stepladders longer than 20 feet shall not be supplied. Steplad ders as hereinafter specified shall be of three types.
Typt* I--Industrial stepludtler, to 'JO feet for heavy
duly,
as utilities, contractors, and industrial use.
Type II--Commercial stepladder. 'I to 12 feet for medium duty, such as painters, offices, and light indus trial use.
Type ill--Household stepladder, M to ft feet for light duty, such us light household use.
(i) General requirements.
(a) Revoked
(hi A uniform step spacing shall be employed which shall be not more than 12 inches. Steps shall be parallel and level when the ladder is in position for use.
(c) The minimum width between side rails at the top, inside to inside, shall be not less than \1V* inches. From top to bottom, the side rails shall spread at least 1 inch for each foot of length of stepladder.
im.25(c)(4>
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
< d Revoked
(el Revoked
(0 A metal spreader or locking device of sufficient size and strength to se curely hold the front and back sections in open positions shall he a component of each stepladder. The spreader shall have all sharp points covered or removed to protect the user. For Type III ladder, the pail shelf and spreader may be combined in one unit (the socalled shelf-lock ladder). (ii) Type I industrial stepladder. Revoked
(iii) Type II commercial stepladder. Revoked
(iv) Type III household stepladder. Revoked
(3) Portable rung ladders.
(I) General requirements. Revoked
(H) Single ladder.
(a) Single ladders longer than 30 feet shall not be supplied.
(iii) Two-section ladder.
(a)Two-seetion extension ladders longer than 60 feet shall not be supplied. Ail ladders of this type shall consist of two sections, one to fit within the side rails of the other, and arranged in such a manner that the upper section can be raised and lowered.
(iv) Sectional ladder.
(a) Assembled combinations of sectional ladders longer than lengths specified in this subdivision shall not be used.
(v) Trestle and extension trestle ladder.
(a) Trestle ladders, or extension sections or base sections of extension trestle lad ders longer than 20 feet shall nut be supplied.
(4) Special-purpose lodders.
MCD 000011106
Chance ^
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
() Platform itepladder. Revoked
(ii) Painter's stepladder.
(a) Painter's stepladders longer than 12 feet shall not be supplied,
(iii) Mason's ladder. A mason's ladder is a special type of single ladder intended for use in heavy construction work,
(a) Mason's ladders longer than 40 feet shall not be supplied.
(5) Trolley and tide-roiling ladders.
(i) Length. Trolley laddevs and side-rolling ladders longer than 20 feet should not be supplied.
(d) Care and use of ladders.
(1) Care. To insure safety and serviceability the following precautions on the care of lad ders shall be observed:
(i) Ladders shall be maintained in good condition at all times, the joint between the steps and side rails shall be tight, all hardware and fittings securely attached, and the movable parts shall operate freely without binding or undue play.
(it) Metal bearings of locks, wheels, pul leys, etc., shall be frequently lubricated.
(iii) Frayed or badly worn rope shall be replaced.
(iv) Safety feet and other auxiliary equip ment shall be kept in good condition to insure proper performance.
(v) thru (ix)
Revoked
(x) Ladders shall be inspected frequently and those which have developed defects shall be withdrawn from service for repair
or destruction and tagged or marked as "Dangerous, Do Not Use."
(xi) Rungs should be kept free of grease and oil.
1910.25(c)(4Ki) STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS (2) Use. The following safety precautions shall be observed in connection with the use of ladders: (i) Portable rung and cleat ladders shall, where possible, be used at such a pitch that the horizontal distance from the top support to the foot of the ladder is onequarter of the working length of the lad der (the length along the ladder between the foot and the top support). The ladder shall be so placed as to prevent slipping, or it shall be lashed, or held in position. Ladders shall not be used in a horizontal position as platforms, runways, or scaf folds:
\V oO
Chanre 7
37 1919.26(dK2Ki)
1910.25(dK2KH) STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
(ii) Ladders for which dimensions art* specified should not be used by more than one man at a time nor with ladder jacks and scaffold planks where use by more than one man is anticipated. In such cases, specially designed ladders with larger dimensions of the parts should be procured;
(iii) Portable ladders shall be so placed that the side rails have a secure footing. The top rest for portable rung and cleat lad ders shall be reasonably rigid and shall have ample strength to support the applied load;
(iv) Ladders shall not be placed in front of doors opening toward the ladder unless the door is blocked upon, locked, or guarded.
(v) Ladders shall not be placed on boxes, barrels, or other unstable bases to obtain additional height;
(vi) To support the top of the ladder at a window opening, a board should be attached across the back of the ladder, extending across the window and provid ing firm support against the building walls or window frames;
(vii) When ascending or descending, the user should face the ladder;
(vim) [.adders with broken or missing steps, rungs, or cleats, broken side rails, or other faulty equipment shall not be used; improvised repairs shall not be made;
(ix) Short ladders shall not be spliced together to provide long sections;
(x) Ladders made by fastening cleats across a single rail shall not be used;
(xi) Ladders shall not be used as guys, braces, or skids, or for other than their
intended purposes;
(xii) Tops of the ordinary types of stepladders shall not be used as steps;
(xiii) On two-section extension ladders the minimum overlap for the two sections in use shall be as follows:
l10^XdK2Kxxi)
oQV
o*
38
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
Size of lailik-r ueot):
Up to and inciudinu 3*'. Over up to and including 48 Over 4H up to and including til)
Overlap (feet)
3 4 5
(xiv) Portable rung ladders with reinforced rails (see paragraphs (c)(3)(ii)(c) and (iiiNrf) this section) shall be used only with the metal reinforcement on the under side. Ladders of this type should be used with great care near electrical conduc tors, since the reinforcing itself is a good conductor;
(xv) No ladder should be used to gain access to a roof unless the top of the ladder shall extend at least 3 feet above the point of support, at eave, gutter, or roof line;
(xvi) Adjustment of extension ladders should only be made by the user when standing at the base of the ladder, so that the user may observe when the locks are properly engaged. Adjustment of exten sion ladders from the top of the ladder (or any level over the locking device) is a dangerous practice and should not be attempted. Adjustment should not be made while the user is standing on the ladder.
(xvii) Middle and top sections of sectional or window cleaner's ladders should not be used for bottom section unless the user equips them with safety shoes.
(xviii) Extension ladders should always be erected so that the upper section is rest ing on the bottom section.
(six) The user should equip all portable rung ladders with nonslip bases when there is a hazard of slipping. Nonslip bases are not intended as a substitute for care in safely placing, lashing, or holding a ladder that is being used upon oily, metal, concrete, or slippery surfaces.
(xx) The bracing on the back legs of step ladders is designed solely for increasing stability and not for climbing.
(xxi) Revoked
Chance 7
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
1910.26(a) STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
1910.26--PORTABLE METAL LADDERS
(a) Requirements.
(1) General. Specific design and construction requirements are not part of this section because of the wide variety of metals and design possibilities. However, the design shall be such as to produce a ladder without structural defects or accident hazards such as sharp edges, burrs, etc. The metal selected shall be of sufficient strength to meet the test requirements, and shall be protected against corrosion unless inher ently corrosion-resistant.
(i) thru (ii) Revoked
(iii) The spacing of rungs or steps shall be on 12-inch centers.
(iv) Revoked
(v) Rungs and steps shall be corrugated, knurled, dimpled, coated with skidresistant material, or otherwise treated to minimize the possibility of slipping.
(2) General specifications--straight and extension ladders.
(i) The minimum width between side rails of a straight ladder or any section of an extension ladder shall be 12 inches.
(ii) The length of single ladders or individual sections of ladders shall not exceed 30 feet. Two-section ladders shall not exceed 48 feet in length and over twosection ladders shall not exceed 60 feet in length.
(iii) Based on the nominal length of the ladder, each section of a multisection lad der shall overlap the adjacent section by at least the number of feet stated in the following:
Nominal length of ladder (feet): Up to and including 36 ....................... Over 36. up to and including 48______ Over 48, up to 60____________________
Overlap
(feet) 3 4 5
(iv) Extension ladders shall be equipped with positive stops which will insure the overlap specified in the table above. (3) General specifications--step (addon.
(i) thru (ii) Revoked
(iii) The length of a stepladder is measured by the length of the front rail. To he clas sified as a standard length ladder, the measured length shall be within plus or minus one-half inch of the specified length. Stepladders shall not exceed 20 feet in length.
(iv thru (vi) Revoked
(vii) The bottoms of the four rails are to be supplied with insulating nonslip material for the safety of the user.
(viii) A metal spreader or locking device of sufficient size and strength to securely hold the front and back sections in the open position shall be a component of each stepladder. The spreader shall have all sharp points or edges covered or removed to protect the user.
(4) Gonorai specifications--trestles and extension trosHe ladders.
(i) Trestle ladders or extension sections or base sections of extension trestle ladders shall be not more than 20 feet in length.
(5) Gonorai spocifkations--platform ladders.
(i) The length of a platform ladder shall not exceed 20 feet. The length of a plat form ladder shall be measured along the front rail from the floor to the platform.
Change 7
MCD 000011109
39
1910.MUX5XD
STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
Pages 41 thru 54 deleted
o >***
oooO
#
40 Change 7
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
1910.26(b)
(b) Testing. Revoked
(c) Care and maintenance of ladders.
(1) General. To get maximum serviceability, safety, and to eliminate unnecessary dam age of equipment, good safe practices in the use and care of ladder equipment must be employed by the users.
The following rules and regulations are essential to the life of the equipment and the safety of the user.
(2) Car* of ladder*.
(i) thru (iii) Revoked
STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
connections; check hardware connec tions; check rivets for shear.
(b) If ladders are exposed to excessive heat as in the case of fire, the ladder should be inspected visually for damage and tested for deflection and strength characteristics. In doubtful cases, refer to manufacturer.
(c) If ladders are to be subjected to cer tain acids or alkali solutions, a protec tive coating such as asphalt and varnish should be applied to the equipment.
(d) If ladders are exposed to oil knd grease, equipment should be cleaned of oil, grease, or slippery materials. This can easily be done with a solVfeHt Oi* steam cleaning.
(v<i) Ladders having defects are to be marked and taken out of service until repaired by either maintenance depart ment or the manufacturer.
(3) Ut of ladders.
(i) Portable non-self-supporting ladders should be erected at a pitch of 75t degrees for maximum balance and strength. A simple rule for setting up a ladder at the proper angle is to place the base a distance from the vertical wall equal to one-fourth the working length of the ladder.
(iv) Ladders must be maintained in good usable condition at all times. Hardware fittings and accessories should be checked frequently and kept in good working con dition.
(v) Ropes or cables should be inspected fre quently and replaced if defective.
(vi) Complete ladder inspection should be periodical. If a ladder is involved in any of the following, immediate inspection is necessary:
(a) If ladders tip over, inspect ladder for side rails dents or bends, or excessively dented rungs; check all rung-to-side-rail
Chance 7
55
(i) Portable ladders are designed as a oneman working ladder based on a 200-pound load.
(iii) The ladder base section must be placed with a secure footing. Safety shoes of good substantial design should be installed on all ladders. Where ladders with no safety shoes or spikes are used on hard, slick surfaces, a foot-ladder board should be employed.
(iv) The top of the ladder must be placed with the two rails supported, unless equipped with a single support attach ment. Such an attachment should be sub stantial and large enough to support the ladder under load.
ltlOJStcKSKIv)
STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
(v) When ascending or descending, the climber must face the ladder.
(vi) Ladders must not be tied or fastened together to provide longer sections. They must be equipped with the hardware.fittings necessary if the manufacturer endorses extended uses.
(vii) Ladders should not be used as a brace.
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
skid, guy or gin pole, gangway, or for other uses than that for which they were intended, unless specifically recom mended for use by the manufacturer.
(viii) Users are cautioned to take proper safety measures when metal ladders are used in areas containing electric circuits to prevent short circuits or electrical shock.
1910.27--FIXED LADDERS
(a) Design requirements.
(1) Design consideration*. All ladders, appurte nances, and fastenings shall be designed to meet the following load requirements:
(i) The minimum design live load shall be a single concentrated load of 200 pounds.
person per section, single ladders as described in li 1910.25(c)(3)(h) are accept able.
(b) Specific features.
(1) Rungs and cleats.
(ii) The number and position of additional concentrated live-load units of 200 pounds each as determined from anticipated usage of the ladder shall be considered in the design.
(i) All rungs shall have a minimum diame ter of three-fourths inch for metal lad ders, except as covered in subparagraph
(7Xi) of this paragraph, and a minimum diameter of lVfa inches for wood ladders.
(Hi) The live loads imposed by persons occupying the ladder shall be considered to be concentrated at such points as will cause the maximum stress in the struc tural member being considered.
(hr) The weight of the ladder and attached appurtenances together with the live Load shall be considered in the design of rails and fastenings.
(2) Design stresses. Design stresses for wood components of ladders shall not exceed those specified in li 1910.25. All wood parts offixed ladders shall meet the requirements of 1910.25(b).
For fixed ladders consisting of wood side rails and wood rungs or cleats, used at a pitch in the range 75 degrees to 90 degrees, and intended for use by no more than one
(ii) The distance between rungs, cleats, and steps shall not exceed 12 inches and shall be uniform throughout the length of the ladder.
(iii) The .minimum clear length of rungs or cleats shall be 16 inches.
(iv) Rungs, cleats, and steps shall be free of splinters, sharp edges, burrs, or projec tions which may be a hazard.
(v) The rungs of an individual-rung ladder shall be so designed that the foot cannot slide off the end. A suggested design is shown in figure D-l.
(2) Sid* rails. Side rails which might be used as a climbing aid shall be of such cross sec tions as to afford adequate gripping surface without sharp edges, splinters, or burrs.
mojTCbxz)
56
MCD 000lili2
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
1910.66(cX17XUi)
STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
other mechanisms or gears may expose personnel to a hazard.
(iv) Friction devices or clutches shall not be used for connecting the main driving mechanism to the drum or drums. Beltor chain-driven machines are prohibited.
(18) Hoisting motors.
(i) Hoisting motors shall be electric and of weather-proof construction.
(ii) Hoisting motors shall be in conform ance with applicable provisions nl` subparagraph (22) of this paragraph. Fleet rical wiring and equipment.
(iii) Hoisting motors shall be directly con nected to the hoisting machinery. Motorcouplings, if used, shall be of steel con struction.
(19) Broke*. The hoisting machine(s) shall have two independent braking means, each designed to stop and hold the working plat form with 125 percent of rated load.
(30) Hoisting ropos and rope connections.
(i) Working platforms shall be suspended by wire ropes of either 6 x 19 or 6 x 37 classification, preformed or nonpreformed.
(ii) Revoked
wIll'IV
>' Man U I a<l uruc'?.
Ina-ak mir Mn-n cl h uf mir
n|M`.
V S'uimImt "I rn|u/ umlvr Uaui. IT M a Minimi >ti*Lk- Imul on all min** wall tin* pl.it -
Inini anil 11> i:it**il Inail at any |mint nl it<
t ravel.
(iv) Hoisting ropes shall be sized to con form with the required factor of safety, but in no case shall the size be less than five-sixteenths-inch diameter.
(v) Winding drums shall have at least three turns of rope remaining when the platform has landed at the lowest possible point of its travel.
(vi) The lengthening or repairing of wire rope by the joining of two or more lengths is prohibited.
(vii) The nondrum ends of the hoisting ropes shall be provided with individual shackle rods which will permit individual adjustment of rope lengths, if required.
(viii) Reverse bends in rope arrangement should be avoided. More than two reverse bends in each rope is prohibited.
(21) Rope tog data.
(i) A metal data tag shall be securely attached to one of the wire rope fasten ings. This data tag shall bear the follow
ing wire rope data:
(a) The diameter in inches.
<bl Construction classification.
(c) Whether imnpreformed or pre formed.
(d) The grade of material used.
(iii) The minimum factor of safety shall be ten, and shall be calculated by the follow ing formula:
SxN F - ----------
W
Chongc 7
99
(e) The manufacturer's rated breaking strength.
(f) Name of the manufacturer of the rope.
(g) The month ami year the ropes were installed.
(A>0
9,
miMfcXflXIXc)
l10.66(c)(22>
STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
(22) Electrical wiring and equipment.
(1) All electrical equipment and wiring shall conform to the requirements of the National Electrical Code, NFPA No. 70-1971; ANSI Cl-1971 (Rev. of Cl-1968), except as mod ified by ANSI A120.1-1970 "American Na tional Standard Safety Requirements for Powered Platforms for Exterior Building Maintenance." For detail design specifica tions for electrical equipment, see Part 2, ANSI A120.1-1970. (ii) All motors and operation and control equipment shall be supplied from a single power source.
(in) The power supply for the powered plat form shall be an independent circuit supplied through a fused disconnect switch.
(iv) Electrical conductor parts of the power supply system shall be protected against accidental contact.
(v) Electrical grounding shall be provided.
(a) Provision for electrical grounding shall be included with the power-supply system.
<h> Controller cabinets, motor frames, hoisting machines, the working plat form, roof car and roof car track system, and mmcurrent carrying parts of elec trical equipment, where provided, shall be grounded.
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
(cl Tin- controller, where used, 'hall he ><> designed and installed that a single ground or short circuit will not prevent both the norma) and final stopping device from stopping the working plat form.
(d) Means shall be provided on the roof car and working platform for grounding portable electric tools.
(e) The working platform shall be grounded through a grounding connec tion in a traveling cable. Electrically powered tools utilized on the working platform shall be grounded.
(vi) Electrical receptacles located on the roof or other exterior location shall be of a weatherproof type and shall be located so as not to be subject to contact with water or accumulated snow. The recepta cles shall be grounded and the electric cable shall include a grounding conduc tor. The receptacle and plug shall be a type designed to avoid hazard to persons inserting or withdrawing the plug. Provi sion shall be made to prevent application of cable strain directly to the plug and receptacle.
(vil) Electric runway conductor systems shall be of the type designed for use in ex terior locations and shall be located so aa not to be subject to contact with water or ac cumulated snow. The conductors, collec tors, and disconnecting means shall conform to the same requirements as those for cranes and hoists in Article 610 of the Na tional Electrical Code, NFPA 70-1971; ANSI Cl-1971 (Rev. of Cl-1968). A grounded conductor shall parallel the power conductors and be so connected that it can not be opened by the disconnecting means. The system shall be designed to avoid hazard to persons in the area.
(viii) Electrical protective devices and interlocks of the weatherproof type shall be provided.
(ix) Where the installation includes a roof car, electric contact(s) shall be provided
I910.S6(eK22)(lx)
100
oooo^114 Ct>
Change 7
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
ltlMMbXTXi) STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
with a bevel guard or cone meeting the following requirements:
offer no direct passage between enclosure and outer floor space.
(a) The cone shall make an angle of not less than 4.V with the horizontal. An angle of HO3 or greater shall be used where ceiling heights permit.
(v) Except where building layout prevents, entrances at all landings shall be in the same relative position.
(b) The lower edge of this guard shall extend at least 42 inches outward from any handhold on the belt. It shall not extend beyond the upper surface of the floor above.
tc) The cone shall be made of not less than No. 18 U.S. gauge sheet steel or material of equivalent strength or stiff ness. The lower edge shall be rolled to a minimum diameter of one-half inch and the interior shall be smooth with no rivets, bolts or screws protruding.
(ii) Floating typo. In lieu of the fixed guards specified in subdivision (i) of this subparagraph, a floating type safety cone may be used, such floating cones to be mounted on hinges at least 6 inches below the underside of the floor and so con structed as to actuate a limit switch should a force of 2 pounds be applied on the edge of the cone closest to the hinge. The depth of this floatingcone need not exceed 12 inches.
(8) Protaction of ontroncos and exits.
(i) Guardrail requirement. The entrances and exits at all floor landings affording access to the manlift shall be guarded by a maze (staggered railing) or a handrail equipped with self-closing gates.
(ii) Construction. The rails shall be standard guardrails with toeboards meeting the provisions of the Safety Requirements for Floor and Wall Openings, Railings and Toeboards, ANSI A12.1-1967 and section 1910.23.
(iii) Goto*. Gates, if used, shall open out ward and shall be self-closing. Corners of gates shall he rounded.
(iv)Maio. Maze or staggered openings shall
(9) Guards for openings.
(i) Construction. The floor opening at each landingshall be guarded on sides not used for entrance or exit by a wall, a railing*and toeboard or by panels of wire mesh of suitable strength.
(ii) Height and location. Such rails or guards shall be at least 42 inches in height on the up-running side and 66 inches on the down-running side.
(10) Bottom orrongomont.
(i) Bottom landing. At the bottom landing the clear area shall be not smaller than the area enclosed by the guardrails on the floors above, and any wall in front of the down-running side of the belt shall be not less than 48 inches from the face of the belt. This space shall not be encroached upon by stairs or ladders.
(ii) Location of lowor pulloy. The lower (boot) pulley shall be installed so that it is sup ported by the lowest landing served. The sides of the pulley support shall be guarded to prevent contact with the pul ley or the steps.
(iii) Mounting platform. A mounting platform shall be provided in front or to one side of the uprun at the lowest landing, unless the floor level is such that the following requirement can he met: The floor or plat form shall be at or above the point at which the upper surface of the ascending step completes its turn and assumes a horizontal position.
Change^
109 oooc;)U iVb
lttO.M(bXltXM)
1910.68(b)(l0Miv> STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
(iv) Guardroils. To guard against persons walking under a descending step, the area on the downside of the manlift shall be guarded in accordance with subpara graph (8) of this paragraph. To guard against a person getting between the mounting platform and an ascending step, the area between the belt and the platform shall be protected by a guard rail.
(11) Top arrangements.
(i) Clearance from floor. A top clearance shall be provided of at least 11 feet above the top terminal landing. This clearance shall be maintained from a plane through each face of the belt to a vertical cylindrical plane having a diameter 2 feet greater than the diameter of the floor opening, extending upward from the top floor to the ceiling on the up-running side of the belt. No encroachment of structural or machine supporting members within this space will be permitted.
(ii) Pulley clearance.
(a) There shall be a clearance of at least 5 feet between the center of the head pulley shaft and any ceiling obstruction.
(b) The center of the head pulley shaft shall be not less than 6 feet above the top terminal landing.
(iii) Emergency grab rail. An emergency grab bar or rail and platform shall be provided at the head pulley when the distance to the head pulley is over 6 feet above the top landing, otherwise only a grab bar or rail is to be provided to permit the rider to swing free should the emergency stops become inoperative.
(12) Emergency exit ladder. A fixed metal ladder accessible from both the "up" and "down" run of the manlift shall be provided for the entire travel of the manlift. Such ladder shall be in accordance with the existing ANSI A14..3-1956. Safety Code for Fixed Ladders and section 1910.27.
(13) Superstructure bracing. Manlift rails shall be secured in such a manner as to avoid spreading, vibration, and niisalinement.
(14) Illumination.
(i) General. Both runs of the manlift shall be illuminated at all times when the lift is in operation. An intensity of not less than 1-foot candle shall be maintained at all points. (However, see subparagraph f6)(iii) of this paragraph for illumination requirements at landings.)
(ii) Control of illumination. Lighting of manlift runways shall be by means of circuits per manently tied in to the building circuits (no switches), or shall be controlled by switches at each landing. Where separate switches are provided at each landing, any switch shall turn on all lights neces sary to illuminate the entire runway.
(15) Weather protection. The entire manlift and its driving mechanism shall be protected from the weather at all times.
(c) Mechanical requirements.
(I) Machines, general.
(I) Brakes. Brakes provided for stopping and holding a manlift shall be inherently self-engaging, by requiring power or force from an external source to cause disengagement.The brake shallbeelectrically released, and shall be applied to the motor shaft for direct-connected units or to the input shaft for belt-driven units. The brake shall be capable of stop ping and holding the manlift when the descending side is loaded with 250 pounds on each step.
(38 F-R. 16223, June 21. 1973.)
(ii) Bolt.
(a) The belts shall be of hard-woven can vas, ruboer-coated canvas, leather, or other material meeting the strength
MMJMcXIXUKa)
110
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
requirements of paragraph (b)(3) of this section and having a co-efficient of fric tion such that when used in conjunction with an adequate tension device it will meet the brake test specified in subdivi sion (i) of this subparagraph.
(b) The width of the belt shall be not less than 12 inches for a travel not exceeding 100 feet, not less than 14 inches for a travel greater than 100 feet but not exceeding 150 feet and 16 inches for a travel exceeding 150 feet.
(c) A belt that has become torn while in use on a manlift shall not be spliced and put back in service.
(2) Spd.
(i) Maximum speed. No manlift designed for a speed in excess of 80 feet per minute shall be installed.
(3) Platforms or steps.
(i) Minimum depth. Steps or platforms shall be not less than 12 inches nor more than 14 inches deep, measured from the belt to the edge of the step or platform.
(ii) Width. The width of the step or platform shall be not less than the width of the belt to which it is attached.
(iii) Distance between steps. The distance between steps shall be equally spaced and not less than 16 feet measured from the upper surface of one step to the upper surface of the next step above it.
(iv) Angle of step. The surface of the step shall make approximately a right angle with the "up" and "down" run of the belt, and shall travel in the approximate hori zontal position with the "up" and "down" run of the belt.
(v) Surfaces. The upper or working surfaces of the step shall be of a material having inherent nonslip characteristics (coeffi cient of friction not less than 0.5) or shall be covered completely by a nonslip tread securely fastened to it.
mo.SSUXlXU)
STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
(vi) Strength of step supports. When subjected to a load of 400 pounds applied at the approximate center of the step, step frames, or supports and their guides shall be of adequate strength to:
(a) Prevent the disengagement of any step roller,
(b) Prevent any appreciable misalinement.
(c) Prevent any visible deformation of the steps or its support.
(vii) Prohibition of steps without handholds. No steps shall be provided unless there is a corresponding handhold above or below it meeting the requirements of subpara graph (4) of this paragraph. If a step is" removed for repairs or permanently, the handholds immediately above and below it shall be removed before the lift is again placed in service.
(4) Handholds.
(i) Location. Handholds attached to the belt shall be provided and installed so that they are not less than 4 feet nor more than 4 feet 8 inches above the step tread. These shall be so located as to be available on the both "up" and "down" run of the belt.
(ii) Size. The grab surface of the handhold shall be not less than 4 Vi inches in width, not less than 3 inches in depth, and shall provide 2 inches of clearance from the belt. Fastenings for handholds shall be located not less than 1 inch from the edge of the belt.
(iii) Strength. The handhold shall be capable of withstanding, without damage, a load of 300 pounds applied parallel to the run of the belt.
(iv) Prohibition of hondhold without stops. No handhold shall be provided without a cor responding step. If a handhold is removed permanently or temporarily, the corre sponding step and handhold for the opposite direction of travel shall also In-
Hi MCD ^00011117
110.SWcK4KIt)
1910.S(cK4Klv) STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
removed before tile lift is again placed in service.
(v) Type. A II handholds shall lie of the closed I y | u .
(5) Up limit stops.
(i) Requirements. Two separate automatic stop devices shall be provided to cut off the power and apply the brake when a loaded step passes the upper terminal landing. One of these shall consist of a split-rail switch mechanically operated by the step roller anil located not more than H inches above the top terminal land* ins'. The second automatic stop device may consist of any of the following:
(al Any split-rail switch placed 6 inches above and on the side opposite the first limit switch.
(hi An electronic device.
(c) A switch actuated by a lever, rod, or plate, the latter to be placed on the "up'' side of the head pulley so as to just clear a passing step.
(<i) Manual rose* location. After the munlift has been stopped by a stop device it shall be necessary to reset the automatic stop manually. The device shall he so located that a person resetting it shall have a clear view of both the "up" and "down" runs of the munlift. It.shall not be possible to reset the device from any step or plat form.
(Hi) Cut-off point. The initial limit stop device shall function so that the manlift will be stopped before the loaded step has reached a point 24 inches above the top terminal landing.
(c) Where flammable vapors or dusts may be present all electrical installations shall be in accordance with the National Elec trical Code, NFPA No. 70-1971; ANSI C1--1971 (Rev. ofCl-1968), requirements for such locations.
(d) Unless of the oil-immersed type con troller Contacts carrying the main motor current shall be copper to carbon or equal, except where the circuit is broken at two or more points simultane ously.
(6) Emergency stop.
(i) General. An emergency stop means shall be provided.
(ii) Location. This stop means shall be within easy reach of the ascending and descend ing runs of the belt.
(iii) Operation. This stop means shall be so connected with the control lever or operating mechanism that it will cut off the power and apply the brake when pulled in the direction of travel.
(iv) Rope. If rof>e is used, it shall he not less than three-eighths inch in diameter. Wire rope, unless marlin-covered, shall not be used.
(7) Instruction and warning signs.
(i) Instruction signs at landings or bolts. Signs of conspicuous and easily read style giv ing instructions for the use of the manlift shall be posted at each landing or sten ciled on the belt.
<a) Revoked
(iv) Electrical requirements.
(a) Where such switches open the main motor circuit directly they shall be of the multipole type.
(b) Where electronic devices are used they shall be so designed and installed that failure will result in shutting off
the power to the driving motor.
I91(U8<cK7KiKb)
112
(b) The instructions shall read approx imately as follows:
Face the BeltUse the Handhold*.
To Stofv-- Pull Rope.
Chance 7
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
UHUKcXrXU) STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
(ii) Top floor wording sign and light.
(a) At the top floor an illuminated sign shall be displayed bearing the following' wording:
"Top Floor--Get Off'* Signs shall be in block letters not less than 2 inches in height. This sign shall be located within easy view of an ascending passenger and not more than 2 feel above the top terminal land ing.
(b> In addition to the sign required by sub*b\ ision (u) of this subdivision, a red warning light of not less than 40-watt rating shall be provided immediately below the upper landing terminal and so located as to shine in the passenger's face.
(iil) Visitor warning. A conspicuous sign hav ing the following legend--AUTHORIZED Personnel Only--shall be displayed at each landing.
(d) Operating rules.
(1) Proper use of manlifts. No freight, packaged goods, pipe, lumber, or construction materi als of any kind shall be handled on any manlift.
(e) Periodic inspection.
(1) Frequency. All manlifts shall be inspected by a competent designated person at inter
vals of not more than 30 day- Limit switches shall be checked weekly. Manlifts found to be unsafe shall not be operated until properly repaired.
(2) items covered. This periodic inspection shall cover but is not limited to the following items:
Steps. Step Fastenings. Rails. Rail Supports ami FasteningsRollers and Slides.
Belt and Belt Tension. Handholds ami Fastening*. Floor Landings.
< luard rails. Lubrication. Limit Switches.
Warning Signs and Lights. Illumination.
Drive Pulley. Bottom (boot) i'ulley and Clearance.
Pulley Supports. Motor. Driving Mechanism, Brake. Electrical Switches. Vibration and Misalignment. "Skip" on up or down run when nn..un '*.
ine worn gears).
i. |. iml i. .a
(3) Inspection log. A written record shall Ik* kept of findings at each inspection. Records of inspection shall be made available to the Assistant Secretary of Labor or his duly authorized representative.
(SOURCE: ANSI A90.1-llifi9 Safety Code for Manlift>.<
1910.69--SOURCES OF STANDARDS
Src. 191H.6G
Source ANSI Al2l). 1-1970 Safety Code for Powered
Platforms for Exterior Building Mainte nance.
Sec.
Souro
1910.67 ANSI A92.2-I!M>9 American National Stand
ard for Vehicle-Mounted Elevating and
Rotating Work Platforms.
1910.(18 ANSI A90.1-1969 Safety Code for Manlifts.
Change ^
113 MCD 000011119
1910.69
1910.70 STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
1910.70--STANDARDS ORGANIZATIONS
Specific standards of the following organizations have been referenced in this subpart. Copies of the standards may be obtained from the issuing organization.
American National Standards Institute 1430 Broadway New York, New York 10018
American Welding Society 2501 NW. 7th Street Miami, Florida 33125
140 F.R. 13435. March 26. 1975.1
mt.iG
m
o
o.Oo' ,o.V\\
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
(b) In no case shall combustible material be used in the construction of a spray booth and supply or exhaust duct con nected to it.
(ii) Unobstructed walkways shall not be less than 61^ feet high and shall be main tained clear of obstruction from any work location in the booth to a booth exit or open booth front. In booths where the open front is the only exit, such exits shall be not less than 3 feet wide. In booths having multiple exits, such exits shall not be less than 2 feet wide, provided that the maximum distance from the work location to the exit is 25 feet or less. Where booth exits are provided with doors, such doors shall open outward from the booth.
(ii) Baffles, distribution plates, and drytype overspray collectors shall conform to the requirements of 1910.107(b)(4) and (5). (See sections 304 and 305 of the Stand ard for Spray Finishing Using Flam mable and Combustible Materials, NFPA No. 33-1969.)
(a) Overspray filters shall be installed and maintained in accordance with the requirements of 1910.107(b)(5), (see section 305 of the Standard for Spray Finishing Using Flammable and Com bustible Materials, NFPA No. 33-1969), and shall only be in a location easily accessible for inspection, cleaning, or replacement.
(b) Where effective means, independent of the overspray filters, are installed which will result in design air distribu tion across the booth cross section, it is permissible to operate the booth with out the filters in place.
(iv)
(a) For wet or water-wash spray booths, the water-chamber enclosure, within which intimate contact of contaminated air and cleaning water or other cleaning medium is maintained, if made of steel, shall be 18 gage or heavier and adequately protected against corrosion.
!0.94<eK3XlXb)
STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
(bi Chambers may include scrubber spray nozzles, headers, troughs, or other devices. Chambers shall be pro vided with adequate means for creating and maintaining scrubbing action for removal of particulate matter from the exhaust air stream.
(v) Collecting tanks shall be of welded steel construction or other suitable non combustible material. If pits are used as collecting tanks, they shall be concrete, masonry, or other material having similar properties.
(a) Tanks shall be provided with weirs, skimmer plates, or screens to prevent sludge and floating paint from enterings the pump suction box. Means for automatically maintaining the proper water level shall also be provided. Fresh water inlets shall not be submerged. They shall terminate at least one pipe diameter above the safety overflow level of the tank.
(b) Tanks shall be so constructed as to discourage accumulation of hazardous deposits.
(vi) Pump manifolds, risers, and headers shall be adequately sized to insure suf ficient water flow to provide efficient op eration of the water chamber.
(4) Design and construction of spray rooms.
(i) Spray rooms, including floors, shall be constructed of masonry, concrete, or other noncombustible material.
(ii) Spray rooms shall have noncombusti ble fire doors and shutters.
(iii) Spray rooms shall be adequately ven tilated so that the atmosphere in the breathing zone of the operator shall be maintained in accordance with the requirements of subparagraph (6)(ii) of this paragraph.
131 MOD 000011121
llJ4<cX4XUi)
1910.94(cX4XW>
STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
(iv) Spray rooms used for production spray-finishing operations shall conform to the requirements for spray booths,
(5) Ventilation.
(i) Ventilation shall be provided in accordance with provisions of 1910.107(d) (see chapter 5 of the Standard for Spray Finishing Using Flammable or Combustible Materials. NFPA No. 331969). and in accordance with the follow ing:
(a I Where a fan plenum is used to equalize or control the distribution of exhaust air movement through the booth, it shall be of sufficient strength or rigidity to withstand the differential air pressure or other superficially imposed loads for which the equipment is designed and also to facilitate cleaning. Construction specifications shall be at least equivalent to those of subdivision (iii) of this subparagraph.
(ii) Inlet or supply ductwork used to trans port makeup air to spray booths or sur rounding areas shall be constructed of noncombustible materials.
(a) If negative pressure exists within inlet ductwork, all seams and joints shall be sealed if there is a possibility . of infiltration of harmful quantities of noxious gases, fumes, or mists from areas through .which ductwork passes.
<b) Inlet ductwork shall be sized in accordance with volume flow require ments and provide design air require ments at the spray booth.
(cl Inlet (luctworK shall be adequately supported throughout its length to sus tain at least its own weight plus any negative pressure which is exerted upon it under normal operating conditions.
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
{iii) Revoked
(a) Exhaust ductwork shall be adequately supported throughout its length to sustain its weight plus any normal accumulation in interior during normal operating conditions and any negative pressure exerted upon it.
(b) Exhaust ductwork shall be sized in accordance with good design practice which shall include consideration of fan capacity, length of duct, number of turns and elbows, variation in size, volume, and character of materials being exhausted. See American National Standard Z9.2-1960 for further details and explanation concerning ele ments of design.
(c) Longitudinal joints in sheet steel ductwork shall be either lock-seamed, riveted, or welded. For other than steel construction, equivalent securing of joints shall be provided.
(d) Circumferential joints in ductwork shall be substantially fastened together and lapped in the direction of airflow. At least every fourth joint shall be pro vided with connecting flanges, bolted together, or of equivalent fastening se curity.
(e) Inspection or clean-out doors shall be provided for every 9 to 12 feet of run ning length for ducts up to 12 inches in diameter, but the distance between clean-out doors may be greater for larg er pipes. (See 8.3.21 of American National Standard Z9.1-1951.) A clean out door or doors shall be provided for
l919.94(eX6XliiXc)
132 MCD 00Q011122
Change 7
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
l9lO.M(aK7K> STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
(v) If it is more convenient to measure the neutron flux, or equivalent, than to determine the neutron dose in rads, as provided in subdivision (iii) of this subparagraph, 1 rem of neutron radiation may, for purposes of the provisions in this section be assumed to be equivalent to 14 million neutrons per square centime ter incident upon the body; or, if there is sufficient information to estimate with
reasonable accuracy the approximate distributioi. in energy of the neutrons, the incident number of neutrons per square centimeter equivalent to 1 rem may be estimated from Table G-17:
Table Q-i7--Neutron Flux Dose Equivalents
Neutron energy (minion electron
volts (Mev))
Number of neutrons per
square centimeter
equivalent to a
dose of 1 rein (neutrons/cm)
Average flux to deliver
100 mllllrem In 40 hours (neutrons/cm*
per sec.)
trol a dose in excess of the limits specified in Table G-18:
Table Q-18
Rems per
calendar quarter
Whole body: Head and trunk: active blood-forming organs; lens of eyes; or gonads 1%
y3Hands and forearms; feet and ankles. 18%
Skin of whole body------------------------------ 7
(2) An employer may permit an individual in a restricted area to receive doses to the whole body greater than those permitted under subparagraph (1) of this paragraph, so long as:
() During any calendar quarter the dose to the whole body shall not exceed 3 rems; and
Thermal............. 0.0001.................. 0.006.................... 0.02......................
0.1....................... 0.6.......................
1.0....................... 2.6....................... 5.0....................... 7.5....................... 10........................ 10 to 30...............
070 X 10* 720 X 10* 820 X 10* 400 X 10*
120 X 10<
43 X IP '20 X IP
2!> X IP 20 X IP 24 X IP 24 X IP
14 X IP
670 600 870 280
80 30
18 20
18 17 17 10
(8) For determining exposures to X- or gamma rays up to 3 Mev., the dose limits specified in this section may be assumed to be equivalent to the "air dose." For the pur pose of this section "air dose" means that the dose is measured by a properly cali brated appropriate instrument in air at or near the body surface in the region of the highest dosage rate.
(b) Exposure of individuals to radiation in
restricted areas.
(1) Except as provided in subparagraph (2) of this paragraph, no employer shall possess, use, or transfer sources of ionizing radiation in such a manner as to cause any individual in a restricted area to receive in any period of one calendar quarter from sources in the employer's possession or con
(ii) The dose to the whole body, when added to the accumulated occupational dose to the whole body, shall not exceed 5 (N-18) rems, where "N" equals the individual's age in years at his last birth day; and
(iii) The employer maintains adequate past and current exposure records which show that the addition of such a dose will not cause the individual to exceed the amount authorized in this subparagraph. As used in this subparagraph, "dose to the whole body" shall be deemed to include any dose to the whole body, gonad, active bloodforming organs, head and trunk, or lens of the eye.
(3) No employer shall permit any employee who is under 18 years of age to receive in any period of one calendar quarter a dose in excess of 10 percent of the limits specified in Table G-18.
(4) "Calendar quarter" means any 3-month period determined as follows:
(i) The first period of any year may begin on any date in January: Provided, That the second, third, and fourth periods accordingly begin on the same date in
145
ll!<U4(bX4Xl)
MCD 000011123
19I0.96(b)<4)U) STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
April, July, and October, respectively, and that the fourth period extends into January of the succeeding year, if neces sary to complete a 3-month quarter. Dur ing the first year of use of this method of determination, the first period for that year shall also include any additional days in January preceding the starting date for the first period; or
(ii) The first period in a calendar year of 13 complete, consecutive calendar weeks; the second period in a calendar year of 13 complete consecutive weeks; the third period in a calendar year of 13 complete, consecutive calendar weeks; the fourth period in a calendar year of 13 complete, consecutive calendar weeks. If at the end of a calendar year there are any days not falling within a complete calendar week of that year, such days shall be included within the last complete calendar week of that year. If at the beginning of any calendar year there are days not falling within a complete calendar week of that year, such days shall be included within the last complete calendar week of the previous year; or
(iii) The four periods in a calendar year may consist of the first 14 complete, con secutive calendar weeks; the next ^com plete. consecutive calendar weeks, the next 14 complete, consecutive calendar weeks, and the last 12 complete, consecu tive calendar weeks. If at the end of a calendar year there are any days not falling within a complete calendar week of that year, such days shall be included (for purposes of this section) within the last complete calendar week of the year. If at the beginning of any calendar year there are days not falling within a complete calendar week of that year, such days shall be included (for purposes of this sec tion) within the last complete week of the previous year.
(c) Exposure to airborne radioactive material.
(l) No employer shall possess, use or trans port radioactive material in such a manner
1910.M(d)(2)
as to cause any employee, within a re stricted area, to be exposed to airborne radioactive material in an average concentration in excess of the limits specified in Table 1 of Appendix B to 10CFR Part 20. The limits given in Table 1 are for exposure to the concentrations specified for 40 hours in any workweek of 7 consecutive days. In any such period where the number of hours of exposure is less than 40, the limits specified in the table may be increased proportionately. In any such petiod where the number of hours of exposure is greater than 40, the limits specified in the table shall be decreased proportionately.
(2) No employer shall possess, use, or transfer radioactive material in such a manner as to cause any individual within a restricted area, who is under 18 years of age, to be exposed to airborne radioactive material in an average concentration in excess of the limits specified in Table II of Appendix B to 10 CFR Part 20. For purposes of this subparagraph, concentrations may be averaged over periods not greater than 1 week.
(3) "Exposed" as used in this paragraph means that the individual is present in an airborne concentration. No allowance shall be made for the use of protective clothing or equipment, or particle size.
(d) Precautionary procedures and personal monitoring.
(1) Every employer shall make such surveys as may be necessary for him to comply with the provisions in this section. "Survey" means an evaluation of the radiation hazards incident to the production, use, release, disposal, or presence of radioactive materials or other sources of radiation under a specific set of conditions. When appropriate, such evaluation includes a physical survey of the location of materials and equipment, and measurements of levels of radiation orconcentrations of radioactive material present.
{1) Every employer shall supply appropriate personnel monitoring equipment, such as
^ Change 7
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
!910.96<sXl>
STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
(1) A room or area is not required to be posted with a caution sign because of the presence of a sealed source, provided the radiation level 1- inches from the surface of the source container or housing does not exceed 5 millirem per hour.
(2) Rooms or other areas in onsite medical facilities are not required to be posted with caution signs because of the presence of patients containing radioactive material, provided that there are personnel in attendance who shall take the precautions necessary to prevent the exposure of any individual to radiation or radioactive material in excess of the limits established in the provisions of this section.
(3) Caution signs are not required to be posted at areas or rooms containing radioac tive materials for periods of less than 8 hours: Provided, That
(i) The materials are constantly attended during such periods by an individual who shall take the precautions necessary to prevent the exposure of any individual to radiation or radioactive materials in excess of the limits established in the pro visions of this section; and
(ii) Such area or room is subject to the employer's control,
(h) Exemptions for radioactive materials packaged for shipment.
Radioactive materials packaged and labeled in accordance with regulations of the Department of Transportation published in 49 CFR Chapter I, are exempt from the labeling and posting requirements of this subpart dur ing shipment, provided that the inside con tainers are labeled in accordance with the pro visions of paragraph (e) of this section.
(i) Instruction of personnel, posting.
(1) Employers regulated by the Atomic Energy Commission shall be governed by 10 CFR Part 20 standards. Employers in a State named in paragraph (pM3) of this sec tion shall be governed by the requirements of the laws and regulations of that State.
All other employers shall be regulated by the following:
(2) All individuals working in or frequenting any portion of a radiation area shall be informed of the occurrence of radioactive materials or of radiation in such portions of the radiation area; shall be instructed in the safety problems associated with exposure to such materials or radiation and in precautions or devices to minimize exposure; shall be instructed in the appli cable provisions of this section for the pro tection of employees from exposure to ra diation or radioactive materials; and shall be advised of reports of radiation exposure which employees may request pursuant t. the regulations in this section.
(3) Each employer to whom this section applies shall post a current copy of its provi sions and a copy of the operating procedures applicable to the work conspicuously in such locations as to insure that employees work ing in or frequenting radiation areas will observe these documents on the way to and from their place of employment, or shall keep such documents available for examina tion of employees upon request.
(j) Storage of radioactive materials.
Radioactive materials stored in a nonra>hation area shall be secured against unau thorized removal from the place of storage.
(k) Waste disposal.
No employer shall dispose of radioactive material except by transfer to an authorized recipient, or in a manner approved by the Atomic Energy Commission or a State named in paragraph (p)(3) of this section.
(l) Notification of incidents.
(1) Immediate notification. Each employer shall immediately notify the Assistant Secretary of Labor or his duly authorized represent ative, for employees not protected by the Atomic Energy Commission by means of 10 CFR Part 20; paragraph (p)(2) of this sec tion, or the requirements of the laws and
151
1)10.960X1)
MCD 000011125
1910.MOM1) STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
regulations of States named in paragraph (p)(3) of this section, by telephone or tele graph of any incident involving radiation which may have caused or threatens to cause:
(i) Exposure of the whole body of any individual to 25 rents or more of radiation; exposure of the skin of the whole body of any individual to 150 rents or more of radiation; or exposure of the feet, ankles, hands, or forearms of any individual to 375 rents or more of radiation; or
(ii) The release of radioactive material in concentrations which, if averaged over a period of 24 hours, would exceed 5,000 times the limit specified for such materi als in Table II of Appendix B to 10 CFR Part 20.
(m) Reports of overexposure and excessive
levels and concentrations.
(1) In addition to any notification required by paragraph (1) of this section each employer shall make a report in writing within 30 days to the Assistant Secretary of Labor or his duly authorized represent
ative, for employees not protected by the Atomic Energy Commission by means of 10 CFR Part 20; or under paragraph (p)(2) of thi.-i section, or the requirements of the laws and regulations of States named in para graph (p)(3) of this section, of each exposure of an individual to radiation or concentra tions of radioactive material in excess of any applicable limit in this section. Each report required under this subparagraph shall describe the extent of exposure of persons to radiation or to radioactive material; levels of radiation and concentration of radioactive material involved, the cause of the exposure, levels of concentrations; ami corrective steps taken or planned to assure against a recurrence.
(2) Twanfy-four hour notification. Each employer shall within 24 hours following its occurrence notify the Assistant Secretary of Labor or his duly authorized representative for employees not protected by the Atomic Energy Commission by means of 10 CFR Part 20; paragraph (pX2) of this section, or the requirements of the laws and applicable regulations of States named in paragraph (pK3) of this section, by telephone or tele graph of any incident involving radiation which may have caused or threatens to cause:
(i) Exposure of the whole body of any individual to 5 rems or more of radiation; exposure of the skin of the whole body of any individual to 30 rems or more of radiation; or exposure of the feet, ankles, hands, or forearms to 75 rems or more of radiation; or
(2) In any case where an employer is required pursuant to the provisions of this paragraph to report to the U.S. Department cf Labor any exposure of an individual to radiation or to concentrations of radioactive material, the employer shall also notify such individual of the nature and extent of exposure. Such notice shall be in writing and shall contain the following statement: "You should preserve this report for future reference."
(n) Records.
(1) Every employer shall maintain records of the radiation exposure of all employees for whom personnel monitoring is required under paragraph (d) of this section and advise each of his employees of his individual exposure on at least an annual basis.
MMKaXS)
(2) Every employer shall maintain records
in the same units used in tables in para graph (b) of this section and Appendix B to 10 CFR Part 20.
152
Chance 7
MOD 000011126
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
1919.96(o) STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
(o) Disclosure to former employee of individ ual employee's record.
pliance with the requirements of this sec tion with respect to such possession and use.
(1) At the request of a former employee an employer shall furnish to the employee a r eport of the employee's exposure to radia tion as shown in records maintained by the employer pursuant to paragraph (n)(l) of this section. Such report shall be furnished within 30 days from the time the request is made, and shall cover each calendar quar ter of the individual's employment involv ing exposure to radiation or such lesser period as may be requested by the employee. The report shall also include the results of any calculations and analysis of radioactive material deposited in the body of the employee. The report shall be in writing and contain the following statement: "You should preserve this report for future reference."
(p) Atomic Energy Commission licen sees--AEC contractors operating AEC plants and facilities--AEC agreement State licensees or registrants.
(1) Any employer who possesses or uses source material, byproduct material, or spe cial nuclear material, as defined in the Atomic Energy Act of 1954, as amended, under a license issued by the Atomic Energy Commission and in accordance with the requirements of 10 CFR Part 20 shall be deemed to be in compliance with the requirements of this section with respect to such possession and use.
(2) AEC contractors operating AEC plants and facilities: Any employer who possesses or uses source material, byproduct material, special nuclear material, or other radiation sources under a contract with the Atomic Energy Commission for the opera tion of AEC plants and facilities and in accordance with the standards, procedures, and other requirements for radiation pro tection established by the Commission for such contract pursuant to the Atomic Energy Act of 1954 as amended (42 U.S.C. 2011 et seq.), shall be deemed to be in com
(3) AEC-agreement State licensees or regis trants:
(i) Atomic Enorgy Act tourcos. Any employer who possesses or uses source material, byproduct material, or special nuclear material, as defined in the Atomic Energy Act of 1954, as amended (42 U.S.C. 2011 et seq.), and has either registered such sources with, or is operating under a license issued by, a State which has an agreement in effect with the Atomic Energy Commission pursuant to section 274(b) (42 U.S.C. 2021(b)) of the Atomic Energy Act of 1954, as amended, and in accordance with the requirements of that State's laws and regulations shall be deemed to be in compliance with the radiation requirements of this section, insofar as his possession and use of such material is concerned, unless the Secre tary of Labor, after conference with the Atomic Energy Commission, shall deter
mine that the State's program for control of these radiation sources is incompatible with the requirements of this section. Such agreements currently are in effect only in tne States of Alabama, Arkansas, California, Kansas, Kentucky, Florida, Mississippi, New Hampshire. New York, North Carolina, Texas, Tennessee, Oregon, Idaho, Arizona, Colorado, Louisiana, Nebraska, Washington, Mary land, North Dakota, South Carolina, and Georgia.
(ii) Other sources. Any employer who pos sesses or uses radiation sources other than source material, byproduct material, or special nuclear material, as defined in the Atomic Energy Act of 1954, as amended (42 U.S.C. 2011 et seq.), and has either registered such sources with, or is operating under a license issued by a State which has an agreement in effect with the Atomic Energy Commission pur suant to section 274(b) (42 U.S.C. 2021(b)) of the Atomic Energy Act of 1954, as amended, and in accordance with the requirements of that State's laws and regulations shall be deemed to be in com pliance with the radiation requirements of this section, insofar as his possession
Chanre 7
153
ltt0.96(pK3KU)
rtCD 0000 U1-7
l910.M(pK3Xii)
STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
and use of such material is concerned, provided the State's program for control of these radiation sources is the subject of a currently effective determination by the Assistant Secretary of Labor that such program is compatible with the requirements of this section. Such deter minations currently are in effect only in the States of Alabama, Arkansas, California, Kansas, Kentucky, Florida, Mississippi, New Hampshire, New York. North Carolina, Texas, Tennessee, Oregon, Idaho, Arizona, Colorado, Louisiana, Nebraska, Washington, Mary land, North Dakota, South Carolina, and Georgia.
(q) [Reserved]
(r) Radiation standards for mining. Revoked
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
1910.97--NONIONIZING RADIATION
(a) Electromagnetic radiation.
0) Definitions applicable to this paragraph.
(i) The term "electromagnetic radiation" is restricted to that portion of the spec trum commonly defined as the radio fre-
191t.97(aXlXU)
154
quency region, which for the purpose of this specification shall include the microwave frequency region.
(ii) Partial body irradiation. Pertains to the case in which part of the body is exposed to the incident electromagnetic energy.
Chance 7
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
(ii) Specific requirements.
<a) The location of a system, as deter mined by the maximum total contained volume of hydrogen, shall be in the order of preference as indicated by Roman nume-als in Table H-l.
(b) The minimum distance in feet from a hydrogen system of indicated capacity located outdoors, in separate buildings or in special rooms to any specified out door exposure shall be in accordance with Table H-2.
I910.103(bX2Xii) STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
Table II-l
N'aiui e of locution
.Size of hydroccn system
Less than a.ono CF to In excess of :*.oooCF l.s.rmo CK 15.(KK) CF
Outdoors................... In ;i separate
building................. In ; special room..
Inside buildings not In a special room and exposed to other occupancies.
I......... .... I.................
IT......... .... II............... Ill____. . .. Ill.............
IV.... ___ Not permitted.
r.
ii. Not per-
mitted. Not per-
milted.
Table H-2
Type of outdoor exposure
Size of hydrogen system
Less
3,000 CF In excess
than
to
of
3.000 CF 15,000 CF 15,000 CF
1. Building or structure.. Wood frame construction"...............................................
Heavy timber, noncombustible or ordinary con
struction*.........................................................................
Fire-resistive construction*.............................................
2. Wall openings.
Not above any part of a system....................................
Above any part of a system............................................
3. Flammable liquids 0 to 1,000 gallons................................................................
above ground.
In excess of 1,000 gallons.................................................
4. Flammable liquids
Tank....................................................................................
below ground--
Vent or All opening of lank............................................
0 to 1.000 gallons.
5. Flammable liquids Tank.....................................................................................
below ground-
Vent or fill opening of tank............................................
in excess of 1,000
gallons.
6. Flammable gas stor 0 to 1.V00G CF capacity....................................................
age, eithor high
In excess of 15,000 CF capacity............ .........................
pressure or low
pressure.
Oxygen storage------- 12,000 CF or less................................................................
More than 12,000 CF
8. Fast burning solids such as ordinary lumber, excelsior or paper.....................
0. Slow burning solids such as heavy timber or coal............... .................. -............. 10. Open flumes and other source* of Ignition.............................................................
U. Air compressor intakes or inlets to ventilating nr air-conditioning equip ment...............................................................................................................................
12. Concentration of people***............................................................,.................. .
10 25
50
0 10 **25
00
0
10 10
10
25 25
:o 25
25 25
25 50
50
10 10
10
25 2a
25
20 20 25 25
20 25
10 25 25 50
25 50
Refer to NFPA No. 51. gas sys
tems for welding and cutting
(I960).
Refer to NFPA Ni>. 566, bulk
oxygen systems at consumer
sites (I960).
50 50
50
25 25
25
25 25
25
50 50 25 50
50 50
Refer to NFPA No. 220 Standard Types of Duilding Construction for definitions of various typos of construc tion. (l'Ai9 Ed.)
But not less than one-half the height of adjacent side wall of the structure. 'In congested ureas such as ollices, lunchrooms, locker rooms, time-clock ureas, and places of public assembly
Change 7
163
1910.10bXlXUXb)
MCD 000011129
1910.103<bK 2 H liKc) STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
(c> The distances in Table IU- Items 1, 14, and .3 to 10 inclusive du not apply where protective structures such as adequate fire walls are located between the system and the exposure.
(d) Hydrogen systems of less than 3,000 CF when located inside buildings and exposed to other occupancies shall be situated in the building so that the sys tem will be as follows:
(1) In an adequately ventilated area as in subparagraph (3)(iiM6) of this paragraph.
(2) Twenty feet from stored flammable materials or oxidizing gases.
(3) Twenty-five feet from open flames, ordinary electrical equipment or other sources of ignition.
(I) Twenty-five feet from concentra tions of people.
<.1> Fifty feet from intakes of ventila tion or aii -conditioning equipment and air compressors.
(ti) Fifty feet from other flammable gas storage.
(7) Protected against damage or injury due to falling objects or work ing activity in the area.
(H) More than one system of 3,000 CF or less may be installed in the same room, provided the systems are separated by at least 50 feet. Each such system shall meet all of the requirements of this paragraph.
(3) Design consideration at specific locations.
(i) Outdoor locations.
(a) Where protective walls or roofs are provided, they shall be constructed of noncombustible materials.
(hi Where the enclosing sides adjoin each other, the area shall be properly ventilated.
191Q.103dK3KliMf)
164
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
(c)Electrical equipment within In feet shall be in accordance with subpart S of this part.
(ii) Separate buildings.
(a) Separate buildings shall be built of at least noncombustible construction. Windows and doors shall be located so as to be readily accessible in case of emergency. Windows shall be of glass or plastic in metal frames.
(b) Adequate ventilation to the out doors shall be provided. Inlet openings shall be located near the floor in exterior walls only. Outlet openings shall be located at the high point of the room in exterior walls or roof. Inlet and outlet openings shall each have minimum total area of one (1) square foot per 1.000 cubic feet of room volume. Discharge from outlet openings shall be directed or con ducted to a safe location.
(c) Explosion venting shall be provided in exterior walls or roof only. The vent ing urea shall be equal to not less than 1 square foot per 3* cubic feet of room volume and may consist of any one or any combination of rhe following: walls of tight, noncombustible material, pref erably single thickness, single strength glass; lightly fastened hatch covers; lightly fastened swinging doors in exterior walls opening outward; lightly fastened walls or roof designed to relieve at a maximum pressure of 25 pounds per square foot.
(d> There shall be no sources of ignition from open flames, electrical equipment, or heating equipment.
(e) Electrical equipment shall be in accordance with subpart S of this part for Class I, Division 2 locations.
(f) Heating, if provided, shall be by steam, hot water, or other indirect means.
o V\ Oo' o.0
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
lM0.l03<cX2XiiiXb) STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
Taijle II--4--Minimum Distance (Feet) From Liquefied Hydrogen Systems to Exposure
(g) Containers shall be firmly secured and stored in an upright position.
Type of exposure
Liquefied hydrogen storage (capacity In gallons)
39.63 3.501 15,001
(150 liters) to
to
to 3. 500 15.000 30,000
1. Fire-resistive building and live walls*............
2. Nonconibustlble build ing*...............................
3. Other buildings*........... 4. Wall openings, air-
compressor intakes. Inlets for air-condi
tioning or ventilating equipment...................
5. Flammable liquids (above ground and vent or fill openings if below ground) (sec 513 and 514)...............
6. Iletween stationary
liquefied hydrogen containers.................... 7. Flammable gas storage. ' Liquid oxygen storage and other oxidizers
(See M3 und 514)____ 9. Combustible solids___
10. Open flames, smoking, and welding................
11. Concentrations of
peoplet.........................
55
5
25 50
75
50 75 100
75 75
75
50 75
55 50 75
100 100 50 75
50 so
75 75
100
5 100
100 100 50 75
Refer to Standard Types of Building Construction, NFI'A N'o. 220-1969 for definitions of various types of construction.
ffn congested areas sucii as offices, lunchrooms, locker rooms, time-clock areas.
electrical equipment and other sources of ignition including process or analyti cal equipment.
(h) Welding or cutting operations, and smoking shall be prohibited while hy drogen is in the room.
(i) The area shall be adequately ven tilated. Safety relief devices on the con tainers shall be vented directly outdoors or to a suitable hood. See subparagraph (lXiv)(b) of this paragraph and subdivi sion (i)(f) of this subparagraph.
(3) Design considerations at specific locations.
(i) Outdoor locations.
(a) Outdoor location shall mean outside of any building or structure, and includes locations under a weather shel ter or canopy provided such locations are not enclosed by more than two walls set at right angles and are provided with vent space between the walls and vent ed roof or canopy.
(b) Roadways and yard surfaces located below liquefied hydrogen piping, from which liquid air may drip, shall be con structed of noncombustible materials.
(c) If protective walls are provided, they shall be constructed of noncombustible materials and in accordance with the provisions of subdivision (a) of this sub division as applicable.
(c) Be located 25 feet from concentra tions of people.
(d) Be located 50 feet from intakes of ventilation and air-conditioning equip ment or intakes of compressors.
(e) Be located 50 feet from storage of other flammable-gases or storage of oxidizing gases.
(f) Containers shall be protected against damage or injury due to falling objects or work activity in the area.
(d) Electrical wiring and equipment shall comply with subparagraph (lXix)(a) and (b) of this paragraph.
(e) Adequate lighting shall be provided for nighttime transfer operation.
(it) Separata buildings.
(a) Separate buildings shall be of light noncombustible construction on a sub stantial frame. Walls and roofs shall be lightly fastened and designed to relieve
Change 7
169
191liU(eX3XUXa>
MCD 00001i1-3I
19l0.103(cX3)(iiXa) STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
at a maximum inter nal pressure of 25 pounds per square foot. Windows shall he of shatterproof glass or plastic in metal frames. Doors shall be located in such a manner that they will be readily accessible to personnel in an emer gency.
(b) Adequate ventilation to the out doors shall be provided. Inlet openings shall be located near the floor level in exterior walls only. Outlet openings shall be located at the high point of the room in exterior walls or roof. Both the inlet and outlet vent openings shall have a minimum total area of 1 square foot per 1,000 cubic feet of room volume. Discharge from outlet openings shall be directed or conducted to a safe location.
(c) There shall be no sources of ignition.
ing area shall be equal to not less than 1 square foot per 30 cubic feet of room volume and may consist of any one or any combination of the* following: walls of light noncombustible material; lightly fastened hatch covers; lightly fastened swinging doors opening out ward in exterior walls; lightly fastened walls or roofs designed to relieve at a maximum pressure of 25 pounds per square foot.
d) There shall be no sources of ignition.
(e> Electrical wiring and equipment shall comply with subparagraph (IXixHn) and (6) of this paragraph except that the provision of subparagraph (l)(ix)(6) of this paragraph shall apply to all electrical wiring and equipment, in the special room.
(d) Electrical wiring and equipment shall comply with subparagraph (l)(ix)(a) and (5) of this paragraph except that the pro visions of subparagraph (l)(ix)(6) of this paragraph shall apply to all electrical wir ing and equipment in the separate build ing.
(e) Heating, if provided, shall be by steam, hot water, or other indirect means.
(til) Special rooms.
(a) Floors, walls, and ceilings shall have a fire resistance rating of at least 2 hours. Walls or partitions shall be con tinuous from floor to ceiling and shall be securely anchored. At least one wall shall be an exterior wall. Openings to other parts of the building shall not be permitted. Windows and doors shall be in exterior wails and doors shall be located in such a manner that they will be accessible in an emergency. Windows shall be of shatterproof glass or plastic in metal frames.
(b) Ventilation shall be as provided in subdivision (ii)(6) of this subparagraph.
(c) Explosion venting shall be provided in exterior walls or roof only. The vent
(f) Heating, if provided, shall be steam, hot water, or by other indirect means.
(4)Operating instructions.
(i) Written instructions. For installation which require any operation of equip ment by the user, legible instructions shall he maintained at operating loca tions.
(ii) Attendant. A qualified person shall be in attendance at all times while the mobile hydrogen supply unit is being unloaded.
(iii) Security. Each mobile liquefied hy drogen supply unit used as part of a hy drogen system shall be adequately se cured to prevent movement.
(iv| Grounding. The mobile liquefied hy drogen supply unit shall be grounded for static electricity.
(3) Maintenance. The equipment and function ing of each charged liquified hydrogen system shall be maintained in a safe operating condi tion in accordance with the requirements of this section. Weeds or similar combustibles shall not be permitted within 25 feet of any liquified hydrogen equipment.
139 F.R. 9957. March to. 1974.)
1914.193(eX6)
170
000^
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
19U.104
STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
1910.104--Oxygen
(a) Scope.
This section applies to the installation of bulk oxygen systems on industrial and institu tional consumer premises. This section does not apply to oxygen manufacturing plants or other establishments operated by the oxygen supplier or his agent for the purpose of storing oxygen and refilling portable containers, trailers, mobile supply trucks, or tank cars, nor to systems having capacities less than those stated in paragraph (b)(1) of this section.
(b) Bulk oxygen systems.
(1) Definition. As used in this section: A bulk oxygen system is an assembly of equipment, such asoxygen storage containers, pressure regulatprs, safety devices, vaporizers, man ifolds, and interconnecting piping, which has storage capacity of more than 13,000 cubic feet of oxygen, Normal Temperature and Pressure (NTP), connected in service or ready for service, or more than 25,000 cubic feet of oxygen (NTP) including uncon nected reserves on hand at the site. The bulk oxygen system terminates at the point where oxygen at service pressure first enters the supply line. The oxygen con tainers may be stationary or movable, and the oxygen may be stored as gas or liquid.
(2) Location.
(Hi) Leakoge. Where oxygen is stored as a liquid, noncombustible surfacing shall be provided in an area in which any leakage of liquid oxygen might fall during opera tion of the system and filling of a storage container. For purposes of this para graph, asphaltic or bituminous paving is considered to be combustible.
(iv) Elevation. When locating bulk oxygen systems near above-ground flammable or combustible liquid storage which may be either indoors or outdoors, it is advisable to locate the system on ground higher than the flammable or combustible liquid storage.
(v) Dikes. Where it is necessary to locate a bulk oxygen system on ground lower than adjacent flammable or combustible liquid storage suitable means shall be taken (such as by diking, diversion curbs, or grading) with respect to the adjacent flammable or combustible liquid storage to prevent accumulation of liquids under the bulk oxygen system.
(3) Oistance between systems and exposures.
(i) General. The minimum distance front any bulk oxygen storage container to exposures, measured in the most direct lint* except as indicated in subdivisions (vi) and (viii) of this subparagraph, shall be as indicated in subdivisions(ii) to(xviii) of this subparagraph inclusive.
(i) Gonoral. Bulk oxygen storage systems shall be located above ground out of doors, or shall be installed in a building of non combustible construction, adequately vented, and used for that purpose exclusively. The location selected shall be such that containers and associated equipment shall not be exposed by electric power lines, flammable or combustible liquid lines, or flammable gas lines.
(ii) Accessibility. The system shall be located so that it is readily accessible to mobile supply equipment at ground level and to authorized personnel.
(ii) Combustible structures. Fifty feet from any combustible structures.
(its) Fire resistive structures. Twenty-five feet from any structures with fire-resistive exterior walls or sprinklered buildings of other construction, but not less than onehalf the height of adjacent side wall of the structure.
(iv) Openings. At least 10 feet from any opening in adjacent walls of fire resistive structures. Spacing from such structures shall be adequate to permit maintenance, but shall not be less than 1 foot.
171
19!0.104(bX3Kl*)
MCI) 000011133
1910.104(bM3Mv> STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
(v) Flommobla liquid storage aboveground.
Distance (feet)
Capacity (gitlone)
50 ...
- 0-1000
90 . ... . ....................... .. 1001 or more
(vi) Flammable liquid storage belowground.
Distance meas
ured horirontalty from oxygen
storage container
to flammable liquid tank
(feet)
Distance from
oxygen storage container to fill* ing and vent con nections or open ings to flammable
liquid tank
(feet)
Capacity (gallons)
15 50 . . 0-1000 30 60 ................ 1001 or more
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
(xiii)Congested areas. Twenty-five feet from congested areas such as offices, lunchrooms, locker rooms, timr clock areas, and similar locations where people may congregate.
(xiv) thru (xvii) Revoked
(vii) Combustible liquid storage aboveground.
Diatanee {feet) 25 ______ ________ ... 50 ................................... ..
Capacity (gallone) 0-1000 1001 or more
(viii) Combustible liquid storage belowground.
Distance measured horixontally from oxygen storage container to combustible liquid tank (feet)
15 .. . .........
Distance from oxygen storage container to Ailing and vent con nections or openings to combustible liquid tank (feet)
40
(ix) Flommablo gas storag*. (Such as com pressed flammable Rases, liquefied flammable Rases and flammable gases in low pressure gas holders):
Diatancc (feet) 50 90
Capacity (eu. ft. NTP) Less than 5000 5000 or more
(x) Highly combustible materials. Fifty feel from solid materials which burn rapidly, such as excelsior or paper.
(xi) Slow-burning materials. Twenty-five feet from solid materials which burn slowly, such as coal and heavy timber.
(xii) Ventilation. Seventy-five feet in one
direction and 35 feet in approximately 90 direction from confining walls (not includ
ing firewalls less than 20 feet high) to pro vide adequate ventilation in courtyards and similar confining.areas.
(xviii) Exceptions. The distances in subdivi sions (ii), (iii), (v) to (xi) inclusive,
of this subparagraph do not apply where protective structures such as firewalls of adequate height to safeguard the oxygen storage systems are located between the bulk oxygen stor age installation and the exposure. In such cases, the bulk oxygen storage installa tion may be a minimum distance of 1 foot from the firewall.
(4) Storage containers.
(I) Foundations and supports. Permanently installed containers shall be provided with substantial noncombustible sup ports on firm noncombustible founda tions.
(H) Construction--liquid. Liquid oxygen stor age containers shall be fabricated from materials meeting the impact test requirements of paragraph UG-84 of ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section VIII--Unfired Pressure Vessels--1968. Containers operating at pres sures above 15 pounds per square inch gage (p.s.i.g.) shall be designed, con structed, and tested in accordance with appropriate requirements of ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section VIII--Unfired Pressure Vessels--1968. Insulation surrounding the liquid oxygen container shall be noncombustible.
l19.104(bK4KU>
172
Change 7
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
1910.iM(aXISKIi) STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
(ii) Class IB shall include liquids having flashpoints below 73"F. (22.8C.) and having a boiling point at or above 100F. (37.8`C.).
() Class IC shall include liquids having flashpoints at or above 73F. (22.8C.) and below I00F. (37.8C.).
\'.W F.R. 270-17. Sept. 2M. l73.|
(20) Unstable (reactive) liquid shall mean a liquid which in the pure state or as com mercially produced or transported will vig orously polymerize, decompose, condense, or will become self-reactive under condi tions of shocks, pressure, or temperature.
(21) Low-pressure tank shall mean a storage tank which has been designed to operate at pressures above 0.5 p.s.i.g. but not more than 15 p.s.i.g.
(22) Marine service station shall mean that portion of a property where flammable or combustible liquids used as fuels are stored and dispensed from fixed equipment on shore, piers, wharves, or floating docks into the fuel tanks of self-propelled craft, and shall include all facilities used in connection therewith.
(23) Mercantile occupancy shall mean the occupancy or use of a building or structure or any potton thereof for the displaying, celling, or buying of goods, wares, or merchandise.
i24) Office occupancy shall mean the occu pancy or use of a building or structure or any portion thereof for the transaction of business, or the rendering or receiving of professional services.
(25) Portable tank shall mean a closed con tainer having a liquid capacity over 60 U.S. gallons and not intended for fixed instal lation.
(26) Pressure vessel shall mean a storage tank or vessel which has been designed to operate at pressures above 15 p.s.i.g.
erty adjacent tu tanks, where there are em ployees of the establishment.
|:w K R. H9')7. March l.. 1974.1
(28) Refinery shall mean a plant in which flammable or combustible liquids an* pro duced on a commercial -caie Irom crude pe troleum. natural gasoline, or other hydro carbon so u rces.
(29) Safety can shall mean an approved con tainer. of not more than 5 gallons capacity, having a spr ing-closing lid and spout cover and so designed that it will safely relieve internal pressure when subjected to fire exposure.
(30) Vapor pressure shall mean the pres sure, measured in pounds per square inch (absolute) exerted by a volatile liquid as determined by the "Standard Method of Test for Vapor Pressure of Petroleum Products (Reid Method)," American Society for Testing and Materials ASTM D323-6X.
(31) Ventilation as specified in this section is for the prevention of fire and explosion. It is considered adequate if it is sufficient to prevent accumulation of significant quantities of vapor-air mixtures in concen tration over one-fourth of the lower flam mable limit.
(32) Storage: Flammable or combustible liquids shall be stored in a tank or in a con tainer that complies with paragraph (dX2) of this section.
(33) Barrel shall mean a volume of 42 U.S. gallons.
(34) Container shall mean any can, barrel, or drum.
(35) Approved unless otherwise indicated, approved, or listed by at least one of the following nationally recognized testing lalioiJi t i-t u-s: LI nth1 r writers' La Inna tones, Inc.; Factory Mutual Engineering Corp.
(27) Protection for exposure shall mean ade quate fire protection for structures on prop
(36) Listed see "approved" in $ MMO.lutUa!
177
1910.1M(aK36)
MCD 000011135
1910.1MUM3?)
STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
(37) -srs" means Saybolt Universal Sec ntnib as determined by the Standard Method of Test for Saybolt Viscosity (ASTM D-88-56), and may he determined by use of the SUS conversion tables speci fied in ASTM Method D2161-66 following determination of viscosity in accordance with the procedures specified in the Stand ard Method of Test for Viscosity of Trans parent and Opaque Liquids (ASTM D44565).
(38) "Viscous" means a viscosity of 45 SUS or more.
1-iK K.K. 2704?. Sept. 2. 197X1
(b) Tank storage.
(1) Design and construction of tanks.
(i) Materials.
(a) Tanks shall be built of steel except as provided in (/>) through (e) of this sub division.
(h) Tanks may he built of materials other than steel for installation underground or if required by the properties of the liquid stored. Tanks located above ground or inside buildings shall be of noncombustible construction.
(c) Tanks built of materials other than steel shall be designed to specifications embodying principles recognized as good engineering design for the mate rial used.
(d) Unlined concrete tanks may be used for storing flammable or combustible liquids having a gravity of 40 API or heavier. Concrete tanks with special lin ing may be used for other services pro vided the design is in accordance with sound engineering practice.
id Revoked
(0 Special engineering consideration shall be required if the specific gravity
lllCIMOMUXillXS)
ooo0^
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
of the liquid to be stored exceeds that of water or if the tanks are designed to contain flammable or combustible liquids at a liquid temperature below <>J F.
(ii) Fabrication.
(a)Revoked
(b) Metal tanks shall he welded, riveted, and caulked, brazed, or bolted, or con structed by use of acombination of these methods. Filler metal used in brazing shall be nonferrous metal or an alloy having a melting point above 1000" F. and below that of the metal joined.
(iii) Atmospheric tanks.
(a) Atmospheric tanks shall be built in accordance with acceptable gooil stand ards of design. Atmospheric tanks may he built in accordance with:
(1) Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc., Subjects No. 142, Standard for Steel Aboveground Tanks for Flammable and Combu.si.ible Liquids, 1968; No. 58, Standard for Steel Underground Tanks for Flammable and Combusti ble Liquids, Fifth Edition, December 1961; or No. 80, Standard for Steel Inside Tanks for Oil-Burner Fuel, September 1963.
i2) American Petroleum Institute Standards No. 12A, Specification for Oil Storage Tanks with Riveted Shells, Seventh Edition, September 1951, or No. 650, Welded Steel Tanks for Oil Storage, Third Edition, 1966.
(3) American Petroleum Institute Standards No. 12B, Specification for Bolted Production Tanks, Eleventh Edition, May 1958, and Supplement 1, March 1962; No. 12D, Specification for Large Welded Production Tanks, Seventh Edition, August 1957; or No. 12F, Specification for Small Welded Production Tanks, Fifth Edition, March 1961. Tanks built in accordance
Chance 7
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
l910.l06<bKlKUIK3) STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
with these standards shall he used only as production tanks for storage of crude petroleum in oil-producing areas.
(b> Tanks designed for underground service not exceeding 2.500 gallons capacity may he used aboveground.
(c) Low-pressure tanks and pressure vessels may be used as atmospheric tanks.
Id)' Atmospheric tanks shall not he used for the storage of a flammable nr com bustible liquid at a temperature at ur above its boiling point.
(iv) Low pressure tanks.
(b) Pressure vessels shall be built in accordance with the Code for Unfired Pressure Vessels. Section VIII of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. 1968.
(vi) Provision* for intornol corrosion. When tanks are not designed in accordance with the American Petroleum Institute. American Society of Mechanical Engineers, or the Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc.'s, standards, or if cor rosion is anticipated beyond that pro vided for in the design formulas used, additional metal thickness or suitable protective coatings or linings shall be pro vided to compensate for the corrosion loss expected during the design life of the tank.
<a) The normal operating pressure of the tank shall not exceed the design pressure of the tank.
(b) Low-pressure tanks shall be built in accordance with acceptable stand ards of design. Low-pressure tanks may be built in accordance with:
{2) Installation of outside aboveground tanks.
(i) Location with respect to property lines and public ways. Revoked
(H) Spacing (shel(-tothell) between above ground tanks.
(1) American Petroleum Institute Standard No. 620, Recommended Rules for the Design and Construction of Large, Welded, Low-Pressure Stor age Tanks, Third Edition, 1966.
(2) The principles of the Code for Unfired Pressure Vessels, Section VIII of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessels Code, 1968.
lc) Atmospheric tanks built according to Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc., requirements in subdivision (iiiXn) of this subparagraph may be used for operating pressures not exceeding 1 p.s.i.g. and shall be limited to 2.5 p.s.i.g. under emergency venting conditions.
(d) Pressure vessels may be used as lowpressure tanks.
(v) Pressure vessels.
(a) The normal operating pressure of the vessel shall not exceed the design pressure of the vessel.
Change 7
179
(a) The distance between any two flammable or combustible liquid storage tanks shall not be less than 3 feet.
<b) Except as provided in subdivision (c) of this subdivision, the distance between any two adjacent tanks shall not be less than one-sixth the sum ot their diameters. When the diameter of one tank is less than one-half the diame ter of the adjacent tank, the distance between the two tanks shall not be less than one-half the diameter of the smaller tank.
(c) Where crude petroleum in conjunc tion with production facilities are located in noncongested areas and have capacities not exceeding 126,000 gallons (3,000 barrels), the distance between such tanks shall not be less than 3 feet.
(d) Where unstable flammable or com bustible liquids are stored, the distance between such tanks shall not be less than one-half the sum of their diame ters.
ltie.lMCbMZXilMd)
tics \OQ
1910.l06(b)(2)(il)(e)
STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
(e), When tanks are compacted in three or more rows or in an irregular pattern, greater spacing or other means shall be provided so that inside tanks are acces sible for firefighting purposes.
if) The minimum separation between a liquefied petroleum gas container and a flammable or combustible liquid stor age tank shall be 20 feet, except in the case of flammable or combustible liquid tanks operating at pressures exceeding 2.5 p.s.i.g. or equipped with emergency venting which will permit pressures to exceed 2.5 p.s.i.g. in which case the pro visions of subdivisions (a) and (6) of this subdivision shall apply. Suitable means shall be taken to prevent the accumu lation of flammahle or combustible liquids under adjacent liquefied pe troleum gas containers such as by di version curbs or grading. When flamma ble or combustible liquid storage tanks are within a diked area, the liquefied petroleum gas containers shall be out side the diked area and at least 10 feet away from the centerline of the wall of the diked area. The foregoing provisions shall not apply when liquefied pe troleum gas containers of 125 gallons or less capacity are installed adjacent to fuel oil supply tanks of 550 gallons or less capacity.
(iii) Location of outside aboveground tanks with respect to important buildings on same property.
Revoked
(iv) Normal venting for aboveground tanks.
(a) Atmospheric storage tanks shall be adequately vented to prevent the development of vacuum or pressure suf
ficient to distort the roof of a cone roof tank or exceeding the design pressure in the case of other atmospheric tanks, as a result of filling or emptying, and atmospheric temperature changes.
(b) Normal vents shall he sized either in accordance with:
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
(1) The American Petroleum l nstitute Standard 2000 (1968). Vent ing Atmospheric and Low-Pressure Storage Tanks; or
(2) Other accepted.standard: or
(2) Shall be at least as large as the filling or withdrawal connection, whichever is larger but in no case less than 1*4 inch nominal inside diam eter.
(c) Low-pressure tanks and pressure vessels shall be adequately vented to prevent development of pressure or vacuum, as a result of filling or empty ing and atmospheric temperature changes, from exceeding the design pressure of the tank or vessel. Protec tion shall also he provided to prevent overpressure from any pump discharg ing into the tank or vessel when the pumpdischarge pressure can exceed the design pressure of the tank or vessel.
id) If any tank or pressure vessel has more than one fill or withdrawal connec-
Pages 181 thru 182 deleted
19I0.1<M(bX2Xiv)(d)
180
ov oO1 V*
Chance 7
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
(vii) Drainage, dikes, and walls for aboveground
tanks.
JtHh
(a) Drainage and diked areas. The area surrounding a tank or a group of tanks shall be provided with drainage as in subdivision (to) of this subdivision, or shall be diked as provided in subdivision (<) of this subdivision, to prevent acci dental discharge of liquid from endan gering adjoining property or reaching waterways.
<b) Drainage. Where protection of
adjoining property or waterways is by
means of a natural or manmade drain
age system, such systems shall comply
with the following:
(1) Revoked
(2) The drainage system shall ter minate in vacant land or other area or in an impounding basin having a capacity not smaller than that of the largest tank served. This termination area and the route of the drainage sys tem shall be so located that, if the flammable or combustible liquids in the drainage system are ignited, the fire will not seriously expose tanks or adjoining property.
(3) Revoked
lHM0(bX2Xrii)
STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
be less than the greatest amount of liquid that can be released from the largest tank within the diked area, assuming a full tank. The capacity of the diked area enclosing more than one tank shall be calculated by deducting the volume of the tanks other than the largest tank below the height of the dike.
(2) For a tank or group of tanks with fixed roofs containing crude petro leum with boilover characteristics. the volumetric capacity of the diked area shall be not less than the capac ity of the largest tank served by the enclosure, assuming a full tank. The capacity of the diked enclosure shall be calculated by deducting the volume below the height of the dike of all tanks within the enclosure.
(3) Walls of the diked area shall be of earth, steel, concrete or solid masonry designed to be liquidtight and to withstand a full hydrostatic head. Earthen walls 3 feet or more in height shall have a flat section at the top not less than 2 feet wide. The slope of an earthen wall shall be consistent with the angle of repose of the mate rial of which the wall is constructed.
(4) The walls of the diked area shall be restricted to an average height of 6 feet above interior grade.
(5) Revoked
(c) Diked areas. Where protection of adjoining property or waterways is accomplished by retaining the liquid around the tank by means of a dike, the volume of the diked area shall comply with the following requirements:
III Except as provided in subdivision U) of this subdivision, the volumetric capacity of the diked area shall not
Chance 7
(6) No loose combustible material, empty or full drum or barrel, shall be permitted within the diked area.
m<uo*hxiXTUxx*>
MCI? OOOOlU39
l10.106<b)<2)(T<ii)
STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
(viii) Tank opening* other than vents for above* ground tank*.
(a) thru (c) Revoked
/
1910.10S(bX3Mi>
(d) Openings for gaging shall be pro vided with a vaportight cap or cover.
id For Class IB and Class IC liquids other than crude oils, gasolines, and asphalts, the fill pipe shall be so designed and installed as to minimize the possibility of generating static elec tricity. A fill pipe entering the top of a tank shall terminate within 6 inches of the bottom of the tank and shall be installed to avoid excessive vibration.
(0 Filling and emptying connections which are made and broken shall be located outside of buildings at a location free from any source of ignition and not less than 5 feet away from any building opening. Such connection shall be closed and liquidtight when not in use. The connection shall be properly identified.
(3) Installation of underground tanks.
(<) Location. Excavation for underground storage tanks shall be made with due care
186
Chance 7
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
the liquid level, except for connection* used for emergency disposal, to prevent continued flow in the event of fire in the vicinity of the tank. This function may be incorporated in the valve required in (to) of this subdivision, and if a separate valve, shall be located adja cent to the valve required in (to) of this subdivision.
(d) Openings for manual gaging, if inde pendent of the fill pipe (see (/) of this subdivision), shall be provided with a vaportight cap or cover. Each such opening shall be protected against liquid overflow and possible vapor release by means of a spring loaded check valve or other approved device.
(e) For Class [B and Class IC liquids other than crude oils, gasolines, and asphalts, the fill pipe shall be so designed and installed as to minimize the possibility of generating static elec tricity by terminating within 0 inches of the bottom of the tank.
(f) The fill pipe inside of the tank shall be installed to avoid excessive vibration of the pipe.
(g) The inlet of the Fill pipe shall be located outside of buildings at a location free from any source of ignition and not less than 5 feet away from any building opening. The inlet of the fill pipe shall be closed and liquidtight when not in use. The fill connection shall be properly identified.
(h) Tanks inside buildings shall be equipped with a device, or other means shall be provided, to prevent overflow into the building.
(5) Support*, foundation*, and anchorage for all tank location*.
(r) Genera). Tank supports shall be in stalled on firm foundations. Tank sup ports shall be of concrete, masonry, or pro tected steel. Single wood timber supports (not cribbing) laid horizontally may be used for outside aboveground tanks if not
189
t910.106(bX4XivNe>
STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
more than 12 inches high at their lowest point.
(ii) Fire resistance. Steel supports or exposed pilingshall be protected by materials hav ing a fire resistance rating of not less than 2 hours, except that steel saddles need not be protected if less than 12 inches high at their lowest point. Water spray protec tion or its equivalent may be used in lieu of fire-resistive materials to protect sup ports.
(iii) Sphere*. The design of the supporting structure for tanks such as spheres shall receive special engmeeringeonsideration.
(iv) Load distribution. Every tank shall be so supported as to prevent the excessive concentration of loads on the supporting portion of the shell.
(v) Foundations. Tanks shall rest on the ground or on foundations made of con crete, masonry, piling, or steel. Tank foundations shall be designed to minimize the possibility of uneven settling of the tank and to minimize corrosion in any part of the tank resting on the foundation.
(vi) Flood areas. Where a tank is located in an area that may be subjected to flooding, the applicable precautions outlined in this subdivision shall be observed.
(a) No aboveground vertical storage tankcontaininga flammable or combus tible liquid shall be located so that the allowable liquid level within the tank is below the established maximum flood stage, unless the tank is provided with a guiding structure such as described in (w), (//), and (o) of this subdivision.
(b> Independent water supply facilities shall be provided at locations where there is no ample and dependable public water supply available for loading par tially empty tanks with water.
(c) In addition to the preceding require ments, each tank so located that more than 70 percent, but less than 100 per cent, of its allowable liquid storage
1910.106(bKSKvtXc)
MCD GOOD11141
t9l0.106(bXS)(viMc>
STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
capacity will be submerged at the estab lished maximum flood stage, shall be safeguarded by one of the following methods: Tank shall be raised, or its height shall be increased, until its top extends above the maximum flood stage a distance equivalent to 30 percent or more of its allowable liquid storage capacity: Provided, however. That the submerged part of the tank shall not exceed two ami one-half times the diam eter. Or. as an alternative to the foregoing, adequate noncombustible structural guides, designed to permit the tank to float vertically without loss of product, shall be provided.
(d) Each horizontal tank so located that more than 70 percent of its storage capacity will be submerged at the estab lished flood stage, shall be anchored, attached to a foundation of concrete or of steel and concrete, of sufficient weight to provide adequate load for the tank when filled with flammable or com bustible liquid and submerged by flood waters to the established flood stage, or adequately secured by other means.
(el Revoked
(f) At locations where there is no ample and dependable water supply, or where filling of underground tanks with liquids is impracticable because of the character of their contents, their use, or for other reasons, each tank shall be
safeguarded against movement when
empty and submerged by high ground water or flood waters by anchoring, weighting with concrete or other ap proved solid loading materia!, or secur ing by other means. Each such tank shall be so constructed and installed that it will safely resist external pres sures due to high ground water or flood waters.
(g) At locations where there is an ample and dependable water supply available,
underground tanks containing flam mable or combustible liquids, so in-
1910.106(bKSXviKm)
'
ooooi^42 ViCD
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
stalled that mure than 70 percent of their storage capacity will be sub merged at the maximum flood stage, shall be so anchored, weighted, or se cured by other means, as to prevent movement of such tanks when filled with flammable or combustible liquids, and .submerged by flood waters to the established flood stage.
(h) Pipe connections below the allow able liquid level in a tank shall be pro vided with valves or cocks located as closely as practicable to the tank shell. Such valves and their connections to tanks shall be of steel or other material suitable for use with the liquid being stored. Cast iron shall not be permitted.
(i) At locations where an independent water supply is required, it shall be entirely independent of public power and water supply. Independent source of water shall be available when flood waters reach a level not less than 10 feet below the bottom of the lowest tank on a property.
(j) The self-contained power and pump ing unit shall be so located or so designed that pumping into tanks may be carried on continuously throughout the rise in flood waters from a level 10 feet below the lowest tank to the level of the potential flood stage.
(k) Capacity of the pumping unit shall be such that the rate of rise of water in-all tanks shall be equivalent to the established potential average rate of rise of flood waters at any stage.
<l) Each independent pumping unit shall be tested periodically to insure that it is in satisfactory operating con dition.
(m) Structural guides for holding float ing tanks above their foundations shall be so designed that there will be no resistance to the free rise of a tank, and shall be constructed of noncombustible material.
Change 7
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
(ii) Fire resistance. Storage cabinets shall be designed and constructed to limit the internal temperature to not more than 125c F. when subjected to a 10-minute fire test using the standard time-tempera ture curve as set forth in Standard Methods of Fire Tests of Building Con struction and Materials, NFPA 251-1969. All joints and seams shall remain tight and the door shall remain securely closed during the fire test. Cabinets shall be labeled in conspicuous lettering, "Flam mable-- Keep Fire Away."
(a) Metal cabinets constructed in the following manner shall be deemed to be in compliance. The bottom, top, door, and sides of cabinet shall be at least No. 18 gage sheet iron and double walled with IWinch air space. Joints shall he riveted, welded or made tight by some equally effective means. The door shall be provided with a three-point lock, and the door sill shall be raised at least 2 inches above the bottom of the cabinet.
(b) Wooden cabir^ts constructed in the following manner shall be deemed in compliance. The bottom, sides, and top shall be constructed of an approved grade of plywood at least 1 inch in thickness, which shall not break down or delaminate under fire conditions. All joints shall be rabbetted and shall be fastened in two directions with flathead woodscrews. When more than one door is used, there shall be a rabbetted over lap of not less than 1 inch. Hinges shall be mounted in such a manner as not to lose their holding capacity due to loosen ing or burning out of the screws when subjected to the fire test.
(4) Design and construction of insido storage rooms.
(i) Construction. Inside storage rooms shall be constructed to meet the required fireresistive rating for their use. Such con struction shall comply with the test specifications set forth in Standard Methods of Fire Tests of Building Con struction and Materials, NFPA 251-1969. Where an automatic sprinkler system is provided, the system shall be designed
19l0.106(dK3Kll)
STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
and installed in an acceptable manner. Openings to other rooms or buildings shall be provided with noncombustible liquid-tight raised sills or ramps at least 4 inches in height, or the floor in the stor age area shall be at least 4 inches below the surrounding floor. Openings shall be provided with approved self-closing fire doors. The room shall be liquid-tight where the walls join the floor. A permissi ble alternate to the sill or ramp is an opengrated trench inside of the room which d rains to a safe location. Where other por tions of the building or other properties are exposed, windows shall be protected as set forth in the Standard for Fire Doors and Windows, NFPA No. 80-1968, for Class E or F openings. Wood at least 1 inch nominal thickness may be used for shelving, racks, dunnage, scuffboard&L floor overlay, and similar installations.
(ii) Roting and capacity. Storage in inside storage rooms shall comply with Table H-13.
Table 11-13- Storage in Inside rooms
Fir? protection*
provided
Fir? resistance
Maximum size
Total
allowable quantities fguls./sq. ft./ floor area)
Y.................. 2 hours___ .. 500 sq. It___
No................. .. 2 hours___ Yes.................. 1 hour....... .. 150 aq. ft___
No................ .. 1 hour....... .. 150 aq. ft___
10 4
5 2
Fire protection system shall be sprinkler, water spray, carbon dioxide, or other system.
(iii) Wiring. Electrical wiring and equip ment located in inside storage rooms used for Class I liquids shall be approved under subpart S of this part for Class I, Division 2 Hazardous Locations; for Class II and Class III liquids, shall be approved for general use.
(iv) Ventilation. Every inside storage room shall be provided with either a gravity or a mechanical exhaust ventilation system. Such system shall be designed to
195
ltl4*104(d)(4)(iv)
MCD 00001 1143
1910.106<d)(4)(lv)
STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
provide for a complete change of air within the room at least six times per hour. If a mechanical exhaust system is used, it shall be controlled by a switch located outside of the door. The ventilat ing equipment and any lighting fixtures shall be operated by the same switch. A pilot light shall be installed adjacent to the switch if Class 1 flammable liquids are dispensed within the room. Where gravity ventilation is provided, the fresh air intake, as well as the exhaust outlet from the room, shall be on the exterior of the building in which the room is located.
(v) Storage in inside storage rooms. In every inside storage room there shall be main tained one clear aisle at least 3 feet wide. Containers over 30 gallons capacity shall not be stacked one upon the other. Dis pensing shall be by approved pump or self closing faucet only.
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
(5) Storage intido building.
(i) Egress. Flammable or combustible liquids, including stock for sale, shall not be stored so as to limit use of exits, stair ways, or areas normally used for the safe egress of people.
(ti) Containers. The storage of flammable or combustible liquids in containers or portable tanks shall comply with subdivi sions (iii) through (v) of this subpara graph.
(Hi) Office occupancies. Storage shall be pro hibited except that which is required for maintenance and operation of building and operation of equipment. Such storage shall be kept in closed metal containers stored in a storage cabinet or in safety cans or in an inside storage room not hav ing a door that opens into that portion of the building used by the public.
(iv) Mercantile occupancies and ether retail stores.
(a) thru (d) Revoked
<e) Leaking containers shall be re moved to a storage room or taken to a safe location outside the building and the contents transferred to an undam aged container.
(v) General purpose public warehouses. Stor age shall be in accordance with Table H-14 or H-15 and in buildings or in por tions of such buildings cut off by standard firewalls. Material creating no fire exposure hazard to the flammable or com bustible liquids may be stored in the same area.
1910.10'IX5)<v)
196
Change 7
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
l$i0.1064dKSMv) STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
Class liquid
Table II-I4--Indoor Container Storage
Storage level
Protected storage maximum per pile
Gallons
Unprotected storage maximum per pile
Gallons
IA................................. Ground and upper floors___
Basement.................................. IB.................................. Ground and upper floors___
Basement.................................. IC................................. Ground and upper floors___
Basement.................................. II................................... Ground and upper floors___
Basement.................................
ill ------------------------ Ground and upper floors....
Basement..................................
2, 750
(50)
Not permitted 5. 500
(100)
Not permitted lG, 500 (300)
Not permitted 16. 500 (300) 5. 500
(100) 55.000
(1.000)
8.250
(450)
660 (12) Not permitted 1,375 (25) Not permitted 4.125 (75) Not permitted 4.125 (75) Not permitted
13. 750 (250)
Not permitted
Note i: When 2 or more classes of materials are stored in a single pile, the maximum gallonagc permitted in that pile shall l>e the smallest of the 2 or more separate maximum guUonages.
Note 2: Aisles shall ho provided so that no container Is muro than 12 ft. from an aisle. Main uisles shall he at least 8 (t. wide and side aisles at least 4 ft. wide.
(Numbers in parentheses indicate corresponding number of 55-gal. drums.) Noth : Each pile shall hi* separated fmin cadi other hy at least 4 ft.
Table 11-15--Indoor Portable Tank Storage
Class liquid
Storage level
Protected storage maximum per pile -
Gallons
Unprotected storage maximum per pile
Gallons
IA.................................. Ground and upper floors.
Basement............................
IB ................................ t iround and upper floors.
Basement............................
IC.................................. Ground and upper floors
Basement............................
II................ .................. Ground and upper floors.
Basement ..........................
III ...................
Ground and upper floors. Basement............................
Not permitted
Not permitted 2U.U00 Not permitted 40.000 Not permitted
40.000 20. 000 60. (XX) 20.000
Not permitted
Not permitted 2, 000
Not permitted
5.500 Not permitted
5.500
Not jHTmittcd
22.000 Not permitted
Note r When 2 or more classes of materials are ston'd in a single pile, the maximum gallouage permitted in that pi le shall be the smallest of the 2 or more separate maximum gallonaces.
Note 2: Aisles shall be provided so that no portable tank is more than 12 ft. from an aisle. Main aisles shall he
at least 8 ft. wide and side aisles at least 4 ft. wide.
Note : Each pile shall be separated from each Other by at least 4 ft.
(vi) Flammable and combustible liquid warehouses or storage buildings.
(a) If the storage building is located 50 feet or less from a building or line of adjoining property that may be built upon, the exposing wall shall be a blank wall having a fire-resistance rating of at least 2 hours.
(b) The total quantity of liquids within a building shall not be restricted, but the arrangement of storage shall com ply with Table H-14 or H-15.
(c) Containers in piles shall be separated by pallets or dunnage where necessary to provide stability and to prevent excessive stress on container walls.
Chanre 7
197
lKU0$(d)<5Hvi)(c>
0O0OU145 MCE
mO.lMdMSHviXd) STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
(d) Portable tanks stored over one tier high shall be designed to nest securely, without dunnage, and adequate materi als handling equipment shall be avail able to handle tanks safely at the upper tier level.
le) No pile shall be closer than 3 feet to the nearest beam, chord, girder, or other obstruction, and shall be 3 feet below sprinkler deflectors or discharge orifices of water spray, or other over head fire protection systems.
If) Aisles of at least 3 feet wide shall be provided where necessary for reasons of access to doors, windows or standpipe connections.
(6) Storage outside buildings.
(i) General. Storage outside buildings shall be in accordance with Table H-16 or H-I7. and subdivisions () and (iv) of this subparagraph.
Table IMt> -Outdoor Container Storaoe
1 Class
2
Maximum per pile
(see note D
34
Distance to Distance between property line that piles (see note 2) can be built upon
(see notes 3 and 4)
IiAn...................................................................................................
IC............................................................ II............................................................. HI ___ -..............................
gal.
*12. .l2o0o0
4.400
8.800
22.000
ft.
a5
5
5
5
ft.
2200
20
10
10
5
Distance to street, alley. public way (see note 4)
ft.
ttoo
JO 5 5
Note r When 2 or more classes of materials are stored in u single pile, the maximum gallonage in that pile shnl be the smallest of the 2 or more separate gallonagcs.
Note 2: Within 200 ft. of each container, there shall be a 12-ft. wide access way to permit approach of fire control apparatus.
Note 3. The distances listed apply to properties that have protection for exposures os defined. Tf there are ex
posures. and such proportion for exposures does not exist, the distances in column 4 shall he doubled. Note 4: When total quantity stored does not exceed 5(1 percent of maximum per pile, the distances in columns
4 and 5 may be reduced 50 percent, but not less than 3 ft.
1 Class
Table II-17--Outdoor Portable Tank Storaoe
2
Maximum per pile
34
Distance between
Distance to
piles
property Une that
can be built upon
5
Distance to street, alley, public way
IA...... IB.......... 1C......... II...........
Ill -----
gal. ft-
ft.
ft.
........
2,200
a
20
10
........
4,400
s
20
10
........
8,800
6
20
10
........
17, eoo
6
10
5
........
44.000
5
10
5
Note 1: When 2 or more classes of materials are stored In a single pile, the maximum gallonage in that pile shall be the the smallest of the 2 or more separate gallonagcs.
Note 2: Within 200 ft. of each portable tank, there shall be a 12-ft. wide access way to permit approach of Are con trol apparatus.
Note 3- The distances listed apply to properties that have protection for exposures as deAned. If there are exposures and such protection for exposures does not exist, the distances in column 4 shall be doubled.
Note 4: W hen total quantity stored does not exceed 60 percent of maximum per pile, the distances In columns 4 and S may be reduced 60 percent, but not less than 3 ft.
m0.10(dX6Xi)
198
00001U46 MCt>
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
1910.lQ6<dK$Xii> STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
(ii) Maximum storage. A maximum of 1.100 gallons of flammable or combustible liquids may be located adjacent to build ings located on the same premises and under the same management provided the provisions of subdivisions (a) and (b) of this subdivision are complied with.
(a) Revoked
(b) Where quantity stored exceeds 1,100 gallons, or provisions of subdivision () of this subdivision cannot be met, a minimum distance of 10 feet between buildings and nearest container of flammable orcombustible liquid shall be maintained.
(ii) Spill containment. The storage area shall be graded in a manner to divert possible spills away from buildings or other exposures or shall be surrounded by a curb at least 6 inches high. When curbs are used, provisions shall be made for draining of accumulations of ground or rain water or spills of flammable or com bustible liquids. Drains shall terminate at a safe location and shall be accessible to operation under fire conditions.
(iv) Security. The storage area shall be pro tected against tampering or trespassers where necessary and shall be kept free of weeds, debris and other combustible material not necessary to the storage.
(7) Fire control
(i) Extinguishers. Suitable fire control de vices, such as small hose or portable fire extinguishers, shall be available at loca tions where flammable or combustible liquids are stored.
(al At least one portable fire exting uisher having a rating of not less than I--B units shall be located outside of. but not more than 10 feet from, the
door opening into any room user! for storage.
lb) At least one portable fire exting uisher having a rating of not less than 12-B units must be located not less than 10 feet, nor more than 25 feet, from any Class I or Class 11 liquid stor age area located outside of a storage room but inside a building.
(ii) Sprinklers. When sprinklers are pro vided, they shall be installed in accordance with $ 1910.159.
(39 F.R. 9957, March 15, 1974.]
(iii) Open flames and smoking. Open flumes and smoking shall not be permitted in flammable or combustible liquid storage areas.
(iv) Water reactive material*. Materials which will react with water shall not he stored in the same room with flammable or combustible liquids.
piX F.R. 27047, Sept. 2*. 1973.1
(e) Industrial plants.
(1) Scope.
(i) Application. This paragraph shall apply to those industrial plants where:
(a) The use of flammable or combustible liquids is incidental to the principal business, or
(b) Where flammable or combustible liquids are handled or used only in unit physical operations such as mixing, drying, evaporating, filtering, distil lation, and similar operations which do not involve chemical reaction. This paragraph shall not apply to chemical plants, refineries or distilleries.
(ii) Exception*. Where portions of such plants involve chemical reactions such as oxidation, reduction, halogenation, hy drogenation, alkylation, polymerization, and' other chemical processes, those por tions of the plant shall be in accordance with paragraph (h) of this section.
Change 7
199
MCD 000011147
m0.1Q6<M2)
STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
(2) incidental storage or use of flammable and com* bustible liquids.
(i) Application. This subparagraph shall In applicable to those portions of an indus trial plant where the use and handling of flammable or combustible liquids is only incidental to the principal business, such as automobile assembly, construc tion of electronic equipment, furniture manufacturing, or other similar activities.
(it) Container*. Flammable or combustible liquids shall be stored in tanks or closed containers.
(a) Except as provided in subdivisions (/>) and (c) of this subdivision, all storage shall comply with paragraph (dXS) or (4) of this section.
(hi The quantity of liquid that may be located outside of an inside storage room or storage cabinet in a building or in any one fire area of a building shall not exceed:
III 2.ri gallons of Class JA liquids in containers.
t2) 120 gallons of Class IB, IC, II. or III liquids in containers.
(.3) 660 gallons of Class IB, IC, II, or III liquids in a single portable tank.
I
(c) Where large quantities of flammable or combustible liquids are necessary, storage may be in tanks which shall comply with the applicable require ments of paragraph (b) of this section.
(iii) Separation and protection. Areas in which flammable or combustible liquids are transferred from one tank or container to another container shall be separated from other operations in the building by adequate distance or by construction hav ing adequate fire resistance. Drainage or other means shall he provided to control spills. Adequate natural or mechanical ventilation shall he provided.
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
(iv) Handling liquids at point af final use.
(iO Flammable liquids shall be kept in covered containers when not actually in use.
lb) Where flammable or combustible liquids are used or handled, except in closed containers, means shall be pro vided to dispose promptly and safely of leakage or spills.
U*> Class I liquids may be used only where there are no open flames or other sources of ignition within the possible path of vapor travel.
<d) Flammable or combustible liquids shall be drawn from or transferred into vessels, containers, or portable tanks within a building only through a closed piping system, from safety cans, by means of a device drawing through the top, or from a container or portable tanks by gravity through an approved self-closing valve. Transferring by means of air pressure on the container or portable tanks shall be prohibited!.
(3) Unit physical operations.
(i) Application. This subparagraph shall be applicable in those portions of industrial plants where flammable or combustible liquids are handled or used in unit physi cal operations such as mixing, drying, evaporating, filtering, distillation, and similar operations which do not involve chemical change. Examples are plants com pounding cosmetics, pharmaceuti cals, solvents, cleaning fluids, insec ticides, and similar types of activities.
(ii) Location. Industrial plants shall be located so that each building or unit of equipment is accessible from at least one sidle for firefighting and fire control pur poses. Buildings shall be located with respect to lines of adjoining property which may be built upon as set forth in paragraph (hX2)(i) and (ii) of this section except that the blank wall referred to in paragraph (h)(2Xii) of this section shall
1910.10<cK3MM)
200 0 oO.0^
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
m<M0tH3Kli>
STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
have a fire resistance rating of at least 2 hours.
(iii) Chemical processes. Areas where un stable liquids are handled or small scale unit chemical processes are carried on shall be separated from the remainder of the plant by a fire wall of 2-hour minimum fire resistance rating.
(iv) Drainage.
(a) Emergency drainage systems shall be provided to direct flammable or com bustible liquid leakage and fire protec tion water to a safe location. This may require curbs, scuppers, or special drainage systems to control the spread of fire; see paragraph (h)(2)(vii)(l>) of this section.
(b) Emergency drainage systems, if connected to public sewers or dis charged into public waterways, shall be equipped with traps or separators.
(c) Revoked
and to not more than 5 feet from equip ment which exposes Class I liquids to the air. Examples of such equipment are dispensing stations, open centrifuges, plate and frame filters, open vacuum fil ters, and surfaces of open equipment.
(vi) Storage ond handling. The storage, transfer, and handling of liquid shall com ply with paragraph <hX4) of this section.
(4) Tank vehkle and tank car loading and unloading.
(i) Tank vehicle and tank car loading or unloading facilities shall be separated from aboveground tanks, warehouses, other plant buildings or nearest line of adjoining property which may be built upon by a distance of 25 feet for Class" I liquids and 15 feet for Class II and Class III liquids measured from the nearest position of any fill stem. Buildings for pumps or shelters for personnel may be a part of the facility. Operations of the facility shall comply with the appropriate portions of paragraph (fXli) of this section.
(5) Fir* control.
(v) Ventilation.
(a) Areas as defined in subdivision (i) of this subparagraph using Class I liquids shall be ventilated at a rate of not less than 1 cubic foot per minute per square foot of solid floor area. This shall be accomplished by natural or mechanical ventilation with discharge or exhaust to u safe location outside of the building. Provision shall be made for introduction of makeup air in such a manner as not to short circuit the ven tilation. Ventilation shall be arranged to include all floor areas or pits where flammable vapors may collect.
(b) Equipment used in a building and the ventilation of the building shall be designed so as to limit flammable vaporair mixtures under normal operating conditions to the interior of equipment,
(i) Portable ond tpacial equipment. Portable fire extinguishment and control equip ment shall be provided in such quantities and types as are needed for the special hazards of operation and storage.
jit) Wator supply. Water shall be available in volume and at adequate pressure to supply water hose streams, foam-produc ing equipment, automatic sprinklers, or water spray systems us the need is indicated by the special hazards of operation, dispensing and storage.
(iii) Special exlinguiehert. Special extinguish ing equipment such as that utilizing foam, inert gas. or dry chemical shall be provided as the need is indicated by the special hazards of operation dispensing and storage.
(iv) Special hazards. Where the need is indicated bv special hazards of operation, flammable or combustible liquiu process ing equipment, major piping, and sup-
Change ?
201
ISlO.nWeXBHW)
l910.106(eK6H !)
STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
porting steel shall be protected by approved water spray systems, deluge systems, approved fire-resistant coat ings, insulation, or any combination of these.
(v) Maintenance. AH plant fire protection facilities shall be adequately maintained and periodically inspected and tested to make sure they are always in satisfactory operating condition, and they will serve their purpose in time of emergency.
(6) Sources of ignition.
(i) General. Adequate precautions shall be taken to prevent the ignition of flam mable vapors. Sources of ignition include hut are not limited to open flames; light ning; smoking; cutting and welding; hot surfaces; frictional heat; static, electrical, and mechanical sparks; spontaneous ignition, including heat-producing chemi cal reactions; and radiant heat.
(ii) Grounding. Class I liquids shall not be dispensed into containers unless the nozzle and container are electrically interconnected. Where the metallic floorplate on which the container stands while filling is electrically connected to the fill stem or where the fill stem is bonded to the container during filling operations by means of a bond wire, the provisions of this section shall be deemed to have been complied with.
(7) Electrical.
(i) Equipment.
(a) All electrical wiring and equipment shall be installed according to the requirements of Subpart S of this part.
(b) Locations where flammable vaporair mixtures may exist under normal operations shall be classified Class 1. Division 1 according to the require ments of Subpart S of this part. For those pieces of equipment installed in accordance with subparagraph (3){v)(/j) of this paragraph, the Division 1 area
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
shall extend f> feet in all directions from all points of vapor liberation. All areas wiihin pits shall be classified Division I if any part of the pit is within a Divi-
lou l or 2 classified area, unless the pit is provided with mechanical ven tilation.
(<) [.orations where flammable vaporair mixtures may exist under abnormal conditions and for a distance beyond Division 1 locations shall be classified Division 2 according to the require ments of Subpart S of this part. These locations include an area within 20 feet horizontally, 3 feet vertically beyond a Division 1 area, and up to 3 feet above floor or grade level within 25 feet, if indoors, or 10 feet if outdoors, from any pump, bleeder, withdrawal fitting, meter, or similar device handling Class 1 liquids. Pits provided with adequate mechanical ventilation within a Divi sion 1 or 2 area shall be classified Divi sion 2. If Class II or Class III liquids only are handled, then ordinary electri cal equipment is satisfactory though care shall be used in locating electrical apparatus to prevent hot metal from falling into open equipment.
Id) Where the provisions of subdivisions (), {!>). and (c), of this subdivision require the installation of electrical equipment suitable for Class I, Division l or Division 2 locations, ordinary elec trical equipment including switchgear may be used if installed in a room or enclosure which is maintained under positive pressure with respect to the hazardous area. Ventilation makeup air shall be uncontaminated by flammable vapors.
(8) Repair* to equipment. Hot work, such as welding or cutting operations, use of sparkproducing power tools, and chipping opera tions shall be permitted only under supervi sion of an individual in responsible charge. The individual in responsible charge shall make an inspection of the area to be sure that it is safe for the work to be done and that safe procedures will be followed for the work specified.
l10.1M(eX8)
202
MCD 000011150
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
trically interconnected. Where the metal lic floorplate on which the container stands while filling is electrically con nected to the fill stem or where the fill stem is bonded to the container during fillingoperations by means of a bond wire, the provisions of this section shall be deemed to have been complied with.
(4) Wharvev (i) Definition, application. The term wharf shall mean any wharf, pier, bulkhead, or other structure over or contiguous to navigable water used in conjunction with a bulk plant, the primary function of which is the transfer of flammable or com bustible liquid cargo in bulk between the bulk plant and any tank vessel, ship, barge, lighter boat, or other mobile float ing craft; and this subparagraph shall apply to all such installations except Marine Service Stations as covered in paragraph (g) of this section.
(<i) Package cargo. Revoked
(lit) Location. Revoked
(iv) Design and construction. Substructure and deck shall be substantially designed for the use intended. Deck may employ any material which will afford the desired combination of flexibility, resistance to shock, durability, strength, and fire re sistance. Heavy timber construction is acceptable.
l91(M06(fX3XTt>
STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
(v) Tanks. Tanks used exclusively for bal last water or Class II or Class III liquids may be installed on suitably designed wharves.
(vi) Pumps. Loading pumps capable of building up pressures in excess of the safe working pressure of cargo hose or loading arms shall be provided with bypasses, relief valves, or other arrangement to protect the loading facilities against excessive pressure. Relief devices shall be tested at not more than yearly intervals to determine that they function satisfac torily at the pressure at which they are set.
(vii) Hose* ond coupling*. All pressure hoses and couplings shall be inspected at inter-vals appropriate to the service. The hose and couplings shall be tested with the hose extended and using the "inservice maximum operating pressures." Any hose showing material deteriorations, signs of leakage, or weakness in its car cass or at the couplings shall be with drawn from service and repaired or dis carded.
(vlii) Piping and fitting*. Piping, valves, and fittings shall be in accordance with para graph (c) of this section, with the following exceptions and additions:
(a) Flexibility of piping shall be assured by appropriate layout and arrangement of piping supports so that motion of the wharf structure resulting from wave action, currents, tides, or the mooring of vessels will not subject the pipe to repeated strain beyond the elastic limit.
(b) Pipe joints depending upon the fric tion characteristics of combustible materials or grooving of pipe ends for mechanical continuity of piping shall not be used.
(c) Swivel joints may be used in piping to which hoses are connected, and for articulated swivel-joint transfer sys tems, provided that the design is such that the mechanical strength of the joint will not be impaired if the packing
Chance 7
1910.10C(fK4XTUlXc)
MCD 00001H51
l910.106(fX4)(viii )(c) STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
material should fail, as by exposure to fire.
<d) Piping systems shall contain a suf ficient number of valves to operate the system properly and to control the flow of liquid in normal operation and in the event of physical damage.
be provided so that manifolds where connections are made and broken can be reached by at least one hose stream.
(b) Material shall not be placed on wharves in such a manner as to obstruct access to firefighting equipment, or important pipeline control valves.
(e) In addition to the requirements of subdivision (d) of this subdivision, each line conveying flammable liquids lead ing to a wharf shall be provided with a readily accessible block valve located on shore near the approach to the wharf and outside of any diked area. Where more than one line is involved, the valves shall be grouped in one location.
(f) Means of easy access shall be pro vided for cargo line valves located below the wharf deck.
(g) Pipelines on flammable or combusti ble liquids wharves shall be adequately bonded and grounded. If excessive stray currents are encountered, insulating joints shall be installed. Bonding and grounding connections on all pipelines shall be located on wharf-side of hoseriser insulating flanges, if used, and shall be accessible for inspection.
(h) Hose or articulated swivel-joint pipe connections used for cargo transfer shall be capable of accommodating the combined effects of change in draft and maximum tidal range, and mooring lines shall be kept adjusted to prevent the surge of the vessel from placing stress on the cargo transfer system.
(i) Hose shall be supported so as to avoid kinking and damage from chafing.
(ix) Fire protection. Suitable portable fire extinguishers with a rating of not less than 12-BC shall be located within 75 feet of those portions of the facility where fires are likely to occur, such as hose connec tions, pumps, and separator tanks.
(a) Where piped water is available, ready-connected fire hose in size appropriate for the water supply shall
(c) Where the wharf is accessible to ve hicle traffic, an unobstructed roadway to ;he shore end of the wharf shall be maintained for access of.firefighting apparatus.
(x) Operation* control. Loading or discharg ing shall not commence until the wharf superintendent and officer in charge of the tank vessel agree that the tank vessel is properly moored and all connections are properly made. Mechanical work shall not be performed on the wharf during cargo transfer, except under special authorization based on a review of the area involved, methods to be employed, and precautions necessary.
(5) Electrical equipment.
(i) Application. This subparagraph shall apply to areas where Class I liquids are stored or handled. For areas where Class II or Class III liquids only are stored or handled, the electrical equipment may be installed in accordance with the provi sions of subpart S of this part, for ordi nary locations.
(ii) Conformance. All electrical equipment and wiring shall be of a type specified by and shall be installed in accordance with subpart S of this part.
(iii) Classification. So far as it applies Table H-18 shall be used to delineate and clas sify hazardous areas for the purpose of installation of electrical equipment under normal circumstances. In Table H-I8 a classified area shall not extend beyond an unpierced wall, roof, or other solid par tition. The area classifications listed shall be based on the premise that the installa tion meets the applicable requirements of this section in all respects.
1914.1<M(r)(SXm)
206 MCD 000011152
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
1919.I0C((MIKLKK3> STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
(3) [Revokedl (39 F.R. 9957. March 15, 1974.)
(4) The dispensing hose does not exceed 50 feet in length.
(5) The dispensing nozzle is a listed automatic-closing type without a latch-open device.
if) Class I liquids shall not be stored or handled within a building having a basement or pit into which flammable vapors may travel, unless such area is provided with ventilation designed to prevent the accumulation of flammable vapors therein.
(g) Accurate inventory records shall be maintained and reconciled on all Class I liquid storage tanks for possible indi cation of leakage from tanks or piping.
(ii) Special enclosures.
(a) When installation of tanks in ac cordance with paragraph (b)(3) of this section Is impractical because of prop erty or building limitations, tanks for flammable or combustible liquids may be installed in buildings if properly enclosed.
(b) The enclosure shall be substantially liquid and vaportight without backfill. Sides, top, and bottom of the enclosure shall be of reinforced concrete at least 6 inches thick, with openings for inspec tion through the top only. Tank connec tions shall be so piped or closed that neither vapors nor liquid can escape into the enclosed space. Means shall be provided whereby portable equipment may be employed to discharge to the outside any liquid or vapors which might accumulate should leakage occur.
(c) Revoked
(iii) Inside buildings.
(a) Except where stored in tanks as pro vided in subdivision (ii) of this subpara graph, no Class I liquids shall be stored within any service station building except in closed containers of aggregate capacity not exceeding 60 gallons. One container not exceeding 60 gallons capacity equipped with an approved pump is permitted.
(b) Class I liquids may be transferred from one container to another in lubri cation or service rooms of a service sta tion building provided the electrical installation complies with Table H-19 and provided that any heating equip ment complies with subparagraph (6) of' this paragraph.
(c) Class II and Class 111 liauids may be stored and dispensed insiae service station buildings from tanks of not more than 120 gallons capacity each.
(iv) Labeling. Revoked
(v) Dispensing into portable contain*TM. No delivery of any Class I liquids shall be made into portable containers unless the container is constructed of metal, has a tight closure with screwed or spring cover, and is fitted with a spout or so designed that the contents can be poured without spilling.
(2) Private stations. Service stations not acces sible to or open to the public do not require an attendant or supervisor. Such stations may be used by commercial, industrial,'gov ernmental. or manufacturing establish ments.
Change 7
MCD 0000111*3
(3) Dispensing systems.
209
(1) Location. Dispensing devices at automo tive service stations shall be so located that all parts of the vehicle being serviced
L10.10*cXSXi)
l9l0.106<sK3Kt) STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
will he on the premises of the service station.
(ii) Intid* location. Approved dispensing units may be located inside of buildings.
The dispensing area shall be separated from other areas in an approved manner. The dispensing unit and its piping shall be mounted either on a concrete island or protected against collision damage by suitable means and shall be located in a position where it cannot be struck by a vehicle descending a ramp or other slope out of control. The dispensing area shall
be provided with an approved mechanical or gravity ventilation system. When dis pensing units are located below grade, only approved mechanical ventilation shall be used and the entire dispensing area shall be protected by an approved automatic sprinkler system. Ventilating systems shall be electrically interlocked
with gasoline dispensing units so that the dispensing units cannot be operated unless the ventilating fan motors are
energized.
(iii) Emergency power cutoff. A clearly iden tified and easily accessible switch(es) or a circuit breaker(s) shall be provided at a location remote from dispensing devices, including remote pumping sys tems, to shut off the power to all dispens ing devices in the event of an emergency.
(ivj Dispensing units.
(a) Class I liquids shall be transferred from tanks by means of fixed pumps so designed and equipped as to allow con trol of the flow and to prevent leakage or accidental discharge.
(b)
(1) Only listed devices may be used for dispensing Class I liquids. No such de vice may be used if it shows evidence of having been dismantled.
(2) Every dispensing device for Class I liquids installed after December 31, 1978, shall contain evidence of listing so placed that any attempt to dismantle
ltl<M0cK3XTXc>
!
the device will result in damage to such evidence, visible without disassembly or dismounting of the nozzle.
[39 K.R. 9967. March 15, 1974.1
(c) Class i liquids shall not be dispensed by pressure from drums, barrels, and similar containers. Approved pumps taking suction through the top of the container or approved self-closing faucets shall be used.
(d) The dispensing units, except those attached to containers, shall be mounted either on a concrete island or protected against collision damage by suitable means.
(v) Remote pumping systems.
(a) This subdivision shall apply to sys tems for dispensing Class I liquids where such liquids are transferred from storage to individual or multiple dis pensing units by pumps located elsewhere than at the dispensing units.
(b) Pumps shall be designed or equipped so that no part of the system will be sub jected to pressures above its allowable working pressure. Pumps installed above grade, outside of buildings, shall be located not less than 10 feet from lines of adjoining property which may be built upon, and not less than 5 feet from any building opening. When an outside pump location is impractical, pumps may be installed inside of build ings, as provided for dispensers in sub division (ii) of this subparagraph, or in pits as provided in subdivision (c) of this subdivision. Pumps shall be substan tially anchored and protected against physical damage by vehicles.
(c) Pits for subsurface pumps or piping manifolds of submersible pumps shall withstand the external forces to which they may be subjected without damage to the pump, tank, or piping. The pit shall be no larger than necessary for inspection and maintenance and shall be provided with a fitted cover.
MOD 000011154
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
1919.1M(fXt> STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
Tabu H-19--Elbctbical Equipment Hazabdous Aixai--Sbbvicb Statioh*---Continued
Location
NEC Class I Group D
division
Extent of classified area
Remote pump--Indoor.....................................
Lubrication or service room.............................
Dispenser for Class I Liquids......................... Special enclosure inside building per }1910.
106 (0 (1) (ID. Sales, storage and rest rooms...........................
1 2
1 2
2 1 Ordinary
Entire area within any pit. Within 5 feet of any edge of pump, extending in all direc
tions. Also up to 3 feet above floor or grade level within 26 feet horizontally from any edge of pump.
Entire area within any pit. Area up to 18 inches above floor or grade level within entire
lubrication room.
Within 3 feet of any fill or dlspensln point, extending in aU directions.
Entire enclosure.
If there is any opening to these rooms within the extent of a Division 1 area, the entire room shall be classified as Di vision 1.
(6) Hooting equipment.
(i) Conformance. Heating equipment shall be installed as provided in subdivisions <ii) through (v) of this subparagraph.
(ii) Application. Heating equipment may be installed in the conventional manner in an area except as provided in subdivisions (iii), (iv), or (v) of this subparagraph.
(iii) Special room. Heating equipment may be installed in a special room separated from an area classified by Table H-19 by walls having a fire resistance rating of at least 1 hour and without any openings in the walls within 8 feet of the floor into an area classified in Table H-19. This room shall not be used for combustible storage and all air for combustion pur poses shall come from outside the build ing.
(iv) Work aroot. Heating equipment using gas or oil fuel may be installed in the lub rication, sales, or service room where there is no dispensing or transferring of Class I liquids provided the bottom of the combustion chamber is at least 18 inches above the floor and the heating equip ment is protected from physical damage by vehicles. Heating equipment using gas or oil fuel listed for use in garages may be installed in the lubrication or service room where Class I liquids are dispensed provided the equipment is installed at least 8 feet above the floor.
(v) Eloctric heat. Electrical heating equip ment shall conform to subparagraph (5) of this paragraph.
(7) Drainage and watte ditpatal. Provision shall be made in the area where Class I liquids are dispensed to prevent spilled liquids from flowing into the interior of service station buildings. Such provision may be by grading driveways, raising door sills, or other equally effective means. Crankcase drain ings and flammable or combustible liquids shall not be dumped into sewers but shall be stored in tanks or drums outside of any building until removed from the premises.
(8) Source* of ignition. In addition to the pre vious restrictions of this paragraph, the fol lowing shall apply: There shall be no smok ing or open flames in the areas used for fueling, servicing fuel systems for internal combustion engines, receiving or dispens ing of flammable or combustible liquids. Conspicuous and legible signs prohibiting smoking shall be posted within sight of the customer being served. The motors of all equipment being fueled shall be shut off during the fueling operation.
(9) Fire control. Each service station shall be provided with at least one fire extinguisher having a minimum approved classification of 6 B, C located so that an extinguisher will be within 75 feet of each pump, dis penser, underground fill pipe opening, and lubrication or service room.
213
tiCD ooooi ^155
mo.iofX9)
1910.106(h)
STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
(h) Processing plants.
(1) Scope. This paragraph shall apply to those plants or buildings which contain chemical operations such as oxidation, reduction, halogenation, hydrogenation, alkylation, polymerization, and other chemical proc esses but shall not apply to chemical plants, refineries or distilleries.
(2) Location.
(i) Classification. The location of each proc essing vessel shall be based upon its flammable or combustible liquid capacity.
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
with load-bearing walls may be per mitted for plants utilizing only stable ('lass II or Class III liquids. Except as provided in subparagraph (2)(ii) of this paragraph or in the case of explosion resistant wails used in conjunction with explosion relieving facilities, see subparagraph id)(ivi of this paragraph, load-bearing walls are prohibited. Buildings shall be without basements or covered pits.
(b) Areas shall have adequate exit facilities arranged to prevent occupants from being trapped in the event of fire. Exits shall not be exposed by the drain age facilities described in subdivision (ii) of this subparagraph.
(ii) Drainage.
(a) Emergency drainage systems shall be provided to direct flammable or com bustible liquid leakage and fire protec tion water to a safe location. This may require curbs, scuppers, or special drainage systems to control the spread of fire, see paragraph (b)(2Xvii)(6) of this section.
(b) Emergency drainage systems, if connected to public sewers or dis charged into public waterways, shall be equipped with traps or separators.
(c) Revoked
(3) Processing building.
(i) Construction.
(a) Processing buildings shall be of fireresistance or noncombustible construc tion, except heavy timber construction
mt.ioc(iiX3)au>
214
(iii) Ventilation.
(a) Enclosed processing buildings shall be ventilated at a rate of not less than 1 cubic foot per minute per square foot of solid floor area. This shall be accom plished by natural or mechanical venti lation with discharge or exhaust to a safe location outside of the building. Provision shall be made for introduction of makeup air in such a manner as not to short circuit the ventilation. Ventila tion shall be arranged to include all floor
Chance 7
MCD 000011156
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
charge who shall make an inspection of the area to be sure that it is safe for the work to be done and that safe proce dures will be followed for the work specified.
(iii) Electrical.
(a) All electrical wiring and equipment within storage or processing areas shall be installed in accordance with nation ally recognized good practice.
(b) Locations where flammable vaporair mixtures may exist under normal operations shall be classified Class I, Division 1 according to the require ments of Subpart S of this part. For those pieces of equipment installed in accordance with subparagraph (3Kiii)(b) of this paragraph, the Division 1 area shall extend 5 feet in all directions from all points of vapor liberation. All areas within pits shall be classified Division 1 if any part of the pit is within a Divi sion 1 or 2 classified area, unless the pit is provided with mechanical ven tilation.
<c) Locations where flammable vaporair mixtures may exist under abnormal conditions and for a distance beyond Division 1 locations shall be classified Division 2 according to the require ments of Subpart S of this Part. These locations include an area within 20 feet horizontally, 3 feet vertically beyond a Division 1 area, and up to 3 feet above floor or grade level within 25 feet, if indoors, or 10 feet if outdoors, from any pump, bleeder, withdrawal fitting, meter, or similar device handling Class I liquids. Pits provided with adequate mechanical ventilation within a Divi sion 1 or 2 area shall be classified Divi sion 2. If Class II or Class III liquids only are handled, then ordinary electri cal equipment is satisfactory though care shall be used in locating electrical apparatus to prevent hot metal from falling into open equipment.
(d) Where the provisions of (a),(b), and (c), of this subdivision (iii) require the installation of explosion-proof equip-
1910.106<hX7XllXb)
STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
ment, ordtnary electrical equipment including switchgear may be used if installed in a room or enclosure which is maintained under positive pressure with respect to the hazardous area. Ven tilation makeup air shall be uncon taminated by flammable vapors.
(8) Housekeeping.
(i) General. Maintenance and operating practices shall be in accordance with established procedures which will tend to control leakage and prevent the acciden tal escape of flammable or combustible liquids. Spills shall be cleaned up promptly.
(ii) Access. Adequate aisles shall be main tained for unobstructed movement of per sonnel and so that fire protection equip ment can be brought to bear on any part of the processing equipment.
(iii) Wasto and residues. Combustible waste material and residues in a building or operating area shall be kept to a minimum, stored in closed metal waste cans, and disposed of daily.
(iv) Clear zone. Ground area around build ings and operating areas shall be kept free of tall grass, weeds, trash, or other combustible materials.
(i) Refineries,chemicalplantt,and distilleries.
(!) Storage tanks. Flammable or combustible liquids shall be stored in tanks, containers, or in portable tanks. Tanks shall be installed in accordance with paragraph (b) of this sec tion. Tanks for the storage of flammable or combustible liquids in tank farms and in locations other than process areas shall be located in accordance with paragraph (bX2Xi) and (ii) of this section.
(2)Wharves. Wharves handling flammableor combustible liquids shall be in accordance with paragraph (fX4) of this section.
(3) Fired and unfired pressure vessels.
(i) Fired vessels. Fired pressure vessels shall be constructed in accordance with the
1910.1040X3X1)
MCI) 000011157
1910.1CMKIM3KI) STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
Code for Fired Pressure Vessels. Section I of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code--1968.
(ii) Unfired pressure vessels shall be con structed in accordance with the Code for Unfired Pressure Vessels, Section VIII of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code--1968.
(4) Location of procots units. Process units shall be located so that they are accessible from at least one side for the purpose of fire con trol.
suitable means.
(S) Fire control.
(i) Portable equipment. Portable fire ex tinguishment and control equipment shall be provided in such quantities and types as are needed for the special hazards of operation and storage.
(ii) Water supply. Water shall be available in volume and at adequate pressure to supply water hose streams, foam producing equipment, automatic sprinklers, or water spray systems as the need is indicated by the special hazards of opera tion and storage.
(iii) Special equipment. Special extinguish ing equipment such as that utilizing foam, inert gas, or dry chemical shall be provided as the need is indicated by the special hazards of operation and storage.
(i) Scope. This section applies to the handling,
storage, and use of flammable and combusti
ble liquids with a flash point below 200 F. This section does not apply to:
(1) Bulk transportation of flammable and combustible liquids;
(2) Storage, handling, and use of fuel oil tanks and containers connected with oil burning equipment;
(3; Storage of flammable and combustible liquids on farms;
(4) Liquids without flashpoints that may be flammable under some conditions, such as certain halogenated hydrocarbons and mix tures containing halogenated hydrocar bons;
(5) Mists, sprays, or foams, except flam mable aerosols covered in paragraph (d) of this section; or
(6) Installations made in accordance with requirements of the following standards:
(i) National Fire Protection Association Standard for Drycleaning Plants, NFPA No. 32-1970;
(ii) National Fire Protection Association Standard for the Manufacture of Organic Coatings, NFPA No. 35-1970;
(iii) National Fire Protection Association Standard for Solvent Extraction Plants, NFPA No. 36-1967; or
(iv) National Fire Protection Association Standard for the Installation and Use of Stationary Combustion Engines and Gas Turbines, NFPA No. 37-1970.
1910.107--SPRAY FINISHING USING FLAMMABLE AND COMBUSTIBLE MATERIALS
(a) Definitions applicable to this section.
(1) Aerated solid powders. Aerated powders
shall mean any powdered material used as
1910.197(0X1)
21S
a coating material which shall be fluidized within a container by passing air uniformly from below. It is common practice to fluidize such materials to form a fluidized powder
Change 7
MCD 000011158
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
mo.iwuxs) STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
Class B, and Class C explosives by the U.S. Department of Transportation, and in cludes, but is not limited to dynamite, black powder, pellet powders, initiating explosives, blasting caps, electric blasting caps, safety fuse, fuse lighters, fuse igniters, squibs, cordeau detonant fuse, instantane ous fuse, igniter cord, igniters, small arms ammunition, small arms ammunition primers, smokeless propellant, cartridges for propellant-actuated power devices, and cartridges for industrial guns. Commercial explosives are those explosives which are intended to be used in commercial or indus trial operations.
(i) Claw A explosive*. Possessing, detonat ing, or otherwise maximum hazard; such as dynamite, nitroglycerin, picric acid, lead azide, fulminate of mercury, black powder, blasting caps, and detonating primers.
(ii) Class fi explosives. Possessing flammable hazard, such as propellant explosives (in cluding some smokeless propellants), photographic flash powders, and some special fireworks.
(iii) Class C explosives. Includes certain types of manufactured articles which con tain Class A or Class B explosives, or both, as components but in restricted quan tities.
(iv) Forbidden or not occeptable explosives.
Explosives which are forbidden or not acceptable for transportation by common carriers by rail freight, rail express, highway, or water in accordance with the regulations of the U.S. Department of Transportation, 49 CFR Chapter I.
(4) Highway. Highway--any public street, public alley, or public road.
(5) Inhabited building. Revoked
Note l; Claiutificiition of explosive** it described by the U.S. Department of Tran|mrtution as follow* (see 49 CKR Chapter l):
(6) ftlogos ine- Magazine--any building or structure, other than an explosives man ufacturing building, used for the storage of explosives.
(7) Motor vohide. Motor vehicle--any selfpropelled vehicle, truck, tractor, semi trailer, or truck-full trailers used for the transportation of freight over public* high ways.
(8) Propellant-actuated powor device*.
Propellant-actuated power devices--any tool or special mechanized device or gas generator system which is actuated by a smokeless propellant or which releases and directs work through a smokeless propellant charge.
(9) Public conveyance. Revoked
(10) Pyrotechnics. Pyrotechnics--any combus tible or explosive compositions or manufac tured articles designed and prepared for the purpose of producing audible or visible effects which are commonly referred to as fireworks.
(11) Railway. Revoked
(12) Semkenductive heee. Semiconductive hose--a hose with an electrical resistance high enough to limit flow of stray electric currents to safe levels, yet not so high as to prevent drainage of static electric charges to ground; hose of not more than
Chanfe 7
235
MCD 000011159
lie.lUX12)
1910.109<aK12) STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
- megohms resistance over its entire length anti of not less than 5,000 ohms per foot meets the requirement.
(13) Small arms ammunition. Small arms ammunition--any shotgun, rifle, pistol, or revolver cartridge, and cartridges for propellant-actuated power devices and industrial guns. Military-type ammunition containing explosive-bursting charges, incendiary, tracer, spotting, or pyrotechnic projectiles is excluded from this definition.
(14) Small arms ammunition priman. Small arms ammunition primers--'small percussionsensitive explosive charges, encased in a cup, used to ignite propellant powder.
(15) Smokaleu propellants. Smokeless propel* lants--solid propellants, commonly called smokeless powders in the trade, used in small arms ammunition, cannon, rockets, propellant-actuated power devices, etc.
g^ls may be premixed at an explosives plant or mixed at the site immediately before delivery into the borehole.
(19) OOT specifications. Regulations of the Department of Transportation published in 49 CFR Chapter I.
(b) Mi scellaneous provisions.
(1) Ganaral hazard. No person shall store, handle, or transport explosives or blasting agents when such storage, handling, and transportation of explosives or blasting agents constitutes an undue hazard to life
(16) Special industrial explosives devices. Special industrial explosives devices--explosiveactuated power devices and propellantactuated power devices.
(17) Special industrial explosives material*. Spe cial industrial explosives materials-- shaped materials and sheet forms and various other extrusions, pellets, and pack ages of high explosives, which include dynamite, trinitrotoluene (TNT), pentaerythritol tetranitrate (PETN), hexahydrot,3,5-trinitro-s-triazine (RDX), and other similar compounds used for highenergy-rate forming, expanding, and shap ing in metal fabrication, and for dismember ment and quick reduction of scrap metal.
(18) Water gels or slurry expletives. These com prise a wide-variety of materials used for blasting. They all contain substantial pro portions of water and high proportions of ammonium nitrate, some of whicn is in solu tion in the water. Two broad classes of water gels are (i) those which are sensitized by a material classed as an explosive, such as TNT or smokeless powder, (ii) those which contain no ingredient classified as an explosive; these are sensitized with metals such as aluminum or with other fuels. Water
(c) Storage of explosives.
(I) Gcntroi provisions.
(i) All Class A, Class B, Class C explosives, and special industrial explosives, and any newly developed and unclassified explo sives, shall be kept in magazines which meet the requirements of this paragraph.
(ii) Blasting caps, electric blasting caps, detonating primers, and primed car tridges shall not be stored in the same magazine with other explosives.
(iii) Ground around magazines shall slope away for drainage. The land surrounding magazines shall be kept clear of brush, dried grass, leaves, and other materials for a distance of at least 25 feet.
(iv) Magazines as required by this para graph shall be of two classes; namely.
l10.10*(eXlXW)
236
Chance 7
MCD 000011160
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
mO.lOWcMIKiT)
STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
Class I magazines, and Class 11 magazines.
(v) Class I magazines shall be required where the quantity of explosives stored is more than 50 pounds. Class II magazines may be used where the quan tity of explosives stored is 50 pounds or' less.
(vi) Class I magazines shall be located away from inhabited buildings, passen ger railways, and public highways and from other magazines in conformity with Table H-21.
Table H-2i--American Table or Distances for Sto&aoe or Explosives
As revised and approved by the Institute of Makers of Explosives, June 6, 1964
Explosives
Distances in feet when storage Is barricaded
Pounds Pounds over not over
Sepa ration
of maga zines
2 6
10 20 30 40
60 76
too 126 160
200 200 300 400
600 600 700 800 900 1,000 1,200 1,400 1,600
1,800 2, COO
2,000
3,000 4,000 6,000 6,000 7,000 8,000
9.000 10,000
5 10 20 30
40 50 76 100 126
150 200 260 300 400
600 600 700 800 900
1.000 1.200 1,400 1,600
1.800 2,000 2,500 3,000
4,000 6.000 6,000 7,000
8,000 9,000
10,000 12,000
6 8 10
11 12 14
16 16 18 19
21 23 24 27
29 31 32 33
36 36 39 41 43 44 46
49
62 68 61
66 68 72 76
78 82
Table h-2i--American Table or Distances for Storaqe or Explosives
As revised and approved by the Institute of Makers of Explosives, June 6, 1964
Explosives
Distances in feet when storage Is barricaded
Pounds Pounds over not over
Sepa
ration of
maga zines
12,000 14,000 16,000 18,000 20,000 26.000 30,000 36,000
4a ooo 46,000 6a ooo 66,000 oaooo 66,000 7a ooo 76,000 sa ooo 86.000 oaooo 96.000 loaooo liaooo 12a ooo 13a ooo
i4a ooo loaooo ioa ooo 17a ooo isa ooo
loaooo 200,000
210,000
28a ooo
28a ooo
270,000
14,000 10, 000
18,000 2a ooo 26,000 3a 000 36,000 40.000 46,000 6a ooo 66.000 oaooo 66,000 70,000
76,000 80,000 86.000
9a 000 96,000 loaooo liaooo 12a ooo isa ooo isa ooo isaooo loaooo
17a ooo isaooo ioa ooo
2oaooo
21a ooo
23a ooo
20a ooo
27a ooo
300,000
87 90 94
98 106 112 119 m 129 136 140 145 160 166
160 166 170 175 180 186 196 206 216 226 236 246 265 266 275
286
290
316
330
360
386
Note 1. "Natural barricade" means natural fea tures of tile ground, such as hills, or timber of suf ficient density that the surrounding exposures which require protection cannot be seen from the magazine when the trees are bare of leaves.
NOTE '1. "Artificial barricade" means an artificial mound or revetted wall of earth of a minimum thick ness of three feet.
NOTE {. "Barricaded" means that a building'con taining explosives is effectually screened from a magazine, building, railway, or highway, cither I>v n natural barricade, or by an artificial barricade of such height that a straight line from the top of uny sidewall of the building containing explosives to the eave line of any magazine, or building. <>r to a point 12 feet above the center of a i hiIwuv or
Change 7
237
lmiOMeXlKvi)
mcd 0 0 0 01.13 & i
l10.109)(lXrl) STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
hurliwiiv. will
lliidiiiih mh-Ii intviv^niny
nuturul in- artificial liarncade.
N'nTK 1. When two nr more ^tufHKe magazine' are Incaletl on the Mime inopeity, each niairuzme mn>t comply with the minimum distances specified from inhabited buildings, railways, ami highways, ami in addition, they should be separated from each other by not less than the distances shown for "Sepai atinn of Magazine*." except that the quan tity of explosives contained in cap magalines shall govern in regard to the spacing of said cap magazines from magazines containing other explosives. If any two or more magazines are separated from each other by less than the specified "Separation of Magazines" distances, then such two or more magazines, as a group, must be consid ered as one magazine, and the total quantity of explosives stored in such group must be treated as if stored m a single magazine located on the site of any magazine of the group, and must comply with the minimum of distances specified from other
magazines, inhabited buildings, railways, and high
ways.
Note 5. This table applies only to the manufac ture and permanent storage of commercial explo sives. It is not applicable to transportation of explo sives. nr any bundling or temporary storage neces sary or incident thereto. 11 is not intended to apply to bombs, projectiles, nr other heavily encased explosives.
(vii) Except as provided in subdivision
(viii) of this subparagraph, class II magazines shall be located in conformity with Table H-21, but may be permitted in warehouses and in wholesale and retail establishments when located on a floor which has an entrance at outside grade level and the magazine is located not more than 10 feet from such an entrance. Two class II magazines may be located
in the same building when one is used only for blasting caps in quantities not in excess of 5,000 caps and a distance of 10 feet is maintained between magazines.
(viii) When used for temporary storage at a site for blasting operations, class II maga zines shall be located away from other mag azines. A distance of at least one hundred and fifty (150) feet shall be maintained be tween class II magazines and the work in progress when the quantity of explosives
kept therein is in excess of 25 pounds, and at least 50 feet when the quantity of explosives
is 25 pounds, or less.
(ix) This paragr aph (ej does not apply to:
(a) Stocks of small arms ammunition, propellant-actuated power- cartridges, small arms ammunition primers in quantities of less than 750,000, or of smokeless propellants in quantities less than 750 pounds;
(b) Explosive-actuated power devices when in quantities less than 50 pounds net weight of explosives;
(c) Fuse lighters and fuse igniters;
(d) Safety fuses other than cordeau detonant fuses.
(2) Construction of magazines--general.
(i) Magazines shall be constructed in con formity with the provisions of this para graph.
(ii) Magazines for the storage of explo sives, other than black powder, class B and class C explosives shall be bullet resistant, weather resistant, fire resist ant, and ventilated sufficiently to pro tect the explosive in the specific locality. Magazines used only for storage of black powder, class B and class C explosives shall be weather resistant, fire-resistant, and have ventilation. Magazines for stor age of blasting and electric blasting caps shall be weather resistant, fire-resistant, and ventilated.
(iii) Property upon which Class I mag azines are located and property where Class 11 magazines are located outside of buildings shall be posted with signs reading "Explosives--Keep Off."
(Iv) Magazines requiring heat shall be heated by either hot-water radiant heat ing with the magazine building; or air directed into the magazine building over either hot water or low pressure steam (15 p.s.i.g.) coils located outside the magazine building.
ltlfclOMcXlXtv)
238
Chance 7
MCI) 000011162
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
(v) The magazine heating systems shall meet the following requirements:
(a) The radiant heatingcoils within the building shall be installed in such a manner that the explosives or explo sives containers cannot contact the coils and air is free to circulate between the coils and the explosives or explosives containers.
(b) The heating ducts shall be installed in such a manner that the hot-air dis charge from the duct is not directed against the explosives or explosives con tainers.
(c) The heating device used in connec tion with a magazine shall have controls which prevent the ambient building temperature from exceeding 130 F.
(d) The electric fan or pump used in the heating system for a magazine shall be mounted outside and separate from the wall of the magazine and shall be grounded.
(e) The electric fan motor and the con trols for electrical heating devices used in heating water or steam shall have overloads and disconnects, which com ply with subpart S of this part. All elec trical switch gear shall be located a minimum distance of 25 feet from the magazine.
(f) The heating source for water or steam shall be separated from the magazine by a distance of not less than 25 feet when electrical and 50 feet when fuel fired. The area between the heating unit and the magazine shall be cleared of all combustible materials.
(g) The storage of explosives and explo sives containers in the magazine shall allow uniform air circulation so product temperature uniformity can be main tained.
(vi) When lights are necessary inside the magazine, electric safety flashlight, or electric safety lanterns shall be used.
ltl0.10*eX2MT>
STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
(3) Construction of Clots I magazines.
(i) Class I magazines shall be of masonry construction or of wood or of metal con struction, or a combination of these types. Thickness of masonry units shall not be less than 8 inches. Hollow masonry units used in construction required to be bullet resistant shall have all hollow spaces filled with weak cement or well-tamped sand. Wood constructed walls, required to be bullet resistant, shall have at least a 6-inch space between interior and ex terior sheathing and the space between sheathingshail be filled with well-tamped sand. Metal wall construction, when required to be bullet resistant, shall be lined with brick at least 4 inches in thick ness or shall have at least a 6-inch sandfill.^ between interior and exterior walls.
(ii) Floors and roofs of masonry magazines may be of wood construction. Wood floors shall be tongue and grooved lumber hav ing a nominal thickness of 1 inch.
(iii) Roofs required to be bullet resistant shall be protected by a sand tray located at the line of eaves and covering the entire area except that necessary for ven tilation. Sand in the sand tray shall be maintained at a depth of not less than 4 inches.
(Iv) All wood at the exterior of magazines, including eaves, shall be protected by being covered with black or galvanized steel or aluminum metal of thickness of not less than No. 26 gage. All nails exposed to the interior of magazines shall be well countersunk.
(v) Foundations for magazines shall be of substantial construction and arranged to provide good cross ventilation.
(vi) Magazines shall be ventilated suf ficiently to prevent dampness and heat ing of stored explosives. Ventilating open ings shall be screened to prevent the en trance of sparks.
(vli) Openings to magazines shall be restricted to that necessary for the place-
239
1910.109<cH3KvU)
STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
merit and removal of stocks of explosives. Doors for openings in magazines for Class A explosives shall be bullet resistant. Doors for magazines not required to ba bullet resistant shall be designed to pre vent unauthorized entrance to the maga zine.
(viii) Revoked
(ix) Provisions shall be made to prevent the piling of stocks of explosives directly against masonry wails, brick-lined or sand-filled metal walls and single thickness metal walls; such protection, however, shall not interfere with proper ventilation at the interior of side and end walls.
(4) Construction of Class II magazinos.
(j) Class II magazines shall be of wood or metal construction, or a combination thereof.
(II) Wood magazines of this class shall have sides, bottom, and cover constructed of 2-inch hardwood boards well braced at corners and protected by being entirely covered with sheet metal of not less than No. 20 gage. All nails exposed to the interior of the magazine shall be well countersunk. All metal magazines of this class shall have sides, bottom, and cover constructed of sheet metal, and shall be lined with three-eighths-inch plywood or equivalent. Edges of metal covers shall overlap sides at least 1 inch.
(iii) Covers for both wood- and metal-con structed magazines of this class shall be provided with substantial strap hinges and shall be provided with substantial means for locking.
(iv) Magazines of this class shall be painted red and shall bear lettering in
l*l.10KcX5Xlv)
*
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
white, on all sides and top, at least 3 inches high, "Explosives--Keep Fire Away." Class II magazines when located in warehouses, and in wholesale and retail establishments shall be provided with substantial wheels or casters to facilitate easy removal in the case of fire. Where necessary due to climatic condi tions, Class II magazines shall be ven tilated.
{$) Storage within magazines.
<) Packages of explosives shall be laid flat with top side up. Black powder when stored in magazines with other explosives shall be stored separately. Black powder stored in kegs shall he stored on ends, bungs down, or on side, seams down. Cor responding grades and brands shall he stored together in such a manner that brands and grade marks show. All slocks shall be stored so as to be easily counted and checked. Packages of explosives shall be piled in a stable manner. When any kind of explosive is removed from a magazine for use, the oldest explosive of that particular kind shall always be taken first.
(ii) Packages of explosives shall not he unpacked or repacked in a magazine nor within 50 feet of a magazine or in close proximity to other explosives. Tools used for opening packages of explosives shall be constructed of nonsparking materials, except that metal slitters may be used for opening fiberboard boxes. A wood wedge and a fiber, rubber, or wood mallet shall be used for opening or closing wood packages of explosives. Opened packages of explosives shall be securely closed before being returned to a magazine.
(iii) Magazines shall not be used for the storage of any metal tools nor any com modity except explosives, but this restric tion shall not apply to the storage of blast ing agents and blasting supplies.
(iv) Magazine floors shall be regularly swept, kept clean, dry, free of grit, paper, empty used packages, and rubbish. Brooms and other cleaning utensils shall
Chance 7
MCD 000011164
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
191<M0ttcX5XiT) STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
not have any spark-producing metal parts. Sweepings from floors of mag azines shall Ik* properly disposed of. Magazine floors stained with nitroglyc erin shall lie cleaned according to in structions hv the manufacturer.
(v) When any explosive has deteriorated to an extent that it is in an unstable or dangerous condition, or if nitroglycerin leaks from any explosives, then the per son in possession of such explosive shall immediately proceed to destroy such explosive in accordance with the instruc tions of the manufacturer. Only experi enced persons shall be allowed to do the work of destroying explosives.
disposed of in the manner recommended by the manufacturer.
(d) Transportation of explosives.
(1) General provisions.
(i) No employee shall be allowed to smoke, carry matches or any other flame-produc ing device., or carry any firearms or loaded cartridges while in or near a motor vehi cle transportingexplosives; or drive, load, or unload such vehicle in a careless or reckless manner.
(ii) Revoked
(vi) When magazines need inside repairs, all explosives shall be removed therefrom and the floors cleaned. In making outside repairs, if there is a possibility of causing sparks or fire the explosives shall be removed from the magazine. Explosives removed from a magazine under repair shall either be placed in another magazine or placed a safe distance from the magazine where they shall be prop erly guarded and protected until repairs have been completed, when they shall be returned to the magazine.
(vii) Smoking, matches, open flames, spark-producing devices, and firearms (except firearms carried by guards)shall not be permitted inside of or within 50 feet of magazines. The land surrounding a magazine shall be kept clear of all com bustible materials for a distance of at least 25 feet. Combustible materials shall not be stored within 50 feet of magazines.
(viii) Magazines shall be in the charge of a competent person at all times who shall
be held responsible for the enforcement of all safety precautions.
(ix) Explosives recovered from blasting misfires shall be placed in a separate magazine until competent personnel has determined from the manufacturer the method of disposal. Caps recovered from blasting misfires shall not be reused. Such explosives and caps shall then be
(iii) Explosives shall not be transferred from one vehicle to another within the confines of any jurisdiction (city, rnonty. State, or other area) without informing the fire and police departments thereof. In the event of breakdown or collision the local fire and police departments shall be promptly notified to help safeguard such emergencies. Explosives shall be trans ferred from the disabled vehicle to another only when proper and qualified supervision is provided.
(iv) Blasting caps or electric blasting caps shall not be transported over the high ways on the same vehicles with other explosives.
(2) Transportation vehicles.
(i) Vehicles used for transporting explo sives shall be strong enough to carry the load without difficulty and be in good mechanical condition. If vehicles do not have a closed body, the body shall be covered with a flameproof and moistureproof tarpaulin or other effective protec tion against moisture and sparks. All ve hicles used for the transportation of explosives shall have tight floors and any exposed spark-producing metal on the inside of the body shall be covered with wood or other nonsparking materials to prevent contact with packages of explo-
Chonge7
241
MCD 000011165
ItlO.lOKdXJMI)
ll<U09(dK2KI)
STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
sives. Packages of explosives shall not be loaded above the sides of an open-body vehicle.
() Every vehicle used for transporting explosives and oxidizing materials listed in (a) of this subdivision shall be marked ns follows:
(a) Exterior markings or placards re quired on applicable vehicles shall be as follows for the various classes of com modities:
Cowmorfify Explosives, Class A,
any quantity or a combination of Class A and Class B ex plosives. Explosives. Class B, any quantity.
Oxidizing
material
(blasting agents, am-
monium
nitrate,
etc.), 1,000 pounds
or more grots
weight.
Type of marking or placard
Explosives A (Red let ters on white back* ground).
Explosives B (Red let ters on white back ground).
Oxidizers (Yellow let ters on black back ground).
(b) Revoked
(c) Such markings or placards shall be displayed at the front, rear, and on each side of the motor vehicle or trailer, or other cargo carrying body while it con tains explosives or other dangerous articles .of such type and in such quan tity as specified in (a) of this subdivision. The front marking or placard may be displayed on the front of either the truck, truck body, truck tractor or the
trailer.
ltlS.10HdX*XlrX>
242
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
<d) Any motor vehicle, trailer, or other cargo-carrying body containing more than one kind of explosive as well as an oxidizing material requiring a placard under the provisions of subdivision (a), the aggregate gross weight of which totals 1,000 pounds or more, shall be marked or placarded "Dangerous" as well as "Explosive A" or "Explosive B" as appropriate. If explosives Class A and explosives Class B are loaded on the same vehicle, the "Explosives B" mark ing need not be displayed.
(e) In any combination of two or more vehicles containing explosives or other dangerous articles each vehicle shall be marked or placarded as to its contents and in accordance with (a) and (r) of this subdivision.
(iii) Each motor vehicle used for trans porting explosives shall be equipped with a minimum of two extinguishers, <*;u h having a rating of at least 10-BC.
(a) Only extinguishers listed or approved by Underwriters' Labora tories, Inc., or the Factory Mutual En gineering Corp. shall be deemed suit able for use on explosives-carrying vehi cles.
<b) Extinguishers shall be filled and ready for immediate use and located near the driver's seat. Extinguishers shall be examined periodically by a competent person.
(iv) A motor vehicle used for transporting explosives shall be given the following inspection to determine that it is in proper condition for safe transportation of explosives:
(a) Fire extinguishers shall be filled and in working order.
(b) All electrical wiring shall be com pletely protected and securely fastened to prevent short-circuiting.
(c) Chassis, motor, pan, and underside of body shall be reasonably clean and free of excess oil and grease.
Chance 7
MOD 000011166
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
l10.10*dXJXl*XS> STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
<d) Fuel tank and feedline shall be se cure ami hav e no leaks.
(e) Brakes, lights, horn, windshield wipers, and steering: apparatus shall function properly.
If) Tires shall be checked for proper in fiation and defects.
(r) The vehicle shall be in proper condi tion in every other respect and accept able for handling explosives.
(3) Operation of transportation vehicle*.
(i) Vehicles transporting explosives shall only be driven by and be in the charge of a driver who is familiar with the traffic regu lations, State laws, and the provisions of this section.
(ii) Except under emergency conditions, no vehicle transporting explosives shall be parked before reaching its destination, even though attended, on any public street adja cent to or in proximity to any place where people work.
(iii) Every motor vehicle transporting any quantity of Class A or Class B explosives shall, at all times, be attended by a driver or other attendant of the motor carrier. This attendant shall have been made aware of the class of the explosive mate rial in the vehicle and of its inherent dan gers, and shall have been instructed in the measures and procedures to be fol lowed in order to protect the public from those dangers. He shall have been made familiar with the vehicle he is assigned, and shall be trained, supplied with the necessary means, and authorized to move the vehicle when required.
(a) For the purpose of this subdivision, a motor vehicle shall be deemed "attended" only when the driver or
Chance 7
!
other attendant is physically on or in the vehicle, or has the vehicle within his field of vision and can reach it quickly and without any kind of inter ference: "attended" also means that the driver or attendant is awake, alert, and not engaged in other duties or activities which may divert his attention from the vehicle, except for necessary communi cation with public officers, or represent atives of the carrier, shipper, or con signee, or except for necessary absence from the vehicle to obtain food or to pro vide for his physical comfort.
(b) However, an explosive-laden vehicle may be left unattended if parked within a securely fenced or walled area with all gates or entrances locked where parking of such vehicle is otherwise per missible, or at a magazine site estab lished solely for the purpose of storing explosives.
(iv) No spark-producing metal, sparkproducing metal tools, oils, matches, firearms, electric storage batteries, flammable substances, acids, oxidizing materials, or corrosive compounds shall be carried in the body of any motor truck and/or vehicle transporting explosives, unless the loading of such dangerous arti cles and the explosives comply with U.S. Department of Transportation regula tions.
(v) Vehicles transporting explosives shall avoid congested areas and heavy traffic. Where routes through congested areas have been designated by local authorities such routes shall be followed.
(vi) Delivery shall only be made to au thorized persons and into authorized magazines or authorized temporary stor age or handling areas.
(e) Use of explosives and blasting agents.
(1) General provisions.
(i) While explosives are being handled or used, smoking shall not be permitted and no one near the explosives shall possess
MOD 00q011167
1S1*.1SKX1X1>
l91<M0(eXlXI) STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
matches, open light or other fire or flame. No person shall be allowed to handle explosives while under the influence of intoxicating liquors, narcotics, or other dangerous drugs.
(ii) Original containers or Class II magazines shall be used for taking detonators and other explosives from storage magazines to the blasting area.
(2) Storage at use itei.
|i) Empty boxes and paper and fiber packinu materials which have previously con tained high explosives shall not be used again for any purpose, but shall be destroyed by burning at an approved isolated location out of doors, and no per son shall be nearer than 100 feet after the burning has started.
(hi) When blasting is done in congested areas or in close proximity to a structure, or any other installation that may be damaged, the blast shall be covered before firing with a mat constructed so that it is capable of preventing fragments from being thrown.
(iv) Persons authorized to prepare explo sive charges or conduct blasting opera tions shall use every reasonable pre caution, including but not limited to warning signals, flags, barricades, or woven wire mats to insure the safety uf the general public and workmen.
(v) Blasting operations shall be conducted during daylight hours.
(vi) Whenever blasting is being conducted in the vicinity of gas, electric, water, fire alarm, telephone, telegraph, and steam utilities, he blaster shall notify the appropriate representatives of such utilities at least 24 hours in advance of blasting, specifying the location and intended time of such blasting. Verbal notice shall be confirmed with written notice.
(vii) Due precautions shall be taken to pre vent accidental discharge of electric blasting caps from current induced by radar, radio transmitters, lightning, adjacent powerlines, dust storms, or other sources of extraneous electricity. These precautions shall include:
(a) The suspension of all blastingoperations and removal of persons from the blasting area during the approach and progress of an electric storm.
<b) The posting of signs warning against the use of mobile radio trans mitters on all roads within 350 feet of the blasting operations.
(ii) Containers of explosives shall not be opened in any magazine or within 50 feet of any magazine. In opening kegs or wooden cases, no sparking metal tools shall be used; wooden wedges and either wood, fiber or rubber mallets shall be used. Nonsparking metallic slitters may be used for opening fiberboard cases.
(iii) Explosives or blasting equipment that are obviously deteriorated or damaged shall not be used.
(iv) No explosives shall be abandoned.
(3) looding of explosives in blast holes.
(i) All drill holes shall be sufficiently large to admit, freely the insertion of the car tridges of explosives.
(ii) Tamping shall be done only with wood rods without exposed metal parts, but nonsparking metal connectors may be used for jointed poles. Violent tamping shall be avoided. Primed cartridges shall not be tamped.
(Hi) When loading blasting agents pneumatically over electric blasting caps, semieonductive delivery hose shall be used and the equipment shall be bonded and grounded.
(iv) No holes shall be loaded except those to he fired in the next round of blasting. After loading, all remaining explosives shall be immediately returned to an authorized magazine.
(v) Drilling shall not be started until all remaining butts of old holes are examined with a wooden stick for unexploded
im.l0KX3XT)
244
Chance 7
MCD 000011168
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
ll0.10(eXJ)<T) STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
charges, and if any are found, they shall be refired before work proceeds.
(vi) No person shall be allowed to deepen drill holes which have contained explo sives.
(wii) After loading for a blast is completed, all excess blasting caps or electric blast ing caps and other explosives shall immediately be returned to their sep arate storage magazines.
(4) Initiation of explosive chargos.
{) Revoked
(vii) Blasters, when testing circuits to charged holes, shall use only blasting gal vanometers designed for this purpose.
(viii) Only the employee making leading wire connections in electrical firing shall be allowed to fire the shot. Leading wires shall remain shorted and not be con nected to the blasting machine or other source of current until the charge is to be fired.
(5) Warning required. Before a blast is fired, the employer shall require that a loud warn ing signal be given by the person in charge, who has made certain that all surplusexplosives are in a safe place, all persons and vehicles are at a safe distance or under suf ficient cover, and that an adequate warning has been given.
(ii) When fuse is used, the blasting cap shall be securely attached to the safety fuse with a standard-ting type cap crimper. All primers shall be assembled at least 50 feet from any magazine.
(iii) Primers shall be made up only as required for each round of blasting.
(iv) No blasting cap shall be inserted in the explosives without first making a hole in the cartridge for the cap with a wooden punch of proper size or standard cap crimper.
(v) Explosives shall not be extracted from a hole that has once been charged or has misfired unless it is impossible to det onate the unexploded charge by insertion of a fresh additional primer.
(vi) If there are any misfires while using cap and fuse, all persons shall be required to remain away from the charge for at least 1 hour. If electric blasting caps are used and a misfire occurs, this waiting period may be reduced to 30 minutes. Mis fires shall be handled under the direction of the person in charge of the blasting and all wires shall be carefully traced and search made for unexploded charges.
(f) Explosives at piers, railway stations, and cars or vessels not otherwise specified in this standard.
(1) Railway con. Except in an emergency and with permission of the local authority, no person shall have or keep explosives in a railway cur unless said car and contents and methods of loading are in accordance with the U.S. Department of Transportation Regulations for the Transportation of Explosives, 49 CFR Chapter 1.
(2) Pocking and marking. No person shall deliver any explosive to any carrier unless such explosive conforms in all respects, including marking and packing) to the U.S. Department of Transportation Regulations for the Transportation of Explosives.
(3) Marking cor*. Every railway car containing explosives which has reached its desig nation, or is stopped in transit so as no long er to he in interstate commerce, shall have attached to both sides and ends of the car, cards with the words "Explosives--Handle Carefully--Keep Fire Away" in red letters at least IMj inches high on a white back ground.
(4) Storage. Any explosives at a railway facility, truck terminal, pier, wharf, harbor
Chance 7
245 MCD 000011169
mo.iottfxo
|10.10<fX<) STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
facility, or airport terminal, whether for delivery ro a consignee, or forwarded to some ntlier destination, shall be kept in a safe place, isolated as far as practicable and m such manner that they can be easily and quickly removed. (5) Hour* of transfer. Explosives shall mil be delivered to or received from any railway station, truck terminal, pier, wharf, harbor facility, or airport terminal between Unhours of sunset and sunrise.
(g) Blasting agents.
(1) General. Unless otherwise >ei forth in this paragraph, blasting agents, excluding water gels, shall lie transported, stored, and used in the same manner as explosives. Water gels are covered in paragraph (h) of this section.
(2) Fixed location mixing.
(i) Revoked
(ii) Buildings used for the mixing of blast ing agents shall conform to the require' ments of this section.
(a) Buildings shall be of noncombusti ble construction or sheet metal on wood studs.
<b) Floors in a mixing plant shall be of concrete or of other nonabsorboni materials.
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
(c) All fuel oil storage facilities shall be separated from the mixing plant and located in such a manner that in case of tank rupture, the oil will dram awa\ from the mixing plant building.
(d) The building shall be well ven tilated.
<e> Heating units which do not depend on combustion processes, when properly designed and located, may be used in the building. All direct sources of heat shall be provided exclusively from units located outside the mixing building.
(0 All internal-combustion engines used for electric power generation shall be located outside the mixing plant building, or shall be properly ventilated and isolated by a firewall. The exhaust systems on all such engines shall be located so any spark emission cannot be a hazard to any materials in or adjacent to the plant.
(Hi) Equipment used for mixing blasting agents shall conform to the requirements of this subdivision.
(a) The design of the mixer shall minimize the possibility of frictional heating, compaction, and especially con finement. All hearings and drive assemblies shall be mounted outside the mixer and protected against the accumulation of dust. All surfaces shall be accessible for cleaning.
(b) Mixing and packaging equipment shall be constructed of materials com patible with the fuel-ammonium nitrate composition.
(c) Suitable means shall be provided to prevent the flow of fuel oil to the mixer in case of fire. In gravity flow systems an automatic spring-loaded shutoff valve with fusible link shall be installed.
(iv) The provisions of this subdivision shall be considered when determining blasting agent compositions.
Chance 7
MCD 000011170
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
from product movement within the bin and accidental vehicle contact with the support legs.
(ii) The bin discharge gate shall be designed to provide a closure tight enough to prevent leakage of the stored product. Provision shall also be made so that the gate can be locked.
(iii) Bin loading manways or access hatches shall be hinged or otherwise attached to the bin and be designed to permit locking.
(iv) Any electrically driven conveyors for loading or unloading bins shall conform to the requirements of Subpart S of this Part. They shall be designed to minimize damage from corrosion.
(v) Bins containing blasting agent shall be located, with respect to inhabited buildings, passenger railroads, and public highways, in accordance with Table H-21 and separation from other blasting agent storage and explosives storage shall be in conformity with Table H-22.
<vi) Bins containing ammonium nitrate shall be separated from blasting agent storage and explosives storage in conformity with Table H-22.
l10.I0XfX4Xi)
STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
be stored in the manner set forth in paragraph (c) of this section or in onestory warehouses (without basements) which shall be:
(1) Noncombustible or fire resistive;
(2) Constructed so as to eliminate open floor drains and piping into which molten materials could flow and be confined in case of fire;
(3) Weather resistant;
(4) Well ventilated; and
(5) Equipped with a strong door kept securely locked except when open for business.
(c) Semitrailer or full-trailer vans used for highway or onsite transportation of the blasting agents are satisfactory for tem porarily storing these materials, provided they are located in accordance with Table H-22 with respect to one another. Trail ers shall be provided with substantial means for locking, and the trailer doors shall be kept locked, except during the time of placement and removal of stocks and blasting agents.
(5) Storage of blotting ogontt and twppliet-
(i) Blasting agents and oxidizers used for mixing of blasting agents shall be stored in the manner set forth in this sub division.
(a) Blasting agents or ammonium ni trate, when stored in conjunction with explosives, shall be stored in the manner set forth in paragraph (c) of this section for explosives. The mass of blast ing agents and one-half the mass of ammonium nitrate shall be included when computing the total quantity of explosives for determining distance requirements.
(b) Blasting agents, when stored entirely separate from explosives* may
Chanc ?
249
(ii) Warehouses used for the storage of blasting agents separate from explosives shall be located as set forth in this sub division.
(a) Warehouses used for the storage of blasting agents shall be located in accord ance with Table H-22 with respect to one another.
(b) If both blasting agents and ammonium nitrate are handled or stored within the distance limitations prescribed through subparagraph (2) of this paragraph, one-half the mass of the
ammonium nitrate shall be added to the
MCI> 00001117
lIS4**iX5XliXb)
1910.10*fX5HiiHb) STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
mass of the blasting agent when com puting: the total quantity of explosives for determining the proper distance for compliance with Table H-21.
(iii) Smoking, matches, open Haines, spark producing devices, and firearms are pro hibited inside of or within 50 feet of any warehouse used for the storage of blast ing agents. Combustible materials shall not be stored within 50 feet of warehouses used for the storage of blasting agents.
(iv) The interior of warehouses used for the storage of blasting agents shall be kept clean and free from debris and empty containers. Spilled materials shall be cleaned up promptly and safely removed. Combustible materials, flammable liquids, corrosive acids, chlorates, or ni trates shall not be stored in any warehouse used for blasting agents unless separated therefrom by a fire resistive separation of not less than 1 hour resistance. The provisions of this subdivision shall not prohibit the storage of blasting agents together with nonex plosive blasting supplies.
(v) Piles of ammonium nitrate and warehouses containing ammonium ni trate shall be adequately separated from readily combustible fuels.
(v<) Caked oxidizers, either in bags or in bulk, shall not be loosened by blasting.
(via) Every warehouse used for the storage of blasting agents shall be under th** supervision of a competent person ,
(6) Transportation of packaged blasting agonts.
(i) When blasting agents are transported in the same vehicle with explosives, all of the requirements of paragraph (d) of this section shall be complied with.
(ii) Vehicles transporting blasting agents shall only be driven by and be in charge of a driver in possession of a valid motor vehicle
operator's license. Such a person shall also be familiar with the Stales vehicle and traffic laws.
(iii) No matches, firearms, acids, or other corrosive liquids shall be carried in the bed or body of any vehicle containing blasting agents. (iv) No person shall be permitted to ride upon, drive, load, or unload a vehicle con taining blasting agents while smoking or under the influence of intoxicants, narcotics, or other dangerous drugs.
(v) Revoked
(v) Vehicles transporting blasting agents shall be in safe operating condition at all times.
(7) Use of blotting ogenti. Persons using blast ing agents shall comply with all of the applicable provisions of paragraph (e) ofthis section.
(h) Water gel (Slurry) explosives and blasting agents.
(1) General provisions. Unless otherwise set forth in this paragraph, water gels shall be transported, stored and used in the same manner as explosives or blasting agents in accordance with the classification of the product.
(2) Types and classifications.
(i) Water gels containing a substance in itself classified as an explosive shall be
tMliMOiMtXI)
250
Chenc* 7
MCD 000011172
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
I910.109(h)(2Xi> STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
classified as an explosive and manufac tured, transported, stored, and used as specified for "explosives" in this section, except as noted in subdivision (iv) of this subparagraph.
Table H-22--Table or Recommended Separation Distances ot Ammonium Nitrate and Blasting Agents From Explosives or Blasting Agents >'
Donor weight
Minimum separation Minimum
distance of receptor thickness
-- --
when barricaded 1 (ft.) of artificial
Pounds Pounds--------------------------------------- barricades *
over not over Ammonium Blasting
(In.)
nitrate * agent *
100 300
400 1,000 1,000
2.000 3,000
4,000 6,000 8,000 10,000 12,000
16,000 20,000 25,000 3d ooo 35,000 40,000 46,000 50,000
55.000 00,000 70,000
80.000
90,000 100,000 120,000
14a ooo 160.000
180,000 200,000
22a ooo 250,000 275,000
100 300
600 1,000
1,600 2,000
3,000 4,000 6,000
8,000 iaooo
12,000 iaooo
2a ooo 2a ooo sa ooo 3a ooo 40.000
45,000 6a ooo 65,000 60,000
7a ooo 80.000 90.000 ioaooo
12a ooo 14a ooo 160.000
isa ooo 2oaooo 22a ooo 25a ooo 275,000 300,000
3 4 5
6
7 8
9
10 11
12 13 14 15 16 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
26 28
30
32 34
37
40 44 48 62 56 60
64
11 12 14 12
18 12
22 12
25 12 29 12 32 16
36 16
40 15
43 20
47 20
50 20
54 25 58 25 65 25 68 30
72 30
76 30 79 36
S3 35 86 35
90 36
94 40 101 40 108 40 115 40
122 50
133 50
144 50
158 50
173 50
187 60
202 60 216 60
230 60
Notes to Table of Recommended Separa
tion Distances of Ammonium Nitrate and
Blasting Agents from Explosives or Blasting
Agents: Note l. These distances apply to the sep
aration of stores only. Table H-21 shall be used in determining separation distances
from Inhabited buildings, passenger rail ways, and public highways.
Not* 2. When the ammonium nitrate and/or blasting agent Is not barricaded, the distances shown in the table shall be mul tiplied by six. These distances allow for the
possibility of high velocity metal fragments from mixers, hoppers, truck bodies, sheet metal structures, metal containers, and the like which may enclose the "donor". Where storage Is In bullet-resistant magazines rec ommended for explosives or where the stor age Is protected by a bullet-resistant wall, distances, and barricade thicknesses in ex cess of those prescribed In Table H-21 are not required.
Note 3. The distances in the table apply to ammonium nitrate that passes the in sensitivity test prescribed In the definition of ammonium nitrate fertilizer promulgated by the National Plant Food Institute*; and ammonium nitrate falling to pass said test shall be stored at separation distances de termined by competent persons. (* Definition and Test Procedures for Ammonium Nitrate Fertilizer. National Plant Food Institute. November 1064.)
Note 4. These distances apply to nltrocarbo-nltrates and blasting agents which pass the insensitivity test prescribed In the U.S. Department of Transportation (DOT) regulations.
Not* 5. Earth, or sand dikes, or enclosures filled with the prescribed minimum thick ness of earth or sand are acceptable artifi cial barricades. Natural barricades, such as hills or timber of sufficient density that the surrounding exposures which require protec tion cannot be seen from the "donor** when the trees are bare of leaves, are also acceptable.
Non 6. When the ammonium nitrate must be counted In determining the dis
tances to be maintained from Inhabited buildings, passenger railways and public highways. It may be counted at one-half Its actual weight because its blast effect Is lower.
Note 7. Guide to use of table of recom mended separation distances of ammonium nitrate and Masting agents from explosives or blasting agents.
(a) Sketch location of all potential donor and acceptor materials together with the maximum mass of material to be allowed in that vicinity. (Potential donors are high explosives, blasting agents, and combination of masses of detonating materials. Potential acceptors are high explosives, blasting
agents, and ammonium nitrate.) (b) Consider separately each donor mass
In combination with each acceptor mass. If the masses are closer than table allowance
(distances measured between nearest edges), the combination of miiwes becomes a new
251
lI0.109<hX2XI)
MCD 000011173
1910.1<MMh)(2)(l)
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
potential donor of weight equal to the total
mass. When Individual maaaea are considered
aa donors, distances to potential acceptors
shall be measured between edges. When
combined masses within propagating dis
tance of each other are considered as a
donor, the appropriate distance to the edge
of potential acceptors shall be computed as
a weighted distance from the combined
masses.
Calculation of weighted distance from
combined masaea:
Let M,, U, ...
be donor masses to be
combined.
M, is a potential acceptor mass.
Du is distance from Uj to U, (edge to edge).
D,, is distance from U, to M, (edge to
edge), etc.
To find weighted distance (D1(a, ...,,)] from
combined masses to M1, add the products
of the Individual masses and distances and
divide the total by the sum of the masses
thus:
MaxDu+MtXDu... d-M^XD,
DAv .) =
Propagation Is possible If either an in dividual donor mass la less than the tabu lated distance from an acceptor or a com
bined mass U less than the weighted dis
tance from an acceptor. (c> In determining the distances separat
ing highways, railroads, and inhabited build ings from potential explosions (as prescribed in Table H-21), the sum of all masses which may propagate (l.e., lie at distances leas than
prescribed in the Table) from either In dividual or combined donor masses are In cluded. However, when the ammonium ni trate must be included, only 60 peroent ct Its weight shall be used because of Its reduced blast effects. In applying Table H-21 to dis tances from highways, railroads, and In habited buildings, distances are measured from the nearest edge of potentially explodable material as prescribed In Table H-21, Note 5.
(d) When all or part of a potential accep tor comprises Explosives Class A as defined In DOT regulations, storage in bulletresistant magazines Is required. Safe dis tances to stores In bullet-resistant magazines may be obtained from the lntermagazlne distances prescribed In Table H-21.
(e) Barricades must not have llne-ofslght openings between potential donors and acceptors which permit blast or missiles to move directly between masses.
(f) Good housekeeping practices shall be maintained around any bln containing ammonium nitrate or blasting agent. This includes keeping weeds and other combus tible materials cleared within 26 feet of such bln. Accumulation of spilled product on the ground shall be prevented.
(ii) Water gels containing no substance in itself classified as an explosive and which are cap-sensitive as defined in paragraph (a) of this section under Blasting Agent shall be classified as an explosive and manufactured, transported, stored and used as specified for "explosives" in this section.
(iii) Water gels containing no substance in itself classified as an explosive and which are not cap-sensitive as defined in paragraph (a) of this section under Blast ing Agent shall be classified as blasting agents and manufactured, transported, stored, and used as specified for "blasting agents" in this section.
(iv) When tests on specific formulations of water gels result in Department of Transportation classification as a Class B explosive, bullet-resistant magazines are not required, see paragraph (cX2Xiil of this section.
(3) Fixed location mixing.
(') Revoked
lIS.109(hM3Kl}
252
Chance 7
oooon^
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
vehicle into the borehole loading: vehicle shall be away from the blasthole site when the boreholes are loaded or in the process of being loaded.
(i) Storage of ammonium nitrate.
(1) Scop* and definitions.
(i)
(a) Except as provided in subdivision (rf) of this subdivision this paragraph applies to the storage of ammonium ni trate in the form of crystals, flakes, grains, or prills including fertilizer grade, dynamite grade, nitrous oxide grade, technical grade, and other mix tures containing 60 percent or more ammonium nitrate by weight but does not apply to blasting agents.
(h) This paragraph does not apply to the transportation of ammonium ni trate.
(c) This paragraph does not apply to storage under the jurisdiction of and in compliance with the regulations of the U.S. Coast Guard (see 46 CFR Parts 146-149).
(d) The storage of ammonium nitrate and ammonium nitrate mixtures that are more sensitive than allowed by the "Definition of Test Procedures for Ammonium Nitrate Fertilizer" is pro hibited.
(e) Nothing in this paragraph shall apply to the production of ammonium nitrate or to the storage of ammonium nitrate on the premises of the producing plant.
(i)
(a) Revoked
Change 7
1910.109(hH4XilHf>
STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
(b) The standards for ammonium ni trate (nitrous oxide grade) are those found in the "Specifications, Properties, and Recommendations for Packaging, Transportation, Storage, and Use of Ammonium Nitrate," available from the Compressed Gas Association, Inc., 500 Fifth Avenue, New York, NY 10036.
(2) General provisions.
(i) This paragraph applies to all persons storing, having, or keeping ammonium nitrate, and to the owner or lessee of any building, premises, or structure in which ammonium nitrate is stored in quantities of 1,000 pounds or more.
(ii) Approval of targe quantity storage shall be subject to due consideration of the fire and explosion hazards, including exposure to toxic vapors from burning or decomposing ammonium nitrate.
(iii)
(a) Storage buildings shall not have basements unless the basements are open on at least one side. Storage build ings shall not be over one story in height.
(b) Storage buildings shall have adequate ventilation or be of a construc tion that will be self-ventilating in the event of fire.
(c) The wall on the exposed side of a storage building within 50 feet of a com bustible building, forest, piles of com bustible materials and similar exposure hazards shall be of fire-resistive con struction. In lieu of the fire-resistive wall, other suitable means of exposure protection such as a free standing wall may be used. The roof coverings shall be Class C or better, as defined in the
mo.io9(ix2xuixc>
mcd 000011175
1910.109<lK2KiliKc)
STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
Manual on Roof Coverings, NFPA 203M-1970.
(d) All flooring m storage and handling areas, shall be of noncombustible mate rial or protected against impregnation by ammonium nitrate anti shall he with out open drains, traps, tunnels, pits, or pockets into which any molten ammonium nitrate could flow and be confined in the event of fire.
(e) The continued use of an existing storage building or structure not in strict conformity with this paragraph may be approved in cases where such continued use will not constitute a hazard to life
(f) Buildings and structures shall be dry and free from water seepage through the roof, walls, and floors.
(3) Storage of ammonium nitroto in bags, drams, or other containers.
(i>
(a) Bags and containers used for ammonium nitrate must comply with specifications and 3tandard3 required for use in interstate commerce (see 49 CFR Chapter I).
(hi Containers used on the premises in the actual manufacturing or processing need not comply with provisions of subdivison (a) of this subdivision.
<)
(a) Containers of ammonium nitrate shall not be accepted for storage when the temperature of the ammonium ni trate exceeds 130 F.
lb) Bags of ammonium nitrate shall not be stored within 30 inches of the storage building walls and partitions.
(c) The height of piles shall not exceed 20 feet. The width of piles shall not exceed 20 feet and the length 50 feet except that where the building is of non*
1910.1W(IM4MKiX)
I
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
combustible construction or is protected by automatic sprinklers the length of piles shall not be limited. In no case shall the ammonium nitrate be stacked closer than 36 inches below the roof or support ing and spreader beams overhead.
(d) Aisles shall be provided to separate piles by a clear space of not less than 3 feet in width. At least one service or main aisle in the storage area shall be not less than 4 feet in width.
(4) Storage of bulk ammonium nitrate.
(')
la) Warehouses shall have adequate ventilation or be capable of adequate ventilation in case of fire.
(h) Unless constructed of noncombusti ble material or unless adequate facilities for fighting a roof fire are available, bulk storage structures shall not exceed a height of 40 feet.
()
(a) Bins shall be clean and free of materials which may contaminate ammonium nitrate.
(b> Due to the corrosive and reactive properties of ammonium nitrate, and to avoid contamination, galvanized iron, copper, lead, and zinc shall not be used in a bin construction unless suitably protected. Aluminum bins and wooden bins protected against impregnation by ammonium nitrate are permissible. The partitions dividing the ammonium ni trate storage from other products which would contaminate the ammonium ni trate shall be of tight construction.
(c) The ammonium nitrate storage bins or piles shall be clearly identified by signs reading "Ammonium Nitrate" with letters at least 2 inches high. (iii)
(a) Piles or bins shall be so sized and arranged that all material in the pile
Chtn(c?
MCD oooom76
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
19MU09(iX4HiiiMa; STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
is moved out periodically in order to minimize possible caking of the stored ammomum nitrate.
<b) Height or depth of piles shall be limited by the pressure-setting tend ency of the product. However, in no case shall the ammonium nitrate be piled higher at any point than 36 inches below the roof or supporting and spreader beams overhead.
(c) Ammonium nitrate shall not be accepted for storage when the tempera ture of the product exceeds 130 F.
(d) Dynamite, other explosives, and blasting agents shall not be used to break up or loosen caked ammonium ni trate.
(5) Contaminant*.
(0
(a) Ammonium nitrate shall be in a separate building or shall be separated by approved type firewalls of not less than 1 hour fire-resistance rating from storage of organic chemicals, acids, or other corrosive materials, materials that may require blasting during proc essing or handling, compressed flam mable gases, flammable and combusti ble materials or other contaminating substances, including but not limited to animal fats, baled cotton, baled rags, baled scrap paper, bleaching powder, burlap or cotton bags, caustic soda, coal, coke, charcoal, cork, camphor, excelsior, fibers of any kind, fish oils, fish meal, foam rubber, hay, lubricating oil, linseed oil, or other oxidizable or drying oils, naphthalene, oakum, oiled clothing, oiled paper, oiled textiles, paint, straw, sawdust, wood shavings, or vegetable oils. Walls referred to in this subdivision need extend only to the underside of the roof.
(b) In lieu of separation walls, am monium nitrate may be separated from the materials referred to in sub-
division (a) of this subdivision by a space of at least 30 feet.
(c) Flammable liquids such as gasoline, kerosene, solvents, and light fuel oils shall not be stored on the premises except when such storage conforms to $ 1910.100. and when walls and sills or curbs are provided in accordance with subdivisions (a) or (6) of this subdivision.
id) LP-Gas shall not be stored on the premises except when such storage con forms to S 1910.110.
()
(a) Sulfur and finely divided metals shall not be stored In the same building*with ammonium nitrate except when such storage conforms to paragraphs (a) through (h) of this section.
(b) Explosives and blasting agents shall not be stored in the same building with ammonium nitrate except on the prem ises of makers, distributors, and usercompounders of explosives or blasting agents.
(c) Where explosives or blasting agents are stored in separate buildings, other than on the premises of makers, dis tributors, and user-compounders of explosives or blasting agents, they shall be separated from the ammonium ni trate by the distances and/or barricades specified in Table H-22 of this subpart, but by not less than 50 feet.
<d) Storage and/or operations on the premises of makers, distributors, and user-compounders of explosives or blasting agents shall be in conformity with paragraphs (a) through (h) of this section.
(6) Gantrol precaution*.
(I) Electrical installations shall conform to the requirements of subpart S of this part, for ordinary locations. They shall be de signed to minimize damage from corrosion.
257 MCD 000011l77
l10.109(IX6Ki)
1910.KKKIM6HH)
STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
(ii) In areas where lightning' storms are prevalent, lightning protection shall be provided. (See the Lightning: Protection Code. NFPA 78-1968.)
(ii) Provisions shall be made to prevent unauthorized personnel frcm entering the ammonium nitrate storage area,
(7) Fir* protection.
(i) Not more than 2,500 tons of bagged ammonium nitrate shall be stored in a building or structure not equipped with an automatic sprinkler system. Sprinkler systems shall be of approved type and installed in accordance with the Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems, NFPA 13-1969.
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
(ii) Small arms ammunition shall be separated from flammable liquids, flammable solids as classified in 49 CFR Part 172, and from oxidizing materials, by a fire-resistive wall of 1-hour rating or by a distance of 25 feet.
(iii) Small arms ammunition shall not be stored together with Class A or Class B explosives unless the storage facility is adequate for this latter storage.
(3) Smok*l*t propellants.
(i) All smokeless propellants shall be stored in shipping containers specified in 49 CFR 173.93 for smokeless propellants.
(*') Revoked
(a) Suitable fire control devices such as small hose or portable extinguishers shall be provided throughout the warehouse and in the loading and unloading areas. See the Standard for the Installation of Portable Fire Extin guishers, NFPA 10-1970, and the Stand ard for the Installation of Standpipe and Hose Systems, NFPA 14-1970.
(b) Water supplies and fire hydrants shall be available in accordance with recognized good practices.
(j) Small arms ammunition, small arms primers, and small arms propellants.
(1) Scop*. This paragraph does not apply to in-process storage and intraplant transpor tation during manufacture of small arms ammunition, small arms primers, and smokeless propellants.
(2) Small arms ammunition.
(i) No quantity limitations are imposed on the storage of small arms ammunition in warehouses, retail stores, and other general occupancy facilities, except those imposed by limitations of storage facilities.
me.l0ttjX4Ktfl)
(iii) Commercial stocks of smokeless pro pellants over 20 pounds and not more than 100 pounds shall be stored in port able wooden boxes having walls of at least 1 inch nominal thickness.
(W) Commercial stocks in quantities not to exceed 750 pounds shall be stored in nonportable storage cabinets having wooden walls of at least 1 inch nominal thickness. Not more than 400 pounds shall be permitted in any one cabinet.
(v) Quantities in excess of 750 pounds shall be stored in magazines in accordance with paragraph (c) of this section.
(4) Small arms ammunition primer*.
(i) Small arms ammunition primers shall not be stored except in the original ship ping container in accordance with the requirements of 49 CFR 173.107 for small arms ammunition primers.
(') Revoked
(iii) Small arms ammunition primers shall be separated from flammable liquids, flammable solids as classified in 49 CFR
Chant* 7
/nod ooootui'i'l
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
Part 172, and oxidizing materials by a fire-resistive wall of 1-hour rating or by a distance of 25 feet.
(iv) Not more than 750,000 small arms ammunition primers shall be stored in any one building, except as provided in subdivision (v) of this subparagraph. Not more than 100,000 shall be stored in any one pile. Piles shall be at least 15 feet apart.
(v) Quantities of small arms ammunition primers in excess of 750,000 shall he
1910.109gM4Xiii>
STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
stored in magazines in accordance with paragraph (c) of this section.
(k) Scope.
This section applies to the manufacture, keeping, having, storage, sale, transportation, and use of explosives, blasting agents, and pyrotechnics. This section does not apply to the sale and use (public display) of pyrotechnics, commonly known as fireworks, nor to the use of explosives in the form pre scribed by the official U.S. Pharmacopeia.
1910.110--STORAGE AND HANDLING OF LIQUEFIED PETROLEUM GASES
(a) Definitions applicable to this section.
As used in this section:
(!) API-ASME container--A container con structed in accordance with the require ments of paragraph (b)(3)(iii) of this section.
(2) ASME container--A container constructed in accordance with the require ments of paragraph (bX3)(i) of this section.
(3) Container assembly--An assembly con sisting essentially of the container and fit tings for all container openings, including shutoff valves, excess flow valves, liquidlevel gaging devices, safety relief devices, and protective housing.
(4) Containers--All vessels, such as tanks, cylinders, or drums, used for transportation or storing liquefied petroleum gases.
(5) DOT--Department of Transportation.
(6) DOT container--A container constructed in accordance with the applicable require ments of 49 CFR Chapter I.
(7) "Liquefied petroleum gases"--"LPG" and "LP-Gas"--Any material which is com posed predominantly of any of the following hydrocarbons, or mixtures of them; propane, propylene, butanes (normal butane or iso-butane), and butylenes.
(0) Movable fuel storage tenders or farm carts--Containers not in excess of 1,200 gal lons water capacity, equipped with wheels to be towed from one location of usage to another. They are basically nonhighway vehicles, but may occasionally be moved over public roads or highways. They are used as a fuel supply for farm tractors, con struction machinery and similar equip ment.
(9) P.S.I.G.--pounds per square inch gauge.
(10) P.S.I.A.--pounds per square inch absolute.
(11) Systems--an assembly of equipment consisting essentially of the container or containers, major devices such as va porizers, safety relief valves, excess flow valves, regulators, and piping connecting such parts.
259
ooooi ms MCD
ItlMHKaXU)
1910.114X*X12)
STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
(12) Viipiirizer-burner -- an integral vaporizer-burner unit, dependent upon the heat generated by the burner as the source of heat to vaporize the liquid used for dehy drators or dryers.
(13) Ventilation, adequate--when specified for the prevention of fire during normal operation, ventilation shall be considered adequate when the concentration of the gas in a gas-air mixture does not exceed 25 per cent of the lower flammable limit.
(14) Approved--unless otherwise indicated, listing or approval by the following nation ally recognized testing laboratories: Under writers' Laboratories, Inc.; Factory Mutual Engineering Corp.
(15) Listed--see "approved" in 8 1910. 110(14).
(16) DOT Specifications--regulations of the Department of Transportation published in 49 CFR Chapter I.
(17) Revoked
(18) Revoked
(19) DOT cylinders--cylinders meeting the requirements of 49 CFR Chapter I.
(b) Basic rules.
(1) Odorizing gates.
() All liquefied petroleum gases shall be effectively odorized by an approved agent of such character as to indicate positively, by distinct odor, the presence of gas down to concentration in air of not over onefifth the lower limit of flammability. Odorization, however, is not required if harmful in the use of further processing of the liquefied petroleum gas, or if odori zation will serve no useful purpose as a warning agent in such use or further proc essing.
(ii) The odorization requirement of sub division (i) of this subparagraph shall be considered to be met by the use of 1.0
19l0.110(bX3XU)
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
pounds of ethyl mercaptan, 1.0 pounds of thiophane or 1.4 pounds of amyl mercap tan per 10,000 gallons of LP-Gas. However, this listing of odorants and quantities shall not exclude the use of other odorants that meet the odorization requirements of subdivision (i) of this subparagraph.
(2) Approval of equipment and systems.
(i) Each system utilizing DOT containers in accordance with 49 CFR Part 178 shall have its container valves, connectors, manifold valve assemblies, and reg ulators approved.
(ii) Each system for domestic or commer cial use utilizing containers of 2,000 gal lons or less water capacity, other than those constructed in accordance with 49 CFR Part 178, shall consist of a container assembly and one or more regulators, and may include other parts. The system as a unit or the container assembly as a unit, and the regulator or regulators, shall be individually listed.
(iii) In systems utilizing containers of over 2,000 gallons water capacity, each reg ulator, container valve, excess flow valve, gaging device, and relief valve installed on or at the container, shall have its cor rectness as to design, construction, and performance determined by listing by Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc., or Fac tory Mutual Engineering Corp.
(3) Requirements for construction and origi nal test of containers.
() Containers used with systems embodied in paragraphs (d), (e), (g), and (h) of this section, except as provided in paragraphs (e)(3)(iii) and (gX2)(i) of this section, shall be designed, constructed, and tested in accordance with the Rules for Construction of Unfired Pressure Ves sels, section VIII, Division 1, American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, 1968 edition.
(ii) Containers constructed according to the 1949 and earlier editions of the ASME
Chance 7
000011179 MOD
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
Code do not have to comply with para graphs U-2 through U-10 and U-10 thereof. Containers constructed accord ing to paragraph U-70 in the 1949 and earlier editions are not authorized.
(Hi) Containers designed,constructed, and tested prior to July l, 1961, according to the Code for Unfired Pressure Vessels for Petroleum Liquids and (rases. 1951 edi tion with 1954 Addenda, of the American Petroleum Institute and the American Society of Mechanical Engineers shall he considered in conformance. Containers constructed according to API-ASME Code do not have to comply with section 1 or with appendix to section I. Para graphs W'-601 to W-000 inclusive in the 1943 and earlier editions do not apply.
(iv) The provisions of subdivision (i) of this subparagraph shall not be construed as prohibiting the continued use or reinstal lation of containers constructed and maintained in accordance with the stand ard for the Storage and Handling of Liquefied Petroleum Gases NFPA No. 58 in effect at the time of fabrication.
(v) Containers used with systems em bodied in paragraph (b), (d)(3)(iii), and (0 of this section, shall be constructed, tested, and stamped in accordance with DOT specifications effective at the date of their manufacture.
(4) Welding of containers.
(i) Welding to the shell, head, or any other part of the container subject to internal pressure, shall be done in compliance with the code under which the tank was fab ricated. Other welding is permitted only on saddle plates, lugs, or brackets attached to the container by the tank manufacturer.
(ii) Where repair or modification involving welding of DOT containers is required, the container shall be returned to a qual ified manufacturer making containers of the same type, and the repair or modifica tion made in compliance with DOT regula tions.
l10.il<HbH3Xii;
STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
(S) Markings on containers.
(i) Each container covered in subpara graph (3)(i) of this paragraph, except as provided in subparagraph (3)<iv) of this paragraph shall be marked as specified in the following:
(a) With a marking identifying com pliance with, and other markings required by, the rules of the reference under which the container is construct ed; or with the stamp and other mark ings required by the National Board of Boiler and Pressure Vessel Inspectors.
(b) With notation as to whether the con tainer is designed for underground or aboveground installation or both. If. intended for both and different style hoods are provided, the marking shall indicate the proper hood for each type of installation.
(c> With the name and address of the supplier of the container, or with the trade name of the container.
(d) With the water capacity of the con tainer in pounds or gallons, U.S. Stand ard.
le> With the pressure in p.s.i.g., for which the container is designed.
(f) With the wording "This container shall not contain a product having a vapor pressure in excess of--p.s.i.g. at 100 F.," see subparagraph <14)(viii) of this paragraph.
(g) With the tare weight in pounds or other identified unit of weight for con tainers with a water capacity of 300 pounds or less.
<h> With marking indicating the max imum level to which the container may be filled with liquid at temperatures between 20 F. and 1.30 F., except on containers provided with fixed max imum level indicators or which are filled by weighing. Markings shall be incre ments of not more than 20 F. This
19I4.1lO(bH5KiKh)
MCD 0000U180
1910.110(bK5KiXh) STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
marking1 may be located on the liquid level gagring: device.
(i) With the outside surface area in square feet.
(ii) Markings specified shall be on a metal nameplate attached to the container and located in such a manner as to remain visible after the container is installed.
(iii) When LP-Gas and one or more other gases are stored or used in the same area, the containers shall be marked to identify their content. Marking shall be in com pliance with American National Stand ard Z48.1-1954, "Method of Marking Portable Compressed Gas Containers To Identify the Material Contained."
(6) Location of container* and regulating equip ment.
(i) Containers, and first stage regulat ing equipment if used, shall be located outside of buildings, except under one or more of the following:
(a) In buildings used exclusively for container charging, vaporization pres sure reduction, gas mixing, gas man ufacturing, or distribution.
(b) When portable use is necessary and in accordance with paragraph (c)(5) of this section.
(c) LP-Gas fueled stationary or port able engines in accordance with para graph (e)(ll) or (12) of this section.
(d) LP-Gas fueled industrial trucks used in accordance with paragraph (eX13) of this section.
(e) LP-Gas fueled vehicles garaged in accordance with paragraph (e)(14) of this section.
(f) Containers awaiting use or resale when stored in accordance with para graph (f) of this section.
(ii) Each individual container shall be lo cated with respect to the nearest important building or group of buildings in accordance with Table H-23.
Table H-23
Water capacity per container
Minimum distances
Containers
Between
--------------------------- above-
Under- Above- ground
ground ground containers
Less than 125gals 1..........10feet... None___ None. 125to280gallons............. 10feet... 10feet... None. 251 to 800 gallons............ 10feet... 10 feet... 3 feet. 801 to2,000gallons..........25feet*.. 25feet*.. 3feet. 2.001 to 30,000gallons___ 50feet... 50feet... 5 feet.
M of sum of diam-
30.001 to70,000gallons... 50feet... 75feet... etersof 70.001 to00,000gallons... 80feet... 100feet., adjacent
contain ers.
i If the aggregate water capacity of a multi-container Installation at a consumer site is 801 gallons or greater, the minimum distance shall comply with the appropriate portion of this table, applying the aggregate capacity rather than the capacity per container. If more than one installation Is made, each Installation shall be separated fa>m another installation by at least 25 feet. Do not apply the MINIMUM DISTANCES BETWEEN ABOVEGROUND CONTAINERS to such installations.
t Note: The above distance requirements may be reduced to not less than 10 feet for a single container of 1,200 gallons water capacity or lass, providing such a container is at least 25 foet from any other LP-Gas con tainer of more than 128 geUons water capacity.
(ill) Containers installed for use shall not
be stacked one above the other.
(iv) Revoked
(v) In the case of buildings devoted exclu sively to gas manufacturing and dis
tributing operations, the distances re quired by Table H-23 may be reduced provided that in no case shall containers of water capacity exceeding 500 gallons
l9l0.iiO(bX6XT>
262
Change 7
ftCD OOUvj-l-
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
located at least 5 feet from container shutoff valves. Vaporizers having: capacity of more than 35 gallons but not exceeding 100 gallons per hour shall be located at least 10 feet from the container shutoff valves. Vaporizers having a capacity greater than 100 gallons per hour shall be located at least 15 feet from container shutoff valves.
(c) Vaporizers may be installed in build ings. rooms, housings, sheds, or lean-tos used exclusively for vaporizing or mix ing of liquefied petroleum gas. Vaporiz ing housing structures shall be of noncombustible construction, well ven tilated near the floorline and the high est point of the roof. When vaporizer and/or mixing equipment is located in a structure or room attached to or within a building, such structure or room shall be separated from the remainder of the building by a wall designed to withstand a static pressure of at least 100 pounds per square foot. This wall shall have no openings or pipes or conduit passing through it. Such structure or room shall be provided with adequate ventilation, ami shall have a roof or at least one exterior wall of light weight construction.
id) Vaporizers shall have at or near the discharge, a safety relief valve provid ing an effective rate of discharge in accordance with subparagraph (10)(iii) of this paragraph. The relief valve shall be so located as not to be subjected to temperatures in excess of 140 F.
le) Vaporizers shall be provided with suitable automatic means to prevent liquid passing from the vaporizer to the gas discharge piping of the vaporizer.
if) Vaporizers shall be provided with means for manually turning off the gas to the main burner and pilot.
(g) Vaporizers shall be equipped with automatic safety devices to shut off the How of gas to main burners if the pilot light should fail. When the flow through the pilot exceeds 2,000 B.t.u. per hour.
Change 7
271
ltlO.lKXbMItMliiXbMZ)
STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
the pilot also shall be equipped with an automatic safety device to shut off the flow of gas to the pilot should the pilot flame be extinguished.
<h) Pressure regulating and pressure reducing equipment if located within 10 feet of a direct fired vaporizer shall be separated from the open flame by a sub stantially airtight noncombustible par tition or partitions.
(i) Except as provided in (c) of this sub division, the following minimum dis tances shall be maintained between direct fired vaporizers and the nearest important building or group of buildings.
Ten feet fur vaporizer* having a capacity of l'i gallons per hour or less vaporizing capacity.
Twenty-five feel for vaporizers having u vaporiz ing capacity of li to 1UO gallons per hour.
Fifty feel for vaporizers having a vaporizing capacity exceeding 1 tit) gallon* per hour.
<j) Direct fired vaporizers shall not raise the product pressure above the design pressure Gf the vaporizer equip ment nor shall they raise the product pressure within the storage container above the pressure shown in the second column of Table H-31.
fk> Vaporizers shall not be provided with fusible plugs.
(I) Vaporizers shall not have unprotected drains to sewers or sump
pits.
(iv) Direct gas-fired tank heaters shall be construcu-d and installed as follows:
(a) Direct gas-fired tank heaters, and tanks to which they are applied, shall only be installed above ground.
(b> Tank heaters shall be permanently marked with the name of the manufac turer, the rutod B.t.u. input to tht burner, and the maximum vaporizing capacity in gallons per hour.
mcd
00011182
ltlO-lHKbMllXUKb)
1910.1 lWbH It MWHe)
STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
(c) Tank heate"* may be an integral part of a fuel sto-age container directly connected to the container liquid sec tion. or vapor- section, or both.
(d) Tank heaters shall be provided with a means for manually turning off the gas to the main burner and pilot.
<e) Tank heaters shall be equipped with an automatic safety device to shut off the flow of gas to main burners, if the pilot light should fail. When flow through pilot exceeds 2,000 B.t.u. per hour, the pilot also shall be equipped with an automatic safety device to shut off the flow of gas to the pilot should the pilot flame be extinguished.
<f) Pressure regulating and pressure reducing equipment if located within 10 feet of a direct fired tank heater shall he separated from the open flame by a substantially airtight noncombustible partition.
(g) The following minimum distances shall be maintained between a storage tank heated by a direct fired tank heater and the nearest important building or group of buildings ,
T*n t'fi-t for storage coMlHinex f lex* than 500 trillions water rapacity.
Twenty-five feet for storage container* of 500 tn 1.200 gallons water capacity.
Kifty feet for storage containers of over 1.200 gallons water capacity.
(h) direct fired tank heater shall raise the product pressure within the storage container over 75 percent of the pressure set out in the second column of Table H-31.
(v) The vaporizer section of vaporizer* burners used for dehydrators or dryers shall be located outside of buildings; they shall be constructed and installed as fol lows;
(a) Vaporizer-burners shall have a minimum design pressure of 250 p.s.i.g.
with a factor of safety of five.
i9io.uo<bxii)aTXh)
272
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
(b) Mu/, .ally operated positive shutoff valves shall be located at the containers to shut off all flow to the vaporizerburners.
(cl Minimum distances between stor age containers and vaporizer-burners
shall be as follows:
MiniiuttiK
Watercapuaty per
distance*
container (yalluus)
{feet}
Less thun 5<>l
. 10
501 to2,000
25
Over2,000
....... ..
50
id) The vaporizer section of vaporizerburners shall he protected by a hydro static relief valve. The relief valve shall be located so as not to be subjected to temperatures in excess of 140 F. The start-to-discharge pressure setting shall be such as to protect the compo nents involved, but not less than 250 p.s.i.g. The discharge shall be directed upward and away from component parts of the equipment and away from operat ing personnel.
(e) Vaporizer-burners shall be provided with means for manually turning off the gas to the main burner and pilot.
(f) Vaporizer-burners shall be equipped with automatic safety devices to shut off the flow of gas to the main burner and pilot in the event the pilot is ex tinguished.
(g) Pressure regulating and control equipment shall be located or protected so that the temperatures surrounding this equipment shall not exceed 140 F. except that equipment components may be used at higher temperatures if designed to withstand such tempera tures.
<h) Pressure regulating and control equipment when located downstream of the vaporizer shall be designed to with stand the maximum discharge tempera* t `ire of the vapor.
Chance 7
MCD 000011183
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
of energy and venting such gas to tne atmosphere at a rate not to exceed that from a No. 31 drill size opening and pro vided that such venting and liquid transfer shall be located not less than 50 feet from the nearest important building.
(v) Filling of fuel containers for industrial trucks or motor vehicles from industrial bulk storage containers shall be per formed not less than 10 feet from the nearest important masonry-walled build ing or not less than 25 feet from the near est important building or other construc tion and, in any event, not less than 25 feet from any building opening.
(vi) Filling of portable containers, con tainers mounted on skids, fuel containers on farm tractors, or similar applications, from storage containers used in domestic or commercial service, shall be performed not less than 50 feet from the nearest important building.
(vii) The filling connection and the vent from the liquid level gages in containers, filled at point of installation, shall not be less than 10 feet in any direction from air openings into sealed combustion sys tem appliances or mechanical ventilation air intakes.
(viii) Fuel supply containers shall be gaged and charged only in the open air or in buildings especially provided for that purpose.
(ix) The maximum vapor pressure of the product at 100 F. which may be trans ferred into a container shall be in accordance with paragraphs (d)(2) and (e)(3) of this section. (For DOT containers use DQT requirements.)
(x) Marketers and users shall exercise precaution to assure that only those gases fov which the system is designed, examined, and listed, are employed in its operation, particularly with regard to pressures.
(xi) Pumps or compressors shall be designed for use with LP-Gas. When com
l10.11(XbM14)<iT>
STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
pressors are used they shall normally take suction from the vapor space of the container being filled and discharge to the vapor space of the container being emptied.
(xii) Pumping systems, when equipped with a positive displacement pump, shall include a recirculating device which shall limit the differential pressure on the pump under normal operating conditions to the maximum differential pressure rat ing of the pump. The discharge of the pumping system shall be protected so that pressure does not exceed .350 p.s.i.g. If a recirculation system discharges into the supply tank and contains a manual shutoff valve, an adequate secondary safety recirculation system shall he incur-porated which shall have no means of ren dering it inoperative. Manual shutoff valves in recirculation systems shall be kept open except during an emergency or when repairs are being made to the system.
(xi) When necessary, unloadingpipingor hoses shall be provided with suitable bleeder valves, for relieving pressure before disconnection.
(xiv) Agricultural air moving equipment, including crop dryers, shall be shut down when supply containers are being filled unless the air intakes and sources of igni tion on the equipment are located 50 feet or more from the container.
(xv) Agricultural equipment employing open flames or equipment with integral containers, such as flame cultivators, weed burners, and, in addition, tractors, shall be shut down during refueling.
(15) Tank car or transport truck loading or unload ing paints and operations.
(i) The track of tank car siding shall be relatively level.
(ii) A "Tank Car Connected" sign, as covered by DOT rules, shall be installed
I910.U0(bH15Kii)
MCD 000011184
mO.lHKbMIBMIl)
STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
at the active end or ends of the siding while the tank car is connected,
(iii) While cars are on sidetrack for loading or unloading, the wheels at both ends shall be blocked on the rails.
(iv) The employer shall insure that an employee is in attendance at all times while the tank car, cars, or trucks are being loaded or unloaded.
(v) A backflow check valve, excess-flow valve, or a shutoff valve with means of remote closing, to protect against uncon trolled discharge of LP-Gas from storage tank piping shall be installed close to the point where the liquid piping and hose or swing joint pipe is connected.
(vi) Except as provided in subdivision (vii) of this subparagraph, when the size (diameter) of the loading or unloading hoses and/or piping is reduced below the size of the tank car or transport truck loading or unloading connections, the adaptors to which lines are attached shall be equipped with either a backflow check valve, a properly sized excess flow valve, or shutoff valve with means of remote closing, to protect against uncontrolled discharge from the tank car or transport truck.
(vli) The requirement of subdivision (vi) of this subparagraph shall not apply if the tank car or transport is equipped with a quick-closing internal valve that can be remotely closed.
(viii) The tank car or transport truck load ing or unloading point shall be located with due consideration to the following:
(a) Proximity to railroads and highway traffic.
(b) Revoked
(c) With respect to buildings on install er's property.
(d) Nature of occupancy.
1910.110(bX17Xr)
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
U*) Topography.
If) Type of construction of buildings.
(g) Number of tank cars or transport trucks that may be safely loaded or unloaded at one time.
(h) Frequency of loading or unloading.
(ix) Where practical, the distance of the unloading or loading point shall conform to the distances in subparagraph (6)(ii) of this paragraph.
(16) Instructions. Personnel performing instal lation, removal, operation, and mainte nance work shall be properly trained in such function.
(17) Electrical equipment and ether sources of ignition.
(i) Electrical equipment and wiring shall be of a type specified by and shall be installed in accordance with Subpart S of this part, for ordinary locations except that fixed electrical equipment in clas sified areas shall comply with subpara graph (18) of this paragraph.
(ii) Open flames or other sources of igni tion shall not be permitted in vaporizer rooms (except those housing direct-fired vaporizers), pumphouses, container charging rooms or other similar locations. Direct-fired vaporizers shall not be per mitted in pumphousesorcontainercharging rooms.
(iii) Liquefied petroleum gas storage con tainers do not require lightning protec tion.
(iv) Since liquefied petroleum gas is con tained in a closed system of piping and equipment, the system need not be elec trically conductive or electrically bonded for protection against static electricity.
(v) Open flames (except as provided for in subparagraph (11) of this paragraph), cutting or welding, portable electric tools, and extension lights capable of igniting LP-Gas, shall not be permitted within
Chtnfc7
MCD 000011185
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
1914.1 NKcMSMIXj)
STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
(j) Heat producing equipment shall be located and used so as to minimize the possibility of ignition of combustibles.
(k) Containers having a water capacity greater than 2xh pounds (nominal l pound LP-Gas capacity) connected for use, shall stand on a firm and substan tially level surface and, when necessary, shall be secured in an upright position.
(l) Containers, including the valve pro tective devices, shall be installed so as to minimize the probability of impinge ment of discharge of safety relief devices upon containers.
(ii) Containers having a maximum water capacity of 2Vfe pounds (nominal 1 pound LP-Gas capacity) are permitted to be used inside of buildings as part of approved self-contained hand torch assemblies or similar appliances.
(ill) Containers having a maximum water capacity of 12 pounds (nominal 5 pounds LP-Gas capacity) are permitted to be used temporarily inside of buildings for public exhibition or demonstration purposes, including use for classroom demonstra tions.
(iv) Revoked
(v) Containers are permitted to be used in buildings or structures under construc tion or undergoing major renovation when such buildings or structures are not occupied by the public, as follows:
(a) The maximum water capacity ofw individual containers shall be 245 pounds (nominal 100 pounds LP-Gas capacity).
(b) For temporary heating such as cur ing concrete, drying plaster and similar applications, heaters (other than in tegral heater-container units) shall be located at least 6 feet from any LP-Gas container. This shall not prohibit the use of heaters specifically designed for attachment to the container or to a sup porting standard, provided they are designed and installed so as to prevent direct or radiant heat application from the heater onto the container. Blower and radiant type heaters shall not be directed toward any LP-Gas container within 20 feet.
Chinee 7
2*3
(c) If two or more heater-container units, of either the integral or nonin tegral type, are located in an unpar titioned area on the same floor, the con tainer or containers of each unit shall be separated from the container or con tainers of any other unit by at least 20 feet.
(d) When heaters are connected to con tainers for use in an unpartitioned area on the same floor, the total water capac ity of containers manifolded together for connection to a heater or heaters shall not be greater than 735 pounds (nominal 300 pounds LP-Gas capacity).
1910-114<eK5KTMd)
oooo^66
l910.U0(cKSMTHd)
STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
Such manifolds shall be separated by at teu>t JO feet.
(e) On floors on which heaters are not connected for use, containers are per mitted to be manifolded together for connection to a heater or heaters on another floor,
(li The total water capacity of con tainers connected to any one manifold is not greater than 2,450 pounds (nom inal l.lUHl pounds LP-Gas capacity) and;
(2) Where more than one manifold having a total water capacity greater than 735 pounds (nominal 300 pounds LP-Gas capacity) are located in the same unpartitioned area, they shall be separated by at least 50 feet.
(f> Storage of containers awaiting use shall be in accordance with paragraph (0 of this section.
(vi) Containers are permitted to be used in industrial occupancies for processing, research, or experimental purposes as fol lows:
la) The maximum water capacity of individual containers shall be 245 pounds (nominal 100 pounds LP-Gas capacity).
(b) Containers connected to a manifold shall have a total water capacity not greater than 735 pounds (nominal 300 pounds LP-Gas capacity) and not more than one such manifold may be located in the same room unless separated at least 20 feet from a similar unit.
(c) The amount of LP-Gas in containers for research and experimental use shall be limited to the smallest practical quantity.
(vii)
(a) Containers are permitted to be used in industrial occupancies with essen tially noncombustible contents where
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
portable equipment fur space heating is essential and where a permanent heating installation is not practical, as follows:
(b) Containers and heaters shall comply with and be used in accordance with subdivision (v) of this subparagraph.
(viii) Containers are permitted to be used in buildings for temporary emergency heating purposes, if necessary to prevent damage to the buildings or contents, wher the permanent heating system is temporarily out of service, as follows:
(a) Containers and heaters shall comply with and be used in accordance with subdivision (v) of this subparagraph.
(b) The temporary heating equipment shall not be left unattended.
(i) Containers are permitted to be used temporarily in buildings for training pur poses related in installation and use of LP-Gas systems, as follows:
(a) The maximum water capacity of individual containers shall be 245 pounds (nominal 100 pounds LP-Gas capacity), but the maximum quantity of LP-Gas (hat may be placed in each con tainer shall be 20 pounds.
(b) If more than one such container is located in the same room, the containers shall be separated by at least 20 feet.
(6) Container valves and accostoriM.
(*) Valves in the assembly of multiple con tainer systems shall be arranged so that replacement of containers can be made without shutting off the flow of gas in the system.
Noth: This provision is not to be construed as requiring on automatic changeover device.
1910.110(eX6Xi)
284
Change 7
MCD 000011187
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
m0.1HXdX7Xx) STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
less than five times the vapor pressure of the product at 100 F. The use of nonmetallic hose is prohibited for perma nently interconnecting such containers.
(xi) Container assemblies listed for interchangeable installation above ground or under ground shall conform to the requirements for aboveground instal lations with respect to safety relief capac ity and filling density. For installation above ground all other requirements for aboveground installations shall apply. For installation under ground all other requirements for underground installa tions shall apply.
(8) Protection of container accessorial.
(i) Valves, regulating, gaging, and other container accessory equipment shall be protected against tampering and physical damage. Such accessories shall also be so protected during the transit of containers intended for installation underground.
(ii) On underground or combination aboveground-underground containers, the service valve handwheel, the termi nal for connecting the hose, and the open ing through which there can be a flow from safety relief valves shall be at least 4 inches above the container and this opening shall be located in the dome or housing. Underground systems shall be so installed that all the above openings, including the regulator vent, are located above the normal maximum water table.
(ill) All connections to underground con tainers shall be located within a substan tial dome, housing, or manhole and with access thereto protected by a substantial cover.
(9) Drips for condonsod gas. Where vaporized gas on the low-pressure side of the system may condense to a liquid at normal operat ing temperatures and pressures, suitable means shall be provided for revaporization of the condensate.
possibility, precautions against such dam age shall be taken.
(11) Pits and drains. Every effort should be made to avoid the use of pits, except pits fitted with automatic flammable vapor detecting devices. No drains or blowoff lines .shall be directed into or in proximity to sewer systems used for other purposes.
(12) General provision* applicable to systems in industrial plants (of 2,000 gallons water capacity and more) and to bulk filling plants.
(i) When standard watch service is pro vided. it shall be extended to the LPGas installation and personnel properly trained
(ii) If loading and unloading are normally done during other than daylight hours, adequate lights shall be provided to illuminate storage containers, control valves, and other equipment.
(iii) Suitable roadways or means of access for extinguishing equipment such as wheeled extinguishers or fire department apparatus shall be provided.
(iv) To minimize trespassing or tamper ing, the area which includes container appurtenances, pumping equipment, loading and unloading facilities, and cylinder-filling facilities shall be enclosed with at least a 6-foot-high industrial type fence unless otherwise adequately pro tected. There shall be at least two means of emergency access.
(13) Contoiner-charging plants.
(i) The container-charging room shall be located not less than:
(a) Ten feet from bulk storage con tainers.
(10) Damago from vohktos. When damage to LP-Gas systems from vehicular traffic is a
(ii) Tank truck Tilling station outlets shall be loomed not less than:
Chance 7
291
1910.11<MdX13Xin
OOOOU188 tfCD
t910.U<Xd)(13XiiHa> STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
la) Revoked
(l>> Ton feet from pumps and compres sors if housed in one or more separate buildings.
(iii) The pumps or compressors may be located in the container-charging room or building, in a separate building, or out side of buildings. When housed in a separate building, such building (a small noncombustible weather cover is not to be construed as a building) shall be located not less than:
la) Ten feet from bulk storage tanks.
(b) Revoked
(c) Twenty-five feet from sources of ignition.
(v) When a part of the container-charging building is to be used for a boiler room or where open flames or similar sources of ignition exist or are employed, the space to be so occupied shall be separated from container charging room by a parti tion wall or walls of fire-resistant con struction continuous from floor to roof or ceiling. Such separation walls shall be without openings and shall be joined to the floor, other walls, and ceiling or roof in a manner to effect a permanent gastight joint.
(v) Electrical equipment and installations shall conform with paragraphs (bXl?) and (18) of this section.
(14) Fire protection.
(i) Each bulk plant shall be provided with at least one approved portable fire ex tinguisher having a minimum rating of 12-B, C.
(ii) In industrial installations involving containers of 150,000 gallons aggregate water capacity or more, provision shall
lflMllKeMlXU)
:
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
be made for an adequate supply of water at the container site for fire protection in the container area, unless other adequate means for fire control are pro vided. Water hydrants shall be readily accessible and so spaced as to provide water protection for all containers. Suf ficient lengths of firehose shall be pro vided at each hydrant location on a hose cart, or other means provided to facilitate easy movement of the hose in the con tainer area. It is desirable to equip the outlet of each hose line with a combina tion fog nozzle. A shelter shall be pro vided to protect the hose and its conveyor from the weather.
(15) Pointing. Revoked
(16) lighting. Electrical equipment and installations shall conform to paragraphs (bX17) and (18) of this section.
(17) Voporizan for Internal combustion engines.
The provisions of paragraph <eH8) of this section shall apply.
(18) Got regulating end mixing equipment for
internal combustion engines. The provisions of paragraph (ek9) of this section shall apply.
() liquefied petroleum gas as a motor fuel.
(1) Application.
(i) This paragraph applies to internal com bustion engines, fuel containers, and per tinent equipment for the use of liquefied petroleum gases as a motor fuel on easily movable, readily portable units including self-propelled vehicles.
(ii) Fuel containers and pertinent equip ment for internal combustion engines using liquefied petroleum gas where installation is of the stationary type are covered by paragraph (d) of this section. This paragraph does not apply to con tainers for transportation of liquefied petroleum gases nor to marine fuel use. All requirements of paragraph (b) of this section apply to this paragraph, unless
000011189
MCD
Change 7
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
191O.U0UM13XH) STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
(it) No more than two LP-Gas containers shall be used on an industrial truck for motor fuel purposes.
(iii) Revoked
(iv) Revoked
(v) Industrial trucks shall not be parked and left unattended in areas of possible excessive heat or sources of ignition.
(14) Garaging LP-Gai-tuolod vehicles.
(i) LP-Gas-fueled vehicles may be stored or serviced inside garages provided there are no leaks in the fuel system and the fuel tanks are not filled beyond the max imum filling capacity specified in para graph (b)(12)(i) of this section.
(ii) LP-Gas-fueled vehicles being repaired in garages shall have the container shutoff valve closed except when fuel is required for engine operation.
(iii) Such vehicles shall not be parked near sources of heat, open flames, or similar sources of ignition or near open pits unless such pits are adequately ven tilated.
(f) Storage of containers awaiting use or resale.
(1) Application. This paragraph shall apply to the storage of portable containers not in excess of 1,000 pounds water capacity, filled or partially filled, at user location but not connected for use, or in storage for resale by dealer^ or resellers. This paragraph shall not apply to containers stored at charging plants or at plants devoted primarily to the storage and distribution of LP-Gas or other petroleum products.
(2) General.
(i) Containers in storage shall be located so as to minimize exposure to excessive temperature rise, physical damage, or tampering by unauthorized persons.
(ii) Containers when stored inside shall not be located near exits, stairways, or in areas normally used or intended for the safe exit of people.
(iii) Container valves shall be protected while in storage as follows:
(a) By setting into recess of container to prevent the possibility of their being struck if the container is dropped upon a flat surface, or
(b) By ventilated cap or collar, fastened to container capable of withstanding blow from any direction equivalent to that of a 30-pound weight dropped 4 feet. Construction must be such that a blow will not be transmitted to a valve or other connection.
(Iv) The outlet valves of containers in stor age shall be closed.
(v) Empty containers which have been in LP-Gas service should preferably be stored in the open. When stored inside, they shall be considered as full containers for the purpose of determining the max imum quantity of LP-Gas permitted by this paragraph.
(3) Storage within building* froquontod by tho
public. Revoked
Change 7
297
mO.UO(fX3Xl)
MCD 000011190
1910.110(f)(4) STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
be at least 5 feet away from any other opening into any building.
(4) Storage within buildings not frequented by the public (such at industrial buildings).
(i)The quantity of LP-Gas stored shall not exceed `100 pounds (approximately 2.550 cubic feet in vapor form) except as pro vided in subparagraph (5) of this para graph-
(ii) Containers carried as a part of service equipment on highway mobile vehicles are not to be considered in the total stor age capacity in subdivision (i) of this sub paragraph provided such vehicles are stored in private garages, and are limited to one container per vehicle with an LPGas capacity of not more than 100 pounds. All container valves shall be closed.
(5) Storage within special buildings or reams.
(i) The quantity of LP-Gas stored in spe cial buildings or rooms shall not exceed 10,000 pounds.
(ii) The walls, floors, and ceilings of con tainer storage rooms that are within or adjacent to other parts of the building shall be constructed of material having at least a 2-hour fire resistance rating.
(vii) The floors of such rooms shall not be below ground level. Any space below the floor shall be of solid fill or properly ven tilated to the open air.
(viii) Such storage rooms shall not be located adjoining the line of property occupied by schools, churches, hospitals, athletic fields or other points of public gathering.
(ix) Fixed electrical equipment shall be installed in accordance with paragraph (bX18) of this section.
(6) Storage outside of buildings.
(i) Storage outside of buildings, for con tainers awaiting use or resale, shall be located in accordance with Table 11-33 with respect to:
(a) the nearest important building or group of buildings;
(b) Revoked
<c> busy thoroughfares;
(ill) A portion of the exterior walls or roof having an area not less than 10 percent of that of the combined area of the enclosing walls and roof shall be of explosion relieving construction.
(;19 F.R. 9957. March 15, 1974.)
(iv) Each opening from such storage rooms to other parts of the building shall be protected by a Wz hour (B) fire door listed by Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc.
(v) Such rooms shall have no open flames for heating or lighting.
(vi) Such rooms shall be adequately ven tilated both top and bottom to the outside only. The openings from such vents shall
(ii) Containers shall be in a suitable en closure or otherwise protected against tampering.
Table H-33
Quantity of LP-Gas Stored:
Distance
500 pounds or less_________________
0
501 to 2,600 pounds________________
0*
2,601 to 6,000 pounds10 feet
6,001 to 10,000 pounds20 fast
Over 10.000 pounds26 feet
Container or containers shall be at least 10 feet from any building on adjoining prop erty. any sidewalk, or any of the exposures described In | 1910.110(f) (6) (l) (c) or (d)
of this paragraph.
1910.110(f)(6Xii)
298
Change 7
MCD 00001H92
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
19I0.iHKf)<7) STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
(7) Fire protection. Storage locations other than supply depots separated and located apart from dealer, reseller, or user estab lishments shall be provided with at least one approved portable fire extinguisher having a minimum rating of 8-B, C.
(g) IP-Gas system installations!! commercial
vehicles.
(1) Application. This paragraph applies to LP-Gas-system installations on vehicles (whether self-propelled or of the trailer or semitrailer type) used for commercial, con struction, to all exchangeable container sys tems with container capacities greater than 105 pounds water capacity (approximately 45 pounds LP-Gas capacity) and to systems using containers permanently mounted on vehicles. It does not apply to LP-Gas motor fuel sys tems covered by paragraph (e) of this section. Paragraph (b) of this section applies to this paragraph unless otherwise noted. When such a vehicle is permanently parked, and LP-Gas is supplied from a system not mounted on and secured to the unit, paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section shall apply.
(2) Construction and marking of containers. Con tainers shall be constructed in accordance with paragraph (b)(3) of this section, and marked in accordance with the applicable requirements of paragraph (b)(5) of this sec tion, and shall also meet the following:
(i) Containers designed for use as portable
cylinders shall be constructed in ac cordance with DOT specifications, and in accordance with paragraph (bX3)(v) of this section; where applicable.
(ii) All other containers whether designed for permanent mounting, or for portable
or semiportable use (such as skid tanks), shall be constructed as provided for by paragraphs (b)(3)(i) and (iv) of this section. Mounting, securing, and protection of such containers shall he as in subdivi sions (iii) and (iv) of this subparagraph.
(Hi) Permanently installed containers shall meet the requirements of subdivi-
Change7
299
siou in) of this subdivision with regard to container valves and accessories, and subdivision (M of this subdivision as to mounting.
(a)
(1) Nonrecessed container fittings and appurtenances shall be protected against damage by either:
(i) Their location.
(ii) The vehicle frame or bumper, or
(iii) A protective housing. The pro tective housing, if used, shall com ply with the requirements under which the tanks are fabricated with respect to design and construction and shall be designed to withstand static loadings in any direction equal to twice the weight of the tank and attachments when filled with the lading using a safety factor of not less than four, based on the ultimate strength of the material to be used. The housing shall be pro vided with a weather cover if neces sary to insure proper operation of valves and safety devices.
(2) Manually operated shutoff valves, except as covered in paragraph (eX2)(i) of this section, or self-closing internal valves shall be closed except during transfer operations.
(b)
<D Tank motor vehicles with frames not made integral with the tank, as by welding, shall be provided with turn buckles or similar positive devices for drawing the tank down tight on the frame. In addition, suit able stops or anchors shall he attached to theframe and/or the tank to prevent relative motion between them due In starting, stopping, and turning. The stops and anchors shall be so installed as to be readily accessible for inspec tion and maintenance.
1910.U0(gK2KliiMbXl)
MCD 000011192
1910.11<XcX2XiiiXb)(2>
STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
(2) Any tank motor vehicle designed and constructed so that the cargo tank constitutes in whole or in part the stress member used in lieu of a frame shall be supported by external cradles subtending at least 120 degrees of the shell circumference. The design calculations shall include beam stress, shear stress, torsion stress, bending moment, and accelera tion stress for the cargo tank as a whole using a factor of safety of four, based on the ultimate tensile strength of the material. Maximum concen trated stresses which might be created at pads and cradles due to shear, bending, and torsion shall also be calculated in accordance with Appendix G of the American Society of Mechanical Engineers, Unfired Pressure Vessel Code, 1968. Fully loaded vehicles shall be assumed to be operating under highway condi tions equal to two "g" loading. The effects of fatigue shall be taken into consideration. Cargo tanks mounted on frames may be supported by longi tudinal members attached to pads providingthe above-stated factors are taken into account.
(S) Where any tank support is attached to any part of a tank head, the stresses imposed upon the head shall be provided for as required in (2) of this subdivision.
(4) Tank supports, stops, anchors, and bumpers shall not be welded directly to the tank but shall be attached by means of pads of the same material as the tank. The pad thick ness shall be not less than one-fourth inch, or the thickness of the shell material if less, and no greater than the shell material. Each pad shall extend at least four times its thickness, in each direction, beyond the weld attaching the support, bumper, stop, or anchor. Each pad shall be preformed to an inside radius no greater than the outside radius of
the tank at the place of attachment. Each pad corner shall be rounded to a radius at least one-fourth the width
m.no(vX2XiTXb)
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
of the pad, and no greater than onehalf the width of the pad. Weepholes and telltale holes, if used, shall be drilled or punched before the pads are attached to the tank. Each pad shall he attached to the tank by continuous fillet welding using filler material having properties conforming to the recommendations of the maker of the shell and head material.
(iv) Portable or semiportable containers (skid tanks as covered by paragraph (dXTXvii) of this section) shall meet the applicable requirements of (a) to (Oof this subdivision inclusive with regard to con tainer valves and accessories and para graph (eX4Xiii) of this section as to mount ing. Containers designed for permanent installation as part of systems under paragraph (d) of this section shall not be used.
(a) Nonrecessed container fittings and appurtenances shall be protected against damage by either--
(1) Their location.
(2) The vehicle frame or bumper, or
(3) A protective housing. The protec tive housing, if used, shall comply with the requirements under which the tanks are fabricated with respect to design and construction and shall be designed to withstand static load ings in any direction equal to twice the weight of the tank and attach ments when filled with the lading using a safety factor of not less than four, based on the ultimate strength of the material to be used. The hous ing shall be provided with a weather cover if necessary to insure proper operation of valves and safety devices.
(b) Filling connections shall be pro vided with approved automatic back pressure check valves, excess flow check valves or quick closing internal valves to prevent excessive escape of gas in case the filling connection is broken, except that where the filling and dis-
MCD 000011193
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
1910.110(h)(2) STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
Table H-34
Minimum design pressure of
container, lb. per sq. in. gage
For gases--------------------------------------------------------
with vapor
1949editionof ASME
(Jon-
pressure
1949 and Code (Par. U-200,
talner not loexceed earlier
U-201); 1950. 1952
type lb.persq.ln. editions of 1956.1959,1962,
gage of
ASME 1966and 1968 (Dlvl-
100 F. Code (Par. sion 1) editions of
(37.8 C.) U-68.U-69) ASME Code, all
editions of API-
ASME Code
' 200
215
200
250
1 Container type may be increased by increments of 25. The minimum design pressure of containers shall be 100 percent of the container type designation when con structed under 1949 or earlier editions of the ASME Code
(Par. U-68and U-69), The minimum design pressure of containers shall be 125 percent of the container type des ignation when constructed under: (1) the 1949 ASME Code (Paragraphs U-200 and U-201). (2) 1950,1952, 1956. 1959, 1962, 1965, and 1968 (Division 1) editions of the. ASME Code, and (3) all editions of the API-ASME Code.
2 Construction of containers under the API-ASME
Code is not authorized after July 1,1961.
(3) Container valve* and accessories.
(i) A filling connection on the container shall be fitted with one of the following:
(a) A combination back-pressure check and excess flow valve.
(ii) A filling pipe inlet terminal not on the container shall be fitted with a positive shutoff valve in conjunction with either.
(a) A back pressure check valve. Or
(b) An excess flow check valve.
(iii) All openings in the container except those listed below shall be equipped with approved excess flow check valves:
(a) Filling connections as provided in subdivision (i) of this subparagraph.
(b) Safety relief connections as provided in paragraph (b)(7)(ii) of this section.
(c) Liquid-level gaging devices as pro vided in paragraphs(bK7Xiv) und(19)(ivl of this section.
(d) Pressure gage connections as pro vided in paragraph (b)(7)(v) of this sec tion.
(iv) All container inlets and outlets except those listed below shall be labeled to designate whether they connect with vapor or liquid (labels may be on valves):
(a) Safety relief valves.
fHi One double or two single back-pres sure valves.
(c) A positive shutoff valve, in conjunc tion with either.
(1) An internal back-pressure valve, or
(2) An internal excess flow valve. In lieu of an excess flow valve, filling con nections may be fitted with a quick closing internal valve, which shall remain closed except during operat ing periods. The mechanism for such valves may be provided with a second ary control which will cause it to dost* automatically in case of fire. When a fusible plug is used its melting point shall not exceed 220 F.
(b) Liquid-level gaging devices.
(c) Pressure gages.
(v) Each storage container shall be pro vided with a suitable pressure gage.
(4) SofatY-raliof valvas.
(i) All safety-relief devices shall be in stalled as follows:
(a) On the container and directly con nected with the vapor space.
(h) Safety-relief valves and discharge piping shall be protected against physi cal damage. The outlet shall be provided with loose-fitting rain caps. There shall
305
l10.U0(hH4)(i)(b)
000011194 MCP
l910.11(XhX4)OKb) STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
be no return bends or restrictions in the discharge piping.
(c) The discharge from two or more safety relief valves having the same pressure settings may he run into a com mon discharge header. The crosssectional area of such header shall be at least equal to the sum of the crosssectional areas of the individual dis charges.
{cf> Discharge from any safety relief device shall not terminate in any build ing nor beneath any building.
(ii) Aboveground containers shall be pro vided with safety relief valves as follows:
(a) The rate of discharge, which may be provided by one or more valves, shall he not less than that specified in para graph (bMlOKii) of this section.
(b) The discharge from safety relief valves shall be vented to the open air unobstructed and vertically upwards in such a manner as to prevent any im pingement of escapinggas upon the con tainer; loose-fitting rain caps shall be used. On a container having a water capacity greater than 2,000 gallons, the discharge from the safety relief*valves shall be vented away from the container vertically upwards to a point at least 7 feet above the container. Suitable pro visions shall be made so that any liquid or condensate that may accumulate inside of the relief valve or its discharge pipe will not render the valve in operative. If a drain is used, a means shall be provided to protect the con tainer, adjacent containers, piping, or equipment against impingement of flame resulting from ignition of the product escaping from the drain.
(in) Underground containers shall be pro vided with safety relief valves as follows:
(a) The discharge from safety-relief valves shall be piped vertically upward
to a point at least 10 feet above the ground. The discharge lines or pipes
UUUIOOiXtXiXc)
I
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
shall be adequately supported and pro tected against physical damage.
<b) Where there is a probability of the manhole or housing becoming flooded, the discharge from regulator vent lines should be above the highest probable water level.
Ic) If no liquid is put into a container until after it is buried and covered, the rate of discharge of the relief valves may be reduced to not less than 30 percent of the rate shown in paragraph (b)(10)(ii) of this section. If liquid fuel is present during installation of containers, the rate of discharge shall be the same as for aboveground containers. Such con tainers shall not be uncovered until emptied of liquid fuel.
(5) Capacity of liquid containers. Individual liquid storage containers shall not exceed 30,000 gallons water capacity.
(6) Installation of storage containers.
(i)
(a) Each storage container used exclu sively in service station operation shall comply with the following table which specifies minimum distances to a build ing, groups of buildings.
Minimum distances
Water capacity per Above ground
container (gallons) and under-
ground (feet)
Between
aboveground containers (feet)
Up to 2,000... _____ 25 Over 2,000 ..................... 60
3 6
Note: The shove distsnees msy be reduced to not less then 10 feet for service station buildings of other than wood frame construction.
(hi Readily ignitible material including weeds and long dry grass, shall be removed within 10 feet of containers.
(c) The minimum separation between I.P-Gas containers and flammable
Change 7
hCD 000011195
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
to the weight of water at G0 F. that the container will hold.
(ix) "Gas"--Anhydrous ammonia in either the gaseous or liquefied state.
(x) "Gas mask"--Gas masks approved by the Bureau of Mines, U.S. Department of the Interior.
(xi) "Capacity"--Total volume of the con tainer in standard U.S. gallons.
(xii) DOT specifications--Regulations of the Department of Transportation pub lished in 49 CFR Chapter I.
(b) Basie rules.
This paragraph applies to all paragraphs of this section unless otherwise noted.
0) Approval of equipment and systems. Each appurtenance shall be approved in accord ance with paragraph (b) (1) (i), (ii), (iii), or (iv) of this section.
(i) It was installed before February 8, 1973, and was approved, tested, and in stalled in accordance with either the pro visions of the American National Standard for the Storage and Handling of Anhydrous Ammonia, K61.1, or the Fertilizer Institute Standards for the Storage and Handling of Agricultural Anhydrous Ammonia, M-l, in effect at the time of installation; or
{) It is accepted, or certified, or listed, or labeled, or otherwise determined to be 9afe by a nationally recognized testing laboratory, such as, but not limited to. Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. and Factory Mutual Research Corporation; or
(iii) It is a type which no nationally recognized testing laboratory does, or
Change 7
31)
1910.1 U(X2XWii)
STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
will undertake to, accept, certify, list, label, or determine to be safe; and such equipment is inspected or tested by any
Federal, State, municipal, or other local authority responsible for enforcing occu pational safety provisions of a Federal. State, municipal or other local law, code, or regulation pertaining to the storage, handling, transport, and use of anhy drous ammonia, and found to be in com pliance with either the provisions of the American National Standard for the Storage and Handling of Anhydrous Am monia, K61.1. or the Fertilizer Institute Standards for the Storage and Handling of Agricultural Anhydrous Ammonia, M1, in effect at the time of installation; or
(iv) It is a custom-designed and custombuilt unit, which no nationally recog nized testing laboratory, or Federal, State, municipal or local authority re sponsible for the enforcement of a Fed eral, State, municipal, or local law, code or regulation pertaining to the storage, transportation and use of anhydrous ammonia is willing to undertake to ac cept, certify, list, label or determine to be safe, and the employer has on file a document attesting to its safe condition following the conduct of appropriate tests. The document shall be signed by a registered professional engineer or other person having special training or expert ence sufficient to permit him to form an opinion as to safety of the unit involved. The document shall set forth the test bases, test data and results, and also the qualifications of the certifying person.
(v) For the purposes of this paragraph (bXl). the word "listed" means that equipment is of a kind mentioned in a list which is published by a nationally recognized laboratory which makes peri odic inspection of the production of such equipment, and states such equipment meets nationally recognized standards or has been tested and found safe for use in a specified manner. "Labeled" means there is attached to it a label, symbol, or other identifying mark of a nationally recognized testing laboratory which, makes periodic inspections of the pro duction of such equipment, and whose
1910.111(bXlX?)
MCD 000011196
mO-llUbKlH*)
STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
labeling indicates compliance with na tionally recognized standards or tests to determine safe use in a specified man ner. "Certified" means it has been tested and found by a nationally recognized testing laboratory to meet nationally rec ognized standards or to be safe for use in a specified manner, or is of a kind whose production is periodically in spected by a nationally recognized test ing laboratory, and it bears a label, tag, or other record of certification.
[38 F.R. 3598. February 8, 1973.)
(2) Requirements for construction, original tost and requaitficotion of nonrofrigerotod containers.
(i) Containers used with systems covered in paragraphs (c>, (f). (g), and {h) of this section shall be constructed and tested in accordance with the Code except that construction underTable UW12 at a basic joint efficiency of under 80 percent is not authorized.
<ii) Containers built according to the Code do not have to comply with Paragraphs UG125 to UG128 inclusive, and Para graphs UG132 and UG133 of the Code.
(?) Containers exceeding 36 inches in diameter or 250 gallons water capacity shall be constructed to comply with one or more of the following:
(a) Containers shall be stress relieved after fabrication in accordance with the Code, or
ib> Cold-formed heads, when used, shall be stress relieved, or
(c) Hot-formed heads shall be used.
(iv) Welding to the shell, head, or any other part of the container subject to internal pressure shall be done in com pliance with the Code. Other welding is permitted only on saddle plates, lugs, or brackets attached to the container by the container manufacturer.
(v) Containers used with systems covered in paragraph (e) of this section shall be
ll0.lll(bX3XUX)
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
constructed and tested in accordance with the DOT specifications.
(vi) The provisions of subdivision (i) of this subparagraph shall not be construed as prohibiting the continued use or reinstallation of containers constructed and maintained in accordance with the 1949, 1950, 1952, 1956, 1959, and 1962 editions of the Code or any revisions thereof in effect at the time of fabrication.
(3) Marking nonrafrigaratad containers.
() System nameplates, when required, shall be permanently attached to the sys tem so as to be readily accessible for inspection and shall include markings as prescribed in subdivision (ii) of this subparagraph.
(ii) Each container or system covered in paragraphs (c), (f), (g). and (h) of this sec tion shall be marked as specified in the following:
la) With a notation "Anhydrous Am monia."
(b) With a marking identifying com pliance with the rules of the Code under which the container is constructed.
U nder iriouiiil: Co.uamer and system nameplate. Above ground: Container.
(c) With a notation whether the system is designed for underground or above ground installation or both.
(d) With the name and address of the supplier of the system or the trade name of the system and with the date of fab rication.
Under ground and above ground: System name plate.
(e) With the water capacity of the con tainer in pounds at 60 F. or gallons, U.S. Standard.
Under around: Container and system nameplate. Above ground: Container.
00001U97 HOB
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
lflO.HKbKJKUXn STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
(D With the design pressure in pounds per square inch.
Uiuler gvounl: C'orumnev and system nameplate. Above ground: Container.
(g) With the wall thickness of the shell and heads.
Under ground: Container and system nameplate. Above ground: Container.
(h) With marking indicating the max imum level to which the container may be filled with liquid anhydrous ammonia at temperatures between 20 F. and 130 F. except on containers provided with Fixed level indicators, such as fixed length dip tubes, or containers that are filled with weight. Markings shall be in increments of not more than 20 F.
Above ground and under ground: System name plate or on liquid-level gaging device.
(i) With the total outside surface area of the container in square feet.
Under ground: System nameplate. Above ground: No requirement.
(j) Marking specified on the container shall be on the container itself or on a nameplate permanently attached to it.
(vi) The maximum allowable water level to which the container may be Filled for test purposes.
(vii) With the density of the product in pounds per cubic foot for which the con tainer was designed.
(viii) With the maximum level to which the container may be Filled with liquid an hydrous ammonia.
(5) Location of contetnori.
(i) Consideration shall be given to the physiological effects of ammonia as well as to adjacent fire hazards in selecting the location for a storage container. Con tainers shall be located outside of build ings or in buildings or sections thereof especially provided for this purpose.
(ii) Permanent storage containers shall be located at least 50 feet from a dug well or other sources of potable water supply, unless the container is a part of a watertreatment installation.
(i) Revoked
(iv) Revoked
(4) Marking refrigerated containers. Each refrigerated container shall be marked with
nameplate on the outer covering in an accessible place as specified in the fol lowing:
(i) With the notation, "Anhydrous Ammonia."
(ii) With the name and address of the builder and the date of fabrication.
(iii) With the water capacity of the con tainer in gallons, U.S. Standard.
(iv) With the design pressure.
(v) With the minimum temperature in degrees Fahrenheit for which the con tainer was designed.
Chsnge 7
$13
(v) Storage areas shall be kept free of readily ignitible materials such as waste, weeds, and long dry grass.
millHbMSMr)
MOD 000011198
1910.1 ll(bX6) STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
(6) Container oppurtonanco*.
(i) All appurtenances shall be designed for not less than the maximum working pres sure of that portion of the system on winch they are installed. All appurte nances shall be fabricated from materials proved suitable for anhydrous ammonia service.
(ii) All connections to containers except safety relief devices, gaging devices, or those fitted with No. 54 drill-size orifice shall have shutoff valves located as close to the container as practicable.
(iii) Excess flow valves where required by these standards shall close automatically at the rated flows of vapor or liquid as specified by the manufacturer. The con nections and line including valves and fit tings being protected by an excess flow valve shall have a greater capacity than the r ated flow of the excess flow valve so that the valve will close in case of failure of the line or fittings.
(iv) Liquid-level gaging devices that
require bleeding of the product to the atmosphere and which are so constructed that outward flow will not exceed that passed by a No. 54 drill-size opening need not be equipped with excess flow valves.
(v) Openings from the container or through fittings attached directly on the
container- to which pressure gage connec tions are made need not be equipped with
excess flow valves if such openings are nol lar ger- than No. 54 drill size.
(vi) Excess flow and back pressure check valves where required by the standards in this section shall be located inside of the container or at a point outside as close as practicable to where the line enters the container. In the latter case installa tion shall be made in such manner that any undue strain beyond the excess flow or- back pressure check valve will not cause breakage between the container and the valve.
(vii) Excess flow' valves shall be designed with u bypass, not to exceed a No. 60 drill-
i9io.ni(bK7XTii)
;
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
size opening to allow equalization of pres sures.
(viii) All excess flow valves shall be plainly and permanently marked with the name or trademark of the manufacturer-, the catalog number, and the rated capacity.
(71 Piping, tubing, end fittings.
(i) All piping, tubing, and fittings shall be made of material suitable for anhydrous ammonia service.
(ii) All piping, tubing, and fittings shall be designed for a pressure not less than the maximum pressure to which they may be subjected in service.
(>ii) AM refrigerated piping shall conform to the Refrigeration Piping Code, Ameri can National Standards Institute, B31.5-1966 with addenda B31.la-1968 as it applies to ammonia.
(iv) Piping used on non-refrigerated sys tems shall be at least American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) A-53-69 Grade B Electric Resistance Welded and Electric Flash Welded Pipe or equal. Such pipe shall be at least schedule 40 when joints are welded, or welded and flanged. Such pipe shall be at least schedule 80 when joints are threaded. Threaded connections shall not be back-welded. Brass, copper, or gal vanized steel pipe shall not be used.
(v) Tubing made of brass, copper, or other material subject to attack by ammonia shall not be used.
(vi) Cast iron fittings shall not be used but this shall not prohibit the use of fit tings made specifically for ammonia serv ice of malleable, nodular, or high strength gray iron meeting American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) A47-68, ASTM 395-68. or ASTM A126-66 Class B or C.
(vii) Joint compounds shall be resistant to ammonia.
MCD 00lxi99
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
graduated to at least one and one-half times the maximum pressure that can be developed.
(e) Adequate means, such as drainable liquid trap, shall be provided on the com pressor suction to minimize the entry of liquid into the compressor.
(vii) Loading and unloading systems shall be protected by suitable devices to pre vent emptying of the storage container or the container being loaded or unloaded in the event of severance of the hose. Backflow check valves or properly sized excess flow valves shall be installed where necessary to provide such protec tion. In the event that such valves are not practical, remotely operated shutoff valves may be installed.
(13) Tank ear unloading point* and operation*.
(i) Provisions for unloading tank cars shall conform to the applicable recom mendations contained in the DOT regula tions.
(ii) The employer shall insure that unload ing operations are performed by reliable persons properly instructed and given the authority to monitor careful compliance with all applicable procedures.
(iii) Caution signs shall be so placed on the track or car as to give necessary warn ing to persons approaching the car from open end or ends of siding and shall be left up until after the car is unloaded and disconnected from discharge connections. Signs shall be of metal or other suitable material, at least 12 by 15 inches in size and bear the words "STOP--Tank Car Connected" or "STOP--Men at Work" the word, "STOP," being in letters at least 4 inches high and the other words in let ters at least 2 inches high.
ltNMlKbKlZMTiKd)
STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
(iv) The track of a tank car siding .shall be substantially level.
(v) B rakes shall be set and wheels blocked on all cars being unloaded.
(14) Liquid-level gaging device.
(i) Each container except those filled by weight shall be equipped with an approved liquid-level gaging device. A thermometer well shall be provided in all containers not utilizing a fixed liquidlevel gaging device.
(ii) All gaging devices shall be arranged so that the maximum liquid level to which the container is filled is readily deter mined.
(iii) Gaging devices that require bleeding of the product to the atmosphere such as the rotary tube, fixed tube, and slip tube devices shall be designed so that the max imum opening of the bleed valve is not larger than No. 54 drill size unless pro vided with an excess flow valve. (This requirement does not apply to farm vehi cles used for the application of ammonia as covered in paragraph (h) of this section.)
(iv) Gaging devices shall have a design pressure equal to or greater than the design pressure of the container on which they are installed.
(v) Fixed tube liquid-level gages shall be designed and installed to indicate that level at which the container is filled to 85 percent of its water capacity in gallons.
(vl) Gage glasses of the columnar type shall be restricted to stationary storage installations. They shall be equipped with shutoff valves having metallic handwheels, with excess-flow valves, and with extra heavy glass adequately protected with a metal housing applied by the gage manufacturer. They shall be shielded against the direct rays of the sun.
(15) Pointing of containers. Aboveground unin sulated containers should have a reflective surface maintained in good condition.
rhonge 7
MOD 000011200
319
1910.1H(bX15>
1910.11K bH 16)
STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
(16) Electrical equipment and wiring.
(i) Electrical equipment and wiring for use in ammonia installations shall he general purpose or weather resistant as appropriate.
(ii) Electrical systems shall be installed ami maintained in accordance with Sub part S of this part.
(c) Systems utilizing stationary, nonrefriger ated storage containers.
This paragraph applies to stationary, nonrcfrigerated storage installations utilizing containers other than those covered in para graph (e) of this section. Paragraph (b) of this section applies to this paragraph unless other wise noted.
(1) Design pressure and construction of eontainors.
The minimum design pressure for nonre frigerated containers shall be 250 p.s.i.g.
(2) Container valves and accessories filling and dis charge connections.
(i) Each filling connection shall be pro vided with combination back-pressure check valve and excess-flow valve; one double or two single back-pressure check valves; or a positive shutoff valve in con junction with either an internal back pressure check valve or an internal excess flow valve.
<> All liquid and vapor connections to con tainers except filling pipes, safety relief connections, and liquid-level gaging and pressure gage connections provided with orifices not larger than No. 54 drill size as required in paragraphs (bX5)(iv) and (v) of this section shall be equipped with excess-flow valves.
(<ii) Each storage container shall be pro vided with a pressure gage graduated from 0 to 400 p.s.i. Gages shall be desig nated for use in ammonia service.
(Iv) All containers shall be equipped with vapor return valves.
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
(3) Safety-relief devices.
(i) Every container shall be provided with one or more safety-relief valves of the spring-loaded or equivalent type in accordance with paragraph (b)(9) of this section.
(ii) The rate of discharge of spring-loaded safety relief valves installed on under ground containers may be reduced to a minimum of HO percent of the rate of dis charge specified in Table H-36. Con tainers so protected shall not be un covered after installation until the liquid ammonia has been removed. Containers which may contain liquid ammonia before being installed underground and before being completely coverec with earth are to be considered aboveground containers when determining the rate of discharge requirements of the safety-relief valves.
(iii) On underground installations where there is a probability of the manhole or housing becoming flooded, the discharge from vent lines shall be located above the high water level. All manholes or hous ings shall be provided with ventilated louvers or their equivalent, the area of such openings equalling or exceeding combined discharge areas of safety-relief valves and vent lines which discharge their content into the manhole housing.
(<v) Vent pipes, when used, shall not be restricted or of smaller diameter than the relief-valve outlet connection.
(v) If desired, vent pipes from two or more safety-relief devices located on the same unit, or similar lines from two or more different units may be run into a common discharge header, provided the capacity of such header is at least equal to the sum of the capacities of the individual dis charge lines.
(4) Reinstallation of containers.
(i) Containers once installed under ground shall not later be reinstalled above ground or under ground, unless
1910.U11CH4KI)
320
oooox^01
VlCD
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
(ii) Container safety-relief valves shall be set to start-to-discharge as follows, with relation to the design pressure of the con
tainer:
Containers
Minimum (percent)
ASME-U-68, U-69 - - --ASME-U-200, U-201 . . -rASME 1959, 1956, 1952,
or 1962 .
API-ASME ............ U.S. Coast Guard
no
96 96 96
Maximum (percent)
126 100
100 100 100
As required by DOT Regulations.
(iii) Safety relief devices used in systems covered by paragraphs (c), (f), (g), and (h) of this section shall be constructed to dis charge at not less than the rates required in subdivision (i) of this subparagraph before the pressure is in excess of 120 per cent (not including the 10 percent toler ance referred to in subdivision (ii) of this subparagraph) of the maximum per mitted start-to-discharge pressure set ting of the device.
(iv) Safety-relief valves shall be so arranged that the possibility of tamper ing will be minimized. If the pressure set ting adjustment is external, the relief valves shall be provided with means for sealing the adjustment.
(v) Shutoff valves shall not be installed between the safety-relief valves and the container; except, that a shut-off valve may be used where the arrangement of this valve is such as always to afford full required capacity flow through the relief valves.
(vi) Safety-relief valves shall direct com munication with the vapor space of the container.
(vtt) Each container safety-relief valve used with systems covered by paragraphs
1910.1U(bNKi)
STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
(e), (f), <g). and (h) of this section shall be plainly and permanently marked with the symbol '"NHn" or " AA"; with the pressure in pounds-per-square-inch gage at which the valve is set to start-to-discharge: with the actual rate of discharge of the valve at its full open position in cubic feet petminute of air at fi0 F. and atmospheric pressure; and with the manufacturer's name and catalog number. Example: "NH.i 250--4050 Air" indicates that the valve is suitable for use on an anhydrous ammonia container, is set to startto-discharge at a pressure of 250 p.s.i.g.. and that its rate of discharge at full open position (subdivisions (ii) and (iii) of this subparagraph) is 4.050 cubic feet per minute of air.
(viii) The flow capacity of the relief valve shall not be restricted by any connection to it on either the upstream or down stream side.
(is) A hydrostatic relief valve shall he installed between each pair of valves in the liquid ammonia piping or hose where liquid may be trapped so as to relieve into the atmosphere at a safe location.
(10) General.
(i) Personnel required to handle ammonia should be trained in safe operating prac tices and in the proper action to take in the event of emergencies.
(ii) All stationary storage installations shall have at least two suitable gas masks in readily accessible locations. Full face masks with ammonia canisters as approved by the Bureau of Mines. U.S. Department of the Interior, are suitable for emergency action for most leaks, par ticularly those that occur outdoors. For protection in concentrated ammonia atmospheres self-contained breathing air apparatus is required.
(M) Stationary storage installations Bhall have an easily accessible shower or a 50-gallon drum of water.
MCD 000011202
317
mS.UHbMlOXiii)
mO.llHbMIOMIv) STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
(iv) Hath vehicle transporting ammonia in bulk except farm applicator vehicles shall carry a container of at least 5 gallons of water and shall he equipped with a full face mask.
(11) Charging of container*.
(i) The filling densities for containers that are not refrigerated shall not exceed the following:
Tvpt' of c-nntninrr
Percent
Percent
liy wciirlit by volume
Aiwvi'iao u rtd--U ninsulared AUwemrI'uml--Uninsulated AI'uvl'lm on nd -- Insulated UinluruTuuiul --Unmsukit< d DOT--In in-turd with DOT
regulations.
55
57 58
82 87.5 83.5 85
(ii) Aboveground uninsulated containers
may be charged 87.5 percent by volume provided the temperature of the anhy drous ammonia being charged is deter mined to be not lower than :10 F. or pro vided the charging of the container is stopped at the first indication of frost or ice formation on its outside surface and is not resumed until such frost or ice has disappeared.
(12) Transfer el liquids.
(i) Anhydrous ammonia shall always be at a temperature suitable for the material of construction and the design of the receiving container.
(ii) The employer shall require the con tinuous presence of an attendant in the vicinity of the operation during such time as ammonia is being transferred.
(iii) Containers shall be charged or used only upon authorization of the owner.
(iv) Containers shall be gaged and charged only in the open atmosphere or in build ings or areas thereof provided for that purpose.
(v) Pumps used for transferring ammonia shall be those manufactured for that pur pose.
(a) Pumps shall be designed for at least 250 p.s.i.g. working pressure.
(h) Positive displacement pumps shall have, installed off the discharged port, a constant differential relief valve dis charging into the suction port of the pump through a line of sufficient size to carry the full capacity of the pump at relief valve setting, which setting and installation shall be according to the pump manufacturer's recommenda tions.
(c) On the discharge side of the pump, before the relief valve line, there shall be installed a pressure gage graduated from 0 to 400 p.s.i.
(d) Plant piping shall contain shut-off valves located as close as practical to pump connections.
(vi) Compressors used for transferring or refrigerating ammonia shall be recom mended for ammonia service by the man ufacturer.
(a) Compressors shall be designed for at least 250 p.s.i.g. working pressure.
(b) Plant piping shall contain shutoff valves located as close as practical to compressor connections.
(c) A relief valve large enough to dis charge the full capacity of the compres sor shall be connected to the discharge before any shutoff valve.
(d) Compressors shall have pressure gages at suction and discharge
1910.111(bK12XriKd)
318
Chans* 7
0000U23
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
lI0.1U(cX4Xi) STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
they successfully withstand hydrostatic pressure retests at the pressure specified for the original hydrostatic test as required by the code under which con structed and show no evidence of serious corrosion.
(ii) Where containers are reinstalled above ground, safety devices or gaging devices shall comply with paragraph (b)(9) of this section and this subparagraph respectively for aboveground containers.
(5) Instaiiotion of storage containers.
(i) Containers installed above ground, except as provided in subdivision (v) of this subparagraph shall be provided with substantial concrete or masonry sup ports, or structural steel supports on firm concrete or masonry foundations. All foundations shall extend below the frost line.
(ii) Horizontal aboveground containers shall be so mounted on foundations as to permit expansion and contraction. Every container shall be supported to prevent the concentration of excessive loads on the supporting portion of the shell. That portion of the container in contact with foundations or saddles shall be protected against corrosion.
(iii) Containers installed under ground shall be so placed that the top of the con tainer is below the frost line and in no case less than 2 feet below the surface of the ground. Should ground conditions make compliance with these require ments impracticable, installation shall be made otherwise to prevent physical damage. It will not be necessary to cover the portion of the container to which man hole and other connections are affixed. When necessary to prevent floating, con tainers shall be securely anchored or weighted.
(iv) Underground containers shall be set on a firm foundation (firm earth may be used) and surrounded with earth or sand well tamped in place. The container, prior to being placed under ground, shall be given a corrosion resisting protective coating. The container thus coated shall be so lowered into place as to prevent abrasion or other damage to the coating.
(v) Containers with foundations attached (portable or semiportable tank containers with suitable steel "runners" or "skids" and commonly known in the industry as "skid tanks") shall be designed and con structed in accordance with subpara graph (l)of this paragraph.
(vi) Secure anchorage or adequate piehheight shall be provided against con tainer flotation wherever sufficiently high flood water might occur.
(vii) The distance between underground containers of over 2,000 gallons capacity shall be at least 5 feet.
(6) Protection of appurtenances.
() Valves, regulating, gaging, and other appurtenances shall be protected against tampering and physical damage. Such appurtenances shall also be protected during transit of containers.
(H) All connections to underground con tainers shall be located within a dome, housing, or manhole and with access thereto by means of a substantial cover.
(7) Damage from vehicle*. Precaution shall be taken against damage to ammonia systems from vehicles.
(d) Refrigerated storage systems.
This paragraph applies to systems utilizing containers with the storage of anhydrous ammonia under refrigerated conditions. All applicable rules of paragraph <b) of this sec tion apply to this paragraph unless otherwise noted.
Chance 7
331
ltlS.lll(d)
MCD 000011204
ltlO.Ul<dXl> STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
(1) Design el container*.
(i) The design temperature shall be the minimum temperature to which the con tainer will be refrigerated.
(ii) Containers with a design pressure exceeding 15 p.a.i.g. shall be constructed in accordance with paragraph (bX2) of this section, and the materials shall be selected from those listed in API Stand ard 620, Recommended Rules for Design and Construction of Large, Welded, LowPressure Storage Tanks, Fourth Edition, 1970, Tables 2,02, R2.2, R2.2(A), R2.2.1, or R2.3.
connections located below the maximum liquid levei.
(4) Safety relief devices.
(i) Safety relief valves shall be set to startto-discharge at a pressure not in excess of the design pressure of the container and shall have a total relieving capacity sufficient to prevent a maximum pres sure in the container of more than 120 percent of the design pressure. Relief valves for refrigerated storage con tainers shall be self-contained springloaded, weight-loaded, or self-contained pilot-operated type.
(Hi) Containers with a design pressure of 15 p.s.i.g. and less shall be constructed in accordance with the applicable require ments of API Standard 620 including its Appendix R.
(iv) When austenitic steels or nonferrous materials are used, the Code shall be used as a guide in the selection of materials for use at the design temperature.
(ii) The total relieving capacity shall be the larger of:
(a) Possible refrigeration system upset such as
(1) Cooling water failure.
(2) Power failure,
(v) The filling density for refrigerated
storage containers shall be such that the container will not be liquid full at a liquid temperature corresponding to the vapor pressure at the start-to-discharge pres sure setting of the safety-relief valve.
(3) Instrument air or instrument failure,
(4) Mechanical failure of any equip ment,
(5) Excessive pumping rates.
(2) Installation af rofrigoratod storage contain#!*.
(i) Containers shall be supported on suit able noncombustibie foundations de signed to accommodate the type of con tainer being used.
(ii) Adequate protection against flotation or other water damage shall be provided wherever high flood water might occur.
(iii) Containers for product storage at less than 32 F. shall be supported in such a way, or heat shall be supplied, to prevent the effects of freezing and consequent frost heaving.
(9) Shutoff valves. When operating conditions make it advisable, a check valve shall be installed on the fill connection and a remotely operated shutoff valve on other
(b) Fire exposure determined in accordance with Compressed Gas Association (CGA) S-l, Part 3, Safety Relief Device Standards for Compressed Gas Storage Containers, 1959, except that "A" shall be the total exposed sur face area in square feet up to 25 foot
above grade or to the equator of the stor age container if it is a sphere, whichever is greater. If the relieving capacity required for fire exposure is greater than that required by (a) of this subdivi sion, the additional capacity may be pro vided by weak roof to shell seams in containers operating at essentially
atmospheric pressure and having an inherently weak roof-to-shell seam. The weak roof-to-shell seam is not to be con sidered as providing any of the capacity required in (a) of this subdivision.
mtllKdXSXUXk)
m
MCD 000011205
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
(iti) If vent lines are installed to conduct the vapors from the relief valve, the back pressure under full relieving conditions shall not exceed 50 percent of the startto-discharge pressure for pressure balanced valves or 10 percent of the startto-discharge pressure for conventional valves. The vent lines shall be installed to prevent accumulation of liquid in the lines.
(iv) The valve or valve installation shall provide weather protection.
(v) Atmospheric storage shall be provided with vacuum breakers. Ammonia gas, ni trogen, methane, or other inert gases can be used to provide a pad.
(5) Protection of container appurtenances. Appur tenances shall be protected against tamper ing and physical damage.
(6) Reinstoilation of rsfrigsratsd storage con
tainers. Containers of such size as to require field fabrication shall, when moved and reinstalled, be reconstructed and rein spected in complete accordance with the requirements under which they were con structed. The containers shall be subjected to a pressure retest and if rerating is neces sary, rerating shall be in accordance with applicable requirements.
(7) Domogo from vehicle*. Precaution shall be taken against damage from vehicles.
{8) Refrigeration load and equipment.
(i) The total refrigeration load shall be computed as the sum of the following:
(a) Load imposed by heat flow into the container caused by the temperature differential between design ambient temperature and storage temperature.
(b) Load imposed by heat flow into the container caused by maximum sun radiation.
(c) Maximum load imposed by filling the container with ammonia warmer than the design storage temperature.
1910.111(4X4X111)
STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
(H) More than one storage container may be handled by the same refrigeration system.
(9) Compressors.
(0 A minimum of two compressors shall be provided either of which shall be of sufficient size to handle the loads listed in subparagraphs (8Xi)(a) and (6) of this paragraph. Where more than two com pressors are provided minimum standby equipment equal to the largest normally operating equipment shall be installed. Filling compressors may be used as stand by equipment for holding compressors.
(i>) Compressors shall be sized to operate with a suction pressure at least 10 percent' below the minimum setting of the safety valve<s) on the storage container and shall withstand a suction pressure at least equal to 120 percent of the design pressure of the container.
(10) Compressor drives.
(i) Each compressor shall have its in dividual driving unit.
(H) An emergency source of power of suf ficient capacity to handle the loads listed in subparagraphs (8Xi)(a) and (5) of this paragraph shall be provided unless facilities are available to safely dispose of vented vapors while the refrigeration system is not operating.
(11) Automatic control oquipmont.
(i) The refrigeration system shall be arranged with suitable controls to govern the compressor operation in accordance with the load as evidenced by the pres sure in the containers).
(ii) An emergency alarm system shall be installed to function in the event the pres sure in the containers) rises to the max imum allowable operating pressure.
(Hi) An emergency alarm and shutoff shall be located in the condenser system to respond to excess discharge pressure caused by failure of the cooling medium.
1919.111(4X11 MiU)
MCD 000011206
mo.midxnxiT) STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
(iv) All automatic controls shall be in stalled in a manner to preclude operation of alternate compressors unless the con trols wiil function with the alternate com pressors.
(12) Separators for compressors.
(j) An entrainment separator of suitable size and design pressure shall be installed in the compressor suction line of lub ricated compression. The separator shall be equipped with a drain and gaging device.
11) Storage. Cylinders shall be stored in an area free from ignitable debris and in such manner as to prevent external corrosion. Storage may be indoors or outdoors.
(3) Heat protection. Cylinders filled in accordance with DOT regulations will become liquid full at 145 F. Cylinders shall be protected from heat sources such as radiant flame and steampipes. Heat shall not be applied directly to cylinders to raise the pressure.
(4) Protection. Cylinders shall be stored in such manner as to protect them from mov ing vehicles or external damage.
(13) Condensers. The condenser system may be cooled by air or water or both. The con denser shall be designed for at least 250 p.s.i.g. Provision shall be made for purging noncondensibles either manually or auto matically.
(14) Receiver and liquid drain. A receiver shall be provided with a liquid-level control to dis charge the liquid ammonia to storage. The receiver shall be designed for at least 250 p.s.i.g. and be equipped with the necessary connections, safety valves, and gaging device.
(1$) Insulation. Refrigerated containers and pipelines which are insulated shall be covered with a material of suitable quality and thickness for the temperatures encoun tered. Insulation shall be suitably sup ported and protected against the weather. Weatherproofing shall be of a type which will not support flame propagation.
(5) Volvo cop. Any cylinder which is designed to have a valve protection cap shall have the cap securely in place when the cylinder is not in service.
(f) Tonk motor vehicles for the transporta tion of ammonia.
(1) This paragraph applies to containers and pertinent equipment mounted on tank motor vehicles including semitrailers and full trailers used for the transportation of ammonia. This paragraph does not apply to farm vehicles. For requirements covering farm vehicles, refer to paragraphs (g) and <h) of this section.
Paragraph (b) of this section applies to this paragraph unless otherwise noted. Con tainers and pertinent equipment for tank motor vehicles for the transportation of anhydrous ammonia, in addition to comply ing with the requirements of this section, shall also comply with the requirements of DOT.
(2) Design pressure and construction of containers.
(a) Systorm utilizing portable DOT containers.
(1) Conformance. Cylinders shall comply with DOT specifications and shall be maintained, filled, packaged, marked, labeled, and shipped to comply with 49 CFR Chapter I and Marking Portable Compressed Gas Con tainers to Identify the Material Contained, ANSI Z48.I-1954 (R1970).
(i) The minimum design pressure for con tainers shall be that specified in the reg ulations of the DOT.
(ii) The shell or head thickness of any con tainer shall not be less than three-six teenth inch.
(HI) All container openings, except safety relief valves, liquid-level gaging devices,
lfl.lll(fXSXlU)
324
Cheare 7
000011207 WCD
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
(ii) Respirators should be packed or stored so that the facepiece and exhalation valve will rest in a normal position and function will not be impaired by the elastomer settin# in an abnormal position.
(iii) Instructions for proper storage of emergency respirators, such as gas masks and self-contained breathing apparatus, are found in "use and care" instructions usually mounted inside the carrying case lid.
(g) Identification of gas mask canisters.
(1) The primary means of identifying a gas mask canister shall be by means of properly worded labels. The secondary means of iden tifying a gas mask canister shall be by a color code.
(2) All who issue or use gas masks falling within the scope of this section shall see that all gas mask canisters purchased or used by them are properly labeled and colored in accordance with these requirements before they are placed in service and that the labels and colors are properly main tained at all times thereafter until the canisters have completely served their pur pose.
(3) On each canister shall appear in bold let ters the following:
0)
Canister for.................................................. ........................ (Name for atmospheric contaminant) or Type N Gas Mask Canister
(ii) In addition, essentially the following wording shall appear beneath the appro priate phase on the canister label: "For
lI0.134(fKSKU)
STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
respiratory protection in atmospheres containing not more than ............... percent by volume of........................................... .............................................................................. "
(4) Canisters having a special high-effi ciency filter for protection against radionuclides and other highly toxic par ticulates shall be labeled with a statement of the type and degree of protection afforded by the filter. The label shall be affixed to the neck end of, or to the gray stripe which is around and near the top of, the canister. The degree of protection shall be marked as the percent of penetration of the canister by a 0.3-micron-diameter dioctyl phthalate (DOP) smoke at a flow rate of 85 liters per minute.
(5) Each canister shall have a label warning that gas masks should be used only in atmospheres containing sufficient oxygen to support life (at least 16 percent by volume), since gas mask canisters are only designed to neutralize or remove contami nants from the air.
(6) Each gas mask canister shall be painted a distinctive color or combination of colors indicated in Table 1-1. All colors used shall be such that they are clearly identifiable by the user and clearly distinguishable from one another. The color coating used shall offer a high degree of resistance to chipping, scaling, peeling, blistering, fading, and the effects of the ordinary atmospheres to which they may be exposed under normal conditions of storage and use. Appro priately colored pressure sensitive tape may be used for the stripes.
Chance 7
337 MCD 000011208
1910.134(g)(6) STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
Table 1-1
Atmospheric contaminants to be protected against
Acid gases___________________________ ___ ..____ Hydrocyanic acid gas__________________ _______
Chlorine gas................ ....................... ........ ...............
Organic vapors Ammonia gas------ ----------------------- ----------- --------Acid gases and ammonia gas_______________ ___
Carbon monoxide Acid gases and organic vapors._______________ Hydrocyanic acid gas and chloroplcrln vapor.
Acid gases, organic vapors, and ammonia gases.
Radioactive materials, excepting tritium and noble gases.
Particulates (dusts, fumes, mists, fogs, or smokes) In combination with any of the above gases or vapors.
All of the above atmospheric contaminants..
Colors assigned White. White with %-lnch green stripe completely
around the canister near the bottom. White with *4-Inch yellow stripe completely
around the canister near the bottom. BUck. Green. Green with %-lnch white stripe completely
around the canister near the bottom. Blue. Yellow. Yellow with -inch blue stripe completely
around the canister near the bottom. Brown.
Purple (Magenta).
Canister color for contaminant, as designated above, with ft-Inch gray stripe completely around the canister near the top.
Red with H-lnch gray stripe completely around the canister near the top.
Gray shall not be assigned as the main color for a canister designed to remove acids or vapors.
Note: Orange shall be used as complete body, or stripe color to represent gases not
included in this table. The user will need to refer to the canister label to determine the
degree of protection the
will afford.
1910.135--OCCUPATIONAL HEAD PROTECTION
Helmets for the protection of heads of occu pational workers from impact and penetration from falling and flying objects and from limited electric shock and burn shall meet the
requirements and specifications established
in American National Standard Safety Requirements for Industrial Head Protection, ZS9.1-1969. A
1910.136--OCCUPATIONAL FOOT PROTECTION
Safety-toe footwear for employees shall American National Standard for Men's meet the requirements and specifications in Safety-Toe Footwear, Z41.1-1967.
1910.136
9M
000011209
MOD
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
10.141(aX4KI) STANDABD8 AND INTERPRETATIONS
tained in a sanitary condition. Such a receptacle shall be equipped with a solid tight-fitting cover, unless it can be maintained in a sanitary condition without a cover. This requirement does not pro hibit the use of receptacles which are designed to permit the maintenance of a sanitary condition without regard to the aforementioned requirements.
(ii) All sweepings, solid or liquid wastes, refuse, and garbage shall be removed in such a manner as to avoid creating a menace to health and as often as neces sary or appropriate to maintain the place of employment in a sanitary condi tion.
(5) Vermin control. Every enclosed work place shall be so constructed, equipped, and maintained, so far as reasonably practica ble, as to prevent the entrance or harborage of rodents, insects, and other vermin. A continuing and effective extermination program shall be instituted where their presence is detected.
(b) Water supply.
(1) Potable water.
(i) Potable water shall be provided in all places of employment, for drinking, washing of the person, cooking, washing of foods, washing of cooking or eating utensils, washing of food preparation or processing premises, and personal serv ice rooms.
O') Revoked
iced so that sanitary conditions are maintained, shall be capable of being closed, and shall be equipped with a tap.
(iv) Revoked
(v) Open containers such as barrels, pails, or tanks for drinking water from which the water must be dipped or poured, whether or not they are fitted with a cover, are prohibited.
(vi) A common drinking cup and other common utensils are prohibited.
(2) Nenpotoble water.
(i) Outlets for nonpotable water, such as water for industrial or firefighting pur poses, shall be posted or otherwise marked in a manner that will indicate dearly that the water is unsafe and is not to be used for drinking, washing of the person, cooking, washing of food, washing of cooking or eating utensils, washing of food preparation or process ing premises, or personal service rooms, or for washing clothes.
(ii) Construction of nonpotable water sys tems or systems carrying any other non potable substance shall be such as to prevent backflow or backsiphonage into a potable water system.
(Hi) Portable drinking water dispensers shall be designed, constructed, and serv-
Chance 7
30
{Hi) Nonpotable water shall not be used for washing any portion of the person, cooking or eating utensils, or clothing. Nonpotable water may be used for clean ing work premises, other than food proc essing* and preparation premises and personal service rooms: Provided, That this nonpotable water does not contain concentrations of chemicals, fecal coliform, or other substances which could create insanitary conditions or be harmful to employees.
m*.141(bXSXIU>
MCD 000011210
1910.141(c) STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
(c) Toilet facilities. (1) General.
(i) Except as otherwise indicated in this subdivision (i). toilet facilities, in toilet rooms separate for each sex, shall be provided in ail places of employment in accordance with table J-l of this section. The number of facilities to be provided for each sex shall be based on the number of employees of that sex for whom the facilities are furnished. Where toilet rooms will be occupied by no more than one person at a time, can be locked from the inside, and contain at least one water closet, separate toilet rooms for each sex need not be provided. Where such singleoccupancy rooms have more than one toilet facility, only one such facility in each toilet room shall be counted for the purpose of table J-l.
Table J-l
Number of employees:
Minimum number of water eioeete1
1 to 15............................... - ____ 16 to 35................................ .. 36 to 55........ .................... - ........
1. 2.
3.
56 to 80............................. .... . 81 to 110............................____ iil to 150 . . ------- - ____
4.
6. 6.
Over 150 .. _______ ______.. .. 1 additional fixture for each additional
40 employees.
1 Where toilet facilities will not be uoed by women, it inal* may be provided instead of water cloeeta, except i i hi 11 he n umber of water cloaeti in auch caaea shall not be i vilueetl to lean than */* of the minimum specified.
(is) The requirements of subdivision (i) of this subparagraph do not apply to mobile crews or to normally unattended work locations so long as employees working at these locations have transportation immediately available to nearby toilet facilities which meet the other require ments of this subparagraph.
(m) The sewage disposal method shall not endanger the health of employees.
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
(2) Constructten of toilet rooms. (i) Each water closet shall occupy a sepa rate compartment with a door and walls or partitions between fixtures suffi ciently high to assure privacy.
(2) Construction and installation of toilot facili ties* Revoked
lBl.I41(eK>XUI)
344
MCD 000011211
CksnftT
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
me.ni(d) STANDABBS AND INTERPRETATIONS
(d) Washing facilities.
(1) General. Washing facilities shall be main tained in a sanitary condition.
(2) Lavatories.
(i) Lavatories shall be made available in all places of employment
The requirements of this subdivision do not apply to mo bile crews or to normally unattended work locations if employees working at theselocations have transportation read ily available to nearby washing facili ties which meet the other requirements of this paragraph.
(ii) Each lavatory shall be provided with hot and cold running water, or tepid running water.
(iii) Hand soap or similar cleansing agents shall be provided.
(iv) Individual hand towels or sections thereof, of cloth or paper, warm air blow ers or clean individual sections of con tinuous cloth toweling, convenient to the lavatories, shall be provided.
Chant* 7
MOD 000011212
(3) Showorv
(i) Whenever showers are required by a particular standard, the showers shall be provided in accordance with subdivi sions (ii) through (v) of this subpara graph.
(ii) One shower shall be provided for each 10 employees of each sex, or numerical fraction thereof, who are required to shower during the same shift.
(iii) Body soap or other appropriate cleansing agents convenient to the show ers shall be provided as specified in par agraph (d)(2)(iii) of this section.
(iv) Showers shall be provided with hot and cold water feeding a common dis charge line.
(v) Employees who use showers shall be provided with individual clean towels.
() Change rooms.
Whenever employees are required by a par ticular standard to wear protective clothing because of the possibility of contamination with toxic materials, change rooms equipped with storage facilities for street clothes and separate storage facilities for the protective clothing shall be provided.
(f) Clothes drying facilities.
Where working clothes are provided by the employer and Become wet or are washed be tween shifts, provision shall be made to in sure that sych clothing, is dry before reuse.
(g) Consumption of food and beverages on the premises.
(1) Application. This paragraph shall apply only where employees are permitted to con sume food or beverages, or both, on the premises.
ltlS.141((Xl)
l10.141(fX2) STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
(2) Eating and drinking area*. No employee shall be allowed to consume food or bever ages in a toilet room nor in any area exposed to a toxic material.
(41 Sanitary storage. No food or beverages shall be stored in toilet rooms or in an area exposed to a toxic material.
(3) Waste disposal containers. Receptacles
constructed of smooth, corrosion resistant, easily cleanable, or disposable materials, shall be provided and used for the disposal of waste food. The number, size, and loca tion of such receptacles shall encourage their use and not result in overfilling. They shall be emptied not less frequently than once each working day, unless unused, and shall be maintained in a clean and sani tary condition. Receptacles shall be pro vided with a solid tight-fitting cover unless sanitary conditions can be maintained without use of a cover.
(h) Food handling.
All employee food service facilities and op erations shall be carried out in accordance with sound hygienic principles. In all places of employment where all or part of the food service is provided, the food dispensed shall be wholesome, free from spoilage, and shall be processed, prepared, handled, and stored in such a manner as to be protected against contamination.
[38 F.R. 10930, May 3, 1973.]
1910.142--TEMPORARY LABOR CAMPS
(a) Site.
(1) All sites used for camps shaii be adequately drained. They shall not be sub ject to periodic flooding, nor located within 200 feet of swamps, pools, sink holes, or other surface collections of water unless such quiescent water sufaces can be sub jected to mosquito control measures. The camp shall be located so the drainage from and through the camp will not endanger any domestic or public water supply. All sites shall be graded, ditched, and rendered free from depressions in which water may become a nuisance.
(3) All sites shall be adequate in size to pre vent overcrowding of necessary structures. The principal camp area in which food is prepared and served and where sleeping quarters are located shall be at least 500 feet from any area in which livestock is kept.
(3) The grounds and open areas surrounding the shelters shall be maintained in a clean and sanitary condition free from rubbish,
debris, waste paper, garbage, or other refuse.
(4) Whenever the camp is closed for the sea son or permanently, all garbage, manure, and other refuse shall be collected and so disposed of as to prevent nuisance. All aban doned privy pits shall be filled with earth and the grounds and buildings left in a clean and sanitary condition. If privy buildings remain, they shall be locked or otherwise secured to prevent entrance.
(b) Shelter.
(1) Every shelter in the camp shall be con structed in a manner which will provide pro tection against the elements.
(3) Each room used for sleeping purposes shall contain at least 50 square feet of floor space for each occupant. At least a 7-foot ceiling shall be provided.
(3) Beds, cots, or bunks, and suitable storage facilities such as wall lockers for clothing
ltiaiiKhK*)
346 MCD 000011213
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
ll0.142(rX5) STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
($) Facilities for drying clothes shall be pro vided.
(6) All service buildings shall be kept clean.
(g) Lighting.
Where electric service is available, each habitable room in a camp shall be provided with at least one ceiling-type light fixture and at least one separate floor- or wall-type con venience outlet. Laundry and toilet rooms and rooms where people congregate shall contain at least one ceiling- or wall-type fixture. Light levels in toilet and storage rooms shall be at least 20 foot-candles 30 inches from the floor. Other rooms, including kitchens and living quarters, shall be at least 30 foot-candles 30 inches from the floor.
(H) Refuse disposal.
(1) Fly-tight, rodent-tight, impervious, definable or single service containers, approved by the appropriate health author ity shall be provided for the storage of gar bage. At least one such container shall be provided for each family shelter and shall be located within 100 feet of each shelter on a wooden, metal, or concrete stand.
(2) Garbage containers shall be kept clean.
(3) Garbage containers shall be emptied when full, but not less than twice a week.
(i) Construction and operation of kitchons, din ing hall, and fooding facilities.
(1) In all camps where central dining or mul tiple family feeding operations are per mitted or provided, the food handling facilities shall comply with the require ments of the "Food Service Sanitation Ordi nance and Code," Part V of the "Food Serv ice Sanitation Manual." U.S. Public Health Service Publication 934 (1965).
(2) A properly constructed kitchen and dining hall adequate in size, separate from the sleeping quarters of any of the workers
or their families, shall be provided in con nection with all food handling facilities. There shall be no direct opening from living or sleeping quarters into a kitchen or dining hall.
(3) No person with any communicable dis ease shall be employed or permitted to work in the preparation, cooking, serving, or other handling of food, foodstuffs, or materi als used therein, in any kitchen or dining room operated in connection with a camp or regularly used by persons living in a camp.
(j) Insect and rodent control.
Effective measures shall be taken to pre vent infestation by and harborage of animal or insect vectors or pests.
(k) First aid.
(1) Adequate first aid facilities approved by a health authority shall be maintained and made available in every labor camp for the emergency treatment of injured persons.
(2) Such facilities shall be in charge of a per son trained to administer first aid and shall be readily accessible for use at all times.
(l) Reporting communicable disease.
(I | It shall be the duty of the camp superin tendent to report immediately to the local health officer the name and address of any individual in the camp known to have or suspected of having a communicable dis ease.
(2) Whenever there shall occur in any camp a case of suspected food poisoning or an unusual prevalence of any illness in which fever, diarrhea, sore throat, vomiting, or jaundice is a prominent symptom, it shall be the duty of the camp superintendent to report immediately the existence of the out break to the health authority by telegram or telephone.
MCD 000011214
349
1910.142(1X2)
1910.143 STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
1910.143--NONWATER CARRIAGE DISPOSAL SYSTEMS
Revoked
1910.144--SAFETY COLOR CODE FOR MARKING PHYSICAL HAZARDS
(a) Color identification.
(1) Red. Red shall be the basic color for the identification of:
(i) Fire protection equipment anti ap paratus.
(ii) Danger. Safety cans or other portable containers of flammable liquids having a flashpoint at or below 80 F. table con tainers of flammable liquids (open cup tester), excluding shipping containers, shall be painted red with some additional clearly visible identification either in the form of a yellow band around the can or the name of the contents conspicuously stenciled or painted on the can in yellow. Red lights shall be provided at barricades and at temporary obstructions, as specified in ANSI Safety Code for Build
ing Construction, A10.2-1944. Danger signs shall be painted red.
(iii) Step. Emergency stop bars on hazard ous machines such as rubber mills, wire blocks, flat work ironers, etc., shall be red. Stop buttons or electrical switches used for emergency stopping of machinery shall be red.
(2) Orange. Revoked
(3) Yellew. Yellow shall be the basic color for designating caution and for marking physi cal hazards such as: Striking against, stum bling, falling, tripping, and "caught in between." Solid yellow, yellow and black stripes, yellow and black checkers (or yellow with suitable contrasting background) should be used interchangeably, using the combination which will attract the most attention in the particular environment.
1910.145--SPECIFICATIONS FOR ACCIDENT PREVENTION SIGNS AND TAGS
(a) Scope.
(1) These specifications apply to the design, application, and use of signs or symbols (as included in paragraphs (c) through (e) of this section) intended to indicate and, insofar as possible, to define specific hazards of a
nature such that failure to designate them may lead to accidental injury to workers or the public, or both, or to property damage.
191R.145UKS)
*
These specifications are intended to cover all safety signs except those designed for streets, highways, railroads, and marine regulations. These specifications do not apply to plant bulletin boards or to safety posters.
(2) All new signs and replacements of old signs on or after August 31, 1971, shall be in accordance with these specifications.
Chance 7
0000112^ ttCP
OCCUPATIONAL SARTY AND HEALTH
ISlO.MWb) STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
(b) Definitions.
As used in this section, the word "sign" refers to a surface on which letters or other markings appear, prepared for the warning of, or safety instructions of, industrial workers or members of the public who may be exposed to hazards. Excluded from this definition, however, are news releases, displays com monly known as safety posters, and bulletins used for employee education.
(c) Classification of signs according to use.
(1) Danger signs.
(i) Danger signs should be used only where an immediate hazard exists. There shall be no variation in the type of design of signs posted to warn of specific dangers and radiation hazards.
(H) All employees shall be instructed that danger signs indicate immediate danger and that special precautions are neces sary.
(2) Caution signs.
(i) Caution signs shall be used only to warn against potential hazards or to cau tion against unsafe practices.
(ii) All employees shall be instructed that caution signs indicate a possible hazard against which proper precaution should be taken.
(9) Safety instruction signs. Safety instruction signs shall be used where there is a need for general instructions and suggestions relative to safety measures.
(d) Sign clttign
(1) Design features. All signs shall be furnished with rounded or blunt corners and shall be free from sharp edges, burrs, splinters, or other sharp projections. The ends or heads of bolts or other fastening devices shall be located in such a way that they do not constitute a hazard.
(2) Danger signs.
(i) The colors red, black, and white shall be those of opaque glossy samples as specified in Table 1 of Fundamental Specification of Safety Colors for CIE Standard Source "C", American National Standard Z53.1-1967.
(ii) Standard proportions shall be us indicated in Table J-l, and format shall be as in Fig. J-l. (3) Radiation warning signs. Revoked
(4) Caution signs.
(i) Standard color of the background shall be yellow; and the panel, black with yel--,, low letters. Any letters used against the yellow background shall be black. The col ors shall be those of opaque glossy sam ples as specified in Table 1 of American National Standard Z53.1-1967.
(5) Exit signs. Revoked
(6) Safety instruction signs.
(j) Standard color of the background shall be white; and the panel, green with white letters. Any letters used against the white background shall be black. The col ors shall be those of opaque glossy sam ples as specified in Table 1 of American National Standard, Z53.1-1967.
(7) Directional signs. Revoked
(8) In-Hont traffic signs. Revoked
(9) informational signs. Revoked
(10) Slew-moving vehicle emblem. This emblem (see Fig. J--7) consists of a fluorescent yelloworange triangle with a dark red reflective border. The yellow-orange fluorescent triangle is a highly visible color for daylight exposure. The reflective border defines the shape of the fluorescent color in daylight and creates a hollow red triangle in the path of motor vehicle headlights at night. The
Chsnge 7
MCD 000011216
1919.148(4X19)
I10.145(d)(l0) STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
emblem is intended as a unique identifica tion for, and it shall be used only on, vehicles which by design move slowly (25 m.p.h. or less) on the public roads. The emblem is not a clearance marker for wide machinery nor is it intended to replace required lighting or marking of slow-moving vehicles. Neither
the color film pattern and its dimensions nor the backing shall be altered to permit use of advertising or other markings. The material, location, mounting, etc., of the emblem shall be in accordance with the American Society of Agricultural En gineers Emblem for Identifying SlowMoving Vehicles, ASAE R276, 1967, or ASAE S276.2 (ANSI B114.1-1971).
(4) Biological hazard signs. The biological hazard warning shall be used to signify the actual or potential presence of a biohazard and to identify equipment, containers, rooms, materials, experimental asimals, or combinations thereof, which contain, or are contaminated with, viable hazardous agents. For the purpose of this subpara graph the term "biological hazard," or "biohazard," shall include only those infec tious agents presenting a risk or potential risk to the well-being of man.
The symbol design shall be a fluorescent orange or orange-red color. Background color is optional as long as there is sufficient contrast for the symbol to be clearly defined. Appropriate wording may be used in association with the symbol to indicate the nature or identity of the hazard, name of individual responsible for its control, pre cautionary information, etc., but never should this information be superimposed on the symbol.
Fig. J-7 Slow-Moving Vehicle Emblem
(e) Sign wordings.
(1) Examples of wendings. Revoked
(2) Nature of wording. The wording of any sign should be easily read and concise. The sign should contain sufficient information to be easily understood. The wording should make a positive, rather than negative sug gestion and should be accurate in fact.
(3) Danger signs. Revoked
1910.1464f)(lXH)
(f) Accident prevention togs.
(1) Scope and purpose.
(I) The tags are a temporary means of warning all concerned of a hazardous con dition, defective equipment, radiation hazards, etc. The tags are not to be consid ered as a complete warning method, but should be used until a positive means can be employed to eliminate the hazard; for example, a "Do Not Start" tag on power equipment shall be used for a few moments or a very short time until the switch in the system can be locked out; a "Defective Equipment" tag shall be placed on a damaged ladder and immediate arrangements made for the ladder to be taken out of service and sent to the repair shop.
(ii) The purpose of this paragraph is to establish a set of specifications for tags based on experience and previous use. The tags are to be used in industry, mer cantile establishments, or wherever such tags can be utilized to help prevent acci dental injury to personnel
Chance 7
MCD 000011217
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
(2) Definitions. The word "tap" as used in this paragraph refers to a surface (usually card, paper, pasteboard, or some temporary or nonpermanent material) on which letters or markings, or both, appear. These letters or markings, or both, are for warning (cau tioning) or safety instruction of employees who may be exposed to hazards. They are to be affixed to the device in question by string, wire, or adhesive.
(3) Do not start togs.
(i) The standard background color for Do Not Start tags shall be red. (See Fig. J-10.) (ii) Letters shall be white or grey or etched, provided that a long lasting and sharp contrast results.
(iii) Do Not Start tags shall be placed in a conspicuous location or shall be placed in such a manner that they effectively block the starting mechanism which would cause hazardous conditions should the equipment be energized.
(4) Dongor togs.
(i) Danger tags should be used only where an immediate hazard exists. There should be no variation in the type of design of tags posted or hung to warn of specific dangers.
(ii) All employees should be instructed that Danger tags indicate immediate dan ger and that special precautions are necessary.
I*lB.l4fX2) STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
(5) Caution tags.
(i) Caution tags should be used only to warn against potential hazards or to cau tion against unsafe practices.
(ii) All employees should be instructed that Caution tags indicate a possible hazard against which proper precautions should be taken.
(6) Out of ordor togs. Out of Order tags should
be used only for the specific purpose of
indicating that a piece of equipment,
machinery, etc., is out of order and to
attempt to use it
"'esent a hazard.
(7) Radiation tags. Revoked
(B) Biological hazard tags.
(i) Revoked
(ii)The Biological Hazard tag shall be used to signify the actual or potential presence of a biohazard, to identify equipment, con tainers, rooms, materials, experimental
animals, or combinations thereof, which contain or are contaminated with viable hazardous agents.
(iU) For the purpose of this subparagraph the term ``biological hazard" shall include only those infectious agents presenting a risk or potential risk to the well-being of man.
1910.146--[RESERVED]
Change 7
MCD 000011218
353
191S.144
STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
Pages 355 thru 362 deleted
354
MCD 000011219 Chance 1
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
191.I56(j) STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
any flow of water from a sprinkler system equal to or greater than that from a single automatic sprinkler will result in an audible alarm signal on the premises.
(3) A standpipe system arranged to admit water to the system through manual opera tion of approved remote control devices located at each hose station.
(k) Class of service--standpipe systems: "Standpipe systems" are grouped into three general classes of service for the intended use in the extinguishment of fire.
(1) Class I: For use by fire departments and those trained in handling heavy fire streams (2l/2-inch hose).
(2) Class II: For use primarily by the build ing occupants until the arrival of the Fire department (small hose).
(3) Class III: For use by either fire depart ments and those trained in handling heavy hose streams or by the building occupants.
(l) Class I service: "Class I service" is a stand pipe system capable of furnishing the effective fire streams required during the more advanced stages of Fire on the inside of build ings or for exposure fire-
(m) Class II service: "Class II service" is a standpipe system which affords a ready means for the control of incipient fires by the occupants of buildings during working hours and by watchmen and those present during the night time and holidays.
(n) Class III service: "Class III service" is a standpipe system capable of furnishing the effective fire streams required during the more advanced stages of fire on the inside of buildings as well as providing a ready means for the control of fires by the occupants of the building.
(e) Standpipe systems: "Standpipe systems" are usually of the following types:
{1) A wet standpipe system having a supply valve open and water pressure maintained at all times.
(2) A standpipe system so arranged through the use of approved devices as to admit water to the system automatically by open ing a hose valve.
(4) Dry standpipe having no permanent water supply. See also paragraph (k) of this section.
(p) Type I storage: "Type I storage" is that in which combustible commodities or noncom bustible commodities involving combustible packaging or storage aids are stored over 15 feet but not more than 21 feet high in solid piles or over 12 feet but not more than 21 feet high in piles that contain horizontal channels. Minor quantities of commodities of hazard greater than ordinary combustibles may be included without affecting this general clas sification.
(q) Type II storage: "Type II storage" is that in which combustible commodities or noncom bustible commodities involving combustible packaging or storage aids are stored not over 15 feet high in solid piles or not over 12 feet high in piles that contain horizontal channels. Minor quantities of commodities of hazard greater than ordinary combustibles may be included without affecting this general clas sification.
(r) Type III storage: "Type III storage" is that in which the stored commodities, packaging, and storage aids are noncombustible or con tain only a small concentration of combusti bles which are incapable of producing a fire that would cause appreciable damage to the commodities stored or to noncombustihle wall, floor or roof construction. Ordinary combusti ble commodities in completely sealed noncom bustible containers may qualify in this clas sification. General commodity storage that is subject to frequent changing and storage of combustible packaging and storage aids is excluded from this category.
[%) "Approved": "Approved" means listed or approved by: (1) At least one of the following nationally -recognized testing laboratories: Factory Mutual Engineering Corp.; Under writers' Laboratories, Inc., or (2) Federal agencies such as Bureau of Mines, Depart ment of the Interior: Department of Transpor tation; or U.S. Coast Guard, which issue approvals for such equipment.
369 mo.iu<a)
MOD 000011220
1*10.167 STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
PORTABLE FIRE SUPPRESSION EQUIPMENT
1910.157--PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHERS
(a) General requirements.
(1) Operable condition. Portable extinguishers shall be maintained in a fully charged and operable condition, and kept in their desig nated places at all times when they are not being used.
(8) Vibrating locations. Revoked
(2) Location. Extinguishers shall be conspicu ously located where they will be readily accessible and immediately available in the event of fire. They shall be located along normal paths of travel.
(3) Marking of location. Extinguishers shall not lit* obstructed or obscured from view. In large rooms, and in certain locations where visual obstruction cannot be completely avoided, means shall be provided to indicate the location and intended use of ex tinguishers conspicuously.
(4) Marking of extinguishers. if extinguishers intended for different classes of fire are grouped, their intended use shall be marked conspicuously to insure choice of the proper extinguisher at the time of a fire.
(5) Mounting of oxtinguishor*. Revoked
(6) Height of mounting. Revoked
(7) Cabinet mounting. Revoked
(9) Tomporaturo rang#. Extinguishers shall be suitable for use within a temperature range of at least plus 40 to 120 Fahrenheit.
(10) Extreme temperature exposure. When ex tinguishers are installed in locations sub jected to temperatures outside the range prescribed in this subparagraph, they shall be of a type approved or listed for the temperature to which they will be exposed, or placed in an enclosure capable of main taining the temperature \\ithm the mnge prescribed in this subpai ;,u aph.
(b) Selection of extinguishers.
(1) Genorol. The selection of extinguishers for a given situation will depend upon the character of the fires anticipated, the con struction and occupancy of the individual property, the vehicle or hazard to be pm tected, ambient-temperature condition*, and other factors. The number of extin guishers required shall be determined by reference to paragraph (c) of this section. Approved fire extinguishers shall be used to meet the requirements ofthis section.
Mix K.R. 1U0S0. July 17. 1973.1
(2) Selection by hozord.
(i) Extinguishers shall be selected for the specific class or classes of hazards to he protected in accordance with the follow ing paragraphs.
(ii) Extinguishers for protecting Class A hazards shall be selected from among the
lftl0.157(bM2XU)
I
Change 7
MCD 000011221
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
l*lQ.167(bHJMU> STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
following: foam, loaded stream, multipur pose dry chemical, and water types. Cer tain smaller extinguishers which are charged with multipurpose dry chemical are rated on Class B and Class C fires, but have insufficient effectiveness to earn the minimum 1-A rating even though they have value in extinguishing smaller Class A fires.
Such smaller extinguishers shall not be used to meet the requirements of para graph (c)(2)(i) of this section.
{iit) Extinguishers for protection of Class B hazards shall be selected from the fol lowing: bromotrifluoromethane, carbon dioxide, dry chemical, foam, loaded stream, and multipurpose dry chemical. Extinguishers with ratings less than 1-B shall not be considered in determining suitability.
(v) Extinguishers for protection of Class C hazards shall be selected from the fol lowing: bromotrifluoromethane, carbon dioxide, dry chemical, and multipurpose dry chemical.
NOTE: Carbon dioxide extinguishers equipped with metal horns are not considered safe for use on fires in energized electrical equipment and. there fore. are not classified for use on Class C hazards-
(v) Extinguishers and extinguishing agents for the protection of Class D hazards shall be of types approved for use on the specific combustible-metal hazard.
tained therein.
(Hi) Revoked
(iv) Occupancy hazard protection shall be provided by fire extinguishers suitable for such Class At B, C, or D fire potentials as may be present.
(v) Revoked
(vi) Combustible buildings having an occu pancy hazard subject to Class B, and/or Class C fires, shall have a standard com plement of Class A fire extinguishers as required by Table L-l for building protec tion, plus additional Class B and/or Class C extinguishers. Where fire extin guishers have more than one letter classification (such as 2-A: 20-B:C), they may be considered to satisfy the require ments of each letter class.
(vil) Rooms or areas shall be graded gener ally as light hazard, ordinary hazard, or extra hazard. Limited areas of greater or lesser hazard shall be protected as required.
Tabu L-l
(c) Distribution of portablo fire extinguishers.
(1) General.
(i) The number of fire extinguishers needed to protect a property shall be determined as prescribed herein, con sidering the area and arrangement of the building or occupancy, the severity of the hazard, the anticipated classes of fires, and the distances to be traveled to reach extinguishers.
Areas to be protected per
Baric Maximum
extinguisher
minimum travel ----------- -----------------------------------
extinguisher distances Light Ordinary Extra
rating
to ex-
hazard hazard hazard
hr area tinguishera occupancy occupancy orcupan-
specified
(feet)
(square (square cy (square
feet)
feet)
feet)
IA................ 2A................
3A................
4A................ 6A.................
75 3,000 Note 1 Note 1
75
6,000
3,000 Note 1
73
9,000
4.500
3.000
75 11.250 6,000 4.000
73 11,250 9.000 6,000
(ii) Fire extinguishers shall be provided for the protection of the occupancy hazards con-
Note 1: Not permitted except as specified in sub division (ii) of this subparagraph.
Change 7
MCD 000011222
371
1I11S7(c)<1XtU)
1910.1S?(cH2) STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
(2) Fire extinguisher size and placement for Class A hazards.
(i) Minimal sizes of fire extinguishers for the listed grades of hazard shall be pro vided on the basis of Table L-l. Extin guishers shall be located so that the max imum travel distances shall not exceed those specified in Table L-l.
(ii) The protection requirements specified in Table L-l may be fulfilled by several extinguishers of lower ratings for ordi nary or extrahazard occupancies.
(iii) Where the floor area of a building is less than that specified in Table L-l, at least one extinguisher of the minimum size recommended shall be provided.
(iv) The protection requirements may be fulfilled with extinguishers of higher rat ing provided the travel distance to such larger extinguishers shall not exceed 75 feet.
(3) Fir* extinguisher tiz* and placement far Clast B firas other than far fires in flammable liquids of appreciable depth.
(i) Minimal sizes of fire extinguishers for the listed grades of hazard shall be pro vided on the basis of Table L-2. Extin guishers shall be located so that the max imum travel distances shall not exceed those specified in Table L-2.
Taiile L-2
Typo of hazard
Bnilc minimum extinguisher
ruling
Maximum travel
distance to extinguishers
(feet)
4B AO
Ordinary......................
SB 60
Extra..
12B 50
Note: Where this section calls (or minimum extin guisher ratings of 4-B. S-B. or 12-R. the requirements uinv he mrt by existing extinguishers of multiple foam extinguishers as allowed hv paragraph (c)(3Hii> of this section. However, if a single extinguisher must Im pur
chased to fulfill such requirements, the next higher rating shall be used.
(ii) Two or more extinguishers of lower rating, except for foam extinguishers, shall not be used to fulfill the protection requirements of Table L-2. Up to three foam extinguishers may be used to fulfill these requirements.
(iii) The protection requirements may be
fulfilled with extinguishers of higher rat ings provided the travel distance to such larger extinguishers shall not exceed 50 feet.
(4) Fire extinguisher size and placement for Class B firas in flammabla liquids of appreciable depth.
(i) For flammable liquid hazards of appreciable depth (Class B), such as in dip or quench tanks. Class B fire ex tinguishers shall he provided on the basis of one numerical unit of Class B ex tinguishing potential per square foot of flammable liquid surface of the largest tank hazard within the area.
NoTK: Appreciable depth is defined ns n depth of
a liquid itmiti'i' than
inch.
(ii) Two or more extinguishers of lower ratings except for foam extinguishers, shall not be used in lieu of the extin guisher required for the largest tank. Up to-three foam extinguishers may be used to fulfill these requirements.
(ill) Scattered or widely separated hazards shall be individually protected if the specified travel distances in subdivisions (i) and (iii) of subparagraph (3) of this para graph (c) are exceeded. Likewise, exting uishers in the proximity of a hazard shall be carefully located so as to be accessible in the presence of a fire without undue danger to the operator.
(5) Fir* extinguisher size and placement for Class C hazards.
(I) Extinguishers with Class C ratings shall be required where energized electri cal equipment may be encountered which would require a nonconducting extin guishing media. This will include fire either directly involving or surrounding
mO.lST(cXSXi)
371
oooo^2'3
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
1910.158 STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
1910.158--STANDPIPE AND HOSE SYSTEMS
(a) General requirements.
(1) Application. Where standpipe and hose systems are provided they shall meet the design requirements of the National Fire Protection Association's Standard for the Installation of Standpipe and Hose Systems NFPA 14-1970 and the requirements of this section.
(ii) Standpipes for Class II service shall be provided with IVfc-mch hose connec tions on each floor.
(Hi) Standpipes for Class III service shall be provided with both a 2V-inch and IV2inch hose connection on each floor. The hose connections may be through one 2Vainch hose valve and an easily removable 2,/fe-inch by P/fc-inch adapter.
(2) Closets and cabinoti. Closets and cabinets used to contain fire hose shall be of suf ficient size to permit the installation of the necessary equipment at hose stations, and so designed as not to interfere with the prompt handling of the hose and equipment at time of fire. They shall be used for fire equipment only.
(3) Protection of standpipe*. Standpipes shall be so located that they are protected against mechanical and fire damage.
(b) Hose outlets.
(1) Location of hose.
(3) Ho*o. Each hose outlet provided for the use of building occupants (Class II and III services) shall be equipped with approved small fire hose attached and ready for use. The maximum total length of unlined hose shall be 75 feet. The maximum total length of lined hose shall be 100 feet.
(4) Ho.* racks or reols. Each station provided with small hose shall be equipped with an ap proved rack, or an approved reel securely fas tened in position: provided, that an employer may continue to use a reel acquired prior to May 20, 1974, even though it is not approved, so long as it is in good working condition.
(39 F.R. 6109. February 19, 1974.1
(I) Hose outlets shall be within easy reach of a person standing on the floor and in no case shall be over 6 feet from the floor. Hose stations shall be located conspicu ously within the immediate area and where not likely to be obstructed. Hose may be located at one side of the stand pipe and supplied by short lateral con nections to the standpipe where neces sary to avoid obstructions.
(ii) For Class III service, the outlets for large hose shall be located in a stairway enclosure, and for small hose the outlets shall be located in the corridor or space adjacent to the stairway enclosure.
(2) Hose connection*.
(i) Revoked
(5) Hose valves.
(i) An approved hose valve shall be pro vided at each outlet for attachment of hose.
(11) Where the static pressure at any standpipe outlet for small hose exceeds 100 pounds per square inch, an approved device shall be installed at the outlet to reduce the pressure so that the nozzle pressure will be approximately 80 pounds per square inch.
NOTE: Pressure reducers me not required tin standpipe outlet* for iivj-ineh hose heeuuso it is as sumed li'Vinch hose will lie attached only when the person# likely to use it are trained in liundhnir lurire streams.
(iii) National (American) Standard Fire Hose Coupling Screw Threads shall be used whenever they will fit existing equipment; see Standard for Screw
Change 7
975
1910.158(bX5XUl)
Mcd 00011224
l10.1&8(bKSKUi)
STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
Threads Gaskets for Fire Hose Couplings, NFPA No. 194-1968.
(6) Nozzles. Nozzles shall be of an approved type. Size of nozzles for small hose shall be not larger than one-half inch.
(7) Dry standpipe identification. Each hose con nection on dry standpipes shall be provided with a conspicuous, durable, and perma nently legible sign reading "Dry Standpipe for Fire Department Use Only."
(c) Water supplies.
(1) Minimum supply for Clan I service. Revoked
OCCUPATIONAL C*FETY AND HEALTH
(2) Minimum supply far Class II torvica. The minimum supply for Class II service shall be sufficient to provide 100 gallons per minute for a period of at least thirty (30) minutes. The supply shall be sufficient to maintain a residual pressure of 65 pounds per square inch at the topmost outlet of each standpipe (including the roof outlet) with 100 gallons per minute flowing.
(3) Minimum supply for Class III sarvica. The minimum supply for Class III service shall be the same as for Class I service.
(4) Fir# department connections. Revoked
1!0.158(<X4)
376
Change 7
WCD 00001
1225
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
(d) Tests and maintenance.
{1 >Tts. All new systems including yard pip ing shall be tested hydrostatically at not less than 200 pounds per square inch pres sure for 2 hours, or at 50 pounds per square inch in excess of the normal pressure when the normal pressure is in excess of 150 pounds per square inch.
(2) Periodic inspection.
(i) The tanks shall be kept properly filled, and where pressure tanks are employed.
l0.1SMd)
STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
a pressure of at least 75 pounds per square inch shall be maintained at all times.
NOTE: For further details, see Standard for Water Tanks for Private Fire Protection. N'FPA No. 2U-1970.
(ii) The valves in the main connection to the automatic sources of water supply shall be open at all times. The hose valves should be frequently examined to see that they are tight.
NOTE: For further details, see Care of Fire Hose. NFPA No. 19M-I949.
FIXED FIRE SUPPRESSION EQUIPMENT
1910.159--AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEMS
(a) General requirements.
(1 > Design. When automatic sprinkler sys tems are provided they shall meet design requirements of the National Fire Protec tion Association's Standard for the Installa tion of Sprinkler Systems NFPA No. 13-1969 and the requirements of this sec tion.
(2) Water supply. Every automatic sprinkler system shall have at least one automatic water supply of adequate pressure, capacity and reliability.
(3) Fire department connection. A connection through which a fire department can pump water into the sprinkler system makes a desirable auxiliary supply. For this pur pose, one or more fire department connec tions shall be provided in all cases.
(b) Fire department connections. Revoked
Chance 7
*77 MCD 000011226
19l9.189(bN4KU)
1910.159(c) STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
(c) Sprinkler alarms.
(t) General.
(i) Waterflow alarms shall be provided on all sprinkler installations.
(ii) An alarm unit shall include an approved mechanical alarm, horn, or siren, or an approved weatherproof elec tric gong, bell, horn, or siren on the out side of the building or approved electric gongs, bells, horns, or sirens inside the building, or a combination of such devices.
(iii) All alarm apparatus shall be so located and installed that all parts are readily accessible for inspection, removal, and repair, and shall be substantially sup ported. Outdoor mechanical or electri cally operated bells shall be of weather proof and guarded type. On each alarm chock valve used under conditions of vari able water pressure, a retarding device shall ho installed. Suitable valves shall be provided in the connections to retard ing chambers, to permit repair or removal without shutting off sprinklers; these valves shall be so arranged that they may be locked or sealed in the open position.
(2) Waterflow dotetin9 devices.
(i) The alarm apparatus for a wet-pipe sys tem shall consist of an approved alarm check valve or other approved water flow
detecting alarm device with the neces sary attachments required to give an alarm.
(ii) The alarm apparatus for a dry-pipe system shall consist of approved alarm attachments to the dry-pipe valve. When a dry-pipe valve is located on the system side of an alarm valve, the actuating device of the alarms for the dry-pipe valve may be connected to the alarms on the wet-pipe system.
(iii) The alarm apparatus for preaction and deluge systems shall consist of approved electric alarm attachments, actuated by a thermostatic system inde pendently of flow of water in the system.
(3) Drains. Drains from alarm devices shall be so arranged that there will be no danger of freezing, and so that there will be no over flowing at the alarm apparatus, at domestic connections or elsewhere with the sprinkler drains wide open and under pressure.
(d) Maintenance of sprinkler system.
A sprinkler system installed under this Standard must be properly maintained for efficient service. The employer is responsible for the condition of his sprinkler system and must use due diligence in keeping the system in good operating condition.
(e) Sprinkler head clearance.
(1) Type I storage. Clearance of at least 36 inches shall be maintained between sprinkler deflectors and top of storage to reduce the possibility of obstruction to the distribution of water.
(2) Type II storage. Clearance of at least 18 inches shall be maintained between sprinkler deflectors and top of storage to reduce the possibility of obstruction to the distribution of water.
(3) Type III storage. In sprinklered buildings, at least 18 inches clearance between sprinkler deflectors and top of storage shall be maintained.
!91.159(X3)
Chance 7
000011227 MCP
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
itioaso STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
1910.160--FIXED DRY CHEMICAL EXTINGUISHING SYSTEMS
(o) General requirements.
{1) Design. When dry chemical extinguishing systems are provided they shall meet the design requirements of the National Fire Protection Association's "Standard For Dry Chemical Extinguishing Systems" NFPA No. 17-1969 and the requirements of this section.
(2) Safety requirements. Where there is a possi bility that personnel may be exposed to a dry chemical discharge, suitable safeguards shall be provided toinsure prompt evacua tion of such locations, and also to provide means for prompt rescue of any trapped per sonnel.
(b) Alarms and indicators.
(1) General. Alarms and/or indicators are used to indicate the operation of the sys tem, hazard to personnel, or failure of any supervised device or equipment. The de vices may be audible or visual. The type, number, and location of the devices shall be such that their purpose is satisfactorily accomplished.
138 F.R. 19030. July 17, 1973.]
(2) Operation alarm.
(i) An alarm or indicator shall be provided to show that the system has operated, that personnel response may be needed, and that the system should be charged.
(ii) Alarms indicating failure of super vised devices or equipment shall give prompt and positive indication of any failure and shall be distinctive from alarms indicating operation or hazardous conditions.
(c) Inspection and maintenance.
(1) Impaction and tacts.
(*) At least annually, all dry chemical sys tems including alarms, shutdowns, and
other associated equipment, shall be thoroughly inspected and checked for proper operation by a competent inspec tor.
(ii) The purpose of the inspection and test ing prescribed by paragraph (c) ofthis sec tion shall be not only to insure that the system is in full operating condition but also to indicate the probable continuance of that condition until the next inspec tion. Attention at this inspection shall be given to any extension of the hazard pro tected by the system.
(}) Revoked
(iv) Between the regular annual inspec tion or tests, the system shall be in spected visually or otherwise by competent personnel, following a prede termined schedule.
I3K F.R. 19030. July 17, 1973-1
(v) At least semiannually, all expellant gas containers shall be checked by pres sure or weight against the required minimums.
(vi) At least semiannually, all stored pres sure dry chemical containers shall be checked by pressure and weight against the required minimums.
(vil) Except for stored pressure systems, at least annually the dry chemical in the system storage container shall be sam pled from the top center and also near the wall to determine the existence of lumps harder than will be friable when dropped from a height of 4 inches.
(2) Maintenance.
(I) These Fixed dry chemical systems shall be maintained in full operating condition
Change 7
379 MCD 000011228
ltlt.lM(eX2Hi)
1910.1MKcK2Ki)
STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
at all times. Use, impairment, and resto ration of this protection shall be' reported promptly to the employer.
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
(ii) Any troubles or impairments shall be corrected at once by competent per sonnel.
1910.161--CARBON DIOXIDE EXTINGUISHING SYSTEMS
(a) General requirements.
(1) Design. When carbon dioxide extinguish ing systems are provided they shall meet the design requirements of the National Fire Protection Association's "Standard on Carbon Dioxide Extinguishing Systems" NFPA No. 12-1968 and the requirements of this section.
(2) Sofety requirements. In any use of carbon dioxide where there is a possibility that employees may be trapped in, or enter into atmospheres made hazardous by a carbon dioxide discharge, suitable safeguards shall be provided to insure prompt evacuation of and to prevent entry into such atmospheres and also to provide means for prompt rescue of any trapped personnel. Such safety items as personnel training, warning signs, dis charge alarms, predischarge alarms, and breathing apparatus shall be considered.
(b) Inspection and maintenance.
(1) Inspection and tests.
(i) At least annually, all carbon dioxide systems shall be thoroughly inspected and tested for proper operation by a competent engineer or inspector.
(ii) The goal of this inspection and testing shall be not only to insure that the system is in full operating condition but shall
indicate the probable continuance of that condition until the next inspection.
(iii) Suitable discharge tests shall be made when any inspection indicates their advisability.
(iv) Between the regular service contract inspection or tests, the system shall be inspected visually or otherwise by compe tent personnel, following a schedule.
(v) At least semiannually, all high pres sure cylinders shall be weighed. If, at any time, a container shows a loss in net con tent of more than 10 percent, it shall be refilled or replaced.
(vi) If, at any time, a low pressure con tainer shows a loss of more than 10 per cent, it shall be refilled, unless the minimum gas requirements are still pro vided.
(2) Maintenance.
(i) These carbon dioxide systems shall be maintained in full operating condition at all times.
(H) Any troubles or impairments shall be corrected at once by competent per sonnel.
1910.162--OTHER SPECIAL FIXED EXTINGUISHING SYSTEMS. [RESERVED]
1110.112
380 MCD 000011229
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
I91ft*8ubpwt N STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
PART 1910
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH STANDARDS
SUBPART N--MATERIALS HANOUNO AND STORAGE
1910.176
1910.177 1910.178 1910.179 1910.180 1910.181 1910.182 1910.183 1910.184
Handling materials--general.
Indoor general storage. Powered industrial trucks. Overhead and gantry cranes. Crawler, locomotive, and truck cranes. Derricks. Additional delay in effective date. Sources of standards. Standards organizations.
0000U230 MCD
399
ltis.flobpaft N
1910.176 STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
SUBPART N--MATERIALS HANDLING AND STORAGE
1910.176--HANDLING MATERIALS--GENERAL
(a) Use of mechanical equipment.
Where mechanical handling equipment is used, sufficient safe clearances shall be allowed for aisled, at loading docks, through doorways and wherever turns or passage must be made. Aisles and passageways shall be kept clear and in good repair, with no obstruction across or in aisles that could create a hazard. Permanent aisles and pas sageways shall be appropriately marked.
(b) Secure storage.
Storage of material shall not create a hazard. Bags, containers, bundles, etc., stored in tiers shall be stacked, blocked, interlocked and limited in height so that they are stable and secure against sliding or collapse.
(c) Housekeeping.
Storage areas shall be kept free from accumulation of materials that constitute
hazards from tripping, fire, explosion, or pest harborage. Vegetation control will be exer cised when necessary.
(d) Drainage. Revoked
(e) Clearance limits.
Clearance signs to warn of clearance limits shall be provided.
(f) Rolling railroad cars.
Derail and/or bumper blocks shall be pro* vided on spur railroad tracks where a rolling car could contact other cars being worked, enter a building, work or traffic area.
(g) Guarding.
Covers and/or guardrails shall be provided to protect personnel from the hazards of open pits, tanks, vats, ditches, etc.
1910.177--INDOOR GENERAL STORAGE
1910.177 REVOKED 138 F.R. 14371, June 1. 1973.1
1910.178--POWERED INDUSTRIAL TRUCKS
(a) General requirements.
(1) This section contains safety require ments relating to fire protection, design,
maintenance, and use of fork trucks, trac tors, platform lift trucks, motorized hand trucks, and other specialized industrial trucks powered by electric motors or inter-
1910.178(b)(1)
400
Chsnr*7
MCD 000011231
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
(6) Industrial trucks shall not be altered so that the relative positions of the various parts are different from what they were when originally received from the manufac turer, nor shall they be altered either by the addition of extra parts not provided by the manufacturer or by the elimination of any parts, except as provided in subpara graph (12) of this paragraph. Additional counter-weighting of fork trucks shall not be done unless approved by the truck man ufacturer.
(7) Industrial trucks shall be examined before being placed in service, and shall not be placed in service if the examination snows any condition adversely affecting the safety of the vehicle. Such examination shall be made at least daily.
Where industrial trucks are used on a round-the-clock basis, they shall be examined after each shift. Defects when found shall be immediately reported and corrected.
(8) Water mufflers shall be filled daily or as frequently as is necessary to prevent depletion of the supply of water below 75 percent of the filled capacity. Vehicles with mufflers having screens or other parts that may become clogged shall not be operated while such screens or parts are clogged. Any vehicle that emits hazardous sparks or flames from the exhaust system shall immediately be removed from service, and
l10.l?S(qXS)
STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
not returned to service until the cause for the emission of such sparks and flames has been eliminated.
(9) When the temperature of any part of any truck is found to be in excess of its normal operating temperature, thus creating a hazardous condition, the vehicle shall he removed from service and not returned to service until the cause for such overheating has been eliminated.
110) Industrial trucks shall be kept in a clean condition, free of lint, excess oil, and grease. Noncombustible agents should be used for cleaning trucks. Low flash point (below 100 F.) solvents shall not be used. High flash point(at or above 100 F.) solvents may be used. Precautions regarding toxicity,ventilation, and fire hazard shall be conso nant with the agent or solvent used
(11) Revoked
(12) Industrial trucks originally approved for the use of gasoline for fuel may be con verted to liquefied petroleum gas fuel pro vided the complete conversion results in a truck which embodies the features specified for LP or LPS designated trucks. Such con version equipment shall be approved. The description of the component parts of this conversion system and the recommended method of installation on specific trucks are contained in the "Listed by Report."
1910.179--OVERHEAD AND GANTRY CRANES
(a) Definitions applicable to this section.
(1) A "crane" is a machine for lifting and lowering a load and moving it horizontally,
with the hoisting mechanism an integral part of the machine. Cranes whether fixed or mobile are driven manually or by power.
(2) An "automatic crane" is a crane which when activated operates through a preset cycle or cycles.
Chang* 7
409
(3) A "cab-operated crane" is a crane con trolled by an operator in a cab located on the bridge or trolley.
(4) "Cantilever gantry crane" means a gan try or semigantry crane in which the bridge girders or trusses extend transversely beyond the crane runway on one or both sides.
(5) "Floor-operated crane" means a crane which is pendant or nonconductive rope con-
000013-232 MOD
ll*.17KsXS)
1910.179(a)(5) STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
trolled by an operator on the floor or an independent platform.
(16) "ANSI" means the American National Standards Institute.
(6) "Gantry crane" means a crane similar to an overhead crane except that the bridge for carrying the trolley or trolleys is rigidly supported on two or more legs running on fixed rails or other runway.
(7) "Hot metal handling crane" means an overhead crane used for transporting or pouring molten material.
(8) "Overhead crane" means a crane with a movable bridge carrying a movable or fixed hoisting mechanism and traveling on an overhead fixed runway structure.
(9) "Power-operated crane" means a crane whose mechanism is driven by electric, air, hydraulic, or internal combustion means.
(10) A "pulpit-operated crane" is a crane operated from a fixed operator station not attached to the crane.
(11) A "remote-operated crane" is a crane controlled by an operator not in a pulpit or in the cab attached to the crane, by any method other than pendant or rope control.
(12) A "semigantry crane" is a gantry crane with one end of the bridge rigidly supported on one or more legs that run on a fixed rail or runway, the other end of the bridge being supported by a truck running on an elevated rail or runway.
(13) "Storage bridge crane" means a gantry type crane of long span usually used for bulk storage of material; the bridge girders or trusses are rigidly or nonrigidly supported on one or more legs. It may have one or more fixed or hinged cantilever ends.
(14) "Wall crane" means a crane having a jib with or without trolley and supported from a side wall or line of columns of a build ing. It is a traveling type and operates on a runway attached to the side wall or col umns.
(17) An "auxiliary hoist" is a supplemental hoisting unit of lighter capacity and usually higher speed than provided for the main hoist.
(18) A "brake" is a device used for retarding or stopping motion by friction or power means.
(19) A "drag brake" is a brake which pro vides retarding force without external con trol.
(20) A "holding brake" is a brake that automatically prevents motion when power is off.
(21) "Bridge" means that part of a crane consisting of girders, trucks, end ties, footwalks, and drive mechanism which carries the trolley or trolleys.
(22) "Bridge travel" means the crane move ment in a direction parallel to the crane runway.
(23) A "bumper" (buffer) is an energy absorbing device for reducing impact when a moving crane or trolley reaches the end of its permitted travel; or when two moving cranes or trolleys come in contact.
(24) The "cab" is the operator's compart ment on a crane.
(25) "Clearance" means the distance from any part of the crane to a point of the near est obstruction.
(26) "Collectors current" are contacting devices for collecting current from runway or bridge conductors.
(27) "Conductors, bridge" are the electrical conductors located along the bridge struc ture of a crane to provide power to the trolley.
(15) "Appointed" means assigned specific responsibilities by the employer or the employer's representative.
(28) "Conductors, runway" (main) are the electrical conductors located along a crane
runway to provide power to the crane.
19!47N*X28)
410
MCD 000011233
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
1910.181(fX2XiKa) STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
(a) The derrick to be repaired shall be arranged so it will cause the least interference with other equipment and oper ations in the area.
(b) All hoist drum dogs shall be engaged.
(b) All critical parts which are cracked, broken, bent, or excessively worn,
(c) Revoked
(c) The main or emergency switch shall be locked in the open position, if an elec tric hoist is used,
(d) Warning or out of order signs shall be placed on the derrick and hoist.
<e) The repairs of booms of derricks shall either be made when the booms are lowered and adequately supported or safely tied off.
(f) A good communication system shall be set up between the hoist operator and the appointed individual in charge of derrick operations before any work on the equipment is started.
(Si) After adjustments and repairs have been made the derrick shall not be oper ated until all guards have been rein stalled, safety devices reactivated, and maintenance equipment removed.
(d) All replacement and repaired parts shall have at least the original safety factor.
(g) Rope inspection.
(1) Running ropes. A thorough inspection of all ropes in use shall be made at least once a month and a full written, dated, and signed report of rope condition kept on file where readily available. Any deterioration, result ing in appreciable loss of original strength, such as described below, shall be carefully noted and determination made as to whether further use of the rope would con stitute a safety hazard:
(i) Reduction of rope diameter below nomi nal diameter due to loss of core support, internal or external corrosion, or wear of outside wires.
(ii) A number of broken outside wires and the degree of distribution or concentra tion of such broken wires.
(3) Adjustments and repairs.
(i) Any unsafe conditions disclosed by inspection shall be corrected before oper ation of the derrick is resumed.
(ii) Adjustments shall be maintained to assure correct functioning of compo nents.
(iii) Worn outside wires.
(hr) Corroded or broken wires at end con nections.
(v) Corroded, cracked, bent, worn, or improperly applied end connections.
(vi) Severe kinking, crushing, cutting, or unstranding.
{iii) Repairs or replacements shall be pro vided promptly as needed for safe operation. The following are examples of conditions requiring prompt repair or replacement:
(a) Hooks showing defects described in paragraph (dX2)(vi) of this section shall be discarded.
(2) Limited travel ropes. Heavy wear and/or broken wires may occur in sections in con tact with equalizer sheaves or other sheaves where rope travel is limited, or with saddles. Particular care shall be taken to inspect ropes at these locations.
(3) Idle repos. All rope which has been idle for a period of a month or more due to shut-
Cheitfc 7
437
1911.181(1X2)
MCD 000011234
19lO.l8Kf.H3)
STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
down or storage of a derrick on which it is installed shall be given a thorough inspec tion before it is placed in service. This inspection shall be for all types of deterioration. A written and dated report of the rope condition shall be available.
(4) Nonrotating repot. Particular care shall be taken in the inspection of nonrotating rope.
(h) Operations of derricks. Derrick operations shall be directed only by
the individual specifically designated for that purpose.
(i) Handling the load.
(1) Sizo of load.
(i) No derrick shall be loaded beyond the rated load.
(ti) When loads approach the maximum rating of the derrick, it shall be ascer tained that the weight of the load has been determined within plus or minus 10 percent before it is lifted.
(2) Attaching the load.
(i) The hoist rope shall not be wrapped around the load.
(ii) The load shall be attached to the hook by means of slings or other suitable devices.
(3) Moving tho load.
(i) The load shall be well secured and prop erly balanced in the sling or lifting device before it is lifted more than a few inches.
(ii) Before starting to hoist, the following conditions shall be noted:
(a) Hoist rope shall not be kinked.
(b) Multiple part lines shall not be twisted around each other.
<c) The hook shall be brought over the load in such a manner as to prevent swinging.
1910.181(1X4X11)
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
(d) If there is a slack rope condition, it should be determined that the rope is properly seated on the drum and in the sheaves.
(mi) During hoisting, care shall be taken that:
(a) There is no sudden acceleration or deceleration of the moving load.
(Ii) Load does not contact any obstruet.ona.
(iv)r A derrick shall not be used for side loading except when specifically authorized by a responsible person who has deter mined that the various structural com ponents will not be overstressed.
(v) No hoisting, lowering, or swinging shall be done while anyone is on the load or hook.
(vi) The operator should avoid carrying ioads over people.
(vi) The operator shall test the brakes each time a load approaching the rated load is handled by raising it a few inches and applying the brakes.
(viii) Neither the load nor boom shall be lowered below the point where less than two full wraps of rope remain on their respective drums.
(ix) When rotating a derrick, sudden starts and stops shall be avoided. Rota tional speed shall be such that the load does not swing out beyond the radius at which it can be controlled.
(x) Boom and hoisting rope systems shall not be twisted.
(4) Holding the load.
(i) The operator shall not be allowed to leave his position at the controls while the load is suspended.
(ii) People should not be permitted to stand or pass under a load on the hook.
MCD 000011235
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
high ram velocities resulting from the sud den release of a compressed gas against a free piston impart impact to the workpiece.
(81 "Forging rolls" mean a class of auxiliary forging equipment wherein stock is shaped between power driven rolls bearing con toured dies. Usually used for preforming, roll forging is often employed to reduce thickness and increase length of stock.
(9) "Ring rolls" mean a class for forging equipment used for shaping weldless rings from pierced discs or thick-walled, ringshaped blanks between rolls which control wall thickness, ring diameter, height and contour.
(10) "Bolt-headers" mean the same as an upsetter or forging machine except that the diameter of stock fed into the machine is much smaller, i.e., commonly three-fourths inch or less.
(11) Rivet making machines mean the same as upsetters and boltheaders when produc ing rivets with stock diameter of I-inch or more. Rivet making with less than 1-inch diameter is usually a cold forgingoperation, and therefore not included in this subpart.
(12) Upsetters (or forging machines, or headers) type of forging equipment, related to the mechanical press, in which the main forming energy is applied horizontally to the workpiece which is gripped and held by prior action of the dies.
(f) As used in 1910.219, unless, the context clearly requires otherwise, the following mechanical power-transmission guarding terms shall have the meaning prescribed in this paragraph.
(1) "Belts" include ail power transmission belts, such as flat belts, round belts, V-belts, etc., unless otherwise specified.
(2) "Belt shifter" means a device for mechanically shifting belts from tight to
191fc211(cX7)
STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
loose pulleys or vice versa, or for shifting belts on cones of speed pulleys.
(3) "Belt pole" (sometimes called a "belt shipper" or "shipper pole,") means a device used in shifting belts on and off fixed pulleys on line or countershaft where there are no loose pulleys.
(4) "Exposed to contact" means that the location of an object is such that a person is likely to come into contact with it and be injured.
(5) "Flywheels" include flywheels, balance wheels, and flywheel pulleys mounted and revolving on crankshaft of engine or other shafting.
(8) "Maintenance runway" means any per manent runway or platform used for oiling, maintenance, running adjustment, or repair work, but not for passageway.
(7) "Nip-point belt and pulley guard" means a device which encloses the pulley and is provided with rounded or rolled edge slots through which the belt passes.
() " Point of operation" means that point at which cutting, shaping, or forming is accomplished upon the stock and shall include such other points as may offer a hazard to the operator in insertingor manip ulating the stock in the operation of the machine.
(9) "Prime movers" include steam, gas, oil, and air engines, motors, steam and hy draulic turbines, and other equipment used as a source of power.
(10) "Sheaves" mean grooved pulleys, and shall be so classified unless used as fly wheels.
1910.212--GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ALL MACHINES
(a) Mochine guarding.
(1) Types of guarding. One or more methods of machine guarding shall be provided to
protect the operator and other employees
in the machine area from hazards such as those created by point of operation, ingoing nip points, rotating parts, flying chips and
4S5
ltl.212(a)U)
MCD 000011236
1910.2l2(aXl) STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY ANT) HEALTH
sparks. Examples of guarding methods are--harrier guards, two-hand tripping devices, electronic safety devices, etc.
(1) General requirement* for machine guard*.
Guards shall be affixed to the machine where possible and secured elsewhere if for any reason attachment to the machine is not possible. The guard shall be such that it does not offer an accident hazard in itself.
(3) Point of operation guarding.
(i) Point of operation is the area on a machine where work is actually per formed upon the material being proc essed.
(ii) The point of operation of machines whose operation exposes an employee to injury, shall be guarded. The guarding device shall be in conformity with any appropriate standards therefor, or, in the absence of applicable specific standards, shall be so designed and constructed as to prevent the operator from having any part of his body in the danger zone during the operating cycle.
(a) Guillotine cutters.
(b) Shears.
(c) Alligator shears.
(d) Power presses.
(e) Milling machines.
(f) Power saws.
<g) Jointers.
(hi Portable power tools.
(i) Forming rolls and calenders.
(4) Barrel*, container*, and drums. Revolving drums, barrels, and containers shall be guarded by an enclosure which is inter locked with the drive mechanism, so that the barrel, drum, or container cannot revolve unless the guard enclosure is in place.
(iit) Special handtools for placing and removing material shall be such as to per mit easy handling of material without the operator placing a hand in the danger zone. Such tools shall not be in lieu of
other guarding required by this section, but can only be used to supplement pro
tection provided. dHlh
(5) Exposure of blade*. When the periphery of the blades of a fan is less than seven (7) feet above the floor or working level, the blades shall be guarded. The guard shall have openings no larger than one half (Vfe) inch.
(b) Anchoring fixed machinery.
(iv) The following are some of the machines which usually require point of operation guarding:
Machines designed for a fixed location shall be securely anchored to prevent walking or moving.
1910.213--WOODWORKING MACHINERY REQUIREMENTS
(a) Machine construction general.
(1) Each machine shall be so constructed as to be free from sensible vibration when the largest size tool is mounted and run idle at full speed.
(2) Arbors and mandrels shall be construct ed so as to have firm and secure bearing and be free from play.
(3) Revoked
IS1M13UX3)
4S6
Chxfiff* 7
MC.C 000011237
OCCUPATIONAL SATETY AND HEALTH
mOJIXqKS) STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
(3) Sprockets on chain or slat-belt conveyors shall be enclosed.
(4) Where practicable, hand and foot-power guillotine veneer cutters shall be provided with rods or plates or other satisfactory means, so arranged on the feeding aide that the hands cannot reach the cutting edge of the knife while feeding or holding the stock in place.
(5) Power-driven guillotine veneer cutters, except continuous feed trimmers, shall be equipped with:
(i) Starting devices which require the simultaneous action of both hands to start the cutting motion and of at least one hand on a control during the complete stroke of the knife; or
(ii) An automatic guard which will remove the hands of the operator from the danger zone at every descent of the blade, used in conjunction with one-hand starting devices which require two distinct move ments of the device to start the cutting motion, and so designed as to return posi tively to the nonstarting position after each complete cycle of the knife.
(6) Where two or more workers are employed at the same time on the same power-driven guillotine veneer cutter equipped with twohand control, the device shall be so arranged that each worker shall be required to use both hands simultaneously on the controls to start the cutting motion, and at least one hand on a control to complete the cut.
(7) Power-driven guillotine veneer cutters, other than continuous trimmers, shall be provided, in addition to the brake or other stopping mechanism, with an emergency device which will prevent the machine from operating in the event of failure of the brake when the starting mechanism is in the nonstarting position.
(r) Miscellaneous woodworking machines.
(1) The feed rolls of roll type glue spreaders shall be guarded by a semicylindrical guard.
The bottom of the guard shall come to within three-eights inch of a plane formed by bottom or contact face of the feed roll where it touches the stock.
(2) Drag saws shall be so located as to give at least a 4-foot clearance for passage when the saw is at the extreme end of the stroke; or if such clearance is not obtainable, the saw and its driving mechanism shall be pro vided with a standard enclosure.
(3) For combination or universal woodwork ing machines each point of operation of any tool shall be guarded as required for such a tool in a separate machine.
(4) The mention of specific machines in paragraphs (a) thru (q) and this paragraph (r) of this section, inclusive, is not intended to exclude other woodworking machines from the requirement that suitable guards and exhaust hoods be provided to reduce to a minimum the hazard due to the point of operation of such machines.
(s) Inspection and maintenance of wood working mochinory.
(t) Dull, badly set, improperly filed, or improperly tensioned saws shall be immediately removed from service, before they begin to cause the material to stick, jam, or kick back when it is fed to the saw at normal speed. Saws to which gum has adhered on the sides shall be immediately cleaned.
(2) All knives and cutting heads of wood working machines shall be kept sharp, prop erly adjusted, and firmly secured. Where two or more knives are used in one head, they shall be properly balanced.
(3) Bearings shall be kept free from lost motion and shall be well lubricated.
(4) Arbors of all circular saws shall be free from play.
(5) Sharpening or tensioning of saw blades or cutters shall be done only by persons of demonstrated skill in this kind of work.
493
1S1&213UXS)
00'.OV
STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
(6) Emphasis is placed upon the importance of maintaining cleanliness around wood working machinery, particularly as regards the effective functioning of guards and the prevention of fire hazards in switch enclosures, bearings, and motors.
(7) All cracked saws shall be removed from service.
(8) The practice of inserting wedges between the saw disk and the collar to form what is commonly known as a "wobble saw" shall not be permitted.
(9) Push sticks or push blocks shall be pro vided at the work place in the several sizes and types suitable for the work to be done.
(to) Revoked
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
(II) Revoked
(12) The knife blade of jointers shall be so installed and adjusted that it does not pro trude more than one-eighth inch beyond the cylindrical body of the head. Push sticks or push blocks shall be provided at the work place in the several sizes and types suitable for the work to be done.
(13) Whenever veneer slicers or rotary veneer-cutting machines have been shut down for the purpose of inserting logs or to make adjustments, operators shall make sure that machine is clear and other work men are not in a hazardous position before starting the machine.
(14) Operators shall not ride the carriage of a veneer slicer.
1910.214--COOPERAGE MACHINERY
Revoked
Pages 495 and 4% deleted
imji 4<bxi)
494
Chance 7
MCD 000011239
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
FIGURE HO. 0-24 The Type S7A Wheel is mounted between flat non-rclieved flanges of equal bearing surfaces.
(b) straight unrelieved flanges (see Figure 0-30); (c) adaptor flanges (see Figures 0-33 and 0-34); (v) Regardless of flange type used, the wheel shall always be guarded. Blotters shall be used in accordance with subparagraph (6) of this paragraph. (2) Design and material. Revoked
mtJlNeXlMtTMb)
STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
(4) Uniformity of diameter.
(i) Both flanges, of any type, between which a wheel is mounted, shall be of the same diameter and have equal bearing surface. Exceptions are set forth in the remaining subdivisions of this subpara graph.
(H) Type 27 and Type 28 wheels, because of their shape and usage, require spe cially designed adaptors. The back flange shall extend beyond the central hub or raised portion and contact the wheel to counteract the side pressure on the wheel in use. The adaptor nut which is less than the minimum one-third diameter of wheel fits in the depressed side of wheel to pre vent interference in side grinding andserves to drive the wheel by its clamping force against the depressed portion of the back flange. The variance in flange diameters, the adaptor nut being less than one-third wheel diameter, and the use of side pressure in wheel operation limits the use to reinforced organic bonded wheels. Mounts which are affixed to the wheel by the manufacturer shall not be reused. Type 27 and Type 28 wheels shall be used only with a safety guard located between wheel and operator dur ing use. (See Figure 0-24-A.)
FIGURE HO. 0-24-A
SCARING SURFACE
3
t3
(3) finish and balance. Flanges shall be dimen sionally accurate and in good balance.
There shall be no rough surfaces or sharp edges.
Types t7 and t8 wheels, because of their shape, require specially designed adaptors.
Chance 7
SOI
liasiMeX4XU)
MCD 000011240
1910.21540(4X111) STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
(Hi) Modified Types 6 and 11 wheels (terrazzo) with tapered K dimension.
(5) Recess and undercut.
(I) Straight relieved flanges made accord ing to Table 0-6 and Figure 0-32 shall be recessed at least one-sixteenth inch on the side next to the wheel for a distance as specified in Table 0-6.
(7) Driving flong*. The driving flange shall be securely fastened to the spindle and the bearing surface shall run true. When more than one wheel is mounted between a single set of flanges, wheels may be cemented together or separated by specially designed spacers. Spacers shall be equal in diameter to the mounting flanges and have equal bearing surfaces. (See paragraph (dX6) of this section.)
<ii) Straight flanges of the adaptor or sleeve type (Table 0-7 and Figures 0-33 and 0-34) shall be undercut so that there will be no bearing on the sides of the wheel within one-eighth inch of the arbor hole.
(6) Blotters.
(I) Blotters (compressible washers) shall always be used between flanges and abra sive wheel surfaces to insure uniform dis tribution of flange pressure. (See para graph (dX5) of this section.)
(<i) Exception:
(a) Mounted wheels.
(b) Abrasive discs (inserted nut, inserted washer, and projecting stud type).
(c) Plate mounted wheels.
(d) Cylinders, cups, or segmental wheels that are mounted in chucks.
(e) Types 27 and 28 wheels.
(f) Certain Type 1 and Type 27A cuttingoff wheels.
(g) Certain internal wheels.
(h) Type 4 tapered wheels.
(1) Diamond wheels, except certain vit rified diamond wheels.
(j) Modified Types 6 and 11 wheel (ter razzo)--blotters applied flat side of wheel only.
(B) Dtmamions.
(i) Tables 0--4 and 0-6 and Figures 0-30 and 0-32 show minimum dimensions for straight relieved and unrelieved flanges for use with wheels with small holes that fit directly on the machine spindle. Dimensions of such flanges shall never be less than indicated and should be greater where practicable.
fii) Table 0-5, and Table 0-7 and Figures 0-31, 0-33, 0-34 show minimum dimen sions for straight adaptor flanges for use with wheels having holes larger than the spindle. Dimensions of such adaptor flanges shall never be less than indicated and should be greater where practicable.
(HI) Table 0-8 and Figure 0-35 show minimum dimensions for straight flanges that are an integral part of wheel sleeves which are frequently used on precision grinding machines. Dimensions of such flanges shall never be less than indicated and should be greater where practicable.
(9) Repair* and maintenance. All flanges shall be maintained in good condition. When the bearing surfaces become worn, warped, sprung, or damaged they should be trued or refaced. When refacing or truing, care shall be exercised to make sure that proper relief and rigidity is maintained as specified in subparagraphs (2) and (5) of this para graph and they shall be replaced when they do not conform to these subparagraphs and Table 0-4, Figure 0-30, Table 0-5, Figure 0-31, Table 0-6, Figure 0-32, and Table 0-8, Figure 0-35.
Failure to observe these rules might cause excessive flange pressure around the
1910.215(eK9)
502
HCD 000011241
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
19lS.21fXl> STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
maximum operating speed. Stopping dis
tances shall be expressed in inches of sur face travel of the roll from the instant the emergency stopping device is actuated.
than 1% percent of the peripheral no-
load surface speeds of the respective calender rolls as determined in feet per minute.
(2) Stopping limit* for mill*. All mills irrespec
tive of the size of the rolls or their arrange ment (individually or group-driven) shall be stopped within a distance, as measured in inches of surface travel, not greater than lVa percent of the peripheral no-load sur face speeds of the respective rolls as deter mined in feet per minute.
(ii) Where speeds above 250 feet per minute as measured on the surface of the drive roll are used, stopping distances of more than 134 percent are permissible. Such stopping distances shall be subject to engineering determination.
(g) Alarm.
(3) Stopping limit* for calenders.
(i) All calenders, irrespective of size of the rolls or their configuration, shall be stopped within a distance, as measured in inches of surface travel, not greater
Where an exposure is created by the operation, and the operators are not within sight or hearing of other employees, a suitable alarm device should be provided so that
assistance will be available in case of acci- >dents.
1910.217--MECHANICAL POWER PRESSES
(a) General requirements. (1) New Installation*. Revoked
(2) Format installations. Revoked
(S) Ixciudod machine*. Press brakes, hydraulic and pneumatic power presses, bulldozers, hot bending and hot metal presses, forging presses and hammers, riveting machines and simil ar types of fastener applicators are excluded from the requirements of this sec tion.
(b) Mechanical power press guarding and construction, general.
(3) All installation*. Revoked
(4) Reconstruction and modifkat.sn. It shall be the responsibility of any person recon structing, or modifying a mechanical power press to do so in accordance with paragraph (b) of this section.
(1) Haiard* to personnel associated with broken
or falling machine components. Machine compo nents shall be designed, secured, or covered to minimize hazards caused by breakage, or loosening and falling or release of mechanical energy (i.e. broken springs).
(2) brake*. Friction brakes provided for stop ping or holding a slide movement shall be inherently self-engaging by requiring power or-force from an external source to cause disengagement. Brake capacity shall be sufficient to stop the motion of the slide quickly and capable of holding the slide and its attachments at any point in its travel.
(38 F.R. 16223, June 21, 1973.)
Chonfe 7
511 isiaii7(bx2)
MCD 00001X242
1910.217(b)(3) STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
(3) Machines using full revolution positive dutch**.
(i) Machines using full revolution clutches shall incorporate a single-stroke mech anism.
(ii) If the single-stroke mechanism is dependent upon spring action, the spring(s) shall be of the compression type, operating on a rod or guided within a hole or tube, and designed to prevent inter leaving of the spring coils in event of breakage.
(4) Foot podols (treodlo).
(i) The pedal mechanism shall be pro
tected to prevent unintended operation from falling or moving objects or by acci dental stepping onto the pedal.
(ii) A pad with a nonslip contact area shall be firmly attached to the pedal.
(iii) The pedal return spring(s) shall be of the compression type, operating on a rod or guided within a hole or tube, or designed to prevent interleaving of spring coils in event of breakage.
(lv) If pedal counterweights are provided, the path of the travel of the weight shall be enclosed.
(5) Hand operated lever*.
(i) Hand-lever-operated power presses shall be equipped with a spring latch on the operating lever to prevent premature or accidental tripping.
(ii) The operating levers on handtripped presses having more than one operating station shall be interlocked to prevent the tripping of the press except by the "concurrent" use of all levers.
(6) Two-hand trip.
(i) A two-hand trip shall have the individual operator's hand controls pro tected against unintentional operation and have the individual operator's hand controls arranged by design and con struction and/or separation to require the
use of both hands to trip the press and
m0417(bK7Kr>
i
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
use a control arrangement requiring con current operation of the individual operator's hand controls.
(ii) Two-hand trip systems on full revolu tion clutch machines shall incorporate an antirepeat feature.
(iii) If two-hand trip systems are used on multiple operator presses, each operator shall have a separate set of controls.
(7) Muchin** uting part revolution clutch**.
(i) The clutch shall release and the brake shall be applied when the external clutch engaging means is removed, deactivated, or deenergized.
(ii) A red color stop control shall be pro vided with the clutch/brake control system. Momentary operation of the stop control shall immediately deactivate the clutch and apply the brake. The stop con trol shall override any other control, and reactuation of the clutch shall require use of the operating (tripping) means which has been selected.
(iii) A means of selecting Off, "Inch," Single Stroke, and Continuous (when the continuous function is furnished) shall be supplied with the clutch/brake control to select type of operation of the press. Fixing of selection shall be by means capable of supervision by the employer.
(iv) The "Inch" operating means shall be designed to prevent exposure of the work ers hands within the point of operation by:
(a) Requiring the concurrent use of both hands to actuate the clutch, or
(b) Being a single control protected against accidental actuation and so located that the worker cannot reach into the point of operation while operat ing the single control.
(v) Two-hand controls for single stroke shall conform to the following require ments:
MCD 000011243
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
(iv) The pull-out device shall protect the operator as specified in paragraph (c)(3)(i)(6) of this section and shall include attachments for each of the operator's hands.
(a) Attachments shall be connected to and operated only by the press slide or upper die.
(b) Attachment shall be adjusted to pre vent the operator from reaching into the point of operation or to withdraw the operator's hands from the point of opera tion before the dies close.
(c) A separate pull-out device shall be provided for each operator if more than one operator is used on a press.
(d) Each pull-out device in use shall be visually inspected and checked for proper adjustment at the start of each operator shift, following a new die set-up, and when operators are changed. Necessary maintenance or repair or both shall be performed and completed before the press is operated. Records of inspections and maintenance shall be kept in accordance with paragraph (e) of this section.
(v) The sweep device may not be used for point of op eration safeguarding after Dec ember 31, 1976.
Chang* 7
SI 7
l10.21T<cM3Xhr>
STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
(vi) A holdout or a restraint device shall protect the operator as specified in sub division (iXc) of this subparagraph and shall include attachments for each of the operator's hands. Such attachments shall be securely anchored and adjusted in such a way that the operator is restrained from reaching into the point of operation. A separate set of restraints shall be pro vided for each operator if more than one operator is required on a press. (vM) The two hand control device shAll pro tect the operator as specified in paragraph (c)(3)(iX*) of this section.
(a) When used in press operations requir ing more than one operator, separate two hand controls shall be provided for each operator, and shall be designed to require concurrent application of all operators' controls to activate the slide. The removal of a hand from any control button shall cause the slide to stop.
(b) Each two hand control shall meet the construction requirements of paragraph (bX7)(v) of this section.
(c) The safety distance (Di) between each two hand control device and the point of operation shall be greater than the dis tance determined by the following formu la:
1910J17(eXSXvtlXc)
MCD 000011244
1910.217(K3KvHMe) STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
D = 63 inchea/second x T: where: D. = minimum safety distance (inches); 63 inches/second > hand speed constant; and T- - stopping time of the press measured at approxi mately 90s position of crankshaft rotation (seconds).
(d) Two hand control shall be fixed in pos ition so that only a supervisor or safety engineer is capable of relocating the con trols.
(vlll) The two hand trip device shall protect the operator as specified in paragraph (c)(3)(i)(e) of this section.
(a) When used in press operations requir ing more than one operator, separate two hand trips shall be provided for each operator, and shall be designed to require
concurrent application of all operators' controls to activate the slide.
140 F,R. 3982, January 27. 1975.1
(b) Each two hand trip shall meet the construction requirements of paragraph (bX6) of this section.
(c) The safety distance (Dm) between the two hand trip and the point of operation hall be greater than the distance deter mined by the following formula:
Dn 63 Inehea/aaeond x Tm; where: Dm " minimum safety distance (Inches); 68 inchea/aeeond * hand speed constant; and Tm * the maximum time the press takes for the die clo sure after it has been tripped (seconds). For full revolution clutch presses with only one engaging point To is equal to the time necessary for one and one-half revolutiona of the crankshaft. For fiili revolution clutch presses with more than one engaging point, Tm shall be calculated as follows:
Tm =
Number of engaging points per revolution
x time necessary to complete
} one revolution of the crankshaft (seconds)
(d) Two hand trips shall be fixed in posi tion so that only a supervisor or safety engineer is capable of relocating the con trols.
(lx) [Revoked]
[39 F.R. 41841. December 3. 1974)
(4) Hand feeding feels. Hand feeding tools are intended for placing and removing materi
als in and from the press. Hand feeding tools are not a point of operation guard or protec tion device and shall not be used in lieu of the "guards" or devices required in this sec tion.
(5) Additional requirements far safeguarding. Where the operator feeds or removes parts by placing one or both hands in the point of oper ation, and a two hand control, presence sens ing device of Type B gate or movable barrier (on a part revolution clutch) is used for safeguarding:
19IOJl7(cK5MIU)
518
(I) the employer shall use a control system and a brake monitor which comply with paragraphs (bXl3) and (14) of this section. This requirement shall be complied with by November 1, 1975;
(II) the exception in paragraph (b)(7)(v)(d) of this section for two hand controls man ufactured and installed before August 31, 1971 is not ipplictble under this paragraph (cX5);
(III) the control of air clutch machines shall be designed to prevent a significant increase in the normal stopping time due to a failure within the operating valve mechanism, and to inhibit further operation if such failure does occur, where a part revolution clutch is employed. The exception in paragraph (bX7Xxi) of this section for controls man ufactured and installed before August 31, 1971, is not applicable under this paragraph (cX5).
00001 12.4S VlCD
OCCUPATIONAL 8A7STY AND HEALTH
i10J17(d) STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
(d) Dttign, construction, sotting ond food* ing of dies,
(1) General rsqwJramsnt*. Effective February 1, 1976, the emioyer shall:
(I) use dies and operating methods designed to control or eliminate hazards to operating personnel, and
(ii) furnish and enforce the use of hand tools for freeing and removing stuck work or scrap pieces from the die, so that no employee need reach into the point of opera* tion for such purposes.
(2) [Revoked]
139 F.R. 41841, December 3, 1974.]
(3) Scrap handling. The employer shall provide means for handling scrap from roll feed or random length stock operations. Scrap cut* ters used in conjunction with scrap han dling systems shall be safeguarded in accordance with paragraph (b) of this sec tion and with I 1910.219.
(4) Guide poet hazard. The hazard created by a guide post (when it is located in the immediate vicinity of the operator) when separated from its bushing by more than one-fourth inch shall be considered as a point of operation hazard and be protected in accordance with paragraph (c) of this sec tion.
(5) Unitized tooling. If unitized tooling is used, the opening between the top of the punch holder and the face of the slide, or striking pad, shall be safeguarded in accordance with the requirements of paragraph (b) of this section.
(6) Tonnage, stroke, and weight designation. All dies shall be:
(I) Stamped with the tonnage and stroke requirements, or have these characteris tics recorded if these records are readily available to the die setter;
(ii) Stamped to indicate upper die weight when necessary for air counterbalance pressure adjustment; and
(Hi) Stamped to indicate complete die weight when handling equipment may become overloaded.
(7) Die fastening. Provision shall be made in both the upper and lower shoes for securely mounting the die to the bolster and slide. Where clamp caps or setscrews are used in conjunction with punch stems, additional means of securing the upper shoe to the slide shall be used.
(8) Die handling. Handling equipment attach points shall be provided on all dies requiring mechanical handling.
(9) Diesetting.
(i) The employer shall establish a die setting procedure that will insure com pliance with paragraph (b) of this section.
(ii) The employer shall provide spring loaded turnover bars, for presses designed to accept such turnover bars.
(Hi) The employer shall provide die stops or other means to prevent losing control of the die while setting or removing dies in presses which are inclined.
(iv) The employer shall provide and enforce the use of safety blocks for use whenever dies are being adjusted or repaired in the press.
(v) The employer shall provide brushes, swabs, lubricating rolls, and automatic or manual pressure guns so that operators and diesetters shall not be required to reach into the point of operation or other hazard areas to lubricate material, punches or dies.
(a) Inspection, maintenance, and modifi cation of presses.
(1) Inspection and maintenance records.
(i) It shall be the responsibility of the employer to establish and follow a program of periodic and regular inspections of his power presses to insure that all their parts, auxiliary equipment, and safeguards are in a
519
191041?<*X1XI)
MCD 000011246
l910.217(eHlXl> STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
safe operating condition and adjustment. The employer shall maintain records of these inspections and the maintenance work performed.
(ii) Each press shall be inspected and tested no less than weekly to determine the condi tion of the dutch/brake mechanism, anti repeat feature and single stroke mechanism. Necessary maintenance or repair or both shall be performed and completed before the press is operated. The employer shall main tain records of these inspections and the maintenance work performed. These re quirements do not apply to those presses which comply with paragraph (b)(13) and (14) of this section.
! 39 F.R. 41841. December 3. 1974.]
(2) Modification. It shall be the responsibility of any person modifying a power press to furnish instructions with the modification to establish new or changed guidelines for use and care of the power press so modified.
(3) Training of mainfonanco personnel. It shall be the responsibility of the employer to insure the original and continuing compe tence of personnel caring for, inspecting, and maintaining power presses.
(f) Operation of power presses.
(1) Employment of minors. Revoked
sion that correct operating procedures are being followed.
(3) Work aroo. The employer shall provide clearance between machines so that move ment of one operator will not interfere with the work of another. Ample room for clean
ing machines, handling material, work pieces, and scrap shall also be provided. All surrounding floors shall be kept in good con dition and free from obstructions, grease, oil, and water.
(4) Overloading. The employer shall operate his presses within the tonnage and attach ment weight ratings specified by the man ufacturer.
This table shows the distances that guards shall be positioned from the danger line in accordance with the required openings.
Table 0-10
Distance of opening Maximum width of
from point of opera-
opening
tion hazard (inchee)
(inches)
%tol%............... i%to2%-------------2%to3%....................................
3% to 5%....................................
% H %
%
5% to6%..........
%
*%to7%.................................... %
7% to 12.................................... 1%
13% to 16%.................................. 1%
16% to 17%.................................. 1%
17% to 31%..................................2%
(9) Reports of injuries to omployoos operating mochanicol powor presses.
(2) Instruction to operators. The employer shall train and instruct the operator in the safe method of work before starting work on any operation covered by this section. The employer shall insure by adequate supervi
The employer shall, within 30 days of the oc currence, report to either the Director of the Of fice of Standards Development, OSHA, U.S. Department of Labor, Washington, D.C. 20210, or the State agency administering a plan ap proved by the Assistant Secretary of Labor for
Occupational Safety and Health, all point of op eration injuries to operators or other employees. The following information shall be included in the report:
191&217(f)
520
MOD OOOOU2 47
Change 7
OCCUPATIONAL 8A7ETY AND HEALTH
(3) Cenveyor*. Conveyor power transmission equipment shall be guarded in accordance with ANSI B20.1-1957, Safety Code for Con veyors, Cableways, and Related Equip ment. (4) Shot blast. The cleaning chamber shall have doors or guards to protect operators.
1910J18<JH3>
STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
(5) Grinding. Personal protective equipment shall be used in grinding operations, and equipment shall be used and maintained in accordance with ANSI B7.1-1970, Safety Code for the Use, Care, and Protection of Abrasive Wheels, and with 1910.215.
1910.219--MECHANICAL POWER-TRANSMISSION APPARATUS
(a) General requirements.
(1) This section covers all types and shapes of powei>transmission belts, except the fol lowing when operating at two hundred and fifty (250) feet per minute or less:
(i) Flat belts one (1) inch or less in width,
(ii) Flat belts two (2) inches or less in width which are free from metal lacings or fas teners,
(HI) Round belts one-half (V4) inch or less in diameter; and
(iv) Single strand V-belts, the width of which is thirteen thirty-seconds (|S/3a) inch or less.
(3) Vertical and inclined belts (paragraphs (e) (3) and (4) of this section) if not more than two and one-half (244) inches wide and running at a speed of less than one thousand (1,000) feet per minute, and if free from metal lacings or fastenings may be guarded with a nip-point belt and pulley guard.
(3) For the Textile Industry, because of the presence of excessive deposits of lint, which constitute a serious fire hazard, the sides and face sections only of nip-point belt and pulley guards are required, provided the guard shall extend at least six (6) inches beyond the rim of the pulley on the in running and off-running sides of the belt and at least two (2) inches away from the
rim and face of the pulley in all other direc tions,
(4) This section covers the principal features with which power transmission safeguards shall comply.
(b) Prime-mover guards.
(1) Flywheels. Flywheels located so that any part is seven (7) feet or less above floor or platform shall be guarded in accordance with the requirements of this subpara graph:
(i) With an enclosure of sheet, perforated, or expanded metal, or woven wire;
(<l) With guard rails placed not less than fifteen (15) inches nor more than twenty (20) inches from rim. When flywheel extends into pit or is within 12 inches of floor, a standard toeboard shall also be provided;
(Hi) When the upper rim of flywheel pro trudes through a working floor, it shall be entirely enclosed or surrounded by a guardrail and toeboard.
(iv) For flywheels with smooth rims five (5) feet or less in diameter, where the pre ceding methods cannot be applied, the fol lowing may be used: A disk attached to the flywheel in such manner as to cover the spokes of the wheel on the exposed side and present a smooth surface and edge, at the same time providing means
ltl9J19(bXlKiv)
MCD 000011248
1910.219(bK 1XIt)
STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
for periodic inspection. An open space, not exceeding four (4) inches in width, may be left between the outside edge of the disk and the rim of the wheel if desired, to facilitate turning the wheel over. Where a disk is used, the keys or other dangerous projections not covered by disk shall be cut off or covered. This subdivi sion does not apply to flywheels with solid web centers.
(v) Adjustable guard to be used for start ing engine or for running adjustment may be provided at the flywheel of gas or oil engines. A slot opening for jack bar will be permitted.
(vi) Wherever flywheels are above work ing areas, guards shall be installed hav ing sufficient strength to hold the weight of the flywheel in the event of a shaft or wheel mounting failure.
(2) Cranks and connecting rods. Cranks and con necting rods, when exposed to contact shall be guarded in accordance with paragraphs (m) and (n) of this section, or by a guardrail as described in paragraph <o) (5) of this sec tion.
(3) Toil rods or extension piston rads. Tail rods or extension piston rods shall be guarded in accordance with paragraphs (m) and (o) of this section, or by a guardrail on sides and end, with a clearance of not less than fifteen (16) nor more than twenty (20) inches when rod is fully extended.
(c) Shafting
(1) Installation.
(I) Each continuous line of shafting shall be secured in position against excessive endwise movement.
mojiMcxs)
i
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
(ii) Inclined and vertical shafts, par ticularly inclined idler shafts, shall be se curely held in position against endwise thrust.
(2) Guarding horizontal shafting.
(i) All exposed parts of horizontal shafting seven (7) feet or less from floor or working platform, excepting runways used exclu sively for oiling, or running adjustments, shall be protected by a stationary casing enclosing shafting completely or by a trough enclosing sides and top or sides and bottom of shafting as location requires.
(ii) Shafting under bench machines shall be enclosed by a stationary casing, or by a trough at sides and top or sides and bottom, as location requires. The sides of the trough shall come within at least six (6) inches of the underside of table, or if shafting is located near floor within six (6) inches of floor. In every case the sides of trough shall extend at least two (2) inches beyond the shafting or pro tuberance.
(3) Guarding vertical and indinad shafting. Verti cal and inclined shafting seven (7) feet or less from floor or working platform, except ing maintenance runways, shall be enclosed with a stationary casing in accordance with requirements of paragraphs (m) and (o) of this section.
(4) Fra(acting shaft ends.
(i) Projecting shaft ends shall present a smooth edge and end and shall not project more than one-half the diameter of the shaft unless guarded by nonrotating caps or safety sleeves.
(II) Unused keyways shall be filled up or covered.
(9) FowoMransmission apparatus iocotad in bass monts. All mechanical power transmission apparatus located in basements, towers, and rooms used exclusively for power trans-
Chanfc 7
000011249 MOD
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
191JlMcX5>
STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
mission equipment shall be guarded in accordance with this section, except that the requirements for safeguarding belts, pulleys, and shafting need not be complied with when the following requirements are met:
(i) The basement, tower, or room occupied by transmission equipment is locked against unauthorized entrance.
(9) Broken pulleys. Pulleys with cracks, or pieces broken out of rims, shall not be used.
(4) Pulley speeds. Pulleys intended to operate at rim speed in excess of manufacturers nor mal recommendations shall be specially designed and carefully balanced for the speed at which they are to operate.
(ii) The vertical clearance in passageways between the floor and power transmission beams, ceiling, or any other objects, is not less than five feet six inches (5 ft. 6 in.).
(iii) The intensity of illumination con forms to the requirements of ANSI All.1-1965 (R-1970).
(iv) Revoked
(v) The route followed by the oiler is pro tected in such manner as to prevent acci dent.
(d) Pulleys,
() Balt, rope, and chain drives.
(1) Horizontal bolt* and repos.
(I) Where both runs of horizontal belts are seven (7) feet or less from the floor level, the guard shall extend to at least fifteen (15) inches above the belt or to a standard height (see Table 0-12), except that where both runs of a horizontal belt are 42 inches or less from the floor, the belt shall be fully enclosed in accordance with paragraphs (m) and (o) of this section.
(1) Guarding. Pulleys, any parts of which are seven (7) feet or less from the floor or work ing platform, shall be guarded in accordance
with the standards specified in paragraphs (m) and (o) of this section. Pulleys serving as balance wheels (e.g., punch presses) on which the point of contact between belt and pulley is more than six feet six inches (6 ft. 6 in.) from the floor or platform may be guarded with a disk covering the spokes.
(2) location of pulley*.
() Unless the distance to the nearest fixed pulley, clutch, or hanger exceeds the width of the belt used, a guide shall be provided to prevent the belt from leaving the pulley on the side where insufficient clearance exists.
(ii) Where there are overhanging pulleys on line, jack, or countershafts with no bearing between the pulley and the outer end of the shaft, a guide to prevent the belt from running off the pulley should be provided.
Change 7
MCD 000011250
527
(ii) In powerplants or power-development rooms, a guardrail may be used in lieu of the* guard required by subdivision (i) of this subparagraph.
(2) Overhead herisenfal bolts.
(I) Overhead horizontal belts, with lower parts seven (7) feet or less from the floor or platform, shall be guarded on sides and bottom in accordance with paragraph (oX3) of this section.
(II) Horizontal overhead belts more than seven (7) feet above floor or platform shall be guarded for their entire length under the following conditions:
(a) If located over passageways or work places and traveling 1,800 feet or more per minute.
(b) If center to center distance between pulleys is ten (10) feet or more.
(c) If belt is eight (8) inches or more in width.
l*lf-Il*.XXilXe>
1910.219(eK2Hiii) STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
(iii) Where the upper and lower runs of horizontal belts are so located that pas sage of persons between them would be possible, the passage shall be either:
(a) Completely barred by a guardrail or other barrier in accordance with paragraphs (m) and (o) of this section; or
(b) Where passage is regarded as neces sary, there shall be a platform over the lower run guarded on either side by a railing completely filled in with wire mesh or other filler, or by a solid barrier. The upper run shall be so guarded as to prevent contact therewith either by the worker or by objects carried by him. In powerplants only the lower run of the belt need be guarded.
(tv) Overhead chain and link belt drives are governed by the same rules as over head horizontal belts and shall be guarded in the same manner as belts.
I910Jl(eK5Mi)
52S
(3) Vertical and inclined belts.
(i) Vertical and inclined belts shall be enclosed by a guard conforming to stand ards in paragraphs (m) and (o) of this sec tion.
(il) All guards for inclined belts shall be arranged in such a manner that a minimum clearance of seven (7) feet is maintained between belt and floor at any point outside of guard.
(4) Vertical belt*. Vertical belts running over a lower pulley more than seven (7) feet above floor or platform shall be guarded at the bottom in the same manner as horizon tal overhead belts, if conditions are as stated in subparagraphs (2)(iiKa) and (c) of this paragraph.
(5) Cone-pulley belts.
(I) The cone belt and pulley shall be equipped with a belt shifter so construct ed as to adequately guard the nip point of the belt and pulley. If the frame of the belt shifter doe's not adequately guard the nip point of the belt and pulley, the nip point shall be further protected by means of a vertical guard placed in front of the pulley and extending at least to the top of the largest step of the cone.
MCD 000011251
Chsnfe 7
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
(H) If the belt is of the endless type or laced with rawhide laces, and belt shifter is not desired, the a belt will be considered guarded if the nip point of the belt and pulley is protected by a nip point guard located in front of the cone extend ing at least to the top of the largest step of the cone, and formed to show the con tour of the cone in order to give the nip point of the belt and pulley the maximum protection.
(Hi) If the cone is located less than 3 feet from the floor or working platform, the cone pulley and belt shall be guarded to a height of 3 feet regardless of whether the belt is endless or laced with rawhide.
(2) Hand-operated gear*. Subparagraph (1) of this paragraph does not apply to hand-oper ated gears used only to adjust machine parts and which do not continue to move after hand power is removed. However, the guarding of these gears is highly recom mended.
(2) Sprodcet* end chain*. All sprocket wheels and chains shall be enclosed unless they are more than seven (7) feet above the floor or platform. Where the drive extends over other machine or working areas, protection against falling shall be provided. This subparagraph does not apply to manually oper ated sprockets.
(A) Mt tightener*.
(I) Suspended counterbalanced tighteners and all parts thereof shall be of substan tial construction and securely fastened; the bearings shall be securely capped. Means must be provided to prevent tight ener from falling, in case the belt breaks.
(ii) Where suspended counterweights are used and not guarded by location, they shall be so encased as to prevent accident.
(f) Gears, sprockets, and chains.
(1) Osar*. Gears shall be guarded in accordance with one of the following methods:
(i) By a complete enclosure; or
(li) By a standard guard as.described in paragraph (o) of this section, at least seven (7) feet high extending six (6) inches above the mesh point of the gears; or
(ill) By a band guard covering the face of gear and having flanges extended inward beyond the root of the teeth on the exposed side or sides. Where any por tion of the train of gears guarded by a band guard is less than six (6) feet from the floor a disk guard or a complete enclosure to the height of six (6) feet shall be required.
(4) Opening* for oiling. When frequent oiling must be done, openings with hinged or slid ing self-closing covers shall be provided. All points not readily accessible shall have oil feed tubes if lubricant is to be added while machinery is in motion.
(9) Guarding friction drivas.
The driving point of all friction drives when exposed to contact shall be guarded, ail arm or spoke friction drives and all web friction drives with holes in the web shall be entirely enclosed, and all projecting belts on friction drives where exposed to contact shall be guarded.
(h) Kay*, setscrews, and othar projections.
(1) All projecting keys, setscrews, and other projections in revolving parts shall be removed or made flush or guarded by metal cover. This subparagraph does not apply to keys or setscrews within gear or sprocket casings or other enclosures, nor to keys, setscrews, or oilcups in hubs of pulleys less than twenty (20) inches in diameter where they are within the plane of the rim of the pulley.
(2) It is recommended, however, that no pro jecting setscrews or oilcups be used in any revolving pulley or part of machinery.
MOD 000011252
*
mOJl*hM2)
1910.219(1) STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
(i) Collars and couplings.
(1) Collar*. All revolving collars, including split collars, shall be cylindrical, and screws or bolts used in collars shall not project beyond the largest periphery of the collar.
(2) Couplings. Shaft couplings shall be so con structed as to present no hazard from bolts, nuts, setscrews, or revolving surfaces. Bolts, nuts, and setscrews will, however, be permitted where they are covered with safety sleeves or where they are used paral lel with the shafting and are countersunk or else do not extend beyond the flange of the coupling.
(j) Bearings and facilities for oiling.
All drip cups and pans shall be securely fas tened.
(k) Guarding of dutches, cutoff couplings, and clutch pulloys.
(1) Guards. Clutches, cutoff couplings, or clutch pulleys having projecting parts, where such clutches are located seven (7) feet or less above the floor or working plat form. shall be enclosed by a stationary guard constructed in accordance with this section. A "U" type guard is permissible.
belt shifter provided with mechanical means to prevent belt from creeping from loose to tight pulley. It is recommended that old installations be changed to con form to this rule.
(U) Belt shifter and clutch handles shall be rounded and be located as far as possi ble from danger of accidental contact, but within easy reach of the operator. Where belt shifters are not directly located over a machine or bench, the handles shall be cut off six feet six inches (6 ft. 6 in.) above floor level.
(IH) All belt and clutch shifters of the same type in each shop should move in the same direction to stop machines, i.e., either all right or all left. This does not apply to friction clutch on countershaft carrying two clutch pulleys with open and crossed belts, respectively. In this case the shifter handle has three positions and the machine is at a standstill when clutch handle is in the neutral or center position.
(2) Belt shippers and shipper poles. The use of belt poles as substitutes for mechanical shifters is not recommended.
(2) Engine rooms. In engine rooms a guardrail, preferably with toeboard, may be used instead of the guard required by subpara graph (1) of this paragraph, provided such a room is occupied only by engineroom attendants.
(I) Belt shifters, dutches, shippers, poles, perches, and fasteners.
(1) Belt shifters.
(i) Tight and loose pulleys on all new installations made on or after August 31, 1971, shall be eauiooed with a permanent
(3) Belt perches. Where loose pulleys or idlers are not practicable, belt perches in form of brackets, rollers, etc., shall be used to keep idle belts away from the shafts. Perches should be substantial and designed for the safe shifting of belts.
(4) Belt fasteners. Belts which of necessity must be shifted by hand and belts within seven (7) feet of the floor or working plat form which are not guarded in accordance with this section shall not be fastened with metal in any case, nor with any other fasten ing which by construction or wear will con stitute an accident hazard.
lMJlMlX*)
590
Chance 7
MCD 000011253
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
(m) Standard guard*---general require ments.
(1) Materials.
(i) Standard conditions shall be secured by the use of the following materials. Expanded metal, perforated or solid sheet metal, wire mesh on a frame of angle iron, or iron pipe securely fastened to floor or to frame of machine.
(ii) All metal should be free from burrs and sharp edges.
(2) Methods of manufacture.
(i) Expanded metal, sheet or perforated metal, and wire mesh shall be securely fastened to frame
(n) Disk, shield, and "U" guards. Revoked
(o) Approved materials.
(1) Minimum requirements. The materials and dimensions specified in this paragraph shall apply to all guards, except horizontal over head belts, rope, cable, or chain guards more than seven (7) feet above floor, or platform.
(I) Revoked
(a) All guards shall be rigidly braced every three (3) feet or fractional part of their height to some fixed part of machinery or building structure. Where guard is exposed to contact with moving equipment additional strength may be necessary.
(2) Wood guards.
(i) Wood guards may be used in the wood working and chemical industries, in industries where the presence of fumes or where manufacturing conditions would cause the rapid deterioration of metal guards; also in construction work and in locations outdoors where extreme cold or extreme heat make metal guards and railings undesirable. In all other industries, wood guards shall not be used.
ltILXIMm)
STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
(3) Guards far horizontal everheod belts.
(i) Guards for horizontal overhead belts shall run the entire length of the belt and follow the line of the pulley to the ceiling or be carried to the nearest wall, thus enclosing the belt effectively. Where belts are so located as to make it impracticable to carry the guard to wall or ceiling, con struction of guard shall be such as to enclose completely the top and bottom runs of belt and the face of pulleys.
(ii) Revoked
(lii) Suitable reinforcement shall be pro vided for the ceiling rafters or overhead floor beams, where such is necessary, to sustain safely the weight and stress likely to be imposed by the guard. The interior surface of all guards, by which is meant the surface of the guard with which a belt will come in contact, shall be smooth and free from all projections of any character, except where construction demands it; protruding shallow roundhead rivets may be used. Overhead belt guards shall be at least one-quarter wider than belt which they protect, except that this clear ance need not in any case exceed six (6) inches on each side. Overhead rope drive and block and roller-chain-drive guards shall be not less than six (6) inches wider than the drive on each side. In overhead silent chain-drive guards where the chain is held from lateral displacement on the sprockets, the side clearances required on drives of twenty (20) inch centers or under shall be not less than one-fourth inch from the nearest moving chain part, and on drives of over twenty (20) inch centers a minimum ofone-half inch from the near est moving chain part.
(4) Ouards far Heriiental overhead rope and chain
drive*. Overhead-rope and chain-drive guard construction shall conform to the rules for overhead-belt guard construction
Chance?
Men 000li254
S3i
ll*.lIKoK4)
I910.219(o)<5)
STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
(5) Guordmilt and boards.
(i) Guardrail shall be forty-two (42) inches in height, with midrail between top rail and floor.
(ii) Posts shall be not more than eight (8) feet apart; they are to be permanent and substantial, smooth, and free from pro truding nails, bolts, and splinters. If made of pipe, the post shall be one and onefourth (lV-i) inches inside diameter, or larger. If made of metal shapes or bars, their section shall be equal in strength to that of one and one-half (lVfe) by one and one-half (lVfe) by three-sixteenths (3/i) inch angle iron. If made of wood,
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
the posts shall be two by four (2 x 4) inches or larger. The upper rail shall be two by four (2 x 4) inches, or two one by four (1 x 4) strips, one at the top and one at the side of posts. The midrail may be one by four (1x4) inches or more. The rails (metal shapes, metal bars, or wood), should be on that side of the posts which gives the best protection and support. Where panels are fitted with expanded metal or wire mesh as noted in Table 0-12 the mid dle rails may be omitted. Where guard is exposed to contact with moving equip ment, additional strength may be neces sary.
(Hi) Toeboards shall be four (4) inches or more in height, of wood, metal, or of metal
Pages 533 and 534 deleted
l10.*lt<)<5><iii)
532
Change 7
MCD 000011255
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
grill not exceeding one (1) inch mesh. Toeboards at flywheel pits should prefer ably be placed as close to edge of the pit as possible.
(p) Core of equipment.
(1) General. All power-transmission equip ment shall be inspected at intervals not exceeding 60 days and be kept in good work ing condition at all times. (2) Shafting.
(i) Shafting shall be kept in alignment, free from rust and excess oil or grease.
(ii) Where explosives, explosive dusts, flammable vapors or flammable liquids exist, the hazard of static sparks from shafting shall be carefully considered.
(3) Bearings. Bearings shall be kept in align ment and properly adjusted.
(4) Mongers. Hangers shall be inspected to make certain that all supporting bolts and screws are tight and that supports ofhanger boxes are adjusted properly.
(5) Pulleys.
(I) Pulleys shall be kept in proper align ment to prevent belts from running off.
(H) One or both pulleys carrying a nonshifting belt should have crowned faces.
19l0.219(oMSMUI)
STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
(lit) Cast-iron pulleys should be tested fre quently with a hammer to disclose cracks in rim or spokes. It should be borne in mind that the sound is usually the pulley.
(hr) Split pulleys should be inspected to ascertain if all bolts holding together the sections of the pulley are tight.
(6) Care ef belts.
(i) Revoked
(ii) Inspection shall be made of belts, lac ings, and fasteners and such equipment kept in good repair.
(iii) Where possible, dressing should not be applied when belt or rope is in motion; but, if this is necessary, it should be applied where belts or rope leave pulley, not where they approach. The same pre cautions apply to lubricating chains. In the case of V-belts, belt dressing is neither necessary nor advisable.
(7) lubrication. The regular oilers shall wear tight-fitting clothing and should use cans with long spouts to keep their hands out of danger. Machinery shall be oiled when not in motion, wherever possible.
1910.220--EFFECTIVE DATES
(a) The provisions of this Subpart O shall become effective on August 27, 1971, except as provided in the remaining paragraphs of this section.
(b) The following provisions shall become effective on February 15, 1972:
1910.212(a). * 1910.213 (a), (b), (c), (d), (e), Of), (g), (h), (i),
(j), (k), (1), (m), (n), (o), (p), (q). and (r).
1910.214 (a), (b). (c), (d), (e), (0, (g), (h), (i), (j), (k), (1), (m), (n). (o), (p), (q), (r), (s), (t), (u), and (v).
1910.215 (a) and (b). 1910.216 (a), (b), (c). and (f). 1910.217 (a), (b), (c), and (d). 1910.218 (a), (h), (d), (e), (g), and (j)$ 1910.219 (b), (c), (d), (e), (0, (g), <h), (i), and
(k).
() Notwithstanding anything in paragraph (a), (b), or (d) of this section, any provision in
'hanre 7
535
1910.220(c)
000011256
l10-l*0(e>
STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
any other section of this subpart which con tains in itself a specific effective date or time limitation shall become effective on such date or shall apply in accordance with such limitation.
(d) Notwithstanding anything in paragraph (a) or (b) of this section, if any standard in 41CFR Part 50-204, other than a national con* sensus standard.incorporated by reference in 50-204.2 (a)(1), is or becomes applicable at any time to any employment and place of
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
employment, by virtue of the Walsh-Healey Public Contracts Act, or the Service Contract Act of 1965, or the National Foundation on Arts and Humanities Act of 1965, any corre sponding established Federal standard in this Subpart O which is derived from 41 CFR Part 50-204 shall also become effective, and shall be applicable to such employment and place of employment, on the same date.
136 F.R. 15106, Aug. 13, 1971]
1910.221--SOURCES OF STANDARDS
The standards contained in this Subpart O are derived from the following sources:
Standard
Souret
* 1910.212......41 CFR 50-204.6.
I 1910.213..... ANSI 01.1-1964*<R 1971), Safety Coda for
Coda for Woodworking Machinery.
S 1910.214..... ANSI 01.1-1964-fR 1961), Safety
Coda for Woodworking Machinary.
{ 1910.216......ANSI B 7.1-1970. Safety Coda for
Abroaive Wall.
Standard
Sourer
{ 1910.216......ANSI B 28.1-1967, Safety Coda for Milk
Calendar* in the Rubber and FI--tir
Industries.
I 191.217........ANSI B 11.1-1971, Safety Standard for Con
struction, Cara, and Uaa at
*!
1910.218 .....ANSI B 24.1,1971 Safety Standaid for
Forging. I 1910.219..... ANSI B 15.1-1953-(R-1966) Safety Code
for Mechanical Power Transmission Apparatus
1910.222--STANDARDS ORGANIZATIONS
The standards and specifications of the fol lowing organizations have been referenced in this Subpart O: Copies of the references materials may be obtained from the issuing organizations
1. American National Standard* Institute, Inc., 1430 Broadway, New York, NY 10018.
2. American Society of Mechanical Engineers, 345 East 47 Street, New York, NY 10017.
1916J22
536 MCD 0000112&7
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
(5) Organic bonded wheels. Organic wheels are wheels which are bonded by means of an organic material such as resin, rubber, shellac, or other similar bonding agent.
(6) Safety guard. A safety guard is an enclosure designed to restrain the pieces of the grinding wheel and furnish all possible protection in the event that the wheel is broken in operation.
(7) Reinforced wheel*. The term "reinforced" as applied to grinding wheels shall define a class of organic wheels which contain strengthening fabric or filament. The term "reinforced" does not cover wheels using such mechanical additions as steel rings, steel cup backs or wire or tape winding.
(8) Type 11 flaring cup wheels. Type 11 flaring cup wheels have double diameter dimen sions D and J, and in addition have thickness, hole size, rim and back thickness dimensions. Grinding is always performed on rim face, W dimension. Type 11 wheels are subject to all limitations of use and mounting listed for Type 6 straight sided cup wheels definition in subparagraph (9) of this paragraph.
TYPE 11 FLARING CUP WHEELS
1910.24](bX5)
STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
(9) Type 6 straight cup wheels. Type 6 cup wheels have diameter, thickness, hole size, rim thickness, and back thickness dimensions. Grinding is always performed on rim face, W dimension.
TYPE 6 STRAIGHT CUP WHEELS
GIINDINQ FACE
Vigor* P-2
Type 8 -- Straight-cup Wheel Side grinding wAssI having a diameter, thicknee# and hole untA one side straight or fiat and the opposite tide reeeeeed. This type, however, differs from Type 5 in that the grinding u performed on the wail of tA abrastvs created by tAe difference between the di ameter of the receee and tAe outride diameter of the wheel. Therefore, tAo wall dimension "W" takes precedence _ over tAe diameter of the receee ae an
eeeenttal intermediate dimension to describe this shape type.
LIMITATION: Minimum back thickness, E dimension, should not be less than one-fourth T dimension. In addi tion, when unthreaded hole wheels are specified, the inside flat, K dimension, must be large enough to accommodate a suitable flange.
Figure
... . ,Tw* Jt -- F/arinf-eup Wheel Side grinding wheel having a woli flared or tapered
outward from the back. Wall thickness at the back i* normally greater than at the grinding face (W).
(10) Type 1 straight wheels. Type 1 straight wheels have diameter, thickness, and hole size dimensions and should be used only on the periphery. Type 1 wheels shall be mounted between flanges.
TYPE 1 STRAIGHT WHEELS
Limitation: Minimum back thickness, E dimension, should not be less than one-fourthT dimension. In addi tion when unthreaded hole wheels are specified the inside flat. K dimension, ahall be large enough to accom
modate u suitable flange.
Flgure P-3
Type i -- Straight Wheel Peripheral grinding wheel having a diameter,
tAtcAasss anti hole.
MCD 000011258
539
l*19J41(bX10)
1910.241(b)
STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
Limitation: Hole dimension <H) should not be great er than two-thirds of wheel diameter dimension <D) for precision, cylindrical, centerless, or surface grind ing applications. Maximum hole size for all other appli cations should not exceed one-half wheel diameter.
(c) Power lawnmower term*. Revoked
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
(d) Jack terms.
(1) Jock. A jack is an appliance for lifting and lowering or moving horizontally a load by application of a pushing force.
NOTE: Jacks may be of the following types: Lever and ratchet, screw and hydraulic.
(2) Rating. The rating of a jack is the max imum working load for which it is designed to lift safely that load throughout its specified amount of travel.
Note: To raise the rated load of a jack, the point of application of the load, the applied force, and the length of lever arm should be those designated by the manufacturer for the particular jack considered.
1910.242--HAND AND PORTABLE POWERED TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT, GENERAL
(a) General requirements.
Each employer shall be responsible for the safe condition of tools and equipment used by employees, including tools and equipment which may be furnished by employees.
(b) Compressed air used for cleaning.
Compressed air shall not be used for clean ing purposes except where reduced to less than 30 p.s.i. and then only with effective chip guarding and personal protective equipment.
1910.242(b)
540
Change 7
MCD 000011259
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
(9) Vtrtkal portable grinder*. Safety guards used on machines known as right angle head or vertical portable grinders shall have a maximum exposure angle of 180, and the guard shall be so located so as to be between the operator and the wheel dur ing use. Adjustment of guard shall be such that pieces of an accidentally broken wheel will be deflected away from the operator. (See Figure P-4.) (4) Other portable grinders. The maximum angular exposure of the grinding wheel periphery and sides for safety guards used on other portable grinding machines shall not exceed 180 and the top half of the wheel shall be enclosed at all times. (See Figures P-5 and P-6.)
FIGURE NO. P-4
FIGURE NO. P-5
19M.24J(cX3> STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
/ I(1
1
--'d?
\
i
FIGURE NO. P-6
(5) Mounting and inspection of abrasive wheels.
(i) Immediately before mounting, all wheels shall be closely inspected and sounded by the user (ring test, see Sub part 0. 5 1910.215(dXD) to make sure they have not been damaged in transit, storage, or otherwise. The spindle speed of the machine shall be checked before mounting of the wheel to be certain that it does not exceed the maximum operat ing speed marked on the wheel.
<ii) Grinding wheels shall fit freely on the spindle and remain free under all grind ing conditions. A controlled clearance between the wheel hole and the machine spindle (or wheel sleeves or adaptors) is essential to avoid excessive pressure from mounting and spindle expansion. To accomplish this, the machine spindle shall be made to nominal (standard) size plus zero minus .002 inch, and the wheel hole shall be made suitably oversize to assure safety clearance under the condi tions of operating heat and pressure.
(ill) All contact surfaces of wheels, blot ters, and flangers shall be flat and free of foreign matter.
(hr) When a bushing is used in the wheel hole it shall not exceed the width of the wheel and shall not contact the flanges.
(v) Requirements for the use of flanges And blotters, see Subpart 0, 1910.215(c).
(6) Kxduded mochinery. Natural sandstone wheels and metal, wooden, cloth, or paper
543
1910.243(cK6)
MOD 000011260
1910.243(cX6>
STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
discs, having a layer of abrasive on the surface are not covered by this paragraph.
|38 F.R. 14371. June 1, 1973.]
(d) Explosive actuated fastening tools.
(1) General requirements.
(i) Explosive-actuated fastening tools which are actuated by explosives or any similar means and propel a stud, pin, fas tener, or other object for the purpose of affixing it by penetration to any other object shall meet the design require ments in "American National Standard Safety Requirements for ExplosiveActuated Fastening Tools/' ANSI A10.3-1970. This requirement does not apply to devices designed for attaching objects to soft construction materials, such as wood, plaster, tar, dry wallboard, and the like, or to stud welding equip ment.
(ii) Operators and assistants using tools shall be safeguarded by means of eye pro tection. Head and face protection shall be used, as required by working conditions, as set forth in Subpart I.
(2) Inspection, mointenonce, ond tool handling.
(i) High-velocity taels. Tools of this type shall have the characteristics outlined in (a) through (A) of this subdivision
(a) The muzzle end of the tool shall have a protective shield or guard at least inches in diameter, mounted perpen dicular to and concentric with the barrel, and designed to confine any fly ing fragments or particles that might otherwise create a hazard at the time of firing.
(b) Where a standard shield or guard cannot be used, or where it does not cover all apparent avenues through which flying particles might escape, a special shield, guard, fixture, or jig
1910.243(dX2XiXh)
544
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
designed and built by the manufacturer of the tool being used, which provides this degree of protection, shall be used as a substitute.
(c) The tool shall be so designed that it cannot be fired unless it is equipped with a standard protective shield or guard, or a special shield, guard, fixture, or jig.
(d)
(1> The firing mechanism shall be so designed that the tool cannot fire dur ing loading or preparation to fire, or if the tool should be dropped while loaded.
(2) Firing of the tool shall be depend ent upon at least two separate and distinct operations of the operator, with the final firing movement being separate from the operation of bring ing the tool into the firing position.
(e) The tool shall be so designed as not to be operable other than against a work surface, and unless the operator is hold ing the tool against the work surface with a force at least 5 pounds greater than the total weight of the tool.
(f) The tool shall be so designed that it will not operate when equipped with the standard guard indexed to the center position if any bearing surface of the guard is tilted more than 8* from contact with the work surface.
(g) The tool shall be so designed that positive means of varying the power are available or can be made available to the operator as part of the tool, or as an auxiliary, in order to make it possible for the operator to select a power level adequate to perform the desired work without excessive force.
(h) The tool shall be so designed that all breeching parts will be reasonably visible to allow a check for any foreign matter that may be present.
MCD 000011261
Chance 7
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
(ii) Tools of the low-velocity-piston type shall have the characteristics outlined in (a) through (e) of this subdivision
1910.2(dM2Xii)
STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
characteristics outlined in (a) through (e) of this subdivision
(a) The muzzle end of the tool shall be designed so that suitable protective shields, guards, jigs, or fixtures, de signed and built by the manufacturei of the tool being used, can be mounted perpendicular to the barrel. A standard spall shield shall be supplied with each tool.
(b)
(1) The tool shall be designed so that it shall not in ordinary usage propel or discharge a stud, pin, or fastener while loading or during preparation to fire, or if the tool should be dropped while loaded.
(2) Firing of the tool shall be depend ent upon at least two separate and distinct operations of the operator, with the final firing movement being separate from the operation of bring ing the too! into the firing position.
(c) The tool shall be so designed as not to be operable other than against a work surface, and unless the operator is hold ing the tool against the work surface with a force at least $ pounds greater than the total weight of the tool.
(d) The tool shall be so designed that positive means of varying the power are available or can be made available to the operator as part of the tool, or as an auxiliary, in order to make it possible for the operator to select a power level adequate to perform the desired work without excessive force.
(e) The tool shall be so designed that all breeching parts will be reasonably visible to allow a check for any foreign matter that may be present.
(a) The muzzle end of the tool shall be so designed that suitable protective shields, guards, jigs, or fixtures, de signed and built by the manufacturer of the tool being used, can be mounted perpendicular to the barrel. A standard spall shield shall be supplied with each tool.
(b) The tool shall be so designed that it shall not in ordinary usage propel or discharge a stud, pin, or fastener while loading, or during preparation to fire, or if the tool should be dropped while loaded.
(c) Firing of the tool shall be dependent upon at least two separate and distinct operations of the operator, with the final firing movement being separate from the operation of bringing the tool into the firing position.
(d) The tool shall be so designed that
positive means of varying the power are available or can be made available to the operator as part of the tool, or as an auxiliary, in order to make it possible for the operator to select a power level adequate to perform the desired work without excessive force.
(e) The tool shall be so designed that all breeching parts will be reasonably visible to allow a check for any foreign matter that may be present.
(3) Requirements fee leads end fasteners.
(i) There shall be a standard means of identifying the power levels of loads used in tools.
(iii) Tools of the hammer-operated piston tools--low-velocity type shall have the
Chenfe 7
545
lllSJ43(dM3Kt)
MCD 000011262
l910J243<d>(3Xi) STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
(iii) Tools shall not be loaded until just prior to the intended firing time. Neither
loaded nor empty tools are to be pointed at any workmen, and hands should be kept clear of the open barrel end.
(iv) No tools shall be loaded unless being prepared for immediate use, nor shall an unattended tool be left loaded.
(ii) Revoked
(v) In case of a misfire, the operator shall hold the tool in the operating position for at least 30 seconds. He shall then try to operate the tool a second time. He shall wait another 30 seconds, holding the tool in the operating position; then he shall
proceed to remove the explosive load in strict accordance with the manufac turer's instructions. Misfired cartridges should be placed carefully in a metal con
tainer filled with water, and returned to the supervisor for disposal.
(iii) No load (cased or caseless) shall be used if it will accurately chamber in any existing approved commercially available low-velocity piston tool or hammer oper ated piston tool--low-velocity type and will cause a fastener to have a mean veloc ity in excess of 300 feet per second when measured 6.5 feet from the muzzle end of the barrel. No individual test firing of
a series shall exceed 300 feet per second by more than 8 percent.
(iv) Fasteners used in tools shall be only those specifically manufactured for use in such tools.
(4) Operating requirement*.
<i) Before using a tool, the operator shall inspect it to determine to his satisfaction that it is clean, that all moving parts oper ate freely, and that the barrel is free from obstructions.
(it) When a tool develops a defect during use, the operator shall immediately cease to use it, until it is properly repaired.
19l0.243(dX4XlxX*)
546
(vi) A tool shall never be left unattended in a place where it would be available to unauthorized persons.
(vii) Fasteners shall not be driven into very hard or brittle materials including, but not limited to, cast iron, glazed tile, surface-hardened steel, glass block, live rock, face brick, or hollow tile.
(viii) Driving into materials easily pene trated shall be avoided unless such mate rials are backed by a substance that will prevent the pin or fastener from passing completely through and creating a flyingmissile hazard on the other side.
<**)
(a) Fasteners shall not be driven directly into materials such as brick or concrete closer than 3 inches from the unsupported edge or comer, or into steel surfaces closer than one-half inch from the unsupported edge or corner, unless a special guard, fixture, or jig is used. (Exception: Low-velocity tools may drive no closer than 2 inches from an edge in concrete or one-fourth inch in steel.)
MCD 000011263
Change 7
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
(2) Unalloyed copper shall not be used for acetylene or acetylenic com pounds except in listed equipment.
(m) Piping joints.
(a) Joints in steel or wrought iron pip ing shall be welded, threaded or flanged. Fittings, such as ells, tees, couplings, and unions, may be rolled, forged or cast steel, malleable iron or nodular iron. Gray or white cast iron fittings are pro hibited.
(b) Joints in brass or copper pipe shall be welded, brazed, threaded, or Hanged. If of the socket type, they shall be brazed with silver-brazing alloy or similar high melting point (not less than 800 F.) filler metal.
(c) Joints in seamless copper, brass, or stainless steel tubing shall be approved gas tubing fittings or the joints shall be brazed. If of the socket type, they shall be brazed with silver-brazing alloy or similar high melting point (not less than 800 F.) filler metal.
(iii) Installation.
(a) Distribution lines shall be installed and maintained in a safe operating con dition.
(b) All piping shall be run as directly as practicable, protected against physical damage, proper allowance being made for expansion and contraction, jarring and vibration. Pipe laid underground in earth shall be located below the frost line and protected against corrosion. After assem bly, piping shall be thoroughly blown out with air, nitrogen, or carbon dioxide to remove foreign materials. For oxygen piping, only oil-free air, oil-free nitrogen, or oil-free carbon dioxide shall be used.
(c) Only piping which has been welded or brazed shall he installed in tunnels,
trenches or ducts. Shutoff valves shall
Chance 7
Ml
MCD 000011264
19l0.252(aH4HiMc)(2)
STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
be located outside such conduits. Oxygen piping may be placed in the same tunnel, trench or duct with fuelgas pipelines, provided there is good natural or forced ventilation.
(d) Low points in piping carrying moist gas shall be drained into drip pots con structed so as to permit pumping or draining out the condensate at neces sary intervals. Drain valves shall be installed for this purpose having outlets normally closed with screw caps or plugs. No open end valves or petcocks shall be used, except that in drips located out of doors, underground, and not readily accessible, valves may be used at such points if they are equipped with means to secure them in the closed position. Pipes leading to the surface of the ground shall be cased or jacketed where necessary to prevent loosening or breaking.
(e) Gas cocks or valves shall be provided for all buildings at points where they will be readily accessible for shutting off the gas supply to these buildings in any emergency. Underground valve boxes or manholes should be avoided wherever possible. There shall also be provided a shutoff valve in the dis charge line from the generator, gas holder, manifold or other source of supply.
(f) Shutoff valves shall not be installed in safety relief lines in such a manner that the safety relief device can be ren dered ineffective.
(g) Fittings and lengths of pipe shall be examined internally before assembly and, if necessary, freed from scale or dirt. Oxygen piping and fittings shall be washed out with a suitable solution which will effectively remove grease and dirt but will not react with oxygen. Hot water solutions of caustic soda or trisodium phosphate are effective clean ing agents for this purpose.
(h) Piping shall be thoroughly blown out after assembly to remove foreign materials. For oxygen piping, oil-free
l*lJSKaX4MttlMh)
1910.252(eM4MliiHh)
STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
air, oil-free nitrogen, or oil-free carbon dioxide shall be used. For other piping, air or inert gas may be used.
(i) When flammable gas lines or other parts of equipment are being purged of air or gas, open lights or other sources of ignition shall not be permitted near uncapped openings.
(J) No welding or cutting shall be per formed on an acetylene or oxygen pipe line, including the attachment of hang ers or supports, until the line has been purged. Only oil-free air, oil-free ni trogen, or oil-free carbon dioxide shall be used to purge oxygen lines.
(iv) Painting and signs.
(a) Underground pipe and tubing and outdoor ferrous pipe and tubing shall be covered or painted with a suitable material for protection against cor rosion.
(b) Aboveground piping systems shall be marked in accordance with the American National Standard Scheme for the Identification of Piping Systems, ANSI A13.1-1956.
(c) Station outlets shall be marked to indicate the name of the gas.
(v) Tasting.
(a) Piping systems shall be tested and proved gas tight at IV2 times the max imum operating pressure, and shall be thoroughly purged of air before being placed in service. The material used for testing oxygen lines shall be oil free and noncombustible. Flames shall not be used to detect leaks.
(b) When flammable gas lines or other parts of equipment are being purged of air or gas, sources of ignition shall not be permitted near uncapped openings.
(5) Protective equipment, hate, and regulators.
(i) General. Equipment shall be installed and used only in the service for which it
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
is approved and as recommended by the manufacturer. (ii) Procure relief devices. Service piping sys tems shall be protected by pressure relief devices set to function at not more than the design pressure of the systems and discharging upwards to a safe location.
(iii) Piping protective equipment.
(a) The fuel-gas and oxygen piping sys tems, including portable outlet headers shall incorporate the protective equip ment shown in Figures Q-l, Q-2, and Q-3-
When only a portion of a fuel-gas sys tem is to be used with oxygen, only that portion need comply with subparagraph (5)(iii)(a) of this paragraph. (b) Approved protective equipment (designated Pr in Figs.Q-I,Q-2, and Q-3) shall be installed in fuel-gas piping to prevent:
(1) Backflow of oxygen into the fuelgas supply system; (2) Passage of a flash back into the fuel-gas supply system; and
!I^5t(eK5)(IUKbK2)
M2
0000U265
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
(3) Excessive back pressure of oxygen in the fuel-gas supply system. The three functions of the protective equipment may be combined in one device or may be provided by separate devices.
<i) The protective equipment shall be located in the main supply line, as in Figure Q-l or at the head of each branch line, as in Figure Q-2 or at each location where fuel-gas is withdrawn, as in Figure Q-3. Where branch lines are of 2-inch pipe size or larger or of substantial length, protective equipment (designated as Pr) shall be located as shown in either Q-2 and Q-3.
(ii) Backflow protection shall be provided by an approved device that will prevent oxygen from flowing into the fuel-gas system or fuel from flowing into the oxygen system (see SF, Figs. Q-l and Q-2).
(iii) Flash-back protection shall be provided by an approved device that will prevent flame from passing into the fuel-gas system.
(iv) Back-pressure protection shall be provided by an approved pres sure-relief device set at a pressure not greater than the pressure rat ing of the backflow or the flashback protection device, whichever is lower. The pressure-relief device shall be located on the downstream side of the backflow and flashback protection devices. The vent from the pressure-relief device shall be at least as large as the relief device inlet and shall be installed without low points that may collect mois ture. If low points are unavoidable, drip pots with drains closed with screw plugs or caps shall be in stalled at the low points. The vent terminus shall not endanger per sonnel or property through gas dis charge; shall be located away from ignition sources; and shall ter minate in a hood or bend.
563
1910^B2(aKSMiliKbM3)
STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
(c) If pipeline protective equipment incorporates a liquid, the liquid level shall be maintained, and a suitable antifreeze may be used to prevent freezing.
(d) Fuel gas for use with equipment not requiring oxygen shall be withdrawn upstream of the piping protective devices.
(iv) Station outlet protective equipment.
(a) A check valve, pressure regulator, hydraulic seal, or combination of these devices shall be provided at each station outlet, including those on portable headers, to prevent backflow, as shown in Figures Q-l, Q-2, and Q-3 and desig nated as Sr and So-
(b) When approved pipeline protective equipment (designated Pr) is located at the station outlet as in Figure Q-3. no additional check valve, pressure reg ulator, or hydraulic seal is required.
(c) A shutoff valve (designated VF and Vo) shall be installed at each station out let and shall be located on the upstream side of other station outlet equipment.
(d) If the station outlet is equipped with a detachable regulator, the outlet shall terminate in a union connection that complies with the Regulator Connection Standards, 1958, Compressed Gas Association.
(e) If the station outlet is connected directly to a hose, the outlet shall ter minate in a union connection complying with the Standard Hose Connection Specifications, 1957, Compressed Gas Association.
(f) Station outlets may terminate in pipe threads to which permanent con nections are to be made, such as to a machine.
(g) Station outlets shall be equipped with a detachable outlet seal cap se-
ltl.ISZUK5XtTXf>
MCD 000011266
19l0.252(a)(5XivMg)
STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
cured in place. This cap shall be used to seal the outlet except when a hose, a regulator, or piping is attached.
(h> Where station outlets are equipped with approved backflow and flashback protective devices, as many as four torches may be supplied from one sta tion outlet through rigid piping, pro vided each outlet from such piping is equipped with a shutoff valve and pro vided the fuel-gas capacity of any one torch does not exceed 15 cubic feet per hour.
This subdivision does not apply to machines,
(v) Hoso and has* connections.
(a) Hose for oxy-fuel gas service shall comply with the Specification for Rubber Welding Hose. 1958. Com pressed Gas Association and Rubber Manufacturers Association.
(b) Revoked
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
(vi) Pressure-reducing regulators.
(al Pressure-reducing regulators shall be used only for the gas and pressures for which they are intended. The reg ulator inlet connections shall comply with Regulator Connection Standards. 1958, Compressed Gas Association.
(b) When regulators or parts of reg ulators, including gages, need repair, the work shall be performed by skilled mechanics who have been properly instructed.
(c) Gages on oxygen regulators shall be marked "USE NO OIL."
(d) Union nuts and connections on reg ulators shall be inspected before use to detect faulty seats which may cause leakage of gas when the regulators are attached to the cylinder valves.
(6) Acotylono gonorotors.
\c) When parallel lengths of oxygen and acetylene hose are taped together for convenience and to prevent tangling, not more than 4 inches out of 12 inches shall be covered by tape.
(d) Hose connections shall comply with the Standard Hose Connection Specifi cations, 1957, Compressed Gas Association.
(e) Hose connections shall be clamped or otherwise securely fastened in a manner that will withstand, without leakage, twice the pressure to which they are normally subjected in service, but in no case less than a pressure of 300 p.s.i. Oil-free air or an oil-free inert gas shall be used for the test.
(f) Hose showing leaks, burns, worn places, or other defects rendering it unfit for service shall be repaired or replaced.
1910.252(KMiiK*>
564
(i) Approval and marking.
(a) Generators shall be of approved con struction and shall be plainly marked with the maximum rate of acetylene in cubic feet per hour for which they are designed; the weight and size of carbide necessary for a single charge; the man ufacturer's name and address; and the name or number of the type of generator.
(b) Carbide shall be of the size marked on the generator nameplate.
(H) Rating and pmiura limitations.
(a) The total hourly output of a generator shall not exceed the rate for which it is approved and marked. Unless specifically approved for higher ratings, carbide-feed generators shall be rated at 1 cubic foot per hour per pound of carbide required for a single complete charge.
Chants 7
0000U267
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
(b) Relief valves shall be regularly oper ated to insure proper functioning. Relief valves for generating chambers shall be set to open at a pressure not in excess of 15 p.s.i.g. Relief valves for hydraulic back pressure valves shall be set to open at a pressure not in excess of 20 p.s.i.g.
(c) Nonautomatic generators shall not be used for generating acetylene at pressures exceeding 1 p.s.i.g., and all water overflows shall be visible.
(iii) Location. The space around the generator shall be ample for free, unob structed operation and maintenance and shall permit ready adjustment and charg ing.
(iv) Stationory ocotylono generator! (automatic and nonautomatic).
(a)
(1) The foundation shall be so arranged that the generator will be level and so that no excessive strain will be placed on the generator or its connections. Acetylene generators shall be grounded.
(2) Generators shall be placed where water will not freeze. The use of com mon salt (sddium chloride) or other corrosive chemicals for protection against freezing is not permitted. (For heating systems see subdivision (6Xvi)(c) of this subparagraph.)
(3) Except when generators are pre pared in accordance with subdivision (vii)(a)U) of this subparagraph, sources of ignition shall be prohibited in outside generator houses or inside generator houses or inside generator rooms.
(4) Water shall not be supplied through a continuous connection to the generator except when the generator is provided with an adequate open overflow or automatic water shutoff which will effectively
Chang* T
MCD 000011268
1910.252(>N6HliKb)
STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
prevent overfilling of the generator. Where a noncontinuous connection is used, the supply line shall terminate at a point not less than 2 inches above the regularly provided opening for fill ing so that the water can be observed as it enters the generator.
(5) Unless otherwise specifically approved, generators shall not be fitted with continuous drain connec tions Leading to sewers, but shall dis charge through an open connection into a suitably vented outdoor recep tacle or residue pit which may have such connections. An open connection for the sludge drawoff is desirable to enable the generator operator to observe leakage of generating wateV from the drain valve or sludge cock.
(b)
(1) Each generator shall be provided with a vent pipe
(2) The escape or relief pipe shall be rigidly installed without traps and so that any condensation will drain back to the generator.
(3) The escape or relief pipe shall be carried full size to a suitable point out side the building. It shall terminate in a hood or bend located at least 12 feet above the ground, preferably above the roof, and as far away as practicable from windows or other openings into buildings and as far away as practicable from sources of ignition such as flues or chimneys and tracks used by locomotives. Generat ing chamber relief pipes shall not be inter-connected but shall he separately led to the outside air. The hood or bend shall be so constructed that it will not be obstructed by rain, snow, ice, insects, or birds. The outlet shall be at least 3 feet from combusti ble construction.
l10^52(SMKtTHbX3>
lMfcSSMaMIXlvMc)
STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
(c)
(1) Gas holders shall be constructed on the gasometer principle, the bell being suitably guided. The gas bell shall move freely without tendency to bind and shall have a clearance of at least 2 inches from the shell.
(2) The gas holder may be located in the generator room, in a separate room or out of doors. In order to pre vent collapse of the gas bell or infiltra tion of air due to a vacuum caused by the compressor or booster pump or cooling of the gas, a compressor or booster cutoff shall be provided at a point 12 inches or more above the landing point of the bell. When the gas holder is located indoors, the room shall be ventilated in accordance with subdivision <vi>(6) of this subpara graph and heated and lighted in accordance with subdivisions (vi) (c) and (d) of this subparagraph.
(3) When the gas holder is not located within a heated building, gas holder seals shall be protected against freezing.
(4) Means shall be provided to stop the generator-feeding mechanism before the gas holder reaches the upper limit of its travel.
(5) When the gas holder is connected to only one generator, the gas capac ity of the holder shall be not less than one-third of the hourly rating of the generator.
(6) If acetylene is used from the gas holder without increase in pressure at some points but with increase in pres sure by a compressor or booster pump at other points, approved piping pro tective devices shall be installed in each supply line. The low-pressure protective device shall be located between the gas holder and the shop piping, and the medium-pressure pro tective device shall be located between the compressor or booster
ItlOJ82(aKKlrK4)(5)
J
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
pump and the shop piping (see Figure Q-4). Approved protective equipment (designated Pr) is used to prevent: Backflow of oxygen into the fuel-gas supply system; passage of a flashback into the fuel-gas supply system; and excessive back pressure of oxygen in the fuel-gas supply system. The three functions of the protective equipment may be combined in one device or may be provided by separate devices.
Figure Q-4
(d)
(1) The compressor or booster system shall be of an approved type.
(2) Wiring and electrical equipment in compressor or booster pump rooms or enclosures shall conform to the pro visions of section 1910.324 for Class I, Division 2 locations.
(3) Compressors and booster pump equipment shall be located in wellventilated areas away from open flames, electrical or mechanical sparks, or other ignition sources.
(4) Compressor or booster pumps shall be provided with pressure relief valves which will relieve pressure exceeding 15 p.s.i.g. to a safe outdoor location as provided in subdivision (5) of this subdivision, or by returning the gas to the inlet side or to the gas sup ply source.
(5) Compressor or booster pump dis charge outlets shall be provided with
MCD 000011269
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
approved protective equipment. (See subparagraph (5) of this paragraph.)
(v) Portable aetyleno generator*.
(a)
(1) All portable generators shall be of a type approved for portable use.
(2) Portable generators shall not be used within 10 feet of combustible material other than the floor.
(3) Portable generators shall not be used in rooms of total volume less than 35 times the total gas-generating capacity per charge of all generators in the room. Generators shall not be used in rooms having a ceiling height of less than 10 feet. (To obtain the gas generating capacity in cubic feet per charge, multiply the pounds ofcarbide per charge by 4.5.)
(4) Portable generators shall be pro tected against freezing. The use of salt or other corrosive chemical to pre vent freezing is prohibited.
(b)
(1) Portable generators shall be cleaned and recharged and the air mixture blown off outside buildings.
(2) When charged with carbide, port able generators shall not be moved by crane or derrick.
(3) When not in use, portable generators shall not be stored in rooms in which open flames are used unless the generators contain no car bide and have been thoroughly purged of acetylene. Storage rooms shall be well ventilated.
(4) When portable acetylene gen erators are to be transported and operated on vehicles, they shall be se curely anchored to the vehicles. If transported by truck, the motor shall
ooooU^0 VIC'D
567
19UJ52(*H6KlTKdK5>
STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
be turned off during charging, cleaning, and generating periods.
(5) Portable generators shall be located at a safe distance from the welding position so that they will not be exposed to sparks, slag, or misdirec tion of the torch flame or overheating from hot materials or processes.
(vi) Outside generator houses and inside generator rooms for stationary acetylene generators.
(a)
(1) No opening in any outside generator house shall be located within 5 feet of any opening in another building.
(2) Walls, floors, and roofs of outside generator houses shall be of noncom bustible construction.
(3) When a part of the generator house is to be used for the storage or manifolding of oxygen cylinders, the space to be so occupied shall be separated from the generator or car bide storage section by partition walls continuous from floor to roof or ceiling, of the type of construction stated in subdivision (3) of this sub division. Such separation walls shall be without openings and shall be joined to the floor, other walls and ceil ing or roof in a manner to effect a per manent, gas-tight joint.
(4) Exit doors shall be located so as to be readily accessible in case of emergency.
(5) Explosion venting for outside generator houses and inside generator rooms shall be provided in exterior walls or roofs. The venting areas shall be equal to not less than 1 square foot per 50 cubic feet of room volume and may consist of any one or any combination of the following: Walls of light, noncombustible mate rial preferably single-thickness.
ItlSJSKaKSXTiKaKS)
l910.252(eX6XviXaX5)
STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
single-strength glass; lightly fastened hatch covers; lightly fastened swing ing doors in exterior walls opening
outward; lightly fastened walls or roof designed to relieve at a maximum pressure of 25 pounds per square foot.
(6) The installation of acetylene generators within buildings shall be re stricted to buildings not exceeding one story in height; provided, however, that this will not be construed as prohibiting such installations on the roof or top floor of a building exceeding such height.
(7) Generators installed inside build ings shall be enclosed in a separate room
(8) The walls, partitions, floors, and ceilings of inside generator rooms
shall be of noncombustible construc tion having a fire-resistance rating of at least 1 hour. The walls or partitions shall be continuous from floor to ceil ing and shall be securely anchored.
At least one wall of the room shall be an exterior wall.
l9> Openings from an inside generator room to other parts of the buildingshall be protected by a swing ing type, self-closing Are door for a Class B opening and having a rating of at least 1 hour. Windows in parti tions shall be wired glass and approved metal frames with fixed
sash. Installation shall be in accordance with the Standard for the Installation of Fire Doors and Win dows, NFPA 80-1970.
(b) Inside generator rooms or outside generator houses shall be well ven tilated with vents located at floor and ceiling levels.
(c) Heating shall be by steam, hot
water, enclosed electrically heated ele ments or other indirect means. Heating by flames or fires shall be prohibited in outside generator houses or inside generator rooms, or in any enclosure communicating with them.
l10.2S2(aXXTllXXl)
568
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
(d)
(1) Generator houses or rooms shall have natural light during daylight hours. Where artificial lighting is necessary it shall be restricted to elec tric lamps installed in a fixed position. Unless specifically approved for use in atmospheres containing acetylene, such lamps shall be provided with
enclosures of glass or other noncom bustible material so designed and con structed as to prevent gas vapors from reaching the lamp or socket and to resist breakage. Rigid conduit with threaded connections shall be used.
(2) Lamps installed outside of wiredglass panels set in gas-tight frames in the exterior walls or roof of the generator house or room are acceptable.
(e) Electric switches, telephones, and all other electrical apparatus which may cause a spark, unless specifically approved for use inside acetylene generator rooms, shall be located out side the generator house or in a room or space separated from the generator room by a gas-tight partition, except that where the generator system is designed so that no carbide fill opening or other part of the generator is open to the generator house or room during the operation of the generator, and so that residue is carried in closed piping from the residue discharge valve to a point outside the generator house or room, electrical equipment in the generator house or room shall conform to the provisions of Subpart S of this part for Class I, Division 2 locations.
(vii) Maintenance and operation.
(a) Unauthorized persons shall not be permitted in outside generator houses or inside generator rooms.
(1) Operating instructions shall be posted in a conspicuous place near the generator or kept in a suitable place available for ready reference.
0000112^ MCt>
Chance 7
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
1510.252(*X6MTiiXX2)
STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
(2) When recharging generators the order of operations specified in the instructions supplied by the manufac turer shall be followed.
unless all the generators and piping have' been purged of acetylene. Hot repairs should preferably be made out
of doors.
(3) In the case of batch-type generators, when the charge of car bide is exhausted and before addi tional carbide is added, the generat ing chamber shall always be flushed out with water, renewing the water supply in accordance with the instruc tion card furnished by the manufac turer.
(4) The water-carbide residue mix ture drained from the generator shall not be discharged into sewer pipes or stored in areas near open flames. Clear water from residue settling pits may be discharged into sewer pipes.
(b) The carbide added each time the generator is recharged shall be suf ficient to refill the space provided for carbide without ramming the charge. Steel or other ferrous tools shall not be used in distributing the charge.
(c) Generator water chambers shall be kept filled to proper level at all times except while draining during the recharging operation.
(7) Caleum carbide ttarage.
(I) Packaging.
(a) Calcium carbide shall be contained in metal packages of sufficient strength to prevent rupture. The packages shall be provided with a screw top or equiva lent. These packages shall be construct ed water- and air-tight. Solder shall not be used in such a manner that the pack age would fail if exposed to fire.
(b) Packages containing calcium car bide shall be conspicuously marked1"Calcium Carbide--Dangerous If Not Kept Dry" or with equivalent warning.
(c) Caution: Metal tools, even the socalled spark resistant type may cause ignition of an aeetylene and air mixture when opening carbide containers.
(d) Sprinkler systems shall not be installed in carbide storage rooms.
(ii) Storage indoor*.
(d) Whenever repairs are to be made or the generator is to be charged or car bide is to be removed, the water chamber shall be filled to the proper level.
(e) Previous to making repairs involv ing welding, soldering, or other hot work or other operations which produce a source of ignition, the carbide charge and feed mechanism shall be completely removed. All acetylene shall be expelled by completely flooding the generator shell with water and the generator shall be disconnected from the piping system. The generator shall be kept filled with water, if possible, or positioned to hold as much water as possible.
(0 Hot repairs shall not be made in a room where there are other generators
(a) Calcium carbide in quantities not to exceed 600 pounds may be stored indoors in dry, waterproof, and wellventilated locations.
(1) Calcium carbide not exceeding 600 pounds may be stored indoors in the same room with fuel-gas cylinders.
(2) Packages of calcium carbide, except for one of each size, shall be kept sealed. The seals shall not be broken when there is carbide in excess of 1 pound in any other unsealed pack age of the same size of carbide in the room.
(b) Calcium carbide exceeding 600 pounds but not exceeding 5,000 pounds shall be stored:
MCI) 0000li272
569
mOJS2UX7XllKb)
19lQ.2S2(aK7XliKbXl)
STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
(1) In accordance with subdivision (c) of this subdivision.
(2) In an inside generator room or outside generator house; or
(3) In a separate room in a one-story building which may contain other occupancies, but without cellar or basement beneath the carbide stor age section. Such rooms shall be con structed in accordance with subdivi sion (viXa) (8) and (9) of this subdivi sion and ventilated in accordance with subdivision (vi)(6) of this sub division. These rooms shall be used for no other purpose.
(c) Calcium carbide in excess of 5,000 pounds shall be stored in one-story build ings without cellar or basement and used for no other purpose, or in outside generator houses. If the storage building is of noncombustible construction, it may adjoin other one-story buildings if sepa rated therefrom by unpierced firewalls; if it is detached less than 10 feet from Buch building or buildings, there shall be no opening in any of the mutually exposing sides of such buildings within 10 feet. If the storage building is of combustible con struction, it shall be at least 20 feet from any other one- or two-story building, and at least 30 feet from any other building exceeding two stories.
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
in contact with the ground or ground water. (d) Revoked
(e) Containers of carbide which have been in storage the longest shall be used first.
(9) Public exhibition* and damonttration*.
Revoked
(iii) Storage outdoor*.
(a) Calcium carbide in unopened metal containers may be stored outdoors.
(b) Carbide containers to be stored out doors shall be examined to make sure that they are in good condition. Periodic reexaminations shall be made for rust ing or other damage to a container that might affect its water or air tightness.
(c) The bottom tier of each row shall be placed on wooden planking or equiva lent, so that the containers will not come
19IIU5ftaX8XUXd)
570
000011273 MCD
Chans* 7
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
1910.262(b) STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
(itt) Instruction. Workmen designated to operate arc welding equipment shall have been properly instructed and qualified to operate such equipment as specified in subparagraph (4) of this paragraph.
(2) Application of arc welding equipment.
(i) General. Assurance of consideration of safety in design is obtainable by choosing apparatus complying with the Require* ments for Electric Arc-Welding Apparatus, NEMA EW-1--1962, National Electrical Manufacturers Association or the Safety Standard for Transformer-Type Arc-Weld ing Machines, ANSI 033.2--1956, Under writers' Laboratories.
(b) Application, installation, and operation of arc welding and cutting equipment.
(1) General.
(i) Equipment selection. Welding equipment shall be chosen for safe application to the work to be done as sjjecified in subpara
graph (2) of this paragraph.
(ii) Installation. Welding equipment shall be installed safely as specified by subpara graph (3) of this paragraph.
Change 7
571
(II) Environmental conditions.
(a) Standard machines for arc welding service shall be designed and construct ed to carry their rated load with rated temperature rises where the tempera ture of the cooling air does not exceed 40 C. (104 F.) and where the altitude does not exceed 3,300 feet, and shall be suitable for operation in atmospheres containing gases, dust, and light rays produced by the welding arc.
(b) Unusual service conditions may exist, and in such circumstances machines shall be especially designed to safely meet the requirements of the service. Chief among these conditions are:
(1) Exposure to unusually corrosive fumes.
(2) Exposure to steam or excessive humidity.
(3) Exposure to excessive oil vapor.
(4) Exposure to flammable gases.
(5) Exposure to abnormal vibration or shock.
(6) Exposure to excessive dust.
(7) Exposure to weather.
000011274 MCD
1914.252(bX2XiiXbX7)
m0.252(bX2)(itMb)<8)
STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
(X) Exposure to unusual seacoast or shipboard conditions.
(iii) Voitog*. Open circuit (No load) voltages of arc welding and cutting machines should he as low as possible consistent with satisfactory welding or cutting being done. The following limits shall not be exceeded:
(a) Alternating-current machines
(1) Manual arc welding and cut ting--80 volts.
(2) Automatic (machine or mechanized) arc welding and cut ting--100 volts.
(b) Direct-current machines
(1) Manual arc welding and cut ting--100 volts.
(2) Automatic (machine or mechanized) arc welding and cutting--100 volts.
(c) When special welding and cutting processes require values of open circuit voltages higher than the above* means shall be provided to prevent the operator from making accidental con tact with the high voltage by adequate insulation or other means.
(d) For a.c. welding under wet condi tions or warm surroundings where per spiration is a factor, the use of reliable
automatic controls for reducing no load voltage is recommended to reduce the shock hazard.
(iv) Design.
(a) A controller integrally mounted in an electric motor driven welder shall have capacity for carrying rated motor current, shall be capable of making and
interrupting stalled rotor current of the motor, and may serve as the running overcurrent device if provided with the number of overcurrent units as specified by Subpart S of this part.
l910J52(bK2KirXn
571
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
Starters with magnetic under-voltage release should be used with machines installed more than one to a circuit to prevent circuit overload caused by simultaneously starting of several motors upon return of voltage.
(b) On all types of arc welding machines, control apparatus shall be enclosed except for the operating wheels, levers, or handles.
(c) Input power terminals, tap change devices and live metal parts connected to input circuits shall be completely enclosed and accessible only by means of tools.
(d) Terminals for welding leads should be protected from accidental electrical contact by personnel or by metal objects i.e., vehicles, crane hooks, etc. Protec tion may be obtained by use of: deadfront receptacles for plug connections; recessed openings with nonremovable hinged covers; heavy insulating sleevi ng or taping or other equivalent electri cal and mechanical protection. If a weld ing lead terminal which is intended to be used exclusively for connection to the work is connected to the grounded enclosure, it must be done by a conduc tor at least two AWG sizes smaller than the grounding conductor and the termi nal shall be marked to indicate that it is grounded.
(e) No connections for portable control devices such as push buttons to be car ried by the operator shall be connected to an a.c. circuit of higher than 120 volts. Exposed metal parts of portable control devices operating on circuits above 50 volts shall be grounded by a grounding conductor in the control cable.
(f) Auto transformers or a.c. reactors shall not be used to draw welding cur rent directly from any a.c. power source having a voltage exceeding 80 volts.
Chuns*7
MCD 000011275
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
1910^52(c)<2MH) STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
(ii) Capacitor welding. Stored energy or capacitor discharge type of resistance welding equipment and control panels involving high voltage (over 550 volts) shall be suitably insulated and protected by complete enclosures, all doors of which shall be provided with suitable interlocks and contacts wired into the control circuit (similar to elevator interlocks). Such interlocks or contacts shall be so designed as to effectively interrupt power and short circuit all capacitors when the door or panel is open. A manually operated switch or suitable positive device shall be installed, in addition to the mechanical interlocks or contacts, as an added safety measure assuring absolute discharge of all capacitors.
(Hi) Interlock*. All doors and access panels of all resistance welding machines and control panels shall be kept locked and interlocked to prevent access, by unau thorized persons, to live portions of the equipment.
(iv) Guarding. All press welding machine operations, where there is a possibility of the operator's fingers being under the point of operation, shall be effectively guarded by the use of a device such as an electronic eye safety circuit, two hand controls or protection similar to that prescribed for punch press operation, 1910.217. All chains, gears, operating bus linkage, and belts shall be protected by adequate guards, in accordance with 5 1910.219.
(v) Shields. The hazard of flying sparks shall be, wherever practical, eliminated by installing a shield guard of safety glass or suitable fire-resistant plastic at the point of operation. Additional shields or curtains shall be installed as necessary to protect passing persons from flying sparks. (See paragraph (e)(2)(iXc) of this section.)
alt special multispot welding machines, including 2-post and 4-post weld presses.
(viii) Safety pint. On large machines, four safety pins with plugs and receptacles (one in each corner) shall be provided so that when safety pins are removed and inserted in the ram or platen, the press becomes inoperative.
(ix) Grounding. Where technically practical, the secondary of all welding transformers used in multispot, projection and seam welding machines shall be grounded. This may be done by permanently grounding one side of the welding secondary current circuit. Where not technically practical, a center tapped grounding reactor con nected across the secondary or the use of a safety disconnect switch in conjunc tion with the welding control are accept able alternates. Safety disconnect shall be arranged to open both sides of the line when welding current is not present.
(3) Portable wolding machines.
a
(i) Counterbalance. All portable welding guns shall have suitable counterbalanced devices forsupporting the guns, including cables, unless the design of the gun or fixture makes counterbalancing imprac tical or unnecessary.
(ii) Safety chain*. All portable welding guns, transformers and related equipment that is suspended from overhead structures, eye beams, trolleys, etc. shall be equipped with safety chains or cables. Safety chains or cables shall be capable of sup porting the total shock load in the event of failure of any component of the sup porting system.
(iir) Clevis. Each clevis shall be capable of supporting the total shock load of the sus pended equipment in the event of trolley failure.
(vi) Foot twitches. All foot switches shall be guarded to prevent accidental operation
of the machine.
(vii) Step button*. Two or more safety emer gency stop buttons shall be provided on
Chance 7
MCD 0011276
575
(iv) Switch goordt. All initiating switches, including retraction and dual schedule switches, located on the portable welding gun shall be equipped with suitable
1910.252(cM3Xlv)
1910.252(cH3)(iv) STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
guards capable of preventing accidental initiation through contact with fixturing, operator's clothing, etc. Initiating switch voltage shall not exceed 24 volts.
(v) Moving hoidor. The movable holder, where it enters the gun frame, shall have sufficient clearance to prevent the shear ing of fingers carelessly placed on the operating movable holder.
tions of subparagraph (2) of this paragraph as well as a delineation of the fire protection
and prevention responsibilities of welders and cutters, their supervisors (including outside contractors) and those in manage ment on whose property cutting and weld ing is to be performed, see Standard for Fire Prevention in Use of Cutting and Welding Processes, NFPA Standard 51B, 1962. The basic precautions for fire prevention in welding or cutting work are:
(vi) Grounding. The secondary and case of all portable welding transformers shall be grounded. Secondary grounding may be by center tapped secondary or by a center tapped grounding reactor connected across the secondary.
(4) Flesh wolding equipment.
(i) Ventilation end flesh guard. Flash welding machines shall be equipped with a hood to control flying flash. In cases of high production, where materials may contain a film of oil and where toxic elements and metal fumes are given off, ventilation shall be provided in accordance with paragraph (f) of this section.
(ii) Fire curtains. For the protection of the operators of nearby equipment, fireresistant curtains or suitable shields shall be set up around the machine and in such a manner that the operators movements are not hampered.
(5) Hazards ond precautions. Revoked
(6) Maintenance. Periodic inspection shall be made by qualified maintenance personnel, and records of the same maintained. The operator shall be instructed to report any equipment defects to his supervisor and the use of the equipment shall be discontinued until safety repairs have been completed.
(d) Fire prevention and protection.
(I) Bask precautions. For elaboration of these basic precautions and of the special precau-
(i) Fit* hazard*. If the object to be welded or cut cannot readily be moved, all mov able fire hazards in the vicinity shall be taken to a safe place.
(it) Guard*. If the object to be welded or cut cannot be moved and if all the fire hazards cannot be removed, then guards shall be used to confine the heat, sparks, and slag, and to protect the immovable fire hazards.
(IN) Rwtrkflunc. If the requirements stated in subdivision (i) and (ii) of this subdivi sion cannot be followed then welding and cutting shall not be performed.
(?) Special precaution*. When the nature of the work to be performed falls within the scope of subdivision (ii) of this subdivision certain additional precautions may be necessary:
(i) Combustible material. Wherever there are floor openings or cracks in the flooring that cannot be closed, precautions shall be taken so that no readily combustible materials on the floor below will be exposed t;o sparks which might drop through the floor. The same precautions shall be observed with regard to cracks or holes in walls, open doorways and open or broken windows.
(ii) Firs xtinguishor*. Suitable fire ex tinguishing equipment shall be main tained in a state of readiness for instant use. Such equipment may consist of pails of water, buckets of sand, hose or portable extinguishers depending upon the nature and quantity of the combustible material exposed.
19l(U5Z(dX2HU)
576
Change 7
MCD 000011277
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
I910.2S2(dX2KXT> STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
the area shall be made safe by removing combustibles or protecting combustibles from ignition sources.
(3) Welding or cutting container*.
(i) Uod container!. No welding, cutting, or other hot work shall be performed on used drums, barrels, tanks or other containers until they have been cleaned so thoroughly as to make absolutely certain that there are no flammable materials present or any substances such as greases, tars, acids, or other materials which when subjected to heat, might produce flammable or toxic vapors. Any pipe lines or connections to the drum or vessel shall be disconnected or blanked.
(ii) Venting and purging. All hollow spaces, cavities or containers shall be vented to permit the escape of air or gases before preheating, cutting or welding. Purging with inert gas is recommended.
(4) Confined ipocti.
() Accidental contact. When arc welding is to be suspended for any substantial period of time, such as during lunch or overnight, all electrodes shall be removed from the holders and the holders carefully located so that accidental contact cannot occur and the machine be disconnected from the power source.
protected against falling. This may be accomplished by the use of railings, safety belts, life lines, or some other equally effective safeguards.
(ii) Welding coble. Welders shall place weld ing cable and other equipment so that it is clear of passageways, ladders, and stairways.
(2) fiye protection.
(i) Selection.
(a) Helmets or hand shields shall be used during all arc welding or arc cut ting operations, excluding submerged arc welding. Goggles should also be worn during arc welding or cuttingoperations to provide protection from injurious rays from adjacent work, and from flying objects. The goggles may have either clear or colored glass, depending upon the amount of exposure to adjacent welding operations. Helpers or attendants shall be provided with proper eye protection.
(b) Goggles or other suitable eye protec tion shall be used during all gas welding or oxygen cutting operations. Specta cles without side shields, with suitable filter lenses are permitted for use dur ing gas welding operations on light work, for torch brazing or for inspection.
(ii) Torch valve. In order to eliminate the possibility of gas escaping through leaks or improperly closed valves, when gas welding or cutting, the torch valves shall be closed and the gas supply to the torch positively shutoff at some point outside the confined area whenever the torch is not to be used for a substantial period of time, such as during lunch hour or over night. Where practicable, the torch and hose shall also be removed from the con fined space.
(e) Protection of personnel.
(I) Gonoral.
(i) Railing. A welder or helper working on platforms, scaffolds, or runways shall be
(c) All operators and attendants of resistance welding or resistance braz ing equipment shall use transparent face shields or goggles, depending on the particular job, to protect their faces or eyes, as required.
(d) Eye protection in the form of suit able goggles shall be provided where needed for brazing operations not covered in (a), (6), and (c) of this sub division.
(M) Spocifkatiom lor protector*.
(a) Helmets and hand shields shall be made of a material which is an insulator for heat and electricity. Helmets,
MOD 000011278
579
l10.252(cX2XUXa)
l9l0.252<eH2HiiHa)
STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
shields and goggles shall be not readily flammable and shall be capable of with standing sterilization.
(b) Helmets and hand shields shall be arranged to protect the face, neck and ears from direct radiant energy from the arc.
(c) Helmets shall be provided with filter plates and cover plates designed for easy removal,
4d) All parts shall be constructed of a material which will not readily corrode or discolor the skin.
(e) Goggles shall be ventilated to pre vent fogging of the lenses as much as practicable.
(f) Cover lenses or plates should be pro vided to protect each helmet, hand shield or goggle filter lens or plate.
(g) All glass for lenses shall be tem pered, substantially free from striae, air bubbles, waves and other flaws. Except when a lens is ground to provide proper optical correction for defective vision, the front and rear surfaces of lenses and windows shall be smooth and parallel.
(h) Lenses shall bear some permanent distinctive marking by which the source and shade may be readily identified.
(i) The following is a guide for the selec tion of the proper shade numbers. These recommendations may be varied to suit the individual's needs.
Wilding operation
Shade No.
Shielded metal-arc welding--Mb-,
H-,
%2-inch electrodes..... .............................
Gas-shielded arc welding (nonferroui)--
Mb-. 'Me-,
Ixr-inch electrodes _____
Gas-shielded arc welding (ferrous)--
%2-. Vi-, Via-inch electrodes
..............
Shielded metal-arc welding:
Vie*. %a-, *>4-inch electrodes
.. _
Me-. M-inch electrodes
Atomic hydrogen welding
_.
Carbon arc welding
...
Soldering
10
tl
12
12 14 10-14 14
2
1910.252(eX3XUXt)
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
Welding operation
No.
Torch brazing Light cutting, up to 1 inch Medium cutting. 1 inch to 6 inches Heavy cutting, 6 inches and over Gas welding (light) up to 4 inch Gas welding (medium) 4 inch to 4 inch Gas welding (heavy) 4 inch and over
3 or4 3 or4 4 or5 5 or6 4 or5 3 or 6 6 or8
NOTE: In gas welding or oxygen cutting where the torch produces a high yellow light, it is desira ble to use a filter or lens that absorbs the yellow or sodium line in the visible light of the operation.
(j) All filter lenses and plates shall meet the test for transmission of radiant energy prescribed in ANSI Z87.1--1968-- American National Standard Practice for Occupational and Educational Eye and Pace Protection.
(iii) Protection from arc wolding rays. Where the work permits, the welder should be enclosed in an individual booth painted with a finish of low reflectivity such as zinc oxide (an important factor for absorbing ultraviolet radiations) and lamp black, or shall be enclosed with non combustible screens similarly painted. Booths and screens shall permit circula tion ofair at floor level. Workers or other persons adjacent to the welding areas shall be protected from the rays by non combustible or flameproof screens or shields or shall be required to wear appropriate goggles.
(3) Protective clothing.
(i) General requirements. Employees exposed to the hazards created by welding, cut ting, or brazing operations shall be pro tected by personal protective equipment in accordance with the requirements of $ 1910.132. Appropriate protective cloth ing required for any welding operation will vary with the size, nature and loca tion of the work to be performed.
(ii) Specified protective clothing. Revoked
Change 7
00001X279 MOD
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
(4) Work in confkiod spocot.
(i) Gonoral. As used herein confined space is intended to mean a relatively small or
Chance 7
MCD 000011280
581
1910.252(e)(4)
STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
restricted space such as a tank, boiler, pressure vessel, or small compartment of a ship.
(ii) Ventilation. Ventilation is a prerequisite to work in confined spaces. For ventila tion requirements see paragraph (f) of this section.
(Hi) Securing cylinders and machinery. When welding or cutting is being performed in any confined spaces the gas cylinders and welding machines shall be left on the out side. Before operations are started, heavy portable equipment mounted on wheels shall be securely blocked to prevent acci dental movement.
(iv) Lifolinos. Where a welder must enter a confined space through a manhole or other small opening, means shall be pro vided for quickly removing him in case of emergency. When safety belts and lifelines are used for this purpose they shall be so attached to the welder's body that his body cannot be jammed in a small exit opening. An attendant with a pre planned rescue procedure shall be stationed outside to observe the welder at all times and be capable of putting rescue operations into effect.
(v) Electrode removal. When arc welding is to be suspended for any substantial period of time, such as during lunch or overnight, all electrodes shall be removed from the holders and the holders carefully located so that accidental contact cannot occur and the machine disconnected from the power source.
(W) Gas cylinder shutoff. In order to eliminate the possibility of gas escaping through leaks or improperly closed valves, when gas welding or cutting, the torch valves shall be closed and the fuelgas and oxygen supply to the torch posi tively shut off at some point outside the confined area whenever the torch is not to be used for a substantial period of time, such as during lunch hour or overnight. Where practicable the torch and hose shall also be removed from the confined space.
ltlfctt*eM4Xvi)
19l0.252(eH4K vii>
STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
(vii) Warning sign. After welding operations are completed, the welder shall mark the hot metal or provide some other means of warning other workers,
(f) Health protection and ventilation.
(1) General.
(i) Contamination. The requirements in this paragraph have been established on the basis of the following three factors in arc and gas welding which govern the amount of contamination to which weld ers may be exposed:
(a) Dimensions of space in which weld ing is to be done (with special regard to height of ceiling).
(b) Number of welders.
(c) Possible evolution of hazardous fumes, gases, or dust according to the metals involved.
(M) Ventilation. It is recognized that in individual instances other factors may be involved in which case ventilation or respiratory protective devices should be provided as needed to meet the equivalent requirements of this section. Such factors would include:
(a) Atmospheric conditions.
(b) Heat generated.
(c) Presence of volatile solvents.
(iii) Scroons. When welding must be per formed in a space entirely screened on all sides, the screens shall be so arranged that no serious restriction of ventilation exists. It is desirable to have the screens so mounted that they are about 2 feet above the floor unless the work is per formed at so low a level that the screen must be extended nearer to the floor to protect nearby workers from the glare of welding.
(iv) Maximum allowable concentration. Local exhaust or general ventilating systems
m04SfXlXvKc>
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
shall be provided and arranged to keep the amount of toxic fumes, gases, or dusts below the maximum allowable concentra tion as specified in 1910.1000. [40 F.R. 23072, May 28, 2975. J
(v) Precautionary labols. A number of poten tially hazardous materials are employed in fluxes, coatings, coverings, and filler metals used in welding and cutting or are released to the atmosphere during weld ing and cutting. These include but are not limited to the materials itemized in paragraphs (fK5) through (12) of this sec tion. The suppliers of welding materials shall determine the hazard, if any, associated with the use of their materials in welding, cutting, etc.
(a) All filler metals and fusible granular materials shall carry the following notice, as a minimum, on tags, boxes, or other containers:
Caution
Welding may produce fumes and gases hazard ous to health. Avoid breathing these fumes and gases. Use adequate ventilation. See ANSI Z49.1-196? Safety in Welding and Cutting pub lished by the American Welding Society.
(b) Brazing (welding) filler metals containingcadmium in significant amounts shall carry the following notice on tags, boxes, or other containers:
Warning
CONTAINS CADMIUM--POISONOUS FUMES MAY BE FORMED ON HEATING
Do not breathe fumes. Use only with adequate ventilation such as fume collectors, exhaust ven tilators. or air-supplied respirators. See ANSI Z49.1-1967.
If chest pain, cough, or fever develops after use. call physician immediately.
(c) Brazing and gas welding fluxes con taining fluorine compounds shall have a cautionary wording to indicate that they contain fluorine compounds. One such cautionary wording recommended by the American Welding Society for brazing and gas welding fluxes reads as follows:
Change 7
000011231 MCD
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
IflfcMHdXlMI) STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
be controlled at the source, in accordance with American National Standard Z9.2--1960. Where control at the source is not possible, respirators with goggles or protective masks shall be provided, and employees shall wear them when han dling alum, clay, soda ash, lime, bleach powder, sulfur, chlorine, and similar materials, and when opening rag bales.
(ii) When handling liquid acid or alkali, workmen shall be provided with approved eye and face protection and protective clothing, in accordance with American National Standard Z87.1--1968.
(2) Clearance.
(i) When materials are being piled inside a building and upon platforms, an aisle clearance at least 3 feet greater than the widest truck in use shall be provided.
(ii) Baled paper and rags stored inside a building shall not be piled closer than 18 inches to walls, partitions, or sprinkler heads.
(3) Piling and unpiling pulp.
(i) Piles of wet lap pulp (unless palletized) shall be stepped back one-half the width of the sheet for each 8 feet of pile height. Sheets of pulp shall be interlapped to make the pile secure. Pulp shall not be piled over pipelines to jeopardize pipes, or so as to cause overloading of floors, or to within 18 inches below sprinkler heads.
(ii) Piles of pulp shall not be undermined when being unpiled.
(iii) Floor capacities shall be clearly marked on all floors.
(4) Chocking mill.
(i) Where pulp or paper rolls are of uniform size, cribbing should be constructed to keep rolls from moving.
(ii) Where rolls are pyramided two or more high, chocks shall be installed between each roll on the floor and at every row
The face of each chock should be formed on a radius to conform to the average roll size in use. Where pulp and paper rolls are stored on smooth floors in processing areas, rubber chocks with wooden core shall be used.
(iii) When rolls are decked two or more high, the bottom rolls shall be chocked on each side to prevent shifting in either direction.
(iv) A supply of portable roll chocks should be available to be used where there are gaps In the bottom row of rolls.
() Preparing pulpwood.
(1) Gang and slasher mwi. A guard shall be provided in front of all gang and slasher saws to protect workers from wood thrown by saws. A guard shall be placed over tail sprockets.
(2) Stashor tablos. Saws shall be stopped and power switches shall be locked out and tagged whenever it is necessary for any per son to be on the slasher table.
(3) Stashor drive baits, pulleys, and shafts. All
belts, pulleys, and shafts shall be guarded in accordance with American National Standard B15.1--1955 (Reaffirmed 1958).
(4) Runway to the jo<k loddar. The runway from the pond or unloading dock to the table shall be protected with standard handrails and toeboards. Inclined portions shall have cleats or equivalent nonslip surfacing, in accordance with American Nationul Stand ard A12.1 --1967. Protective* equipment shall be provided for persons working over water.
(5) Guards balaw tabla. Where not protected by the frame of the machine, the underside of the slasher saws shall be enclosed with guards.
(6) Conveyors. The requirements of para graph (c)(15)(iv) of this section shall apply.
Chons* 7
00o
1282
593
1910.261(e)(7) STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
(7) Circulor towt (net timber taws). Saws shall h<_* provided with standard guards, in Hcvordanee with American National Stand ard m.l --1954 (Reaffirmed 1961).
barking drums shall be equipped with a device which may be locked to prevent the drum from moving while it is being emptied or filled.
(8) Barker feed. Each barker shall be equipped with a feed and turnover device which will make it unnecessary for the operator to hold a bolt or log by hand during the barking operation. Eye, ear, and head protection shall be provided for the operator, in accordance with paragraph (b)(2) of this sec tion.
(9) Guards. A guard shall be installed around barkers to confine flying particles, in accordance with American National Stand ard B15.1--1953 (Reaffirmed 1958).
(10) Stops. All control devices shall be locked out and tagged when knives are being changed.
(11) Speed governor. Water wheels, when di rectly connected to barker disks or grinders, shall be provided with speed governors, if op erated with gate wide open.
(12) Continuous barking drums.
(i) When platforms or floors allow access to the sides of the drums, a standard rail ing shall be constructed around the drums. When two or more drums are arranged side by side, proper walkways with standard handrails shall be provided between each set, in accordance with paragraph (b)(3) of this section.
(ii) Sprockets and chains, gears, and trun nions shall have standard guards, in accordance with paragraph (b)(1) of this section.
(iii) Whenever it becomes necessary for a workman to go within a drum, the driving mechanism shall be locked and tagged, at the main disconnect switch, in accordance with paragraph (b)(4) of this section.
(14) Hydraulic barkers. Hydraulic barkers shall be enclosed with strong baffles at the inlet and the outlet. The operator shall be pro tected by at least five-ply laminated glass.
(15) Splitter block. The block upon or against which the wood is rested shall have a cor rugated surface or other means provided that the wood will not slip. Wood to be split, and also the splitting block, shall be free of ice, snow, or chips. The operator shall be provided with eye and foot protection. A clear and unobstructed view shall be main tained between equipment and workers around the block and the workers' help area.
(16) Power control. Power for the operation of the splitter shall be controlled by a clutch or equivalent device.
(17) Knot deanera. The operators of knot cleaners of the woodpecker type shall wear eye protection equipment. Knot cleaners of the woodpecker type should be enclosed to protect passersby from flying chips.
(18) Chipper spout. The feed system to the chipper spout shall be arranged in such a way that the operator does not stand in a direct line with the chipper spout. All chipper spouts shall be enclosed to a height of at least 42 inches from the floor or operator's platform. If practical, a mirror should be installed to enable the chipper feeder to see the chute. When other protec tion is not sufficient, the operator shall wear a safety belt line. The safety belt line shall be fastened in such a manner as to make it impossible for the operator to fall into the throat of the chipper. Ear protection equip ment shall be worn by the operator and others in the immediate area if there is any possibility that the noise level may be harm ful (see $ 1910.95).
(13) Intermittent barking drums. In addition to motor switch, clutch, belt shifter, or other power disconnecting device, intermittent
(19) Carrier* for knives. Carriers shall be pro vided and used for transportation of knives.
mitflCeXIftl
594
000011283 MCD
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
1910J<l(kKl STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
(19) Platform*.
(i) A nonslip walkway with standard handrail should be provided on both sides of the stacks, in accordance with the American National Standard A12.1 -- 1967.
(ii) A nonslip platform should also be pro vided at the top of the calender stack if access to that area is required for chang ing rolls.
(TO) Scrapor*. Alloy steel scrapers with pullthrough blades approximately 3 by 5 inches in size shall be used to remove "scabs" from calender rolls.
(21) Illumination. Permanent lighting shall be installed in all areas where employees are required to make machine adjustments and sheet transfers in accordance with the American National Standard All.l--1965 (R 1970).
(22) Control panel*. Floor stand panels should be protected from being hit by moving equipment. All control panel handles and buttons shall be protected from accidental contact.
(23) Spoco between reel*. Revoked
(24) Lifting reel*.
(i) The reels shall stop rotating before being lifted from bearings.
(ii) All lifting equipment (clamps, cables, and slings) shall be maintained in a safe condition and inspected regularly.
(iii) Reel shafts with square block ends shall be guarded.
(25) Feeder belt*. Feeder belts, carrier ropes, air carriage, or other equally effective means shall be provided for starting paper into the nip or drum-type reels.
(26) Inrunning nip.
(i) Where the nipping points of ail drum winders and rewinders is on the
operator's side, it shall be guarded by bar rier guards interlocked with the drive mechanism.
(ii) A zero speed switch should be installed to prevent the guard from being raised while the roll is turning.
(27) Care collars. Set screws for securing core collars to winding and unwinding shafts shall not protrude above the face of the collar. All edges of the collar with which an operator's hand comes in contact shall be beveled to remove ail sharp corners.
(28) Slitter knives. Slitter knives shall be guarded so as to prevent accidental contact. Carriers shall be provided and used for transportation of slitter knives.
(29) Winder shaft. All shafts should be equipped with a winder collar guide. The winder shall have a guide rail to align the shaft for easy entrance into the opened rewind shaft bearing housings. If the winder is large and the rewind shafts are too heavy for manual insertion, powered rewind shaft injectors should be employed.
(30) Cor* shaft. When the core shaft weighs in excess of the safe standard, a mechanical device such as a doily shall be provided for carrying all or part of the weight when it is being removed from the set of paper and placed in the dressing brackets on the winder. In the event that the force required to extract the shaft from the cores is exces sive, even though the weight of the shaft is being supported, a powered shaft puller should be employed to relieve the operator of physical strain.
(31) Wind* ano. A nonskid surface shall be provided in the front vicinity of the winder to prevent accidental slipping.
(32) Radiation. Special standards regarding the use of radiation equipment shall be posted and followed as required by 1910.96.
(1) Finishing room.
(1) Cleaning rolls. Rolls shall be cleaned only on the outrunning side.
Chans* 7
MCD 000011284
603
191SJSKIX1)
19t0.261(iM2)
STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
(2) Emergency *top. Electrically or manually operated quick power disconnecting devices, interlocked with braking action, shall be provided on all operating sides of the machine within easy reach of. all employees. These devices shall be tested by making use of them when stopping the machine.
(3) Core colion. The requirements of para graph (kX27) of this section and the Ameri can National Standard B15.1--1953 (re affirmed 1958) shall apply.
(4) Elevator*. These shall be in accordance with American National Standard A17.1--1965.
(5) Control panel*. The requirements of para graph (kX22) of this section shall apply.
(6) Guillotino-fypo cutten.
(i) Each guillotine-type cutter shall be equipped with a control which requires the operator and his helper, if any, to use both hands to engage the clutch.
(ii) Each guillotine-type cutter shall be equipped with a nonrepeat device.
(iii) Carriers shall be provided and used for transportation of guillotine-type cut ter knives.
(7) Rotary cutter.
(i) On single-knife machines a guard shall be provided at a point of contact to the knife.
(ii) On duplex cutters the protection required for single-knife machines shall be provided for the first knife, and a hood shall be provided for the second knife.
(iii) Safe access shall be provided to the knives of a rotary cutter by means of catwalks with nonslip surfaces, railings, and toeboards in accordance with paragraph (b) (3) of this section.
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
(iv) A guard shall be provided for the spreader or squeeze roll at the nip side on sheet cutters.
(v) Electrically or manually operated quick power disconnecting devices with adequate brakingaction shall be provided on ail operating sides of the machine within easy reach of all operators.
(vi) The outside slitters shall be guarded.
(B) Platan.
(1) A guard shall be arranged across the face of the rolls to serve as a warning that the operator's hand is approaching the danger zone.
(ii) A quick power disconnecting device shall be installed on each machine within easy reach of the operator.
(9) Finishing roam rowindars.
(i) The nipping points of all drum winders and rewinders located on the operator's side shall be guarded by either automatic or manually operated barrier guards of sufficient height to protect fully anyone working around them. The barrier guard shall be interlocked with the drive mechanism to prevent operating above jog speed without the guard in place.
A zero speed switch should be installed to prevent the guard from being raised while the roll is turning.
(ii) A nonskid surface shall be provided in front of the rewinder to prevent an employee from slipping in accordance with paragraph (b) (3) of this section.
(Hi) Mechanical lifting devices shall be provided for placing and removing rolls from the machine.
(10) Control panol*. The requirements of paragraph (k) (22) of this section shall apply.
(11) Roll-typo ombeaior. The nipping point located on the operator's side shall be
19104BKIKU)
604
MCD 000011285
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
1910.2*3 STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
1910.263--BAKERY EQUIPMENT
(a) General requirements.
(1) Application. The requirements of this sec tion shall apply to the design, installation, operation and maintenance of machinery and equipment used within a bakery.
(b) Definitions applicable to this section.
Revoked
(c) General machine guarding.
(1) Electrical grounding. Revoked
(2) Goars. All gears shall be completely enclosed regardless of location.
(3) Sprockets and V-bolt drives. Sprockets and V-belt drives located within reach from plat forms or passageways or located within 8 feet 6 inches from the floor shall be com pletely enclosed.
(4) Rotating parts. Revoked
(5) Lubrication. Where machinery must be lu bricated while in motion, stationary lubrica tion fittings inside a machine shall be pro vided with extension piping to a point of safety so that the employee will not have to reach into any dangerous part of the machine when lubricating.
(6) Removable covan or guards. Revoked
(7) Ventilation through machine guards.
Revoked
(8) Hot pipos. Exposed hot water and steam pipes shall be covered with insulating material wherever necessary to protect employee from contact. (d) Flour-handling equipment.
(1) General requirements for flour handling.
(i) Wherever any of the various pieces of apparatus comprising a flour-handling system are run in electrical unity with one another the following safeguards shall apply:
(a) Revoked
(b) Wherever a flour-handling system is of such size that the beginning of its operation is far remote from its final delivery end, all electric motors operat ing each apparatus comprising this sys tem shall be controlled at each of two points, one located at each remote end, either of which will stop all motors.
(c) Revoked
(d) Control circuits for magnetic con trollers shall be so arranged that the opening of any one of several limit switches, which may be on an individual unit, will serve to de-energize all of the motors of that unit.
(2) Bog chute* and bag lift* (bag-arm lavator*).
(i) Bag chutes (gravity chutes for han dling flour bags) shall be so designed so as to keep to a minimum the speed of flour bags. If the chute inclines more than 30 from the horizontal, there shall be an upturn at the lower end of the chute to slow down the bags.
(ii) Bag-arm elevators with manual takeoff shall be designed to operate at a capacity not exceeding seven bags per minute. The arms on the conveyor chain shall be so spaced as to obtain the full capacity of the elevator with the lowest possible chain speed. There shall be an electric limit switch at the unloading end of the bag-arm elevator so installed as to automatically atop the conveyor chain if any bag fails to clear the conveyor arms.
(Hi) Revoked
Change 7
MCD 000011286
l19.2*3(d)(2)(iil)
1910.263(d)(2)(iv) STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
(iv) Man lifts shall be prohibited in bakeries. Bag or barrel lifts shall not be used as man lifts.
level to top of bin and from top of bin to inside bottom, keeping the ladder end away from the moving screw conveyor.
(3) Dumpbin and blander.
(iv) Revoked
(i) Revoked
(v) Revoked
(ii) Revoked
(iii) Revoked
(iv) Revoked
(v) All dumpbin and blender hoods shall be of sufficient capacity to prevent circu lation of flour dust outside the hoods.
(vi) All dumpbins shall be of a suitable height from floor to enable the operator to dump flour from bags, without causing undue strain or fatigue. Where the edge of any bin is more than 24 inches above the floor, a bag rest step shall be provided.
(vii) A control device for stopping the dumpbin ami blender shall be provided rlnso to the normal location of the operator.
(4)Flour olovotor*. Revoked
($) Bolting roots. Revoked
(6) Storage bins.
(vi) The main entrance cover of large stor age bins located at the interior exit ladder shall be provided with an electric inter lock for motors operating both feed and unloading screw, so that these motors cannot operate while the cover is open.
(7) Screw conveyors.
() Revoked
(ii) Revoked
(iii) The covers of all screw conveyors shall be made removable in convenient sec tions, held on with stationary clamps located at proper intervals keeping all covers dust-tight. Where drop or hinged bottom sections are provided this provi sion shall not apply.
(8) Siftore.
(I) Enclosures of all types of flour sifters shall be so constructed that they are dusttight but readily accessible for interior inspection.
(i) Revoked
(ii) Revoked
(ii) Storage bins shall be provided with gaskets and locks or latches to keep the cover closed, or other equivalent devices in order to insure the dust tightness of the cover. Covers at openings where an employee may enter the bin shall also be provided with a hasp and a lock, so located that the employee may lock the cover in the open position whenever it is neces sary to enter the bin.
(iii) Storage bins where the side is more than 5 feet in depth shall be provided with standard stationary safety ladders, both inside and outside, to reach from floor
(9) Flour tcaios.
(i) Revoked
(ii) Revoked
(iii) Traveling or track-type flour scales shall be equipped with bar handles for moving same. The bar should be at least 1 inch in diameter and well away from trolley track wheels.
() Mixers.
(1) Horizontal dough mixort.
l910.263(eXl>
616
000011237 MOD
Change 7
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
1910.263(c)(l)<i) STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
(i) Mixers with external power application shall have ail belts,chains, gears, pulleys, sprockets, clutches, and other moving parts completely enclosed.
(ii) Revoked
(xi) thru (xvii) Revoked
(xviii) Valves and controls to regulate the coolant in mixer jackets shall be located so as to permit access by the operator without jeopardizing his safety.
(iii) Each mixer shall be equipped with an individual motor and control, and with a conveniently located manual switch to prevent the mixer from being started in the usual manner while the machine is being serviced and cleaned.
(iv) All electrical control stations shall be so located that the operator must be in full view of the bowl in its open position. No duplication of such controls other than a stop switch shall be permitted.
(v) All mixers with power and manual dumping arrangements shall be equipped with safety devices which shall:
(2) Vertical mixers.
(i) Vertical mixers shall comply with para graphs (e)(l)(i), (iii), (ix), and (x) of this sec tion."
(ii) Revoked
(iii) Bowl locking devices shall be of a posi tive type which require the attention of the operator for unlocking.
(iv) Devices shall be made available for moving bowls weighing more than 80 pounds, with contents, into and out of the mixing position on the machine.
(a) Engage both hands of the operator, when the agitator is in motion under power, and while the bowl is opened more than one-fifth of its total opening.
(b) Prevent the agitator from being started, while the bowl is more than onefifth open, without engaging both hands of the operator;
(vi) Revoked
(vii) Revoked
(viii) Every mixer shall be equipped with a full enclosure over the bowl which is dused at all times while the agitator is in motion. Only minor openings in this enclosure, such as ingredient doors, flour inlets, etc., each representing less than \xh square feet in area, shall be capable of being opened while the mixer is in operation.
0x1 Revoked
(x) Overhead covers or doors which are subject to accidental closure shall be counterbalanced to remain in an open position or provided with means to hold them open until positively released by the operator.
(f) Dividers.
(1) Pinch and shear points. Revoked
(2) front guards. Revoked
(3) Rear of divider. The back of the divider shall have a complete cover to enclose all of the moving parts, or each individual part shall be enclosed or guarded to remove the separate hazards. The rear cover shall be provided with a limit switch in order that the machine cannot operate when this cover is open. The guard on the back shall be hinged so that it cannot be completely removed and if a catch or brace is provided for holding the cover open, it shall be designed so that it will not release due to vibrations or minor bumping whereby the cover may drop on an employee.
(g) Moulders.
(1) Hoppon. Mechanical feed moulders shall be provided with hoppers so designed and connected to the proofer that an employee's hands cannot get into the hopper where they will come in contact with the in running rolls.
Chance 7
MOD 000011288
617
I910.2(H1)
1910.263(f)(2) STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
{2) Hand-fed mouldafi. Hand-fed moulders shall be provided with a belt-feed device or the hopper shall be extended high enough so that the hands of the operator cannot get into the feed rolls. The top edge of such a hopper shall be well rounded to prevent injury when it is struck or bumped by the employee's hand.
(3) Stopping dsviee*. There shall be a stopping device within easy reach of the operator who feeds the moulder and another stopping device within the reach of the employee taking the dough away from the moulder.
(h)Monuolly fed dough brakes.
(1) Top-roll protection. The top roll shall be pro tected by a heavy gage metal shield extend ing over the roll to go within 6 inches of the hopper bottom board. The shield may be perforated to permit observation of the dough entering the rolls.
(2) Emergency step bar. An emergency stop bar shall be provided, and so located that the body of the operator will press against the bar if the operator slips and falls to ward the rolls, or if the operator gets his hand caught in the rolls. The bar shall apply the body pressure to open positively a circuit that will deenergize the drive mo tor. In addition, a brake which is inher ently self-engaging by requiring power or force from an external source to cause disengagement shall be activated at the same time causing the rolls to stop in stantly. The emergency stop bar shall be checked for proper operation every 30 days.
[38 F.R. 16223, June 21,1973.]
(i) Miscellaneous equipment.
<1) Proof besot. All door locks shall be operable both from within and outside the box. Guide rails shall be installed to center the rack as it enters, passes through, and leaves the proof box.
(2) fermentation room. Fermentation room doors shall have nonshatterable wire glass or plastic panels for vision through doors.
(3) Troughs. Troughs shall be mounted on antifriction bearing casters thus making it possible for the operator to move and direct the motion of the trough with a minimum of effort.
(4) Hand trucks.
(I) Casters shall be set back from corners to be out of the way of toes and heels, but not far enough back to cause the truck to be unstable.
(II) A lock or other device shall be provided to hold the handle in vertical position when the truck is not in use.
(5) lift truck*. A lock or other device shall be provided to hold the handle in vertical posi tion when the truck is not in use.
(6) Racks.
(I) Revoked
(ii) Racks shall be equipped with handles so located with reference to the frame of the rack that no part of the operator's hands extends beyond the outer edge of the frame when holding onto the handles.
(Hi) Antifriction bearing casters shall be used to give the operator better control of the rack.
(7) Conveyors.
(i) Wherever a conveyor passes over a main aisleway, regularly occupied work area, or passageway, the underside of the conveyor shall be completely enclosed to prevent broken chains or other material from falling in the passageway.
(Ii) Stop bumpers shall be installed on all delivery ends of conveyors, wherever manual removal of the product carried is practiced.
(Hi) Where hazard of getting caught exists a sufficient number of stop buttons shall be provided to enable quick stopping of the conveyor.
1919.263(1X7X111)
618
Chance 7
ooooU289
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
(B) Overheod rail systems. Revoked (9) Dough chutes. Revoked
(10) Skids. Revoked
(11) Ingredient premixers, emulsifiers, etc.
(i) All top openings shall be provided with covers attached to the machines. These covers should be so arranged and inter locked that power will be shutoff whenever the cover is opened to a point where the operator's fingers might come in contact with the beaters.
(12) Chain tack!#.
(i) AH chain tackle shall be marked prom inently, permanently, and legibly with maximum load capacity.
(ii) All chain tackle shall be marked per manently., and legibly with minimum sup port specification.
(iii) Safety hooks shall be used.
(13) Trough heists, #tc.
(i) All hoists shall be marked prominently, permanently, and legibly with maximum load capacity. (ii) All hoists shall be marked perma nently and legibly with minimum support specifications.
(iii) Safety catches shall be provided for the chain so that the chain will hold the load in any position.
(iv) Safety hooks shall be used.
(14) Air-conditioning units.
(i) Revoked
(ii) On large units with doors to chambers large enough to be entered, all door locks shall be operable from both inside and outside.
(15) Pan washing tank*.
1910.263(0(8)
REGULATIONS AND PROCEDURES
(i) Revoked
(ii) The surface of the floor of the working platform shall be maintained in nonslip condition.
(iii) Revoked
(iv) Revoked1
(v) Power ventilated exhaust hoods shall be provided over the tanks.
(16) Pan washing machines. Revoked
(17) Cok# depositors. Revoked
(18) king machines. Revoked
(19) Broad coolers, conveyor typo. Revoked
(20) Bread coolers, rock typo.
(i) Revoked (H) All door locks shall be operable from both within and outside the cooler.
(21) Brood and coke boxes, trays, etc. Revoked
(22) Doughnut machines. Separate flues shall be provided,
(i) For venting vapors from the frying sec tion, and
(ii) For venting products of combustion from the combustion chamber used to heat the fat.
(23) Open fat kettles.
(i) The floor around kettles shall be main tained in nonslip condition.
(i<) Revoked (iii) Revoked (hr) The top of the kettle shall be not less than 36 inches above floor or working level.
Chance 7
MCD 000011290
619
191*.23(iX23XiT)
1910.263(0(24) STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
(24) Steam kettles.
(i) Positive locking devices shall be pro* vided to hold kettles in the desired position.
(ii) Kettles with steam jackets shall be provided with safety valves in accordance with the ASME Pressure Vessel Code, Section VIII, Unfired Pressure Vessels, 1968.
(j) Slicers and wrappers.
(1) Slicers.
(i) Revoked
(ii) Revoked
(iii) The cover over the knife head of reciprocating-blade slicers shall be provided with an interlocking arrangement so that the machine cannot operate unless the cover is in place.
(iv) On slicers with endless band knives, each motor shall be equipped with a mag net brake which operates whenever the motor is not energized. Each door, panel, or other point of access to the cutting blades shall be arranged by means of mechanical or electric interlocks so that the motor will be deenergized if all such access doors, panels, or access points are not closed.
operator in one location can control both machines. Such levers should be pro vided wherever necessary, but these should be so arranged that there is only one station capable of starting the wrapping machine and conveyor assembly, and this starting station should be so arranged or guarded as to prevent accidental starting. The elec tric control station for starting and stopping the electric motor driving the wrapping machine and conveyor should be located near the clutch starting lever.
(2) Wrappers.
(i) Revokedi
(ii) Revoked
(iii) Electrical heaters on wrappers shall be protected by a cover plate properly separated or insulated from the heaters in order that accidental contact with this cover plate will not cause a burn to the operator.
(k) Biscuit and cracker equipment.
(1) Meal, peanut, and fig grinders.
(i) If the hopper is removable it shall be provided with an electric interlock so that the machine cannot be put in operation when the hopper is removed.
(v) When it is necessary to sharpen slicer blades on the machine, a barrier shall be provided leaving only sufficient opening for the sharpening stone to reach the knife blades.
<v) Revoked (vii) Sheer wrapper conditions.
(a) Revoked
(b) Revoked
(c) Mechanical control levers for start ing and stopping both slicing machine conveyors and wrapping machines shall be extended or so located that an
l10.2S(kX2HI)
620
(ii) Where grid guards cannot be used, feed conveyors to hoppers, or baffle-type hoppers, shall be provided. Hoppers in such cases shall be enclosed and provided with hinged covers, and equipped with electric interlock to prevent operation of the machine with the cover open.
(2) Sugar and spice pulverisers.
(i) All drive belts used in connection with sugar and spice pulverizers shall be grounded by means of metal combs or other effective means of removing static electricity. All pulverizing of sugar or spice grinding shall be done in accordance with NFPA 62--1967 (Standard for Dust
Cheafe 7
000011291 MCD
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
1910.263(kX2Xl> STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
Hazards of Sugar and Cocoa), NFPA 656--1959 (Standard for Dust Hazards in Spice Grinding Plants).
(ii) Magnetic separators shall be provided to reduce fire and explosion hazards.
(3) Cheese, fruit, and food cutters. These machines shall be protected in accordance with the requirements of subparagraph (1) of this paragraph.
(4) Jam, icing, and marshmallow beaters of hori
zontal tub type. Revoked
(5) Reversible dough brakes. Reversible brakes shall be provided with a guard or tripping mechanism on each side of the rolls. These guards shall be so arranged as to stop the machine or reverse the direction of the rolls so that they are outrunning if the guard is moved by contact of the operator.
(6) Cross-roll brakos. Cross-roll brakes shall be provided with guards that are similar in number and equal in effectiveness to guards on hand-fed brakes.
(7) Box- and roll-typo dough shoetors.
0) Revoked
(ii) Hoppers for sheeters shall have an automatic stop bar or automatic stopping device along the back edge of the hopper. If construction does not permit location at the back edge, the automatic stop bar or automatic stopping device shall be located where it will be most effective to accomplish the desired protection.
(S) Cutting and panning, embossing; peeling, bar,
and frutana machines. Revoked
(9) Rotary, dio machines, protzol rolling, and
protzol-stidt extruding machines. Dough hoppers shall have the entire opening protected with substantial grid-type guards to prevent the employee from getting his hands caught in moving parts, or the hopper shall be extended high enough so that the operator's hands cannot get into moving parts.
(10) Band ovons. Revoked
(11) Wafer-cutting machines. Revoked
(12) Pan cooling towers.
(i) Where pan cooling towers extend to two or more floors, a lockout switch shall be provided on each floor in order that mechanics working on the tower may positively lock the mechanism against starting. Only one start switch shall be used in the motor control circuit.
(13) Chocolate melting, refining, and mixing ket
tles. Each kettle shall be provided with a cover to enclose the top of the kettle. The bottom outlet of each kettle shall be of such size and shape that the operator cannot reach in to touch the revolving paddle or come in contact with the shear point v between the paddle and the side of the kettle.
(14) Caddie, caver, and box stitchers
Revoked
(15) Carton-wrapping and bundling machines.
Revoked
(16) Carton and lining feeding machines. Revokec
(17) Peanut coaling tracks. Mechanically oper ated peanut cooling trucks shall have a gridtype cover over the entire top.
(I) Ovens.
(1) General location.
(I) thru (vi) Revoked
(vii) Ovens shall be located so that possible fire or explosion will not expose groups of persons to possible injury. For this reason ovens shall not adjoin lockers, lunch or sales rooms, main passageways, or exits.
(2) Recommended construction. Revoked
(3) Safeguards of mechanical parts.
(i) Emergency stop buttons shall be pro vided on mechanical ovens near the point where operators are stationed.
Chanfe7
MCD 000011292
621
1910.263(1X3^11
1910.263(1)(3 Kit) STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
(ii) All piping at ovens shall be tested to be gaslight.
(iii) Main shutoff valves, operable separately from any automatic valve, shall be provided to permit turning off the fuel or steam in case of an emergency.
(a) Main shutoff valves shall be located so that explosions, fires, etc. will not pre vent access to these valves.
(b) Main shutoff valves shall be locked in the closed position when men must enter the oven or when the oven is not in service.
(4) Gas-burning systems. Revoked
(5) Gas mixing machines. Revoked
(6) Oil-burning equipment. Revoked
(7) Solid-fuel firing equipment. Revoked
(8) electrical hooting equipment.
(i) Revoked
(ii) Revoked
(iii) A main disconnect switch or circuit breaker shall be provided. This switch or circuit breaker shall be so located that it can be reached quickly and safely. The main switch or circuit breaker shall have provisions for locking it in the open posi tion if any work on the electrical equip ment or inside the oven must be per formed.
(9) General requirements.
(i) Protecting devices shall be properly maintained and kept in working order.
(ii) All safety devices on ovens shall be inspected at intervals of not less than twice a month by an especially appointed, properly instructed bakery employee, and not less than once a year by representa tives of the oven manufacturers.
(iii)
(a) Protection of gas pilot lights shall he provided when it is impracticable to protect the main flame of the burner and where the pilot flame cannot con tact the flame electrode without being in the path of the main flame of the burner. Failure of any gas pilot shall automatically shut off the fuel supply to t ie burner.
(b) Ovens with multiple burners shall be equipped with individual atmos pheric pilot lights where there is suf ficient secondary air in the baking chamber and where gas is available: or else each burner shall be equipped with an electric spark type ignition device.
(iv) Burners of a capacity exceeding 150,000 B.t.u. per hour equipped with elec tric ignition shall be protected in addition by quick-acting combustion safeguards.
(a) The high-tension current for any electric spark-type ignition device shall originate in a power supply line which is interlocked with the fuel supply for the oven in such a way that in case of current failure both the source of elec tricity to the high-tension circuits and the fuel supply shall be turned off simul taneously.
(v) When fuel is supplied and used at line pressure, safety shutoff valves shall be provided in the fuel line leading to the burner.
(a) When fuel is supplied in excess of line pressure, safety shutoff valves shall be provided in the fuel line leading to the burners, unless the fuel supply lines are equipped with other automatic valves which will prevent the flow of fuel when the compressing equipment is stopped.
(b) The safety shutoff valve shall be positively tight and shall be tested at least twice monthly.
(c) Packing glands shall be designed so
1910.2U(t)<)(r)(c)
622
mcd 00ll293
Chanfc7
occupational safety and health
that the valve will not be made inopera tive by excessive tightening of the pack ing gland.
(d) Revoked
(e) A safety shutoff valve shall require manual operation for reopening after it has closed, or the electric circuit shall be so arranged that it will require a manual operation for reopening the safety shutoff valve.
(f) Manual reset-type safety shutoff valves shall be so arranged that they cannot be locked in an open position by external means.
(g) Where blowers are used for supply ing the air for combustion the safety shutoff valve shall be interlocked so that it will close in case of air failure.
(h) Where gas or electric ignition is used, the safety shutoff valve shall close in case of ignition failure. On burners equipped with combustion safeguards, the valve shall close in case of burner flame failure.
(vi) One main, manually operated, fuel shutoff valve shall be provided on each oven, and shall be located ahead of all other valves in the system.
(vit) All individual gas or oil burners with a heating capacity over 150,000 B.t.u. per hour shall be protected by a safeguard which is actuated by the flame and which will react to flame failure in a time inter val not to exceed 2 seconds. All safeguards, once having shut down a gas or oil burner, shall require manual reset ting and starting of the burner or burn ers.
(viii) Any space in an oven (except direct fired ovens) which could be filled with an explosive mixture shall be protected by explosion vents. Explosion vents shall be made of minimum weight consistent with adequate insulation.
1610.263(1 )<9)(v)(c)
STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
(a) Explosion doors which have a sub stantial weight shall be attached by chains or similar means to prevent fly ing parts from injuring the personnel in case of an explosion.
(b) Where explosion vents are so located that flying parts or gases might endan ger the personnel working on or near the oven, internal or external protect ing means shall be provided in the form of heavily constructed shields or de flectors made from noncombustible material.
(c) Specifically exempted from the pro visions of subdivision (viii) of this subparagraph are heating systems on-w ovens in which the fuel is admitted only to enclosed spaces which shall have been tested to prove that their construc tion will resist repeated explosions with out deformation are exempt from the requirements of subdivisions (viii) (a) and (b) of this paragraph.
(ix) Flu** and dampen. Revoked
(x) Revoked
(xi) Where the gas supply pressure is sub stantially higher than that at which the burners of an oven are designed to operate, a gas pressure regulator shall be employed.
(a) Revoked
(b) Revoked
(c) Revoked
(d) A relief valve shall be placed on the outlet side of gas pressure regulators where gas is supplied at high pressure. The discharge from this valve shall be piped to the outside of the building.
(10) Dir*ct-fr*d oven*.
(i) Direct-fired ovens shall be safeguarded against failure of fuel, air, or ignition.
Chance 7
mod 000011294
623
1110.263(1X10X1)
1910.263(1)(lOKIi)
STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
(ii) To prevent the possible accumulation of explosive gases from being ignited after a shutdown, ail direct-fired ovens with a heating capacity over 150,000 B.t.u. per hour shall be ventilated before the ignition system, combustion air blower, anti the fuel can be turned on. The preventilation shall insure at least four complete changes of atmosphere in the baking chamber by discharging the oven atmosphere to the outside of the building and entraining fresh air into it. The pre ventilation shall be repeated whenever the heating equipment is shut down by a safety device.
(11) Direct recirculating even*.
(i) Each circulating fan in direct recir culating ovens shall be interconnected with the burner in such a manner that the fuel is shut off by a safety valve when the fan is not running.
(il) The flame of the burner or burners
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
in direct recirculating ovens shall be pro tected by a quick-acting flame-sensitive safeguard which will automatically shut off the fuel supply in case of burnerfailure. (12) Flue-type ovens. Revoked
(13) Indirect-fired multiple burner ovens. Revoked
(14) Steam-tube ovens. Revoked
(15) Indirect recirculating ovens.
(i) Revoked
(ii) Revoked
(iii) Duct systems (in ovens) operating under pressure shall be tested for tight ness in the initial starting of the oven and also at intervals not farther apart than 6 months.
1910.264--LAUNDRY MACHINERY AND OPERATIONS
(a) Definitions applicable to this section.
Revoked
(b) General requirements.
This section applies to moving parts of equipment used in laundries and to conditions peculiar to this industry, with special refer ence to the point of operation of laundry machines. This section does not apply to drycleaning operations.
(c) Point-of-operation guards.
(1) Washroom machinos.
(i) Marking mochino. Revoked*
(ii) Washing machine.
(a) Revoked
(b) Each washing machine shall be pro vided with means for holding open the doors or covers of inner and outer cylin ders or shells while being loaded or unloaded.
(iii) Extractor. Revoked
(2) Starching and drying machines.
(i) Starching mochino (cylinder or box typo).
Revoked
(ii) Drying-room fan. Revoked
(iii) Orying tumbler.
(m) Revoked
ll.264(c)(2Xiil)<e)
624 MOD 000011295
Chmt 7
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
1910.264(c)(2)(ill)(b) STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
(b) Each drying tumbler shall be pro vided with means for holding open the doors or covers of inner and outer cylin ders or shells while being loaded or unloaded.
(iv) Shaker (clothes tumbler).
(a) Revoked
(b)
(1) Revoked
(2) Each shaker or clothes tumbler of the double-cylinder type shall be provided with means for holding open the doors or covers of inner and outer cylinders or shells while being loaded or unloaded.
(v) Exception. Provisions of subdivision (iii), (ivXa)U), and (iv)(6) of this subparagraph shall not apply to shakeout or condition ing tumblers where the clothes are loaded into the open end of the revolving cylinder and are automatically discharged out of the opposite end.
(3) Finishing machines. Revoked
(4) Miscellaneous machines and equipment.
(i) Sewing machine. Revoked
(ii) Exhaust or ventilating fans. Revoked
(iii) Steam pipes.
(a) All steam pipes that are within 7 feet of the floor or working platform, and with which the worker may come into contact, shall be insulated or covered with a heat-resistive material or shall be otherwise properly guarded.
(b) Where pressure-reducing valves are used, one or more relief or safety valves shall be provided on the low-pressure side of the reducing valve, in case the piping or equipment on the low-pressure side does not meet the requirements for full initial pressure. The relief or safety valve shall be located adjacent to, or as close as possible to, the reducing valve. Proper protection shall be provided to
prevent injury or damage caused by fluid escaping from relief or safety valves if vented to the atmosphere. The vents shall be of ample size and as short and direct as possible. The combined dis charge capacity of the relief valves shall be such that the pressure rating of the lower-pressure piping and equipment will not be exceeded if the reducing valve sticks or fails to open.
(d) Operating rules.
(1) General.
(i) Fleers. Revoked
(ii) Table lops, thelvea, and machine woodwork.
Revoked
(iii) Markon. Markers and others handling soiled clothes shall be warned against touching the eyes, mouth, or any part of the body on which the skin has been broken by a scratch or abrasion; and they shall be cautioned not to touch or eat food until their hands have been thoroughly washed.
(iv) Ventilation. Revoked
(v) Instruction of employee!. Employees shall be properly instructed as to the hazards of their work and be instructed in safe practices, by bulletins, printed rules, and verbal instructions.
(2) Mechanical.
(i) Safety guards.
(a) No safeguard, safety appliance, or device attached to, or forming an integral part of any machinery shall be removed or made ineffective except for the purpose of making immediate repairs or adjustments. Any such safeguard, safety appliance, or device removed or made ineffective during the repair or adjustment of such machinery shall be replaced immediately upon the completion of such repairs or adjust ments.
Change 7
MCD 000011296
625
m0.2*4(d)<Z)(i)
1910.265 STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
Pages 627 thru 640 deleted
1910.265--SAWMILLS
(a) General requirements.
(1) Application. This section includes safety requirements for sawmill operations includ
ing, but not limited to, log and lumber handling, sawing, trimming, and planing; waste disposal; operation of dry kilns; finishing; shipping; storage; yard and yard
626
MOD 000011297
Change 7
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
19iej6MeKUKTiU) STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
(vii<) Panagtwpyi to ponels. Passageways to switch centers or panels shall at all times be kept free from obstruction. Not less than 3 feet of clear space shall be main tained in front of switch centers or panels at all times.
(ix) Bridging fuses. Doubling or bridging fuses shall be prohibited.
(13) Hydraulk systems. Means shall be pro vided to block, chain, or otherwise secure equipment normally supported by hy draulic pressure so as to provide for safe maintenance.
(14) Liquefied petroleum gas storage and handling.
Storage and handling of liquified petroleum gas shall be in accordance with the require ments of i 1910.110.
(15) Get piping and appliances. All gas piping and appliances shall be installed in accordance with the American National Standard Requirements for Gas Appliances and Gas Piping Z21.30--1964.
(16) Flammable liquids. Flammable liquids shall be stored and handled in accordance with 1910.106.
(17) Storage, handling, and use of chemicals.
(i) Threshold limits. Employees shall not be exposed to airborne concentration oftoxic dusts, fumes, vapors, mists or gases that exceed the threshold limit values set forth by $ 1910.1000.
[40 F.R. 29072, Hey 28.1975.1
(18) Conveyers.
(t) Standards. Construction, operation, and maintenance of conveyors shall be in accordance with American National Standard B20.1--1957.
(ii) Guarding. Spiked live rolls shall be guarded.
(19) Stationary tramways and trostles.
(i) Foundations and walkways. Tramways and trestles shall have substantial mud sills or foundations which shall be frequently inspected and kept in repair. When vehi cles are operated on tramways and tres tles which are used for foot passage, traf fic shall be controlled or a walkway with standard handrails at the outer edge and shear timber on the inner edge shall be provided. This walkway shall be wide enough to allow adequate clearance to vehicles. When walkways cross over other thoroughfares, they shall be solidly fenced at the outer edge to a height of 42 inches over such thoroughfares.
(ii) Clearance. Stationary tramways and trestles shall have a vertical clearance of 22 feet over railroad rails. When construct ed over carrier docks or roads, they shall have a clearance of 6 feet above the driver's foot rest on the carrier, and in no event shall this clearance be less than 12 feet from the roadway. In existing oper -ations where it is impractical to obtain such clearance, telltales, electric signals, signs or other precautionary measures shall be installed.
(ii) Protective equipment. The use of chemi cals shall be controlled so as to protect employees from harmful exposure to toxic materials. Where necessary, employees shall be provided with and required to wear such protective equipment as will afford adequate protection against harm ful exposure as required by Subpart I of this part.
(iii) Open surface tank operation*. Open sur face tank operations shall conform to the requirements of 5 1910.94(d).
(20) Blower, collecting, end exhaust systems.
(i) Oesign, construction, and maintenance.
Blower, collecting, and exhaust systems should be designed, constructed, and maintained in accordance with American National Standards Z33.1--1961 (For the Installation of Blower and Exhaust Sys tems for Dust, Stock, and Vapor Removal or Conveying) and Z12.2--1962 (R1969) (Code for the Prevention of Dust Explo sion in Woodworking and Wood Flour Manufacturing Plants).
645 miMctcxad)
MCD 000011298
!9l0.265(eX 20X11)
STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
(ii) Collecting systems. All mills containing one or more machines that create dust, shavings, chips, or slivers during a period of time equal to or greater than onefourth of the working day, shall be equipped with a collecting system. It may be either continuous or automatic, and shall be of sufficient strength and capac ity to enable it to remove such refuse from points of operation and immediate vicinities of machines and work areas.
(iii) Exhaust or convoyor systems. Each wood working machine that creates dust, shav ings, chips, or slivers shall be equipped with an exhaust or conveyor system located and adjusted to remove the max imum amount of refuse from the point of operation and immediate vicinity.
(iv) Exhaust pipes. Revoked
(v) Dust chambers. Exhaust pipes shall not discharge into an unconfined outside pile if uncontrolled fire or explosion hazards are created. They may empty into settling or dust chambers, designed to prevent the
dust or refuse from entering any work area. Such chambers shall be constructed and operated to minimize the danger of fire or dust explosion.
(vt) Hand removal of refuse- Provision for the daily removal of refuse shall be made in all operations not required to have an exhaust system or having refuse too heavy, bulky, or otherwise unsuitable to be handled by the exhaust system.
(21) Chippen.
() Whole-leg chippen. The feed system to the chipper shall be arranged so the operator does not stand in direct line with the chipper spout (hopper). The chipper spout shall be enclosed to a height of not less than 36 inches from the floor or the operator's platform. A safety belt and lifeline shall be worn by workmen when working at or near the spout unless the spout is guarded. The lifeline shall be
1915<eXXlT>
I
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
short enough to prevent workers from falling into the chipper.
(ii) Hogs.
(a) Hog mills shall be so designed and arranged that from no position on the rim of the chute shall the distance to the cutter knives be less than 40 inches.
(b) Hog feed chutes shall bo provided with suitable and approved baffles, which shall minimize material from being thrown from the mill.
(c) Employees feeding hog mills shall be provided with safety belts and lines unless guarded.
(22) Mechanical powvr-transmission apparatus.
The construction, operation, and mainte nance of all mechanical power-transmission apparatus shall be in accordance with the requirements of $ 1910.219.
(23) Bint, bunkers, hopper*, and fuel house*.
(i) Guarding. Open bins, bunkers, and hop pers whose upper edges extend less than 3 feet above working level shall be equipped with standard handrails and too boards, or have their tops covered by a substantial grill or grating with ofH'iiings small enough to prevent a man from fall ing through.
(ii) Us* of wheeled equipment to load bins.
Where automotive or other wheeled equipment is used to move materials into bins, bunkers, and hoppers, adequate guard rails shall be installed along each side of the runway, and a substantial bumper stop provided when necessary.
(iii) Exit*, lighting, and safety devices. Fuel houses and bins shall have adequate exits and lighting, and all necessary safety devices shall be provided and shall be used by persons entering these struc tures.
(iv) Walkways. Where needed, fuel houses and bins shall have a standard railed plat form or walkway near the top.
Chance 7
000U299 MCD 0
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
ing vehicles and equipment and at a safe distance from all fire hazards.
(S) Chain saw operations.
(i) Chain saw operators shall be instructed to daily inspect the saws daily to assure that all handles and guards are in place and tight, that all controls function prop erly, and that the muffler is operative.
(") Chain saw operators shall be instructed to follow manufacturer's instructions as to operation and adjustment.
(iii) Chain saw operators shall be instructed to fuel the saw only in safe areas and not under conditions conducive to fire such as near men smoking, hot engine, etc.
l10JM(eX4XtT)
STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
(v) Chain saw operators shall be instructed to carry the saw in a manner to prevent contact with the chain and muffler.
(xi) Chain saw operators shall be instructed not to use the saw to cut directly overhead or at a distance that would require the operator to relinquish a safe grip on the saw.
(6) Stationary and mobile equipment operation.
(i) Equipment operators shall be in structed as to the manufacturers recom mendations for equipment operation, maintenance, safe practices, and site operating procedures.
(ii) Equipment shall be kept free of flam mable material.
(v) chain saw operators shall be instructed to hold the saw with both hands during operation.
(iii) Equipment shall be kept free of any material which might contribute to slip ping and falling.
(v) Chain saw operators shall be instructed to start the saw at (east 10 feet away from fueling area.
(v) Chain saw operators shall be instructed to start the saw only on the ground or when otherwise firmly supported.
(vii) Chain saw operators shall be instructed to be certain of footing and to clear away brush which might interfere before starting to cut.
(viU) chain saw operators shall be instructed not to use engine fuel for starting fires or as a cleaning solvent.(**)
(hr) Engine of equipment shall be shut down during fueling, servicing, and repairs except where operation is required for adjustment.
(v) Equipment shall be inspected for evi dence of failure or incipient failure.
(vi) The equipment operator shall be instructed to walk completely around machine and assure that no obstacles or personnel are in the area before startup.
(vti) The equipment operator shall be instructed to start and operate equip ment only from the operator's station or from safe area recommended by the man ufacturer.
(**) Chain saw operators shall be instructed to shut off the saw when carrying it for a distance greater than from tree to tree or in
hazardous conditions such as slippery sur faces or heavy underbrush. The saw shall be at idle speed when carried short dis tances.
(viii) Seat belt shall be provided on mobile equipment.
(fx) The equipment operator shall be instructed to check all controls for proper function and response before starting working cycle.
MCD 000011300
Ml
miMttcXCXix)
19lO-M4<eMKx) STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
(x) The equipment operator shall be instructed to ground or secure all mov able elements when not in use.
(xi) The equipment operator shall be advised of the load capacity and operating speed of the equipment.
(sii) The equipment operator shall be advised of the stability limitations of the equipment.
(xiii) The equipment operator shall be instructed to maintain adequate distance from other equipment and personnel.
(xiv) Where signalmen are used, the equip ment operator shall be instructed to oper ate the equipment only on signal from the designated signalman and only when signal is distinct and clearly understood.
(xv) The equipment operator shall be instructed not to operate movable ele ments (boom, grapple, load, etc.) close to or over personnel.
(xvi) The equipment operator shall be instructed to signal his intention before operation when personnel are in or near the working area.
(xvii) The equipment operator shall be instructed to dismount and stand clear for all loading and unloading of his mobile vehicle by other mobile equipment. The dismounted operator shall be visible to loader operator.
(xviii) The equipment operator shall be instructed to operate equipment in a manner that will not place undue shock loads on wire rope.
(xix) The equipment operator shall be instructed not to permit riders or observ ers on the machine unless approved seat ing and protection is provided.
(xxi) The equipment operator shall be instructed, when any equipment is trans ported from one job location to another, to transport it on a vehicle of sufficient rated capacity and the equipment shall be properly secured during transit.
(xxii) When any equipment is being moved or operated in the vicinity of an electric distribution line a minimum clearance of ten feet shall be maintained between the electric distribution line and all elements of the machine.
(7) Expumives. Only trained and experienced personnel shall handle or use explosives. Usage shall comply with the requirements of 1910.109.
(d) Equipment protective devices--station ary and mobile equipment.
(1) Operator's manual. There shall be an operator's manual or operating instructions with each machine. It will describe operation, maintenance, and safe practices.
(2) Protective canopy. A protective canopy shall be provided for the operator of mobile equip ment. It shall be so constructed us to protect the operator from injury due to falling trees or limbs, saplings or branches which might enter the compartment side areas, and snapping winch lines or other objects.
(i) The canopy shall be of adequate size so as not to impair the operator's move ments.
(ii) Revoked
(xx) The equipment operator shall be instructed to shut down the engine when the equipment is stopped, apply brake locks and ground moving elements before he dismounts.
mojMxzxu)
662
CHanf*7
MCD 000011301
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
1910.2M(4X2XIH> STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
(iii) The overhead covering shall be of solid material and extend the full width of the canopy.
(iv) The lower portion of cab shall be com pletely enclosed with solid material, except at entrances, to prevent the operator from being injured from obsta cles entering the cab.
(v) The upper rear portion of cab shall be fully enclosed with open mesh material with openings of such a size as to reject the entrance of an object larger than 1% inch in diameter. It shall provide max imum rearward visibility.
(vi) Open mesh shall be extended forward as far as possible from the rear corners of the cab sides so as to give the maximum protection against obstacles, branches, etc., entering the cab area.
(vii) Deflectors shall also be installed ahead of the operator to deflect whipping saplings and branches. These shall be located so as to not impede ingress or egress from the compartment.
{viii) The entrance opening of the canopy shall be not less than 52 inches in vertical height.
(ix) Where glass is used it shall be safety glass. An approved substitute may be used.
(a) An additional metal screen shall be used where glass alone is not adequate operator protection.
(b) Provision shall be made to clean glass to assure adequate visibility.
(3) Guardi. Guards shall be provided for exposed moving elements such as shafts,
Chance 7
MCD 000011302
pulleys, belts, conveyors, and gears in accordance with 1910.219 and American National Standard Safety Code for Con veyors, Cableways, and Related Equip ment, B20.1--1957. Guards shall be in place at all times machine is in operation.
(4) Mufflar*. Mufflers provided by the man ufacturer or their equivalent shall be in place at all times the machine is in operation.
(5) Guylinot. Guylines shall be arranged in such manner that stresses will be imposed on not less than two guylines. Stumps used for anchoring guylines shall be carefully chosen as to position and strength. They shall be tied back if necessary. Standing trees shall not be used for this purpose.
(6) Stability and reliability. Crane and loader stability and boom reliability shall be in accordance with American National Stand ard Safety Code for Cranes, Derricks and Hoists Overhead and Gantry Cranes, B30.2.0--1967, and American National Standard Safety Code for Cranes, Derricks and Hoists--Crawler, Locomotive, and Truck Cranes, B30.5--1968.
(e) Pulpwood harvesting.
(1) Felling, general.
(i) Work areas shall be assigned such that a tree cannot fall into an adjacent work area. The recommended distance be tween workers is twice the height of trees being felled.
(ii) Revoked
(iii) Workers shall be instructed not to approach a feller closer than twice the height of trees being felled until the feller has acknowledged the signal of approach.
(iv) Lodged trees shall be pulled to the ground at first opportunity with mechani cal equipment or animal.
(v) Workers shall be instructed not to work under a lodged tree.
imJMUXlXv)
STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
(vi) Special precautions shall be taken to prevent felling trees into powerlines.
(vii) if a tree does make contact with a powerline the power company shall be notified immediately and all personnel shall remain clear of the area until power company personnel advises that conditions are safe.
(2) Mongol foiling.
(i) The feller shall be instructed to plan retreat path and clear path as necessary before cut is started.
(ii) The feller shall be instructed to appraise situation for dead limbs, the lean of tree to be cut, wind conditions, location of other trees and other hazards and exer cise proper precautions before cut is started.
(Hi) Undercuts shall be about one-third the diameter of the tree to guide tree and reduce possibility of splitting. (Local prac tice where small diameter trees are felled without being undercut is acceptable if the direction of fall is controlled by the practice.)
(iv) Back or felling cut shall be parallel to the inner edge of the undercut and approximately two inches higher than the qndercut.
(v) The saw shall be shut off before feller starts his retreat.
(vi) On terrain where trees are likely to slide or roll fellers shall be instructed to fell trees from the uphill side and arrange to keep uphill from previously felled trees.
(3) Bucking.
(i) Bucking on slopes shall be from the uphill side unless the log has been se curely blocked to prevent rolling or swing ing.
() Spring poles and trees under stress shall be cut so that employee is clear when the tension is released. (This is accom plished by cutting under the bend.)
(Hi) Trees piled for bucking shall be piled in an orderly parallel manner that minimizes hazard to employees.
(4) Limbing. Spring poles and limbs under stress shall be cut in such a manner that the employee is clear when tension is released.
(5) Mechanical debarking and delimbing. Guard ing shall be provided so as to protect employees from flying chunks, logs, chips, bark, limbs, and other material and to pre vent the worker from contacting moving parts.
(6) Skidding and prehauling, general.
(i) Only a designated, trained operator shall operate a skid or prehaul machine.
(ii) Choker setters shall work on uphill side of log.
(Hi) No passenger personnel shall ride on a prehaul vehicle, logs, pallets, skid pans or other load unless adequate seating and protection is provided except on animal powered wagons.
(hr) Chokers shall be positioned near the end of the log or tree length to allow turn ing of the prehaul vehicle, to prevent the penetration of the operator station and to reduce possibility of striking the wheel or track.
(v) During winching, the equipment shall be positioned so that the winch line is in alignment with the long axis of the pre haul machine.
(vi) A stuck or inoperative vehicle shall be towed. A loaded pallet shall not be pushed.
(vii) Stakes shall not be added to permit a load beyond the rated capacity of pallets and trailers.
imJMUXCXrU)
664
MCD 000011303
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
(viii) The operator shall be instructed to be observant and cautious of height of load and vehicle when traveling under trees, limbs, and other overhead obstruc tions.
(7) Skidding and prahauling equipment require* mentv
(i) Arches, fairleads, drawbars, hitches and bumpers or fenders shall be designed and constructed to allow a minimum radius vehicle turn without the load con tacting a rear tire or the rear of a track assembly.
(ii) Towed equipment such as skid pans, pallets and trailers shall be attached in such a manner as to allow a full 90 turn, prevent overrunning of the towed vehicle, and assure control of the towed equip ment.
(iii) Animal towed equipment shall be equipped with a hand brake within reach of the driver.
(iv) Prehaulers shall have a means for se curely retaining pallets or putpwood.
iv) Prehaulers shall have a means of se curely retaining loader for transport when so equipped.
(vi) Provision shall be made to securely fasten and to protect all tools and mate rial on the carrier.
(8) hrnniwl transport.
(i) The driver shall be properly licensed.
(ii) Flammable liquids shall not be trans ported on personnel carriers unless a safe and adequate compartment is provided.
(iii) Seats shall be securely fastened.
(9) Off highway track transport. Revoked
Change 7
MCD 0000113Q4
lt!9JM<eK6Kiti>
STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
(10) Manual loading.
(i) The carrier shall be positioned to pro vide safe working clearance between car rier and pile.
(ii) Proper lifting techniques shall be used, i.e., straight back and bend knees.
(iii) The stick shall be placed in the carrier in such manner that it is or will be prop erly secured.
(iv) Manual handling shall be limited to a weight consistent with safe practices.
(11) Machino looding.
(i) Piles shall be located to provide a safe work area.
(ii) Only the machine operator and slingman, where used, shall be in the work area.
(iii) The load shall be positioned for bal ance and to prevent slippage or loss. Slings shall be placed to secure and bal ance the load.
(12) Storage. Piles shall be located and con structed in a manner to provide safe work ing area around them.
(13) Banding and piling bundles.
(i) Steel bands in good condition shall be used.
(ii) Bands shall be placed when bundle is close to ground.
(ill) No part of the body shall be under the bundle at any time. Bundles shall be placed on runners. Bundles may be dou ble stacked with top end bundle one half or more back from the lower rank end bundle.
(14) Chipping (in-woods location*).
(i) Acess covers or doors shall not be opened until the drum or disk is at a com plete stop.
1*18.M8<XI4XU)
STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
(ii) Infeed and discharge ports shall be designed to prevent contact by personnel with disc, knives, or blower blades.
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
(iii) Where necessary, ditches and banks shall be stabilized by vegetation, riprap or other adequate means.
(15) Roads and trails, general.
(i) Roads shall be maintained and hazard ous conditions corrected.
(ii) Where vision is limited warnings shall be posted.
(iii)Curve radii shall be the maximum con sistent with terrain.
(iv) When nightwork is necessary ade quate lighting shall be provided.
(v) Local road standards and maximum weight of traffic expected shall be used as guides for materials, construction fea tures and drainage.
(16) Rood and trail pioneering and ortfiworfc.
(i) Banks at the borrow area shall be sloped to prevent slides.
(ii) Backfill shall be adequately com pacted.
(iii) Roadside banks shall be sloped or stabilized to prevent slides.
(iv) Overhanging banks, large rocks and debris shall be removed or secured.
(v) Where riprap is used the material and design shall assure safe containment of material.
(vi) Trees or snags which may fall into the road shall be felled.
(17) Road and trail drainage.
(i) Drainage shall be provided to prevent washouts and landslides.
(ii) Culverts shall be of adequate strength and of a size to handle maximum runoff.
(18) Road and trail surfacing. Road surface shall be properly compacted, graded and crowned.
(19) Bridget.
(i) Construction shall provide for max imum anticipated loads and side thrust with a substantial safety factor.
(ii) Bridges shall be decked and curbed.
(f) Effective dates.
(1) The provisions of this $ 1910.266 shall become effective on August 27, 1971, except as provided in the remaining subpara graphs of this paragraph.
(2) Paragraph (dX2) of this section shall become effective on February 15, 1972.
(3) Notwithstanding anything in subpara graph (l), (2), or (4) of this paragraph, any provision in any other paragraph of this sec tion which contains in itself a specific effec tive date or time limitation shall become effective on such date or shall apply in accordance with such limitation.
(4) Notwithstanding anything in subpara graph (1 > of this paragraph, if any standard in 41 CFR Part 50-204, other than a national consensus standard incorporated by refer ence in ii 50-204.2(aX 1), is or becomes appli cable at any time to any employment and place of employment, by virtue of the WalshHealey Public Contracts Act, or the Service Contract Act of 1965, or the National Foun dation on Arts and Humanities Act of 1965, any corresponding established Federal standard in this 1910.266 which is derived from 41 CFR Part 40-204 shall also become effective, and shall be applicable to such employment and place of employment, on the same date.
mejsscnu)
< MCD 000011305
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
TABLE R-2--Approach Distances to Exposed Energized Overhead Power Lines and Parts
(3) First aid training, including instruction in artificial respiration.
Approach
Voltage range
distance
(phase to phase, RMS)
finches)
300 V and less .......................................................... 0)
Over 300V, not over 750V.....................................12
Over 750V not over 2kV...................................... 18
Over 2kV, not over 15kV .................................... 24
Over 15kV, not over 37kV ................................... 36
Over 37kV, not over 87.5kV................................. 42
Over 87.5kV, not over 121kV ..............................48
Over 121kV, not over 140kV............................... 54
`Avoid contact.
(d) Employee protection in public work
areas.
(1) Before work is begun in the vicinity of vehicular or pedestrian traffic which may endanger employees, warning signs and/or flags or other traffic control devices shall be placed conspicuously to alert and channel approaching traffic. Where further protection is needed, barriers shall be utilized. At night, warning lights shall be prominently displayed, and excavated areas shall be enclosed with protective barricades.
(6) Illumination of Mold work. Whenever nat ural light is insufficient to adequately illumi nate the worksite, artificial illumination shall be provided to enable the employee to perform the work safely.
(c) Training
Employer* shall provide training in the various precautions and safe practices described in this section and shall insure that employees do not engage in the activities to which this section applies until such employees have received proper training in the various precautions and safe prac tices required by this section. However, where the employer can demonstrate that an employee is already trained in the precautions and side prac tices required by this section prior to his employ ment, training need not be provided to that employee in accordance with this section. Where training is required, it shall consist of on-the-job training or classroom-type training or a combina tion of both. The training program shall include a list of the subject courses and the types of person nel required to receive such instruction. A written deecription ofthe training program and a record of employees who have received such training shall be maintained for the duration of the employee's employment and shall be made available upon request to the Assistant Secretary for Occupa tional Safety and Health. Such training shall, where appropriate, include the following subjects:
(1) Recognition and avoidance of dangers re lating to encounters with harmful substances, and animal, insect, or plant life.
(2) Procedures to be followed in emergency situations, and
(2) If work exposes energized or moving parts that are normally protected, danger signs shall,, be displayed and barricades erected, as neces sary, to warn other personnel in the area.
(3) The employer shall insure that an em ployee finding any crossed or fallen wires which create or may create a hazardous situa tion at the work area: (i) Remains on guard or adopts other adeqauate means to warn other employees of the danger and (ii) has the proper authority notified at the earliest practical mo ment.
() Taeii and personal protective equipment-- Generally.
Personal protective equipment, protective de vices and special tools needed for the work of employees shall be provided and the employer shall ensure that they are used by employees. Before each day's use the employer shall ensure that these preeonal protective devices, tools, and equipment are carefully inspected by a competent person to ascertain that they are in good condition.
(f) Rubber intukrtlnfl equipment.
(1) Rubber insulating equipment designed for the voltage levels to be encountered shall be provided and the employer shall ensure that they are used by employees as required by this section. This equipment shall meet the electrical and physical requirements contained in ANSI J6.6-1971 "Standard Specifications for Rubber Insulating Gloves," and ANSI J6.4-1971 "Standard Specifications for Rubber Insulating Blankets," with the exception that
MCD
Ol2 306
669
IMlMMfMl)
1910.268(f)(1) STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
the maximum proof test current for a 14 inch Class 1 glove shall be no more than 14 mA. and with the further exception that existing 14 inch ('lass I rubber gloves that meet a maxi mum proof test current of 16 mA and a minimum breakdown voltage of 17,000 volts (RMS) acquired prior to July 1, 1975 may be used as long as these gloves comply with the retest requirements of paragraph (f) (5) of this section.
(2) When these gloves are used on jobs where they may be torn, they shall be protected with heavy outer canvas or leather gloves.
(3) Revoked
(4) Protective equipment fabricated of ma terial other than rubber shall provide elec trical and mechanical protection at least equal to that of the rubber equipment.
(5) The employer is responsible for the peri odic retesting of all insulating gloves, blan kets, and other rubber insulating equipment. This retesting shall be electrical, visual and mechanical. The following maximum retesting intervals shall apply:
(8) Insulating gloves and blankets shall be stored away from direct sunlight, steampipes, radiators and other sources of excessive heat. Gloves and blankets shall not be folded while in storage: however, blankets may be rolled for storage.
(9) Rubber gloves shall be visually inspected and air tested prior to each day's use.
(9) Personal climbing equipment
(1) General. Safety belts and straps shall be provided and the employer shall ensure their use when work is performed at positions more than 4 feet above ground, on poles, and on towers, except as provided in paragraphs (n) (7) and (n) fM of this section. No safety belts, safety straps or lanyard:- acquired after July 1, 1975 may be u>ed unless they meet the tests set forth in paragraph (g) (2) of this section. The employer shall ensure that all safety belts and straps are inspected by a competent person prior to each day's use to determine that they are in safe working condition.
(2) TaUcommunicotion lintmon't body baits, safaty straps, and lanyards.
(i) General requirements.
Gloves, blankets, and other insulating
equipment
Natural rubber
Synthetic rubber
New................................ Re-issued......................
Month* 12 9
Month* 18 15
(6) Gloves and blankets shall be marked to indicate compliance with the retest schedule, and shall be marked with the date the next test is due. Gloves found to be defective in the Held or by the tests set forth in paragraph (0 (5) of this section shall be destroyed by cutting them open from the finger to the gauntlet.
(7) When not being used, insulating gloves shall be stored in glove bags or in their original containers. Insulating blankets shall be stored ip a canister or other device which offers equivalent protection.
1M6.*4S(X2XIX>
670
(a) Hardware for lineman's body belts, safety straps, and lanyards shall be drop forged or pressed steel and shall have a corrosion resistant finish tested to meet the requirements of the American Society for Testing and Materials B117-64 (50hour test). Surfaces shall be smooth and free of sharp edges. Production samples of lineman's safety straps, body belts and lanyards shall be approved by a nationally recognized testing laboratory, as having been tested in accordance with and as meeting the requirements of this para graph.
(b) All buckles shall withstand a 2,000pound tensile test with a maximum per manent deformation no greater than one sixty-fourth inch.
(c) D rings shall withstand a 5,000-pound tensile teat without cracking or breaking.
Cfcanci7
MCD 000011307
OCCUPATIONAL SATETY AND HEALTH
(d) Snaphooks shall withstand a 5,000* pound tensile test, or shall withstand a 3,000-pound tensile test and a 180 bend test. Tensile failure is indicated by distor tion of the snaphook sufficient to release the keeper; oend test failure is indicated by cracking of the snaphook.
(ii) Specific requirements.
(a)
(1) All fabric used for safety straps shall be capable of withstanding an A.C. dielectric test of not less than 25,000 volts per foot "dry" for 3 minutes, without visible deterioration.
(2) All fabric and leather used shall be tested for leakage current. Fabric or leather may not be used if the leakage current exceeds 1 milliampere when a potential of 3,000 volts is applied to the electrodes positioned 12 inches apart.
(3) In lieu of alternating current tests, equivalent direct current tests may be performed.
(b) The cushion part of the body belt shall:
(1) Contain no exposed rivets on the inside. This provision does not apply to belts used by craftsmen not engaged in line work.
(2) Be at least three inches in width;
(3) Be at least five thirty-seconds (*/ai) inch thick, if made of leather; and
(c) Revoked
Chance 7
MCD 000011308
671
l!0^M(cK2KiMd)
STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
(d) Suitable copper, steel, or equivalent liners shall be used around the bars of D-rings to prevent wear between these members and the leather or fabric enclos ing them.
(e) All stitching shall be done with a minimum 42-pound weight nylon or equiv alent thread and shall be lock stitched. Stitching parallel to an edge may not be less than three-sixteenths (3/is) inch from the edge of the narrowest member caught by the thread. The use of cross stitching on leather is prohibited.
(f) The keepers of snaphooks shall have a spring tension that will not allow the keeper to begin to open when a weight o 2M pounds or less is applied, but the keepers shall begin to open when a weight of four pounds is applied. In making this determination, the weight shall be sup ported on the keeper against the end of the nose.
(g) Safety straps, lanyards, and body belts shall be tested in accordance with the following procedure:
(1) Attach one end of the safety strap and lanyard to a rigid support, and the other end to a 250-pound canvas bag of sand;
(2) Allow the 250-pound canvas bag of sand to free fall 4 feet when testing safety straps and 6 feet when testing lanyards. In each case, the strap or lanyard shall stop the fall of the 250pound bag;
(3) Failure of the strap or lanyard shall be indicated by any breakage or slip page sufficient to permit the bag to fall free from the strap or lanyard.
(4) The entire "body belt assembly" shall be tested using one D-ring. A safety strap or lanyard shall be used that is capable of passing the "impact loading test" described in paragraph (g) (2) (ii) (G) (2) of this section and at tached as required in paragraph (g) (2) (ii) (G) (1) of this section. The body belt
ll*J8(cK2XUKrK4)
1910.2W(fX2XU)(rX4) STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
shall be secured to the 250-pound bag of sand at a point which simulates the waist of a man and shall be dropped as stated in paragraph (g) (2) (ii) (G) (2) of this section. Failure of the body belt shall be indicated by any breakage or slippage sufficient to permit the bag to fall free from the body belt.
(3) Pol* <limbrs.
(i) Pole climbers may not be used if the gaffs are less than IV* inches in length as measured on the underside of the gaff. The gaffs of pole climbers shall be covered with safety caps when not being used for their intended use.
(ii) The employer shall ensure that pole climbers are inspected by a competent per son for the following conditions: Fractured or cracked gaffs or leg irons, loose or dull gaffs, broken straps or buckles. If any of these conditions exist, the defect shall be corrected before the climbers are used.
(iii) Pole climbers shall be inspected as required in this paragraph (g) (3) before each day's use and a gaff cut-out test performed at least w-eekly when in use.
(iv) Pole climbers may not be worn when:
(a) Working in trees (specifically de signed tree climbers shall be used for tree climbing),
(b) Working on ladders,
(c) Working in an aerial lift,
quately strong, in good condition, and properly secured in place, as required in Subpart D of this part and as required in this section.
(2) The spacing between steps or rungs per
manently installed on poles and towers shall be
no more than 18 inches (36 inches on any one
side). This requirement also applies to fixed
ladders on towers, when towers are so
equipped. Spacing between steps shall be
uniform above the initial unstepped section,
except v'here working, standing, or access
steps ar< required. Fixed ladder rungs and
step rungs for poles and towers shall have a
minimum diameter of
Fixed ladder rungs
shall have a minimum clear width of 12 inches.
Steps for poles and towers shall have a
minimum clear width of 4V4 inches. The spac
ing between detachable steps may not exceed
30 inches on any one side, and these steps shall
be properly secured when in use.
(3) After April 30, 1975, portable wood lad ders intended for general use may not be painted but may be coated with a transclucent nonconductive coating. Portable wood lad ders may not be longitudinally reinforced with metal.
(4) Portable wood ladders that are not being carried on vehicles and are not in active use shall be stored where they will not be exposed to the elements and where there is good ventilation.
(5) The provisions of 1910.25(c) (5) shal> apply to rolling ladders used in telecommuni cations centers, except that such ladders shall have a minimum inside width, between the side rails, of at least eight inches.
(d) Driving a vehicle, nor
(e) Walking on rocky, hard, frozen, brushy or hilly terrain.
(h) Ladders.
(1) The employer shall ensure that no em ployee nor any material or equipment may be supported or permitted to be supported on any portion of a ladder unless it is first deter mined, by inspections and checks conducted by a competent person that such ladder is ade
(6) Climbing ladders or stairways on scaffolds used for access and egress shall be affixed or built into the scaffold by proper design and engineering, and shall be so located that their use will not disturb the stability of the scaf fold. The rungs of the climbing device shall be equally spaced, but may not be less than 12 inches nominal nor more than 16 inches nomi nal apart. Horizontal end rungs used for platform support may also be utilized as a climbing device if such rungs meet the spacing requirement of this paragraph (h) (6), and if there is sufficient clearance between the rung
mtMMfcXi)
672
MCD 000011309
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
1910-Subpart S STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
PART 1910
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH STANDARDS
1910.308 1910.309
SUBPART S--ELECTRICAL
Application (NFPA 70-1968 Article 90). National Electrical Code NFPA 70-1971.
rtCD OOOOU310
689
ltl-8fcpart S
1910.308 STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
SUBPART S--ELECTRICAL
1910.308--APPLICATION
(a) General.
Section 1910.309 adopts as a national consen sus standard the National Electrical Code NFPA No. 70-1971; ANSI Cl-1971 (Rev. of C1-1968), which is incorporated by reference in this subpart.
(b) Purpose of the National Electrical Code.
(1) The purpose of the National Electrical Code is the practical safeguarding of any persons and of buildings and their contents from hazards arising from the use of elec tricity for light, heat, power, radio, signal ing, and for other purposes. The standards contained therein are occupational safety and health standards to the extent that they safeguard any person who is an employee of an employer.
(?) The National Electrical Code contains basic minimum provisions considered nec essary for safety.
(c) Scope.
(1) Covered. The provisions of this Subpart S cover electrical installations and utilization equipment installed or used within or on buildings, structures and other premises in cluding:
(i) Yards,
(ii) Carnivals,
(iii) Parking lots,
(iv) Mobile homes,
(v) Recreational vehicles,
(vi) Conductors that connect an installa tion to a supply of electricity, and
(vii) Other outside conductors adjacent to the premises.
(2) Not covered. The provisions of this subpart do not cover:
(i) Installations in ships, watercraft, rail way rolling stock, aircraft or automotive vehicles.
(ii) Installations underground in mines.
(iii) Installations of railways for genera tion, transformation, transmission, or distribution of power used exclusively for operation of rolling stock or installations used exclusively for signaling and com munication purposes.
(iv) Installations of communication equip ment under exclusive control of communi cation utilities, located outdoors or in building spaces used exclusively for such installation, or
(v) Installations under the exclusive con trol of electric utilities for the purpose of communication, metering or for the generation, control, transformation, transmission, and distribution of electric energy, located in buildings used exclu sively by the utilities for such purposes or located outdoors on property owned or leased by the utilities or on public high ways, streets, roads, etc., or outdoors by established rights on private property.
(d) Definitions applicable to this Subpart S.
(1) Apprevd. Some provisions of the N ational Electrical Code, NFPA No. 70-1971; ANSI Cl-1971 (Rev. of Cl-1968), which is adopted
1910JSS(dXI)
690
MCD 00011311
Chaiif 7
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
area*, nonregulated area*, or the external environment.
(14) "Protective clothing" means clothing designed to protect an employee against contact with or exposure to 4-Nitrobiphenyl.
(15) "Regulated area" means an area where entry and exit is restricted and controlled.
(c) Requirements for areas containing 4-Nitrobiphenyl.
A regulated area shall be established by an employer where 4-Nitrobiphenyl is manufac tured, processed, used, repackaged, released, handled or stored. All such areas shall be con trolled in accordance with the requirements for the following category or categories de scribing the operation involved:
(1) Isolated systems. Employees working with 4-Nitrobiphenyl within an isolated sys tem, such as a "glove box" shall wash their hands and arms upon completion of the as signed task and before engaging in other ac tivities not associated with the isolated sys tem.
(2) Closed system operation. Within regu lated areas where 4-Nitrobiphenyi is stored in sealed containers, or contained in a closed system, including piping systems, with any sample ports or openings closed while 4-Nitrobiphenyl is contained within:
(i) Access shall be restricted to au thorized employees only;
(il) Employees shall be required to wash hands, forearms, face and neck upon each exit from the regulated areas, close to the point of exit and before engaging in other activities.
(3) Open vessel system operations. Open vessel system operations as defined in paragraph (b)(13) of this section are prohib ited.
(4) Transfer from a dosed system, charging or discharging point operations, or otherwise
opening a closed system. In operations in
1910,l003(bXl3)
STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
volving "laboratory type hoods," ur in loca tions where 4-Nitrobiphenyl is contained in an otherwise "closed system," but is trans ferred, charged, or discharged into other normally dosed containers, the provisions of this subparagraph shall apply.
(i) Access shall be restricted to au thorized employees only.
(ii) Each operation shall be provided with continuous local exhaust ventilation so that air movement is always from ordi nary work areas to the operation. Ex haust air shall not be discharged to regu lated areas, nonregulated areas or the ex ternal environment unless decontami nated. Clean makeup air shall be intro duced in sufficient volume to maintain the correct operation of the local exhaust sys tem.
(iii) Employees shall be provided with, and required to wear, clean, full body protective clothing (smocks, coveralls, or long-sleeved shirt and pants), shoe covers and gloves prior to entering the regulated area.
(iv) Employees engaged in 4-Nitrobiphenyl handling operations shall be pro vided with and required to wear and use a half-face, filter-type respirator for dusts, mists, and fumes, in accordance with 1910.134. A respirator affording higher levels of protection may be substituted.
(v) Prior to each exit from a regulated area, employees shall be required to re move and leave protective clothing and equipment at the point of exit aqd at the last exit of the day, to place used clothing and equipment in impervious containers at the point of exit for purposes of decon tamination or disposal. The contents of such impervious containers shall be identified, as required under paragraphs (e)(2), (3). and (4) of this section.
(vi) Employees shall be required to wash hands, forearms, face and neck on each exit from the regulated area, close to the point of exit, and before engaging in other activities.
MOD 000011312
709
m0.1M3(cX4Xvt)
l9l0.1003(cK4Mrm STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
{vii)
>h;ill In- required
shower ;ifu*r the
exit <*f the day.
in
(viti) Drinking fountains are prohibited in the regulated area.
(5) Maintenance and decontamination acrivities. In cleanup uf leaks or spills, maintenance or repair operations on con taminated systems or equipment, or any op erations involving work in an area where direct contact with 4-Nitrobiphenyl could result, each authorized employee entering that area shall:
(i) Be provided with and required to wear clean, impervious garments, including gloves, boots and continuous-air supplied hood in accordance with 1910.134.
(ii) Be decontaminated before removing the protective garments ami hood.
() Be required to shower upon removing the protective garments and hood.
(6) laboratory activities.
(Deleted)
141 F.R. H5IK4. August 20. 1976.)
(d) General regulated area require* meats.
(1) Employ** identification. Revoked oster of
(2) Em*rgnci*s. In an emergency, im mediate measures including, but not limited to, the requirements of subdivisions (i), (ii), (in), (iv), and (v) of this paragraph shall be implemented.
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
() The potentially affected area shall be
evacuated as soon as the emergency has been determined.
(ii) Hazardous conditions created by the emergency shall be eliminated and the po tentially affected area shall be decontami nated prior to the resumption of normal operations.
(ii) Special medical surveillance by a physician shall be instituted with 24 hours for employees present in the potentially affected area at the time of the emergency. A report of the medical sur veillance and any treatment shall be in cluded in the incident report, in accord ance with paragraph (f)(2) of this section.
(iv) Where an employee has a known con tact with 4-Nitrobiphenyl such employee shall be required to shower as soon as possible, unless contraindicated by physi cal injuries.
(v) An incident report on the emergency shall be reported as provided in para graph (f)(2) of this section.
(3) Hygi*n* fa<ilitl*i and practices.
(i) Storage or consumption of food, stor age or use of containers of beverages, storage or application of cosmetics, smok ing, storage of smoking materials, tobacco products or other products for chewing, or the chewing of such products, are pro hibited in regulated areas.
(il) Where employees are required, by this section to w^sh, washing facilities shall be provided in accordance with $1910.141 (d)(1) and (2)(ii) through (vii).
(iii) Where employees are required by this section to shower, shower facilities shall be provided in accordance with 51910.141(d)(3).
(iv) Where employees wear protective clothing and equipment clean change rooms shall be provided, in accordance
1910.1003(dKSMIv)
Chmnfe 7
MCI) 000011313
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
contact with or exposure to alphaNaphthylamine.
(15) "Regulated area" means an area where entry and exit is restricted and controlled.
(c) Requirements for areas containing alpha-Naphthylamine.
A regulated area shall be established by an employer where alpha-Naphthylamine is man ufactured, processed, used, repackaged, re leased. handled or stored. Ail such areas shall be controlled in accordance with the require ments for the following category or categories describing the operation involved:
(1) Isolated systems. Employees working with alpha-Naphthylamine within an isolated system, such as a "glove box" shall wash their hands and arms upon completion of the assigned task and before engaging in other activities not associated with the isolated system.
(2) Closod system operation. Within regu lated areas where alpha-Naphthylamine is stored in sealed containers, or contained in a closed system, including piping systems, with any sample ports or openings closed while alpha-Naphthylamine is contained within:
(i) Access shall be restricted to au thorized employees only;
(it) Employees shall be required to wash hands, forearms, face and neck upon each exit from the regulated areas, close to the point of exit and before engaging in other activities.
(3) Open vessel system operations. Open vessel system operations as defined in para graph (b)(13) of this section are prohibited.
(4) Transfer from a closed system, charging or discharging point operations, or otherwise
opening a dosed system. In operations in volving "laboratory type hoods," or in loca tions where alpha-Naphthylamine is con tained in an otherwise "closed system," but is transferred, charged, or discharged into
ltIUOMIbMM)
STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
other normally closed containers, the provi sions uf this subparagraph shall apply.
(i) Access shall be restricted to au thorized employees only;
(ii) Each operation shall be provided with continuous local exhaust ventilation so that air movement is always from ordi nary work areas to the operation. Ex haust air shall not be discharged to regu lated areas, nonregulated areas or the ex ternal environment unless decontami nated. Clean makeup air shall be intro duced in sufficient volume to maintain the correct operation of the local exhaust sys tem.
<iii) Employees shall be provided with> and required to wear, clean, full body protective clothing (smocks, coveralls, or long-sleeved shirt and pants), and shoe covers and gloves prior to entering a reg ulated area.
(Iv) Employees engaged in alpha-Naph thylamine handling operations shall be provided with and required to wear and use a half-face, filter-type respirator for dusts, mists, and fumes, in accordance with 1910.134. A respirator affording higher levels of protection may be substi tuted.
(v) Prior to each exit from a regulated area, employees shall be required to re move and leave protective clothing and equipment at the point of exit and at the last exit of the day, to place used clothing and equipment in impervious containers at the point of exit for purposes of decon tamination or disposal. The contents of such impervious containers shall be identified, as required under paragraphs (e)(2), (3), and (4) of this section.
(vi) Employees shall be required to wash hands, forearms, face and neck on each exit from the regulated area, close to the point of exit, and before engaging in other activities.
(vil) Employees shall be required to shower after the last exit of the day.
MCD 000011314
715
lM.lt4(eX4Xvtt>
1910.1004<cM4Xviii)
STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
(viii) Drinking fountain* are prohibited in tfw* lvgulated area.
(5) Maintenance and decontamination ae-
tivitiet. In cleanup of leaks or spills, maintenance or repair operations on con taminated systems or equipment, or any op erations involving work in an area where direct contact with alpha-Naphthylamine could result, each authorized employee en tering that area shall:
(i) Be provided with and required to wear clean, impervious garments, including gloves, boots and continuous-air supplied hood in accordance with 1910.134.
(ii) Bo decontaminated before removing the protective garments and hood.
(iii) Be required to shower upon removing the protective garments and hoed.
(6) laboratory activities.
(Deleted)
|41 F.R. :151H4. August 20. 1916.1
(d) General regulated area require ments.
(1) Employ** identification. Revoked
(2) Emergencies. In an emergency, im mediate measures including, but not limited to. the requirements of subdivisions (i), (ii), (iii). (iv), and (v) of this paragraph shall be implemented.
(i) The potentially affected area shall be evacuated as soon as the emergency has been determined.
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
(ii) Hazardous conditions created by the emergency shall be eliminated and the po tentially affected area shall be decontami nated prior to the resumption of normal operations.
(iii) Special medical surveillance by a physician shall be instituted within 24 hours for employees present in the poten tially affected area at the time of the emergency. A report of the medical sur veillance and any treatment shall be in cluded in the incident report, in accord ance with paragraph (0(2) of this section.
(iv) Where an employee has a known con tact with alpha-Naphthylamine, such em ployee shall be required to shower as soon as possible, unless contraindicated by physical injuries.
(v) An incident report on the emergency shall be reported as provided in para graph (0(2) of this section.
(3) Hygiene facilities and practices.
(i) Storage or consumption of food, stor age or use of containers of beverages, storage or application of cosmetics, smok ing, storage of smoking materials, tobacco products or other products for chewing, or the chewing of such products, are pro hibited in regulated areas.
(ii) Where employees are required by this section to wash, washing facilities shall be provided in accordance with 1910.141 (d)(1) and (2)(ii) through (vii).
(iii) Where employees are required by this section to shower, shower facilities shall be provided in accordance with 1910.141(d)(3).
(iv) Where employees wear protective clothing and equipment clean change rooms shall be provided, in accordance with 1910.141(e), for the number of such employees required to change clothes.
(v) Where toilets are in regulated areas, such toilets shall be in a separate room.
1910.1004(4K3Kt)
716
000011315
Cheng* 7
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
1910.1006<bK13) STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
an open vessel, which is not in an isolated system, a laboratory type hood, nor in any other system affording equivalent protection against the entry of methyl chJoromethyl ether into regulated areas, nonregulated areas, or the external environment.
(14) "Protective clothing" means clothing designed to protect an employee against contact with or exposure to methyl chioromethyl ether.
(15) "Regulated area" means an area where entry and exit is restricted and controlled.
(c) Requirements for areas containing methyl chioromethyl ether.
A regulated area shall be established by an employer where methyl chioromethyl ether is manufactured, processed, used, repackaged, released, handled or stored. All such areas shall be controlled in accordance with the re quirements for the following category or categories describing the operation involved:
(1) Isolated systoim. Employees working with methyl chioromethyl ether within an isolated system, such as a "glove box" shall wash their hands and arms upon completion of the assigned task and before engaging in other activities not associated with the iso lated system.
(2) Closed system operation. Within regu lated areas where methyl chioromethyl ether is stored in sealed containers, or con tained in a closed system, including piping systems, with any sample ports or openings closed while methyl chioromethyl ether is contained within. Access shall be restricted to authorised employees only.
(3) Open vessel system operation*. Open vessel system operations as defined in para graph (b)(13) of this section are prohibited.
(4) Tronsfor from a doted system, charging or discharging point operations, or otherwise
opening a dosed system. In operations in volving "laboratory type hoods," or in loca tions where methyl chioromethyl ether is contained in an otherwise "closed system,"
but is transferred, charged, or discharged into other normally closed containers, the provisions of this subparagraph shall apply.
(i) Access shall he restricted to au thorized employees only;
(ii) Each operation shall be provided with continuous local exhaust ventilation so that air movement is always from ordi nary work areas to the operation. Ex haust air shall not be discharged to regu lated areas, nonregulated areas or the ex terna) environment unless decontami nated. Clean makeup air shall be intro duced in sufficient volume to maintain the correct operation of the local exhaust sys tem.
(ill) Employees shall be provided with, and required to wear clean, full body pro tective clothing (smocks, coveralls, or long-sleeved shirt and pants), and gloves prior to entering the regulated area.
(iv) Employees engaged in methyl chio romethyl ether handling operations shall be provided with the required to wear and use a full-face, supplied air res pirator, of the continuous flow or pressure-demand type, in accordance with 1910.124.
(v) Prior to each exit from a regulated area, employees shall be required to re move and leave protective clothing and equipment at the point of exit and at the last exit of the day, to place used clothing and equipment in impervious containers at the point of exit for purposes of decon tamination or disposal. The contents of such impervious containers shall be identified, as required under paragraphs (e)(2). (3), and (4) of this section.
(vi) Drinking fountains are prohibited in the regulated area.
(5) Maintenance and decontamination ac
tivities. In cleanup of leaks or spills, maintenance or repair operations on con taminated systems or equipment, or any op erations involving work in an area where direct contact with methyl chioromethyl
MCD 000011316
721
me.ioM<cK6)
!91Q.1006(cM5) STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
rthk'i' multi result, each authorized eni|iluyi*e nterinc that area shall:
(i) He provided with and required to wear dean, impervious garments, including gloves, boots and continuous-air supplied hood in accordance with $1910.1:14.
(ii) He decontaminated before removing the protective garments and hood.
(Hi) F$e required to shower upon removing the protective garments and hood.
{6) loboratory activities.
(Deleted)
(41 F.R. :t5lK4. August 20. 1976,|
(d) General regulated area require* merits.
(1) Employee identification. Revoked
emergency. A report of the medical sur veillance and any treatment shall be in cluded in the incident report, in accord ance with paragraph (f)(2) of this section.
(iv) Where an employee has a known con tact with methyl chloromethyi ether, such employee shall be required to shower as soon as possible, unless contraindicated by physical injuries.
(v) An incident report on the emergency shall be reported as provided in para graph (f)(2) of this section.
(3) Hygiene facilities and practices.
(i) Storage or consumption of food, stor age or use of containers of beverages, storage or application of cosmetics, smok ing, storage of smoking materials, tobacco products or other products for chewing, or the chewing of such products, are pro hibited in regulated areas.
(ii) Where employees wear protective clothing and equipment clean change rooms shall be provided, in accordance with $1910.141(e), for the number of such employees required to change clothes.
(Hi) Where toilets are in regulated areas, such toilets shall be in a separate room.
(2) Emergencies. In an emergency, im mediate measures including, but not limited to, the requirements of subdivisions (i), (ii), (iii), (iv), and (v) of this paragraph shall be implemented.
(i) The potentially affected area shall be evacuated as soon as the emergency has been determined.
(iv) Where employees are required by this section to wash, washing facilities shall be provided in accordance with $1910. 141(d)(1) and (2)<ii) through (vii).
(v) Where employees are required by this section to shower, shower facilities shall be provided in accordance with 1910.1-11(d)(3).
(4) Contamination control.
(ii) Hazardous conditions created by the emergency shall be eliminated and the po tentially affected area shall be decontami nated prior to the resumption of normal operations.
(iii) Special medical surveillance by a physician shall be instituted within 24
hours for employees present in the poten tially affected area at the time of the
19t#.ltM(4)(4XU)
722
(i) Regulated areas, except for outdoor systems. shall be maintained under pres sure negative with respect to nonregulated areas. Local exhaust ventilation may be used to satisfy this requirement. Clean makeup air in equal volume shall replace air removed.
(ii) Any equipment, material, or other item taken into or removed from a regu-
Choiife 7
OOOOH317 WCD
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
lUM007(eX2) STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
(2) Closed system operation. Within regu lated areas where 3,3,-Dichlorobenzidine (or its salts) is stored in sealed containers, or contained in a closed system, including pip ing systems, with any sample ports or open ings closed while 3,3'-Dichlorobenzidine (or its salts) is contained within:
(i) Access shall be restricted to au thorized employees only;
(ii) Employees shall be required to wash hands, forearms, face and neck upon each exit from the regulated areas, close to the point of exit and before engaging in other activities.
(3) Open vessel system eperotions. Open vessel system operations as defined in paragraph (b)( 13) of this section are prohib ited.
(4) Transfer from a closed system, charging or discharging point operations, or otherwise
opening a dosed system. In operations in* volving "laboratory type hoods/' or in loca* tions where 3,3'*Dichlorobenzidine (or its salts) is contained in an otherwise "closed system/' but is transferred, charged, or dis* charged into other normally closed contain ers, the provisions of this subparagraph shall apply.
(<) Access shall be restricted to au* thorized employees only.
(ii) Each operation shall be provided with continuous iocal exhaust ventilation so that air movement is always from ordi nary work areas to the operation. Ex haust air shall not be discharged to regu lated areas, nonregulated areas or the ex ternal environment unless decontami nated. Clean makeup air shall be intro duced in sufficient volume to maintain the correct operation of the local exhaust sys tem.
(iv) Employees engaged in 3,3'-Dichlorobenzidine (or its salts) handling opera tions shall be provided with and required to wear and use a half-face, filter-type respirator for dusts, mists, and fumes, in accordance with 1910.134. A respirator affording higher levels of protection may be substituted.
(v) Prior to each exit from a regulated area, employees shall be required to re move and leave protective clothing and equipment at the point of exit and at the last exit of the day, to place used clothing and equipment in impervious containers at the point of exit for purposes of decon tamination or disposal. The contents of such impervious containers shall be identified, as required under paragraphs (e)(2), (3), and (4) of this section.
(vi) Employees shall be required to wash hands, forearms, face and neck on each exit from the regulated area, close to the point of exit, and before engaging in other activities.
(vli) Employees shall be required to shower after the last exit of the day.
(viii) Drinking fountains are prohibited in the regulated area.
(5) Maintenance and decontamination ac
tivities. In cleanup of leaks or spills, maintenance or repair operations on con taminated systems or equipment, or any op erations involving work in an area where direct contact with 3,3'-Dichlorobenzidine (or its salts) could result, each authorized employee entering that area shall:
(I) Be provided with and required to wear clean, impervious garments, including gloves, boots and continuous-air supplied hood in accordance with 1910.134.
(iii) Employees shall be provided with, and required to wear, clean, full body
protective clothing (smocks, coveralls, or long-sleeved shirt and pants), shoe covers and gloves prior to entering the regulated area.
(H) Be decontaminated before removing the protective garments and hood.
(Ill) Be required to shower upon removing the protective garments and hood.
MCD 001131Q
TV
ll.lM7(cXfiXiil)
11O.1O07(cX6> STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
(6) Laboratory activitio*.
(Deleted)
141 K.R. :C14. Aujfusl 20.
(d) General regulated area require ments.
(1) Employ** identification. .Revoked
(3) Emergencies. In an emergency, im mediate measures including, but not limited to, the requirements of subdivisions (i), (ii), (iii), (iv), and (v) of this paragraph shall be implemented.
(1) The potentially affected area shall be evacuated as soon as the emergency has been determined.
(ii) Hazardous conditions created by the emergency shall be eliminated and the po tentially affected area shall be decontami nated prior to the resumption of normal operations.
(iii) Special medical surveillance by a physician shall be instituted with 24 hours for employees present in the potentially affected area at the time of the emergency. A report of the medical sur veillance and any treatment shall be in cluded in the incident report, in accord ance with paragraph (f)(2) of this section.
(iv) Where an employee has a known con tact with 3,3'-Dichlorobenzidine (or its salts), such employee shall be required to shower as soon as possible, unless con traindicated by physical injuries.
(v) An incident report on the emergency shall be reported as provided in para graph (f)(2) of this section.
(3) Hygiene facilities and practices.
(i) Storage or consumption of food, stor age or use of containers of beverages, storage or application of cosmetics, smok ing, storage of smoking materials, tobacco products or other products for chewing, or the chewing of such products, are pro hibited in regulated areas.
(ii) Where employees are required by this section to wash, washing facilities shall be provided in accordance with 1910.141 (d)(1) and (2)(ii) through (vii).
(iii) Where employees are required by this section to shower, shower facilities shall be provided in accordance with 1910.141(d)(3).
(iv) Where employees wear protective clothing and equipment clean change rooms shall be provided, in accordance with 11910.141(e), for the number of such employees required to change clothes.
(v) Where toilets are in regulated areas, such toilets shall be in a separate room.
(4) Contamination control.
(i) Regulated areas, except for outdoor systems, shall be maintained under pres sure negative with respect to nonregulated areas. Local exhaust ventilation may be used to satisfy this requirement. Clean makeup air in equal volume shall replace air removed.
(ii) Any equipment, materials, or other item taken into or removed from a regu lated area shall be done so in a manner that does not cause contamination in nonregulated areas or the external environ ment.
(iii) Decontamination procedures shall be established and implemented to remove 3,3'-Dichlorobenzidine (or its salts) from the surfaces of materials, equipment and the decontamination facility.
I*10.1W(dX4KUi)
72S MCD 000011319
Chanfe 7
OCCUPATIONAL 8AFETY AND HEALTH
1910.1QQStcXS) STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
stored in sealed containers, or contained in a closed system, including piping systems, with any sample ports or openings closed while bis-Chloromethyl ether is contained within. Access shall be restricted to au thorized employees only.
(3) Open vessel system operation*. Open vessel system operations as defined in para graph (b)(l3) of this section are prohibited.
last exit of the day, to place used clothing and equipment in impervious containers at the point of exit for purposes of decon tamination or disposal. The contents of such impervious containers shall be identified, as required under paragraphs (e)(2). (3). and (4) of this section.
(vi) Drinking fountains are prohibited in the regulated area.
(4) Transfer from a closed system, charging or discharging point operations, or otherwise
opening a dosed system. In operations in volving "laboratory type hoods," or in loca tions where bis-Chloromethyl ether is con tained in an otherwise "closed system," but is transferred, charged, or discharged into other normally closed containers, the provi sions of this subparagraph shall apply.
(i) Access shall be restricted to au thorized employees only.
(ii) Each operation shall be provided with continuous local exhaust ventilation so that air movement is always from ordi nary work areas to the operation. Ex haust air shall not be discharged tc regu lated areas, nonregulated areas or the ex ternal environment unless decontami nated. Clean makeup air shall be intro duced in sufficient volume to maintain the correct operation of the local exhaust sys tem.
(ii) Employees shall be provided with, and required to wear, clean, full body protective clothing (smocks, coveralls, or long-sleeved shirt and pants), and gloves prior to entering the regulated area.
(iv) Employees engaged in bis-Chloromethyi ether handling operations shall be provided with and required to wear and use a full-face, supplied air res pirator. uf the continuous flow or pressure-demand type, in accordance with $1910.134.
(v) Prior to each exit from a regulated area, employees shall be required to re move and leave protective clothing and equipment at the point of exit and at the
(5) Maintenance and decontamination ac
tivities. In cleanup of leaks or spills, maintenance or repair operations on con taminated systems or equipment, or any op erations involving work in an area where direct contact with bis-Chloromethyl ether could result, each authorized employee en tering that area shall:
(i) Be provided with and required to wear clean, impervious garments, including gloves, boots and continuous-air supplied hood in accordance with $1910.134.
(ii) Be decontaminated before removing the protective garments and hood.
(iti) Bo required to shower upon removing the protective garments and hood.
(6) laboratory activities.
(Deleted)
(41 P.R. IJMK4. Aujruxt 20. 1976.[
(d) General regulated area require ments.
(1) Employe# identification. Revoked
(2) Emergencies. In an emergency, im mediate measures including, but not limited
Chance 7
MCD 000011320
733
me. ioo8(dX2)
1910.1008(d)(2) STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
to, the requirements of subdivisions (i), (ii). (iii). (iv), and (v) of this paragraph shall be implemented.
(1) The potentially affected area shall be evacuated as soon as the emergency has been determined.
provided in accordance with 51910. 141(d)(1) and (2) (ii) through (vii).
(v) Where employees are required by this section to shower, shower facilities shall be provided in accordance with 1910. 141(d)(3).
(ii) Hazardous conditions created by the emergency shall be eliminated and the po tentially affected area shall be decontami nated prior to the resumption of normal operations.
(iii) Special medical surveillance by a physician shall be instituted within 24 hours for employees present in the poten tially affected area at the time of the emergency. A report of the medical sur veillance and any treatment shall be in cluded in the incident report, in accord ance with paragraph (f)(2) of this section.
(iv) Where an employee has a known con tact with bis-Chloromethyl ether, such employee shall be required to shower as soon as possible, unless contraindicated by physical injuries.
(v) An incident report on the emergency shali be reported as provided in para graph (0(2) of this section.
(4) Contamination control.
(i) Regulated areas, except for outdoor systems, shall be maintained under pres sure negative with respect to nonregulated areas. Local exhaust ventilation may be used to satisfy this requirement. Clean makeup air in equal volume shall replace air removed.
(ii) Any equipment, material, or other item taken into or removed from a regu lated area shall be done so in a manner that does not cause contamination in nonregulated areas or the external environ ment.
(iii) Decontamination procedures shall be established and implemented to remove bis-Chloromethyl ether from the surfaces of materials, equipment and the decon tamination facility.
() Signs, information and training.
(3) Hygiene facilities and practical.
(1) Signs.
(i) Storage or consumption of food, stor age or use of containers of beverages, storage or application of cosmetics, smok ing, storage of smoking materials, tobacco products or other products for chewing, or the chewing of such products, are pro hibited in regulated areas.
(ii) Where employees wear protective clothing and equipment clean change rooms .shall be provided, in accordance with $ 1910.141(e), for the number of such employees required to change clothes.
(iii) Where toilets are in regulated areas, such toilets shall be in a separate room.
(iv) Where employees are required by this section to wash, washing facilities shall be
(i) Entrances to regulated areas shall be posted with signs bearing the legend:
CANCER-SUSPECT AGENT AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY
(ii) Entrances to regulated areas contain ing operations covered in paragraph (c)(5) of this section shall be posted with signs bearing the legend:
CANCER-SUSPECT AGENT EXPOSED IN THIS AREA IMPERVIOUS SUIT INCLUDING GLOVES, BOOTS. AND AIRSUPPLIED HOOD REQUIRED
AT ALL TIMES AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY
l9ia.l008(e)(lXU)
734
MCD 000011321
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
1910.1009(cX4Xil) STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
(ii) Each operation shall be provided with continuous local exhaust ventilation so that air movement is always from ordi nary work areas to the operation. Ex haust air shall not be discharged to regu lated areas, nonregulated areas or the ex ternal environment unless decontami nated. Clean makeup air shall be intro duced in sufficient volume to maintain the correct operation of the local exhaust sys tem.
(iii) Employees shall be provided with, and required to wear, clean, full body protective clothing (smocks, coveralls, or long-sleeved shirt and pants), shoe covers and gloves prior to entering a regulated area.
(iv) Employees engaged in beta-Naphthylamine handling operations shall be provided with and required to wear and use a half-face, filter-type respirator for dusts, mists, and fumes, in accordance with $1910.134. A respirator affording higher levels of protection may be substi tuted.
(v) Prior to each exit from a regulated area, employees shall be required to re move and leave protective clothing and equipment at the point of exit and at the last exit of the day, to place used clothing and equipment in impervious containers at the point of exit for purposes of decon tamination or disposal. The contents of such impervious containers shall be identified, as required under paragraphs (e)(2), (3), and (4) of this section.
(vi) Employees shall be required to wash hands, forearms, face and neck on each exit from the regulated area, close to the point of exit, and before engaging in other activities.
(vii) Employees shall be required to shower after the last exit of the day.
(viii) Drinking fountains are prohibited in the regulated area.
(5) Maintenance and decontamination ac
tivities. In cleanup of leaks or spills,
maintenance or repair operations on con taminated systems or equipment, or any op erations involving work in an area where direct contact with beta-Naphthylamine could result, each authorized employee en tering that area shall:
(i) Be provided with and required to wear clean, impervious garments, including gloves, boots and continuous-air supplied hood in accordance with 1910.134. (ii) Be decontaminated before removing the protective garments and hood.
(iii) Be required to shower upon removing the protective garments and hood.
(6) laboratory activities.
(Deleted)
141 F.R. X5184. August 20. 197S.I
(d) General regulated area require ments.
(1) Employe* identification. Revoked
(2) Emergencies. In an emergency, im mediate measures including, but not limited to, the requirements of subdivisions (i), (ii), (iii), (iv), and (v) of this paragraph shall be implemented.
(i) The potentially affected area shall be evacuated as soon as the emergency has been determined.
(ii) Hazardous conditions created by the emergency shall be eliminated and the po-
Chance 7
739
1910.1009<4XZXil>
MCI) 000011322
1910.l009<dH2Hii)
STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
tenlially affected area shall be decontami nated prior to the resumption of normal operations.
(Hi) special medical surveillance by a physician shall be instituted within 24 hours for employees present in the poten tially affected area at the time of the emergency. A report of the medical sur veillance and any treatment shall be in cluded in the incident report, in accord ance with paragraph (f)(2) of this section.
(iv) Where an employee has a known con tact with heta-Naphthylamine, such em ployee shall be required to shower as soon as possible, unless contraindicated by physical injuries.
(v) An incident report on the emergency shall be reported as provided in para graph (0(2) of this section.
(3) Hygiene facilities and practices.
(i) Storage or consumption of food, stor age or use of containers of beverages, storage or application of cosmetics, smok ing. storage of smoking materials, tobacco products or other products for chewing, or the chewing of such products, are pro hibited in regulated areas.
(ii) Where employees are required by this section to wash, washing facilities shall be provided in accordance with 1910.141 (d)(1) and (2)(ii) through <vii).
(iii) Where employees are required by this section to shower, shower facilities shall be provided in accordance with 1910.141(d)(3).
(Iv) Where employees wear protective clothing and equipment clean change rooms shall be provided, in accordance with 1910.141(e), for the number of such employees required to change clothes.
(v) Where toilets are in regulated areas, such toilets shall be in a separate room.
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
(4) Contamination control.
(I) Regulated areas, except for outdoor systems, shall be maintained under pres sure negative with respect to nonregulated areas. Local exhaust ventilation may be used to satisfy this requirement. Clean makeup air in equal volume shall replace air removed.
(ii) Any equipment, material, or other item taken into or removed from a regu lated area shall be done so in a manner that does not cause contamination in nonregulated areas or the external environ ment.
(iii) Decontamination procedures shall be established and implemented to remove beta-Naphthylamine from the surfaces of materials, equipment and the decontami nation facility.
(iv) Dry sweeping and dry mopping are prohibited.
() Signs, information and training.
(1) Signs.
(i) Entrances to regulated areas shall be posted with signs bearing the legend:
CANCER-SUSPECT AGENT AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY
(il) Entrances to regulated areas contain ing operations covered in paragraph (c)(5) of this section shall be posted with signs bearing the legend:
CANCER-SUSPECT AGENT EXPOSED IN THIS AREA IMPERVIOUS SUIT INCLUDING GLOVES, BOOTS. AND AIRSUPPLIED HOOD REQUIRED
AT ALL TIMES AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY
ltlO.IOOtteMlXU)
740
OOOOl^23
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
1910.1010(c)(4) STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
volving "laboratory type hoods," or in loca tions where Benzidine is contained in an otherwise "closed system," but is trans ferred, charged, or discharged into other normally closed containers, the provisions of this subparagraph shall apply.
0) Access shall be restricted to au thorized employees only;
(ii) Each operation shall be provided with continuous local exhaust ventilation so that air movement is always from ordi nary work areas to the operation. Ex haust air shall not be discharged to regu lated areas, nonregulated areas or the ex ternal environment unless decontami nated. Clean makeup air shall be intro duced in sufficient volume to maintain the correct operation of the local exhaust sys tem.
(iii) Employees shall be provided with, and required to wear clean, full body pro tective clothing (smocks, coveralls, or long-sleeved shirt and pants), and shoe covers and gloves prior to entering the regulated area.
(iv) Employees engaged in Benzidine handling operations shall be provided with and required to wear and use a half-face, filter-type respirator for dusts, mists, and fumes, in accordance with 1910.134. A respirator affording higher levels of pro tection may be substituted.
(v) Prior to each exit from a regulated area, employees shall be required to re move and leave protective clothing and equipment at the point of exit and at the last exit of the day, to place used clothing and equipment in impervious containers at the point of exit for purposes of decon tamination or disposal. The contents of such impervious containers shall be identified, as required under paragraphs (e)(2), (3), and (4) of this section.
(vi> Employees shall be required to wash hands, forearms, face and neck on each exit from the regulated area, close to the point of exit, and before engaging in other activities.
(vii) Employees shall be required to shower after the last exit of the day.
(viit) Drinking fountains are prohibited in the regulated area.
(5) Maintenance and decontamination ac
tivities. In cleanup of leaks or spills, maintenance or repair operations on con taminated systems or equipment where di rect contact with Benzidine could result, each authorized employee entering that area shall:
(i) Be provided with and required to wear clean, impervious garments, including gloves, boots and continuous-air supplied hood in accordance with 1910.134.
(ii) Be decontaminated before removing the protective garments and hood;
(hi) Be required to shower upon removing the protective garments and hood.
(6) laboratory activities.
(Deleted)
[41 F.R. :if)1K4. August 20. 197fi.|
(d) General regulated area require* ments.
(1) Employee identification. Revoked
(2) Emergencies. I n an emergency, im mediate measures including, hut not limited to, the requirements of subdivisions <i). (ii). (iii), (iv), and (v) of this paragraph shall be implemented.
Chmage 7
MCD 000011324
745
1910.10KK4K2)
t910.101(KdH2Ki) STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
(i) Thf potentially affected area shall be evacuated as soon as the emergency has been determined.
(ii) Hazardous conditions created by the emergency shall be eliminated and the po tentially affected area shall be decontami nated prior to the resumption of normal operations.
(id) Special medical surveillance by a physician shall be instituted within 24 hours for employees present in the poten tially affected area at the time of the emergency. A report of the medical sur veillance and any treatment shall be in cluded in the incident report, in accord ance with paragraph (f)(2) of this section.
(iv) Where an employee has a known con tact with Benzidine, such employee shall be required to shower as soon as possible, unless contraindicated by physical in juries.
(v) An incident report on the emergency shall be reported as provided in para graph (f)(2) of this section.
(3) Hygin facilities and practices.
(i) Storage or consumption of food, stor age or use of containers of beverages, storage or application of cosmetics, smok ing, storage of smoking materials, tobacco products or other products for chewing, or the chewing of such products, are pro hibited in regulated areas.
(ii) Where employees are required by this section to wash, washing facilities shall be provided in accordance with $1910.141 (d)(1) and (2Kii) through (vii).
(iii) Where employees are required by this section to shower, shower facilities shall be provided in accordance with $ 1910.141(d)(3).
(iv) Where employees wear protective clothing and equipment dean change rooms shall be provided, in accordance with 1910.141(e), for the number of such employees required to change clothes.
(v) Where tuilets are in regulated areas, such toilets shall be in a separate room.
(4) Contamination control.
(i) Regulated areas, except for outdoor systems, shall be maintained under pres sure negative with respect to nonregulated areas. Local exhaust ventilation may be used to satisfy this requirement. Clean makeup air in equal volume shall replace air removed.
(ii) Any equipment, material, or other item taken into or removed from a regu lated area shall be done so in a manner that does not cause contamination in nonregulated areas or the external environ ment.
(iii) Decontamination procedures shall be established and implemented to remove Benzidine from the surfaces of materials, equipment and the decontamination facil ity.
(iv) Dry sweeping and dry mopping are prohibited.
() Signs, information and training.
(1) Signs.
(i) Entrances to regulated areas shall be posted with signs bearing the legend:
CANCER-SUSPECT AGENT AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY
(ii) Entrances to regulated areas contain ing operations covered in paragraph (c)(5) of this section shall be posted with signs bearing the legend:
CANCER-SUSPECT AGENT EXPOSED IN THIS AREA IMPERVIOUS SUIT INCLUDING GLOVES. BOOTS, AND AIRSUPPLIED HOOD REQUIRED
AT ATT TTMFC
AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY
(iii) Appropriate signs and instructions shall he posted at the entrance to, and
miiitauKiMiu)
744
mCD 000011326
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
191O.]0ll(eK4Miii> STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
(iii) Employees shall he provided with, and required to wear clean, full body pro tective clothing (smocks, coveralls, or long-sleeved shirt and pants), shoe covers and gloves prior to entering the regulated area.
(iv) Employees engaged in 4-Aminodiphenyl handling operations shall be pro vided with and required to wear and use a half-face, filter-type respirator for dusts, mists, and fumes, in accordance with 1910.134. A respirator affording higher levels of protection may be substituted.
(iii) He required to shower upon removing the protective garments and hood.
(6) Laboratory octivitio*.
(Deleted)
[41 F.R. :if>lH4. AukuM. 20. l76.|
(d) General regulated area ments.
require
(1) Employee identification. Revoked
(v) Prior to each exit from a regulated area, employees shall be required to re move and leave protective clothing and equipment at the point of exit and at the last exit of the day, to place used clothing and equipment in impervious containers at the point of exit for purposes of decon tamination or disposal. The contents of such impervious containers shall be identified, as required under paragraphs (e)(2), (3), and (4) of this section.
(vi) Employees shall be required to wash hands, forearms, face and neck on each exit from the regulated area, close to the point of exit, and before engaging in other activities.
(vii) Employees shall be required to shower after the last exit of the day.
(viii) Drinking fountains are prohibited in the regulated area.
(5) Maintenance and decontamination ac
tivities. In cleanup of leaks or spills, maintenance or repair operations on con taminated systems or equipment, where di rect contact with 4-Aminodiphenyl could re sult, each authorized employee entering that area shall:
(i) Be provided with and required to wear clean, impervious garments, including gloves, boots and continuous-air supplied hood in accordance with 1910.134.
(ii) Be decontaminated before removing the protective garments and hood.
(2) Emergencies. In an emergency, im mediate measures including, but not limited to. the requirements of subdivisions (i), (ii). (iii), (iv). and (v) of this paragraph shall be implemented.
(i) The potentially affected area shall he evacuated as soon as the emergency has been determined.
(ii) Hazardous conditions created by the emergency shall be eliminated and the po tentially affected area shall be decontami nated prior to the resumption of normal operations.
(iii) Special medical surveillance by a physician shall be instituted within 24 hours for employees present in the poten tially affected area at the time of the emergency. A report of the medical sur veillance and any treatment shall be in cluded in the incident report, in accord ance with paragraph (0(2) of this section.
(iv) Where an employee has a known con tact with 4-Aminodiphenyl such employee shall be required to shower as soon as possible, unless contraindicated by physi cal injuries.
Chance ^
MCD 000011326
751
mo.iou<d)<t><)v>
19iO.10U(dX2Xv) STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
(v) All uu'idtMil
mi thi- t'uuw^vncy
,'hiill hi* reported as provided in para
graph iO(2) <if this MM-iimi.
(3) Hygiene facilities and practices.
(i) Storage or runsumplimi of food, stor age nr um* of containers of leverages, storage or application of cosmetics, .-mak ing. storage of smoking materials, tobacco products or other products for chewing, or the chewing of such products, are pro hibited in regulated areas.
(iv) Dry sweeping and dry mopping are prohibited.
() Signs, information and training.
(1) Signs.
(i) Entrances to regulated areas shall be posted with signs bearing the legend:
CANCER-SUSPECT AGENT AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY
(ii) Where employees are required by this section to wash, washing facilities shall he provided in accordance with 1910.141 (d)(1) and (2)(ii) through (vii).
(ii) Entrances to regulated areas contain ing operations covered in paragraph (c)(5) of this section shall be posted with signs bearing the legend:
(iii) Where employees are required by this section to shower, shower facilities shall be provided in accordance with 51910.141(d)(3).
(iv) Where employees wear protective clothing and equipment clean change rooms shall be provided, in accordance with fldlO. 141(e), for the number of such employees required to change clothes.
(v) Where toilets are in regulated areas, such toilets shall be in a separate room.
(4) Contamination control.
(i) Regulated areas, except for outdoor systems, shall be maintained under pres sure negative with respect to nonregulated areas. Local exhaust ventilation may be used to satisfy this requirement. Clean makeup air in equal volume shall replace air removed.
(ii) Any equipment, materials, or other item taken into or removed from a regu lated area shall be done so in a manner that does not cause contamination in nonregulated areas or the external environ ment.
(iii) Decontamination procedures shall be established and implemented to remove 4-Aminodiphenyl from the surfaces of materials, equipment and the decontami nation facility.
CANCER-SUSPECT AGENT EXPOSED IN THIS AREA IMPERVIOUS SUIT INCLUDING GLOVES, BOOTS, AND AIRSUPPLIED HOOD REQUIRED
AT ALL TIMES AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY
(iii) Appropriate signs and instructions shall be posted at the entrance to, and exit from, regulated areas, informing em ployees of the procedures that must be followed in entering and leaving a regu lated area.
(2) Contender contents identification.
(i) Containers of 4-Aminodiphenyl and containers required under paragraphs (c)(4)(v) and (c)(6)(vii)(6), and (c)(6)(viii) (6) of this section which are accessible only to, and handled only by, authorized employees, or by other employees trained in accordance with subparagraph (5) of this paragraph, may have contents identification limited to a generic or pro prietary name, or other proprietary identification, of the carcinogen and per cent.
(M) Containers of 4-Aminodiphenyl and containers required under paragraphs (c)(4)(v), (c)(6)(vii)(fe), and (c)(6)(viii)(6) of this section which are accessible to, or
MCD 000011327
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
lt0.101WKS) STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
suit, each authorized employee entering that area shall:
(i) Re provided with and required to wear clean, impervious garments, including gloves, boots and continuous-air supplied hood in accordance with 81910.134.
() Be decontaminated before removing the protective garments and hood.
(ii) Be required to shower upon removing the protective garments and hood.
(6) Laboratory activities.
(Deleted)
Ml F.R. MftltM. Auirusi 20, 197.|
(d) General regulated area require ments.
(1) Employee identification. Revoked
(2) Emergencies. In an emergency, im mediate measures including, but not limited to, the requirements of subdivisions (i), (ii), (iii), (iv), and (v) of this paragraph shall be implemented.
(i) The potentially affected area shall be evacuated as soon as the emergency has been determined.
(ii) Hazardous conditions created by the emergency shall be eliminated and the po tentially affected area shall be decontami nated prior to the resumption of normal operations.
(ill) Special medical surveillance by a physician shall be instituted with 24 hours for employees present in the potentially affected area at the time of the emergency. A report of the medical sur veillance and any treatment shall be in-
eluded in the incident report, in accord ance with paragraph (f)(2) of this section.
(iv) Where an employee has a known con tact with Ethyleneimine such employee shall be required to shower as soon as possible, unless contraindicated by physi cal injuries.
(v) An incident report on the emergency shall be reported as provided in para graph (f)(2) of this section.
(vi) Emergency deluge showers and eye wash fountains supplied with running pot able water shall be located near, within sight of, and on the same level with loca tions where a direct exposure of Ethyieneimine would be most likely as a. result of equipment failure, or improper work practices.
(3) Hygiene facilities and practices.
(i) Storage or consumption of food, stor age or use of containers of beverages, storage or application of cosmetics, smok ing, storage of smoking materials, tobacco products or other products for chewing, or the chewing of such products, are pro hibited in regulated areas.
(ii) Where employees wear protective clothing and equipment clean change rooms shall be provided, in accordance with 81910.141(e), for the number of such employees required to change clothes.
(iii) Where toilets are in regulated areas, such toilets shall be in a separate room.
(iv) Where employees are required by this section to wash, washing facilities shall be provided in accordance with 1910.141 (d)(1) and (2)<ii) through (vii).
(v) Where employees are required by this section to shower, shower facilities shall be provided in accordance with 81910.141(d)(3).
(4) Contamination control.
(i) Regulated areas, except for outdoor systems, shall be maintained under pres sure negative with respect to nonregulated areas. Local exhaust ventilation may
Ch*n* 7
757
1910.1012(4X4X1)
MCD 000011328
1910.1012(dH4Hi)
STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
bt* used to satisfy this requirement. Clean makeup air in equal volume shall replace air removed.
(ii) Any equipment, material, or other item taken into or removed from a regu lated area shall be done so in a manner that does not cause contamination in nonregulated areas or the external environ ment.
(iii) Decontamination procedures shall be established and implemented to remove Ethyleneimine from the surfaces of mate rials, equipment and the decontamination facility.
() Signs, information and training.
(1) Signs.
(i) Entrances to regulated areas shall be posted with signs bearing the legend:
CANCER-SUSPECT AGENT authorized PERSONNEL ONLY
(ii) Entrances to regulated areas contain ing operations covered in paragraph (c)(5) of this section shall be posted with signs bearing the legend:
CANCER-SUSPECT AGENT EXPOSED IN THIS AREA IMPERVIOUS SUIT INCLUDING GLOVES, BOOTS, AND AIRSUPPLIED HOOD REQUIRED
AT ALL TIMES AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY
(iii) Appropriate signs and instructions shall be posted at the entrance to, and exit from, regulated areas, informing em ployees of the procedures that must be followed in entering and leaving a regu lated area.
(2) Container content* identification.
(i) Containers of Ethyleneimine and con tainers required under paragraphs (c)(4)(v) and (c)(6)(vii)(6), and (c)(6)(viii) (6) of this section which are accessible only to, and handled only by, authorized employees, or by other employees trained
1910.1012(eMSKI)
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
in accordance with subparagraph (5) of this paragraph, may have contents identification limited to a generic or pro prietary name, or other proprietary identification, of the carcinogen and per cent.
(ii) Containers of Ethyleneimine and con tainers required under paragraphs (c)(4)(v>. (c)(6)(vii)(6), and (c)(6)(viii)(6) of this section which are accessible to, or handled by employees other than au thorized employees or employees trained in accordance with subparagraph (5) of this paragraph shall have contents identification which includes the full chem ical name and Chemical Abstracts Service Registry Number as listed in paragraph (a)(1) of this section.
(iii) Containers shall have the warning words "CANCER-SUSPECT AGENT' displayed immediately under or adjacent to the contents identification.
(iv) Containers which have Ethyleneimine contents with corrosive or irritating prop erties shall have label statements warning of such hazards, noting, if appropriate, particularly sensitive or affected portions of the body.
(3) Uttering. Lettering on signs and in structions required by subparagraph (1) shall be a minimum letter height of 2 inches. Labels on containers required under this section shall not be less than ft the size of the largest lettering on the package, and not less than 8 point type in any instance; provided that no such required lettering need be more than 1 inch in height.
(4) Prohibited statement*. No statement shall appear on or near any required sign, label, or instruction which contradicts or de tracts from the effect of any required warn ing, informatio or instruction.
(5) Training and indoctrination.
(i) Each employee prior to being au thorized to enter a regulated area, shall receive a training and indoctrination pro gram including, but not necessarily lim ited to:
MCD 000011329
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
1910.1013(b)(3) STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
and/or protective equipment in an environ ment free of beta-Propiolactone. The clean change room shall be contiguous to and have an entry from a shower room, when the shower room facilities are otherwise re quired in this section.
(4) "Closed system" means an operation in volving beta-Propiolactone where contain ment prevents the release of betaPropiolactone into regulated areas, nonregulated areas, or the external environment.
(5) "Decontamination" means the inactiva tion of beta-Propiolactone or its safe dis posal.
(61 "Director" means the Director, National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health, or any person directed by him or the Secretary of Health, Education, and Welfare to act for the Director.
(7) "Disposal" means the safe removal of beta-Propiolactone from the work environ ment.
and maintained in such a way that an opera tion involving beta-Propiolactone within the hood does not require the insertion of any portion of any employee's body other than his hands and arms.
(12) "Nonregulated area" means any area under the control of the employer where entry and exit is neither restricted nor con trolled.
(13) "Open-vessel system" means an opera tion involving beta-Propiolactone in an open vessel, which is not in an isolated system, a laboratory type hood, nor in any other sys tem affording equivalent protection against the entry of beta-Propiolactone into regu lated areas, nonregulated areas, or the ex ternal environment.
(14) "Protective clothing" means clothing designed to protect an employee against contact with or exposure to betaPropiolactone.
(15) "Regulated area" means an area where entry and exit is restricted and controlled.
{6) "Emergency" means an unforeseen cir cumstance or set of circumstances resulting in the release of beta-Propiolactone which may result in exposure to or contact with beta-Propiolactone.
(9) "External environment" means any en vironment external to regulated and nonregulated areas.
(() Rsquirtments for areas containing beta-Propiolactone.
A regulated area shall be established by an employer where beta-Propiolactone is man ufactured, processed, used, repackaged, re leased, handled or stored. All such areas shall be controlled in accordance with the require ments for the following category or categories describing the operation involved:
(10) "Isolated system" means a fully en closed structure other than the vessel of containment of beta-Propiolactone, which is impervious to the passage of betaPropiolactone, and which would prevent the entry of beta-Propiolactone into regulated areas, nonregulated areas, or the external environment, should leakage or spillage fmm the vessel of containment occur.
(11) "Laboratory type hood" is a device en closed on three sides and the top and bot tom, designed and maintained so as to draw air inward at an average linear face velocity of 150 feet per minute with a minimum of 125 feet per minute; designed, constructed.
(1) Isolated system*. Employees working with beta-Propiolactone within an isolated system, such as a "glove box" shall wash their hands and arms upon completion of the asigned task and before engaging in other activities not associated with the isolated system.
(2) Closed system operation. Wilhin regu lated arena where beta-Propiolactone is stored in sealed containers, or contained in a closed system, including piping systems, with any sample ports or openings closed while beta-FTopioiactone is contained within. Access shall be restricted to au thorized employees only.
761
mo.ioi3)<2)
MCD 000011330
1910.1013(c)(3)
STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
(3) Open vessel system operations. Open
vessel system operations as defined in paragraph (h)(lA) of this section are prohib ited.
(4) Transfer from a closed system, charging or discharging point operations, or otherwise
opening a closed system. In operations in volving ``laboratory type hoods," or in loca tions where beta-Propiolactone is contained in an otherwise "closed system," but is transferred, charged, or discharged into other normally closed containers, the provi sions of this subparagraph shall apply.
(i) Access shall be restricted to au thorized employees only.
(ii) Each operation shall be provided with continuous local exhaust ventilation so that air movement is always from ordi nary work areas to the operation. Ex haust air shall not be discharged to regu lated areas, nonregulated areas or the ex ternal environment unless decontami nated. ( loan makeup air shall be intro duced in sufficient volume to maintain the correct operation of the local exhaust sys tem.
(iii) Employees shall be provided with, and required to wear, clean, full body protective clothing (smocks, coveralls, or long-sleeved shirt and pants), shoe covers and gloves prior to entering the regulated area.
(iv) Employees engaged in beta-Propiolactone handling operations shall be provided with and required to wear and use a full-face, supplied air respirator, of the continuous flow or pressure-demand type, in accordance with $1910.134.
(v) Prior to each exit from a regulated area, employees shall be required to re move and leave protective clothing and equipment at the point nf exit and at the last exit of the day, to place used clothing and equipment in impervious containers at the point of exit for purposes of decon tamination or disposal. The contents of such impervious containers shall be identified, as required under paragraphs (e)(2), (3), and (4) of this section.
1910.1013(d)(2)(H)
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
(vi) Drinking fountains are prohibited in the regulated area.
(5) Maintenance and decontamination ac
tivities. In Heanup of leaks or spills, maintenance or repair operations on con taminated systems or equipment, where di rect contact with beta-Propiolactone could result, each authorized employee entering that area shall:
(i) Be provided with and required to wear clean, impervious garments, including gloves, boots and continuous-air supplied hood in accordance with $1910.134.
(ii) Be decontaminated before removing the protective garments and hood;
(iii) Be required to shower upon removing the protective garments and hood.
(6) laboratory activities.
(Deleted)
|4) F.R.
August 20. I97fi.|
(d) General regulated area require ments.
(1) Employe* identification. Revoked
(2) Emergencies. In an emergency, im mediate measures including, but not limited to. the requirements of subdivision (i), (ii). (iii). (iv). and (v) of this paragraph shall he implemented.
(i) The potentially affected area shall be evacuated as soon as the emergency has been determined.
(ii) Hazardous conditions created by the emergency shall be eliminated and the po-
Choac* 7
MCD 0OOOU331
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
I910.10l4(bK 10) STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
regulated areas, nonregulated areas, or the external environment, should leakage or spillage from the vessel of containment occur.
(11) "Laboratory type hood" is a device en closed on three sides and the top and bot tom. designed and maintained so as to draw air inward at an average linear face velocity of 150 feet per minute with a minimum of 125 feet per minute; designed, constructed, and maintained in such a way that an opera tion involving 2-Acetylaminofluorene within the hood does not require the insertion of any portion of any employee's body other than his hands and arms.
(12) "Nonregulated area" means any area under the control of the employer where entry and exit is neither restricted nor con trolled.
(13) "Open-vessel system" means an opera tion involving 2-Acetylaminottuorene in an open vessel, which is not in an isolated sys tem. a laboratory type hood, nor in any other system affording equivalent protection against the entry of 2-Acetylaminofluorene intuareas, nonregulated areas, or the exter nal environment.
(14) "Protective clothing" means clothing designed to protect an employee against contact with or exposure to 2-AcetylaminoHuorene.
uf the assigned task ami before engaging in other activities not associated with the iso lated system.
(2) Closed system operation. Within regu lated areas where 2-Acetylaminofluorene is stored in sealed containers, or contained in a dosed system, including piping systems, with any sample ports or openings closed while 2-Acetylaminofluorene is contained within:
{) Access shall be restricted to au thorized employees only;
(ii) Employees shall be required to wash hands, forearms, face and neck upon each exit from the regulated areas, close to the point of exit and before engaging in other activities.
(3) Open vestal system operations. Open vessel system operations as defined in paragraph (h)(18) of this section are prohib ited.
(4) Transfer from a closed system, charging or discharging point operations, or otherwise
opening a closed system. In operations in volving "laboratory type hoods," nr in loca tions where 2-Acetylaminofluorene is con tained in an otherwise "closed system." but is transferred, charged, or discharged into other normally closed containers, the provi sions of this subparagraph shall apply.
(15) "Regulated area" means an area where entry and exit is restricted and controlled.
(i) Access shall be restricted to au thorized employees only.
(c) Requirements for areas containing 2-Acetylaminofluorene.
A regulated area shall be established by an employer where 2-AcetylaminoMuorene is manufactured, processed, used, repackaged, released, handled or stored. All such areas shall be controlled in accordance with the re quirements for the following category or categories describing the operation involved:
(1) Isolated systems. Employees working with 2-Acetylaminofluorene within an iso lated system, such as a "glove box" shall wash their hands and arms upon completion
(ii) Each operation shall be provided with continuous local exhaust ventilation so that air movement is always from ordi nary work areas to thi- operation. Ex haust air .shall not he discharge*! to regu laled areas, nonregulated areas or the ex ternal environment unless decontami nated. Clean makeup air shall be intro duced in sufficient volume to maintain the correct operation of the local exhaust sys tem.
(iii) Employees shall be provided with, and required to wear, clean, full body protective clothing (smocks, coveralls, or
767
1910.1014(cX4Xiii)
MCD 000011332
l9!0.1014(cK4Mii>) STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
long-slri-vcd >hirt ami parH.-O, sh<M- mvcrami cloves prior to entering the regulated
Jll'Cil.
(iv) Kmpluyee^ engaged in 2-Aceiylaimnniluoreiie handling operations shall he provided with and required to wear and use a half-face, filter-type respirator for dusts, mists, and fumes, in accordance with 51910.1:14. A respirator affording higher levels of protection may he substi tuted.
(6) Laboratory activities.
(Daleted) 141 K.R. 5MM, Aojfii.Nl
(d) General regulated area require ments.
(1) Employe* identification. Revoked'ster of
(v) Prior to each exit from a regulated area, employees shall be required to remiivc and leave protective clothing and equipment at the point of exit and at the last exit of the day, to place used clothing and equipment in impervious containers at the point of exit for purposes of decon tamination or disposal. The contents of such impervious containers shall be identified, as required under paragraphs (e)(2). Cl), and (4) of this section.
(v) Kmployees shall be required to wash hands, forearms, face and neck on each exit from the regulated area, close to the point of exit, and before engaging in other activities.
(2) Emergencies. In an emergency, im mediate measures including, but not limited to, the requirements of subdivisions (i), (ii), (iii), (iv), and (v) of this paragraph shall be implemented.
(t) The potentially affected area shall be evacuated as soon as the emergency has been determined.
(vii) Kmployees shall be required to shower after the last exit of the day.
(vtii) Drinking fountains are prohibited in the regulated area.
(ii) Hazardous conditions created by the emergency shall be eliminated and the po tentially affected area shall be decontami nated prior to the resumption of normal operations.
(S) Maintenance and decontamination ac tivities. In cleanup of leaks or spills, maintenance or repair operations on con taminated systems or equipment, where di rect contact with 2-Acetylaminofiuorene could result, each authorized employee en tering (hat area shall:
(i) Ik* provided with and required to wear clean, impervious garments, including gloves, boots and continuous-air supplied hood in accordance with $1910.1:14.
(ii) Re decontaminated before removing the protective garments and hood.
(iii) Re required to shower upon removing the protective garments and hood.
(iii) Special medical surveillance by a physician shall be instituted within 24 hours for employees present in the poten tially affected area at the time of the emergency. A report of the medical sur veillance and any treatment shall be in cluded in the incident report, in accord ance with paragraph (0(2) of this section.
(iv) Where an employee has a known con tact with 2-AcetylaminoHuorene, such em ployee shall be required to shower as soon as possible, unless contraindicated by physical injuries.
(v) An incident report on the emergency shall be reported as provided in para graph (f)(2) of this section.
1*10.1014tdM2Xv)
768
Change 7
OOOOU333
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
1910.10!5<bK13) STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
in an open vessel, which is not in an iso
lated system, a laboratory type hood, nor in
any other system affording equivalent pro
tection against the entry of l-I)i-
methylaminoazobenzene
into
regulated
areas, nonregulated areas, or the external
environment.
(14) "Protective clothing" means clothing designed to protect an employee against contact with or exposure to 4-Oimethylaminoazo benzene.
(4) Transfer from a closed system, charging or discharging point operations, or otherwise opening a closed system, in operations in volving 'laboratory type hoods," or in loca tions where l-Dirncthylntninoazohenzrnc is contained in an otherwise "closed system." lull is transferred, charged, or discharged into other normally closed containers, the provisions of this subparagraph shall apply.
(i) Access shall he restricted to au thorized employees only.
(15) "Regulated area'* means an area where entry and exit is restricted and controlled.
(c) Requirements for area* containing 4*Dimethyiaminoazobenzene.
A regulated area shall he established by an employer where 1- Dimethylaminoazohenzene is manufactured, processed, used, repackaged, released, handled or stored. All such areas -hall be controlled in accordance with the re quirements for the following category or categories describing the operation involved:
(1) Isolated systems. Employees working with 4-l)imcthylaminnazohenzene within an isolated system such as a "glove box" shall wash their hand;- and arms upon completion of the assigned task and before engaging in other activities not associated with the iso lated system.
(2) Closed system operation. Vithin regu lated areas where 4-Dimethylaminoazobcnzene is stored in sealed containers, or con tained in a closed system, including piping systems, with any sample ports or openings closed while 4-Dimethylaminoazohenzene is contained within:
(i) Access shall he restricted to au thorized employees only:
(ii) Kmployces shall he required to wash hands, forearms, face and neck upon each exit from the regulated areas, close to the point of exit and hefore engaging in other activities.
(3) Opon vottoi tyttom operation*. Open vessel system operations as defined in paragraph (b)(l:) of this sectio,. are prohib ited.
773
MCD 000011334
(ii) Kach operation shall be provided with continuous local exhaust ventilation so that air movement is always from ordi nary work areas to the operation. Kxhaust air shall not be discharged to regu lated areas, nonregulated areas or the ex ternal environment unless decontami nated. ('lean makeup air shall be intro duced in sufficient volume to maintain the correct operation of the local exhaust sys tem.
(iii) Employees shall be provided with, and required to wear, clean, full body protective clothing (smocks, coveralls, or long-sleeved shirt anti pants), shoe covers and gloves prior to entering the regulated area.
(iv) Employees engaged in 4-Dimethylaminoazobenzene handling operations shall be provided with and required to wear and use a half-face, filter-type respirator for dusts, mists, and fumes, in accordance with $1910.1:1-4. A respirator affording higher levels of protection may he substi tuted.
(v) Prior to each exit from a regulated area, employees shall he required to re move and leave protective clothing and equipment at the point of exit ami at the last exit of the day, let place u.-ed clothing and equipment in impervious containers at the point of exit for purpose- of ilecnti lamination or disposal. The contents of such impervious containers shall be identified, as required under paragraphs (e)(2), (">). and (4) of this section.
(vi) Employees shall be required to wash hands, forearms, face and neck on each exit from the regulated ansi, close to the
11.141S(cK4Kt1>
ltl.101S<cM4)(Tt) STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
point of exit. and before engaging in other sctivitio.
(vii) KmpJoyees shall be required to shower after the last exit of the day.
(viii) Drinking fountains are prohibited in the regulated area.
(5) Maintenance and decontamination ac tivities. In cleanup of leaks or spills, maintenance or repair operations on con taminated systems or equipment, where di rect contact with 4-Dimethylaminoazobenzene could result, each authorized employee entering that area shall:
(i) Be provided with and required to wear clean, impervious garments, including gloves, boots and continuous-air supplied hood in accordance with S191<).ld4.
(ii) Be decontaminated before removing the protective garments and hood.
(iii) Be required to shower upon removing the protective garments ami hood.
(6) laboratory activities.
(Deleted)
HI F.R.
August 20. ia7fi.J
(d) General regulated area require ments.
(I) Employ** identification. Revoked
(2) Emergencies. In an emergency, im mediate measures including, hut not limited to. the requirements of subdivisions (i), (ii). (iii). (iv), and (v) of this paragraph shall ho implemented.
IMRItlMdXIXv)
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
(i) The potentially affected area .-hall be evacuated a> soon as the emergency has been determined.
(ii) Hazardous conditions created by the emergency shall be eliminated and the po tentially affected area shall be decontami nated prior to the resumption of normal operations
(iii) Special medical surveillance by a physician shall be instituted with 24 hours for employees present in the potentially affected area at the time of the emergency. A report of the medical sur veillance and any treatment saall be in cluded in the incident report, in accord ance with paragraph (f)(2) of this section.
(iv) Where an employee has a known con tact w ith l-Dimothylaminoazohenzene, such employee shall be required to shower as soon as possible, unless contraindicated hv physical injuries.
(v) An incident report on the emergency shall he reported as provided in para graph (0(2) of this section.
(3) Hygiene facilities and practices.
(i) Storage or consumplion of food, stor age or use of containers ol' beverages, storage or application of cosmetics, smok ing, storage of smoking materials, tobacco products or other products for chewing, or the chewing of such products, are pro hibited in regulated areas.
(ii) Where employees are required by this section to wash, washing facilities shall be provided in accordance with $1910.141 (d)(1) and (2}(ii) through (vii).
(iii) Where employees are required by this section to shower, shower facilities shall be provided in accordance with 1910.141(d)Cl>.
(iv) Where employees wear protective clothing and equipment clean change rooms shall be provided, in accordance with $1910.141(e), for the number of such employees required to change clothes.
(v) Where toilets are in regulated areas, such toilets shall be in a separate room.
000011335 MCD
OCCUPATIONAL 8AEETY AND HEALTH
l10.1616(cM2) STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
is stored in sealed containers, or contained in a clused system, including piping sys tems. with any sample ports or openings dosed w hile N-Nitrosodirnethylamine is con
tained within:
use a half-face, filter-type respirator for dusts, mists, and fumes, in accordance with 1910.1:14. A respirator affording higher levels of protection may he substi tuted.
(i) Access shall he restricted to au thorized employees only:
(ii) Employees shall he required l<i wash hands, forearms, face and neck upon each exit from tin* regulated areas, close to the point of exit anil before engaging in other activities.
(3) Op*n vessel system operations. Open vessel system operations as defined in paragraph th)ti;l) of this section are prohib ited.
(4) Transfer from a closed system, charging or discharging point operations, or otherwise opening a closed system. In operations in voicing "laboratory type hoods," or in loca tions where N-Nitrosodimethylamine is con tained in an otherwise "closed system," but is transferred, charged, or discharged into other normally closed containers, the provi sions of this subparagraph shall apply.
(v) Prior to each exit from a reculated area, employees shall he required to re move and leave protective clothing and equipment at the [mint of exit and at ihe last exit of the day, to place used clothing and equipment in impervious containers at the point of exit for purposes of decon tamination or disposal. The contents of such impervious containers shall be identified, as required under paragraphs (e)(2). ('!), and ( I) of this section.
(vi) Employees shall be required to wash" hands, forearms, face anti neck on each exit from the regulated area, close to ! h<poinl of exil, and before engaging in oilier ad ivit ies.
(vii) Employees shall be required i<> shower after the last exit of the day.
(viii) Drinking fountains are prohibited in the regulated area.
(i) Access shall be restricted to au thorized employees only.
(ii) Each operation shall be provided with continuous local exhaust ventilation so that air movement is always from ordi nary work areas to the operation. Ex haust air shall not be discharged to regu lated areas, nonregulated areas or the ex ternal environment unless decontami nated. (Mean makeup air shall be intro duei'il in sufficient volume to maintain the correct operation of the loeal exhaust sys tem.
(iii) Employees shall be provided with, and required to wear, clean, full hods prolertive. clothing (smocks, coveralls, or loiiy >ieo\id >hirt ami pants), shoe covers, and gloves prior to entering the regulated area.
(iv) Employees engaged in N-Nitrosodiinethvlaminc handling operations shall be provided with and required to wear and
(5) Maintenance and decontamination ac tivities. In cleanup of leaks or spills, maintenance or repair operations on con taminated systems or equipment, where di rect contact with N-Nitrosodimethylamine could result, each authorized employee en tering that area shall:
(i) Be provided with and required to wear dean, impervious garments, including gloves, [tools and emit imams air supplied hood in accordance with |!l|f), DM.
(ii) Me decontaminated before removing the protective garments and hood.
(iii) He required to shower upon removing the proieelive garments and hood.
(6) Laboratory activities.
(Deleted)
(41 F.R. :gIKI. August *1. ll7i.|
MCD 000li33e
779
1I0.10IcK6)
1910.iOI6(d) STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
(d) General ments.
regulated
area
require
(1) Employee identification. Revoked
mg. storage of smirking materials, lohacc.i products or other products for chewinc. or the chewing of such products, are pm hibited in regulated areas.
(ii) Where employees are required In ibis section to wash, washing facilities >hall be provided in accordance with |t>ln. Ill (d)(1) and <2)(ii) through (vii).
(iii) Where employees are required by this section to shower, shower facilities shall be provided in accordance with 1910.141(d)(8).
(2) Emergencies III an emergency, imnu-diaie measures including, hut not limited hi. the requirements of subdivisions (i), (ii), uii). iiv), omi (v) uf this paragraph shall bo implemented.
(iv) Where employees wear protective clothing and equipment clean change rooms shall be provided, in accordance with 1910.141(e), for the number of su h employees required to change clothes.
(i) The potentially affeeted area shall be evacuated as soon as the emergency has been determined.
(ii) I la/.ardmis conditions created by the emergency shall be eliminated and the po tentially affected area shall be decontami nated prior to the resumption of normal operations.
(iii) Special medical surveillance by a physician shall he instituted within 2A hours for employees present in the poten tially affected area at the time of the emergency. A report of the medical sur veillance and any treatment shall be in cluded in the incident report, in accord ance with paragraph (f)(2) of this section.
(iv) Where an employee has a known con tact with N-Nitrosodimethylamine, such employee shall he required to shower as -.*<.n as possible, unless contraindicated by ph\ "ical injuries.
(v) An incident report on the emergency >hall he reported as provided in para graph if)(2) of this section.
(v) Where toilets are in regulated ureas, such toilets shall be in a separate rmirn.
(4) Contamination control.
(i) Regulated areas. except for outdoor systems, shall be maintained under pres sure negative with respect to nonregulated areas. Local exhaust ventilation may be used to satisfy this requirement. Clean makeup air in equal volume shall replace air removed.
(ii) Any equipment, material, or other item taken mto or removed from a regu lated area shall be done so in a manner that dues not cause contamination in nonregulated areas or the external environ ment.
(iii) Decontamination procedures shall be established and implement d to remove N-Nitrosodimethylamine fr-.m the surfaces of material.-, equipment and the decon tamination facility.
(iv) Dry sweeping snd dry mopping anprohibited.
(3) Hygien# facilities and practices.
(i) Storage or consumption of food, stor age or use of containers of beverages, storage or application of cosmetics, smok-
() Signs, information and training.
(1) Signs.
(i) Entrances to regulated areas shall be posted with signs hearing the legend:
1910.10l(cXlKI)
780
Chance 7
MCD 000011337
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
l10.1017(eXlXU) STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
<ii) Y'inyl chloride concentrations are in ex cess of the permissible exposure limit.
(2) Access to regulated areas shall be limited to authorized persons.
resentatives of the Assistant Secretary and the Director. Such plans shall be updated at least every six months.
(g) Respiratory protection.
(f) Methods of compliance.
Where respiratory protection is required under this section:
Employee exposures to vinyl chloride shall be controlled to at or below the permissible expo sure limit provided in paragraph (c) of this sec tion hy engineering, work practice, and personal protective controls as follows:
(1) Feasible engineering and work practice controls shall immediately be used to reduce exposures to at or below the permissible expo sure limit.
(2) Wherever feasible engineering and work practice controls which can be instituted im mediately are not sufficient to reduce expos ures to at or below the permissible exposure limit, they shall nonetheless he used to reduce exposures to the lowest practicable level, and shall be supplemented by respiratory protec tion in accordance with paragraph (g) of this section. A program shall be established and implemented to reduce exposures to at or below the permissible exposure limit, or to the greatest extent feasible, solely by means of engineering and work practice controls, as soon as feasible.
(3) Written plans for such a program shall be developed and furnished upon request for examination and copying to authorized rep-
(1) The employer shall provide a respirator which meets the requirements of this para graph and shall assure that the employee uses such respirator, except that until April 1, 1976, wearing of respirators shall be at the discretion of each employee for exposures not in excess of 25 ppm, measured over any 15minute period. Until April 1, 1976, each era*.fc ployee who chooses not to wear an appropriate respirator shall be informed at least quarterly of the hazards of vinyl chloride and the purpose, proper use, and limitations of respi ratory devices.
MO F.R. 13211. March 25. 1975.1
(2) Respirators shall be selected from among those jointly approved by the Mining En forcement and Safety Administration, De partment of the Interior, and the National In stitute for Occupational Safety and Health under the provisions of 30 CFR Part 11.
(3) A respiratory protection program meeting the requirements of 1910.134 shall be estab lished and maintained.
(4) Selection oi respirators for vinyl chloride shall be as follows:
Chu 7
MCD 000011338
l!0.117(fX4)
1910.1017(gM4> STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
. 11nuisfihrnr
ouccHtrutuni at
nui/l
fieqiuird iifuMtnitns
(} Unknown. or above :i,(54K> ppm....................................... Open-circuit, self-contained breathing apparatus. pressure demand type, with full facepiece.
(ii) Not over 3,600 ppm ___ (a)
Combination type C supplied air respirator. pressure demand type, with full or half facepiece, anti auxiliary self-contained air
supply: or
(b) Combination type C, supplied air respirator continuous flow type, with full or half facepiece and auxiliary self-contained air
supply.
pii) Not over 1.000 ppm___ Type C, supplied air respirator continuous flow type, with full or half facepiece, helmet or hood.
(iv) Not over 100 ppm........... (a) Combination type C supplied air respirator demand type, with full facepiece, and aux iliary self-contained air supply; or
(b) Open-circuit self-contained breathing ap paratus with full facepiece, in demand mode; or
(c) Type C supplied air respirator, demand type, with full facepiece.
(v) Not over 25 ppm............ (a)
A powered air-purifying respirator with
hood, helmet, full or half facepiece, and a canister which provides a service life of at least 4 hours for concentrations of vinyl chloride up to 25 ppm, or
(b) Gas mask, front- or back-mounted canister
which provides a service life of at least 4 hours for concentrations of vinyl chloride up to 25 ppm.
(vi) Not over 10 ppm
|S K.K. 41-IS. December A. li74.J
(a) Combination type C supplied-air respirator, demand type, with half facepiece, and aux iliary self-contained air supply; or
(b) Type C supplied-air respirator, demand type, with half facepiece; or
(c) ..ny chemical cartridge respirator with an organic vapor cartridge which provides a service life of at least 1 hour for concentra tions of vinyl chloride up to 10 ppm.
19t0.1017(gX4)
786
MCD 000011339
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
1910.I017(kM?>
standards and interpretations
(7) If the examining physician determines that alternative medical examinations to tho.se required by paragraph (k) (1) of this section will provide at least equal assurance of detect ing medical conditions pertinent to the expo
sure to vinyl chloride, the employer may ac cept such alternative examinations as meeting the requirements of paragraph (k) (I) of this section, if the employer obtains a statement from the examining physician setting forth the alternative examinations and the rationale for substitution. This statement shall be available upon request for examination and copying to authorized representatives of the Assistant Secretary and the Director.
(1) Signs and labels.
(I) Entrances to regulated areas shall be posted with legible signs bearing the legend:
Cancer-Suspect Agent Area Authorized Personnel Only
|:w K. R. 41848. December S, 1974.1
(2) Areas containing hazardous operations or where an emergency currently exists shall be posted with legible signs bearing the legend:
Cancer-Suspect Agent in This Area Protective Equipment Required Authorized Personnel Only
(;19 F.R. 41848. December 8. 1974.1
(3) Containers of polyvinyl chloride resin
waste from reactors or other waste contami
nated with vinyl chloride shall be legibly
labeled:
Contaminated with
Vinyl Chloride
Cancer-Suspect Agent
i:iy F.R. 41H4K. December :t. 1974.|
(4) Containers of polyvinyl chloride shall be legibly labeled:
POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (OR TRADE NAME) Contains
VINYL CHLORIDE VINYL CHLORIDE IS A CANCER-
SUSPECT AGENT
(5) Container?- of vinyl chloride shall In* legi bly labeled either:
(0 Vinyl Chloride
Extremely Flammable Gas Under Pressure
Cancer-Suspect Agent
or
(ii) In accordance with 49 CFR Parts 170-189, with the additional legend:
Cancer-Suspect Agent
applied near the label or placard.
|:i F.K. 41848. December 3. 1974.|
(4) No statement shall appear on or near any required sign, label or instruction which con tradicts or detracts from the effect of. any re quired warning, information or instruction.
(m) Records.
(1) All records maintained in accordance with this section shall include the name and >ocial security number of each employee where re levant. (2) Records of required monitoring and measuring, medical records, and authorized personnel rosters, shall be made and shall be available upon request for examination and copying to authorized representatives of the Assistant Secretary and the Director.
(i) Monitoring and measuring record:- .--hall:
(a) State the date of such monitoring and measuring and the concentrations deter mined and identify the instruments and methods used;
(b) Include any additional information necessary to determine individual employee exposures where such expo sures are determined by means other than individual monitoring of employees; and
(c) Be maintained for not less than years.
MCD 000011340
79
l10.1017<mM2KiKc)
191O.l017(m)(2Kii) STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
(ii) Revoked
(iii) Medical record?* shall he maintained for the duration uf the employment of each employee plus 20 years, or JiO year.", whichever is longer.
(3) In the event that the employer ceases to do business and there is no successor to re ceive and retain his records fur the prescribed period, these records shall he transmitted by registered mail to the Director, and each employee individually notified in writing of l his transfer,
(4) E mployees or their designated represen tatives shall be provided access to ecamine and copy records of required monitoring and measuring.
(5) Former employees shall be provided ac cess to examine and copy required monitoring and measuring records reflecting their own exposures.
the OSHA Area Director. Upon request of the Area Director, the employer shall submit ad ditional information in writing relevant to the nature and extent of employee exposures and measures taken to prevent future emergen cies of similar nature.
(3) Within 10 working days following any monitoring and measuring which discloses that any employee has been exposed, without regard to the use of respirators, in excess of the permissible exposure limit, each such employee shall be notified in writing of the re sults of the exposure measurement and the steps being taken to reduce the exposure to within the permissible exposure limit.
I an K.R. 41H4X. December :i, 1974. |
(o) Effective dates.
(1) Until April l, 1975, the provisions cur rently set forth in 5 1910.93q of this Part shall apply.
(2) Effective April l, 1975, the provisions set forth in 5 1910.93q of this Part shall apply.
(6) Upon written request of any employee, a copy of the medical record of that employee shall be furnished to any physician designated by the employee.
(n) Reports.
(1) Not later than 1 month after the estab lishment of a regulated area, the following in formation shall be reported to the OSHA Area Director. Any changes to such information shall be reported within 15 days.
(i) The address and location of each estab lishment which has one or more regulated ar eas; and
(ii) The number of employees in each regu lated area during normal operations, includ ing maintenance.
(2) Emergencies, and the facts obtainable at that time, shall be reported within 24 hours to
I40F.I4. DttJI. March iW. 1975.1
APPENDIX A--SUPPLEMENTARY MEDICAL INFORMATION
When required teste under paragraph (k> (]> ol this section show abnormalities, the tests should be repealed as soon as practicable, preferably within ii to 4 weeks. If tests remain abnormal, consideration should he given t withdrawal of the employee from contact with vinvl (-blonde, while a more comprehensive examination is made.
Additional tests which may be useful:
A. For kidney dysfunction: urine examination for al bumin. red hlood cells, and exfoliative abnormal cells.
11. Pulmonary system: Forced vital capacity. Furced expiratory volume at I second, and chest roentgenogram < posterior-anterior, 14 x 17 inches).
(' Additional serum tests: Lactic acid dehydrogenase, lactic acid dehydrogenase isoenzyme, protein determina tion, and protein electrophoresis.
D. For a more comprehensive examination on re pealed abnormal serum tests: Hepatitis B antigen, and livvi' scanning,
|: F R. dSWH. October 4. 1974.1
1910.1017(oX2)
790
Change 7
MCD 000011341
MCD 000011342